Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 21, 2005

Registration No. 333-          


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


LAZARD GROUP LLC

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware   6199   51-0278097

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

30 Rockefeller Plaza

New York, New York 10020

(212) 632-6000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)


Scott D. Hoffman, Esq.

Lazard Group LLC

30 Rockefeller Plaza

New York, New York 10020

(212) 632-6000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)


Copies to:

Adam D. Chinn, Esq.

Craig M. Wasserman, Esq.

Gavin D. Solotar, Esq.

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz

51 West 52nd Street

New York, New York 10019

(212) 403-1000

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public:   Upon consummation of the exchange offer referred to herein.

If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  

Amount to be

Registered

  

Proposed Maximum

Offering

Price Per Unit(1)

 

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(1)

  

Amount Of

Registration

Fee(2)

7.125% senior notes due 2015

   $550,000,000    100%   $550,000,000    $64,735

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(f)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.



Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities or accept any offer to buy these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 21, 2005

 

$550,000,000

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Exchange Offer for

7.125% Senior Notes due 2015

 


 

Lazard Group LLC, which was formerly named Lazard LLC, is offering, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal, to exchange an aggregate principal amount of up to $550,000,000 of our 7.125% senior notes due 2015 (which we refer to as the “exchange notes”) for an equal principal amount of our outstanding 7.125% senior notes due 2015, in integral multiples of $1,000. When we refer to “old notes,” we are referring to the outstanding 7.125% senior notes due 2015.

 

The exchange offer will expire at 12:00 a.m., midnight, New York City

time, on                     , 2005, unless extended.

 

Terms of the Exchange Offer

 

    We will exchange all old notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

 

    You are required to make the representations described on pages 166 to 167 to us.

 

    You may withdraw tendered old notes at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.

 

    The terms of the exchange notes are identical in all material respects (including principal amount, interest rate, maturity and redemption rights) to the old notes for which they may be exchanged, except that the exchange notes generally will not be subject to transfer restrictions or be entitled to registration rights and the exchange notes will not have the right to earn additional interest under circumstances relating to our registration obligations.

 

    We will not receive any cash proceeds from the exchange offer.

 

    There is no existing market for the exchange notes to be issued, and we do not intend to apply for their listing or quotation on any securities exchange or market.

 

See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 22 for a discussion of factors that you should consider in connection with the exchange offer.

 


 

NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2005.


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), relating to the exchange offer that includes important business and financial information about us that is not included in or delivered with this prospectus. This information is available from us without charge to holders of the old notes as specified below. If we have made references in this prospectus to any contracts, agreements or other documents and also filed any of those contracts, agreements or other documents as exhibits to the registration statement, you should read the relevant exhibit for a more complete understanding of the document or the matter involved.

 

You may obtain copies of this information and exhibits at no charge by writing or telephoning us at the following address or telephone number: Lazard Group LLC, 30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, New York 10020, Attention: Investor Relations, with a telephone number of (212) 632-6000.

 

To obtain timely delivery of any of our filings, agreements or other documents, you must make your request to us no later than                     , 2005. In the event that we extend the exchange offer, you must submit your request at least five business days before the expiration date of the exchange offer, as extended. We may extend the exchange offer in our sole discretion. See “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights” for more detailed information.

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized any person to provide you with additional, different, or inconsistent information. If anyone provides you with additional, different, or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. You should assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since that date.


Table of Contents

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for securities where such securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. Lazard Group LLC has agreed that, starting on the expiration date and ending on the close of business six months after the expiration date, it will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Summary

   1

Risk Factors

   22

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

   42

The Lazard Organizational Structure

   43

Use of Proceeds

   52

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

   53

Capitalization

   54

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

   55

Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information

   57

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   67

Business

   106

Management

   122

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

   139

Description of the Exchange Notes

   149

Exchange Offer; Registration Rights

   166

Description of Lazard Group Membership Interests

   177

Description of Other Indebtedness

   178

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

   179

Plan of Distribution

   180

Legal Matters

   181

Experts

   181

Where You Can Find More Information

   181

Index to Financial Statements

   F-1


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

 

This is an exchange offer for 7.125% senior notes due 2015 of Lazard Group LLC. When we refer to “exchange notes,” we are referring to the 7.125% senior notes due 2015 being issued in this exchange offer. When we refer to “old notes,” we are referring to the outstanding 7.125% senior notes of Lazard Group LLC and when we refer to the “notes,” we are referring to the old notes and the exchange notes. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms:

 

  Ÿ   “Lazard Group” refers to Lazard Group LLC, which is a Delaware limited liability company that is the current holding company for our businesses and was formerly named Lazard LLC, and

 

  Ÿ   “Lazard,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Lazard Group and Lazard Ltd, which is a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda that holds a controlling interest in Lazard Group, and their subsidiaries. Lazard Ltd will not guarantee Lazard Group’s obligations under the notes.

 

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before exchanging the old notes. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks discussed under “Risk Factors.”

 

Lazard

 

We are a preeminent international financial advisory and asset management firm that has long specialized in crafting solutions to the complex financial and strategic challenges of our clients. We serve a diverse set of clients around the world, including corporations, partnerships, institutions, governments and high-net worth individuals. We believe that what sets us apart is our dedication to:

 

    competing on the basis of our intellectual (rather than financial) capital, which is personified by our team of highly skilled professionals,

 

    demanding excellence and superior quality in all that we do,

 

    cultivating long-term, senior-level relationships with clients, through deep roots in local markets,

 

    linking together our local offices through a global network of industry expertise,

 

    remaining focused on our chosen lines of business to provide the highest degree of expertise and continuous innovation,

 

    emphasizing our tradition of integrity in all our dealings, and

 

    offering independent, trusted and unbiased advice.

 

Lazard was founded in 1848, expanded shortly thereafter to provision the needs of the California gold rush, and eventually evolved its business exclusively into financial services. Having recently united the historical New York, Paris and London “Houses” of Lazard under Lazard Group, we operate today from 27 cities in key business and financial centers across 15 countries in Europe, North America, Asia and Australia. We believe that the mix of our activities across business segments, geographic regions, industries and investment strategies helps to diversify and stabilize our revenue stream.

 

Our Strategic Positioning

 

We focus primarily on two business segments, Financial Advisory (including our Mergers and Acquisitions and Financial Restructuring practices) and Asset Management. Since January 2002, when new senior management

 

1


Table of Contents

joined our firm, we have made significant reinvestments in the intellectual capital of our business to strengthen ourselves for future growth and profitability. As a result of our strategic initiatives, we believe that we are now positioned such that:

 

    Our Mergers and Acquisitions practice is poised to capitalize on any future growth in the mergers and acquisitions market. This practice comprised 47% of our net revenue from continuing operations (as defined below in “—Glossary”) in the first quarter of 2005. During the first quarter of 2005, we experienced a 66% increase in net revenue as compared to the corresponding period in 2004 and a 15% increase in net revenue in the year ended December 31, 2004 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. Revenue in a particular quarter may not be indicative, however, of future results.

 

       Our Financial Restructuring practice, which comprised 9% of our net revenue from continuing operations in the first quarter of 2005, typically provides counter-cyclical balance to our Mergers and Acquisitions practice. During the first quarter of 2005, net revenue in our Financial Restructuring practice increased 33% in comparison to the first quarter of 2004. In the year ended December 31, 2004, net revenue in our Financial Restructuring practice decreased 61% compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. Revenue in a particular quarter may not be indicative, however, of future results. With our leading position in this practice area, we believe that we are positioned to benefit from any resurgence in corporate credit defaults and financial distress.

 

    Our Asset Management business, which comprised 41% of our net revenue from continuing operations in the first quarter of 2005, is benefiting from new strategic and management initiatives. We have recently transitioned the senior management of our largest Asset Management subsidiary to the next generation of leadership. We have been making significant efforts to improve our investment management capabilities and to enhance and expand our platform of traditional and alternative investment products. During the year ended December 31, 2004, we grew our management and other fees by 25% versus the year ended December 31, 2003, and in the first quarter of 2005, we grew our management and other fees by 5% versus the corresponding period in 2004.

 

Our Business Model

 

We have a focused business model. We generate Financial Advisory revenue primarily from fees earned upon the closing of mergers and acquisitions, restructurings and other engagements on which we have provided advisory services. We generate Asset Management revenue primarily from investment advisory fees calculated as a percentage of the assets under our management, or “AUM.” Employment costs are our largest expense, a significant portion of which is paid in the form of discretionary bonuses. Our policy is to set our total compensation and benefits expense, including amounts payable to our managing directors, at a level not to exceed 57.5% of our operating revenue, such that after considering other operating costs, we may realize our operating profit margin goal. For more information on our compensation and benefits expenses, see “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our financial performance depends on our ability to achieve our target compensation expense level, and the failure to achieve this target level may materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial position.”

 

Financial Advisory

 

Our Financial Advisory business provides advice in connection with a wide range of strategic and financial matters that are typically of great importance to our clients. Our goal is to continue to grow our business by fostering long-term, senior-level relationships with existing and new clients as their independent advisor on strategic transactions such as mergers, acquisitions, restructurings and other financial matters. Our Mergers and Acquisitions services include general strategic advice and transaction-specific advice regarding domestic and cross-border mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, privatizations, special committee assignments, takeover defenses, strategic partnerships, joint ventures and specialized real estate advisory services. We provide advice to managements and boards of directors, business owners, governments, institutions, investors and other interested

 

2


Table of Contents

parties on a worldwide basis. Our dedicated industry specialty groups include: consumer, financial institutions, financial sponsors, healthcare and life sciences, industrial, power and energy, real estate and technology, media and telecommunications. We also currently provide various corporate finance services, such as fund-raising for alternative investment firms and public and private financings.

 

Our Financial Restructuring practice, which specializes in helping companies in financial distress, is an important strategic component of our Financial Advisory business. We believe we are the leading financial restructuring advisory firm in the world, having advised on most of the largest and highest profile corporate restructurings over the last several years. We believe that we have been able to secure our leading position in this practice area through a combination of our restructuring and industry-related expertise and our independent position. This practice complements our Mergers and Acquisitions practice because it is generally more active when our Mergers and Acquisitions practice is less active. In addition, our Financial Restructuring practice often generates follow-on relationships and assignments that survive the completion of restructuring-related engagements.

 

In the year ended December 31, 2004, Financial Advisory net revenue totaled $655 million, accounting for 60% of our net revenue from continuing operations, and was earned from a diverse group of 435 clients. Fifty-four percent of this net revenue was generated in Europe, 45% in North America and 1% in the rest of the world. During the three month period ended March 31, 2005, Financial Advisory net revenue totaled $157 million (a 49% increase in net revenue as compared to the corresponding period in 2004) and accounted for 60% of our net revenue from continuing operations. Europe, North America and the rest of the world generated 52%, 44% and 4% of net revenues, respectively, for the three month period ended March 31, 2005.

 

Since January 2002, when new senior management joined our firm, our focus in our Financial Advisory business has been on:

 

    making a significant reinvestment in our intellectual capital with the addition of many senior professionals who we believe have strong client relationships and industry expertise. We have recruited or promoted 77 new managing directors from January 2002 through March 2005, contributing to a 55% increase, net of departures, in Financial Advisory managing director headcount over that period, with the result that approximately half of our Financial Advisory managing directors have joined our firm or been promoted since January 2002. While we will continue opportunistically to hire outstanding individuals to this practice, we anticipate that our recent managing director expansion program in this practice is now substantially complete,

 

    increasing our contacts with existing clients to further enhance our long-term relationships and our efforts in developing new client relationships,

 

    expanding the breadth and depth of our industry expertise and adding new practice areas,

 

    coordinating our industry specialty groups on a global basis, and

 

    broadening our global presence by adding six new regional offices and entering into strategic alliances in new geographies.

 

As a result, our Financial Advisory practice today consists of an experienced group of advisors with specialties across a wide range of industries and practice areas, operating, we believe, with increased quality and frequency of client contact. We made these investments during a period of financial market weakness, when many of our competitors were reducing senior staffing, to position us to capitalize more fully on any financial services industry recovery. We believe that it generally takes a new managing director from one to two years from the date of hiring to produce revenue at his or her full capacity. As a result, we believe that many of our new managing directors have not yet reached their full revenue generating potential.

 

In addition to the recent expansion of our Financial Advisory team, we believe that the following external market factors may enable our Financial Advisory practice to benefit from future growth in the global mergers and acquisitions advisory business:

 

    increasing demand for independent, unbiased financial advice, and

 

3


Table of Contents
    a potential increase in cross-border mergers and acquisitions and large capitalization mergers and acquisitions, two of our areas of historical specialization, which have experienced greater than average declines in recent years.

 

Asset Management

 

Our Asset Management business provides investment management and advisory services to institutional clients, financial intermediaries, private clients and investment vehicles around the world. Our goal in our Asset Management business is to produce superior risk-adjusted investment returns and provide investment solutions customized for our clients. As of March 31, 2005, total AUM was $86.3 billion, of which approximately 81% was managed on behalf of institutional clients, including corporations, labor unions, public pension funds, insurance companies and banks, and through sub-advisory relationships, mutual fund sponsors, broker-dealers and registered advisors. As of the same date, approximately 19% of our AUM was managed on behalf of individual client relationships, which are principally with family offices and high-net worth individuals.

 

Many of our equity investment strategies share an investment philosophy that centers on fundamental security selection with a focus on the trade-off between a company’s valuation and its financial productivity. As of March 31, 2005, 81% of our AUM was invested in equities, 13% in fixed income, 3% in alternative investments, 2% in cash and 1% in merchant banking funds. As of the same date, approximately 56% of our AUM was invested in international ( i.e. , non-U.S.) investment strategies, 23% was invested in global investment strategies and 21% was invested in U.S. investment strategies.

 

We operate our Asset Management business through two principal subsidiaries, Lazard Asset Management LLC, or “LAM,” in New York, San Francisco, London, Milan, Frankfurt, Hamburg, Tokyo, Sydney and Seoul (aggregating $76.5 billion in total AUM as of March 31, 2005), and Lazard Frères Gestion, or “LFG,” in Paris (aggregating $9.3 billion in total AUM as of March 31, 2005). These operations provide our business with a global presence and a local identity. We also manage $0.5 billion of merchant banking funds.

 

In the year ended December 31, 2004, Asset Management net revenue was $417 million, accounting for 38% of our net revenue from continuing operations. Fifty-nine percent of this net revenue was generated in North America, 33% in Europe and 8% in the rest of the world. During the three month period ended March 31, 2005, Asset Management net revenue totaled $107 million, accounting for 41% of our net revenue from continuing operations. Sixty percent of this revenue was generated in North America, 32% in Europe and 8% in the rest of the world.

 

Our strategic plan in our Asset Management business is to focus on delivering superior investment performance and client service and broadening our product offerings and distribution in selected areas in order to continue to drive business results. In March 2004, we undertook a senior management transition at LAM to put in place the next generation of leadership and to better position the business to execute our strategic plan. Over the past several years, in an effort to improve LAM’s operations and expand our business, we have:

 

    focused on enhancing our investment performance,

 

    improved our investment management platform by hiring twelve senior equity analysts and filling the newly established position of Head of Risk Management,

 

    strengthened our marketing capabilities by establishing a global consultant relations effort aimed at improving our relations with the independent consultants who advise many of our clients on the selection of investment managers,

 

    expanded our product platform by “lifting-out” experienced portfolio managers to establish new products in the hedge fund area and in thematic investing, and

 

    launched new products such as “Lazard European Explorer,” a European long/short strategy, and “Lazard Global Total Return and Income Fund, Inc.,” a closed-end fund.

 

4


Table of Contents

We believe that LAM has long maintained an outstanding team of portfolio managers and global research analysts. We intend to maintain and supplement our intellectual capital to achieve our goals. We also believe that LAM’s specific investment strategies, global reach, brand identity and access to multiple distribution channels will allow it to leverage into new investment products, strategies and geographic locations. In addition, we plan to expand our participation in merchant banking activities through investments in new and successor funds.

 

Competitive Advantages

 

We attribute our success and distinctiveness to a combination of long-standing advantages from which we and our predecessor partnerships have benefited, including:

 

    Experienced People. Our professionals concentrate on solving complex financial problems and executing specialized investment strategies. We strive to maintain and enhance our base of highly talented professionals and pride ourselves on being able to offer clients more senior-level attention than may be available from many of our competitors.

 

    Independence. We are an independent firm, free of many of the conflicts that can arise at larger financial institutions as a result of their varied sales, trading, underwriting, research and lending activities. We believe that recent instances of perceived or actual conflicts of interest, and a desire to avoid any potential future conflicts, have increased the demand by managements and boards of directors for trusted, unbiased advice from professionals whose main product is advice.

 

    Reputation. Our firm has a brand name with over 150 years of history. We are focused on providing world-class professional advice in complex strategic and financial assignments, utilizing both our global capabilities and deeply rooted, local know-how.

 

    Focus. We are focused on two primary businesses—Financial Advisory and Asset Management—rather than on a broad range of financial services. We believe this focus has helped, and will continue to help, us attract clients and recruit professionals who want to work in a firm where these activities are the central focus.

 

    Global Presence with Local Relationships. We believe that linking our talented indigenous professionals, deep local roots and industry expertise across offices enables us to be a global firm while maintaining a local identity. We believe this approach enables us to build close, local relationships with our clients and to develop insight into both local and international commercial, economic and political issues affecting their businesses. We do not regard any single jurisdiction as our home country.

 

    Balance . Our Financial Advisory business includes both our Mergers and Acquisitions practice and our Financial Restructuring practice, which historically have been counter-cyclical to each other, thus helping to stabilize our revenue stream. Our Asset Management business helps provide further stability, principally because we generate significant recurring client business from year to year. Our revenue is also geographically diversified: in 2004 we derived 50% of our net revenue from continuing operations from offices in North America, 47% from offices in Europe and 3% from offices in the rest of the world. During the three month period ended March 31, 2005, we derived 49% of our net revenue from continuing operations from offices in North America, 45% from offices in Europe and 6% from offices in the rest of the world.

 

    Strong Culture. We believe that our people are united by a desire to be a part of an independent firm in which their activities are at the core and by a commitment to excellence and integrity in their activities. This is reinforced by the significant economic stake our managing directors have in our success. In our opinion, the strength of our many long-term client relationships is a testament to our distinctive culture and approach to providing superior advice to our clients.

 

5


Table of Contents

Selected Risk Factors

 

We face a number of competitive challenges and potential risks. See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of the factors you should consider before buying the notes. Some of the more significant challenges and risks include the following:

 

    Retention of Our Managing Directors and Other Key Professionals. Our business depends upon our retention and recruitment of talented people, and we face competitive pressures for retaining and recruiting top talent. Because of these competitive pressures and our goal of achieving our target ratio of compensation expense-to-operating revenue, we may not be able to retain our managing directors or recruit new managing directors.

 

    Our Results Will Fluctuate. The level and source of our revenue fluctuates from period to period. In particular, despite the improvement in our Mergers and Acquisitions and Asset Management net revenue during 2004 and the first quarter of 2005, these businesses remain subject to cyclical economic and market influences. The cyclical downturn in the financial services industry between 2000 and 2003, the year prior to the recent recovery, in combination with our having undertaken to invest significantly in the intellectual capital of our business commencing in 2002, resulted in substantial declines in our net revenue and net income allocable to members from 2000 to 2004.

 

    Dependence on Market Conditions. As a financial services firm, our businesses are materially affected by conditions in the global financial markets and economic conditions throughout the world. The performance of our Financial Advisory business depends, in part, upon the level of merger and acquisition activity and the rate of financial restructurings. The performance of our Asset Management business, including both management and incentive fees that we earn, depend, in part, upon the performance of securities markets generally. As a result, market and economic conditions significantly affect our performance.

 

    Retention of Asset Management Clients. In addition to being dependent upon general market conditions, our Asset Management business also is dependent upon performance relative to our competitors. If our AUM underperform relative to our competitors, our clients may withdraw funds from our Asset Management business, which would decrease the amount of AUM upon which we earn management fees.

 

    Competition from Other Financial Institutions. The financial services industry is intensely competitive. Many of our competitors have the ability to offer a wide range of products, from loans, deposit-taking and insurance to brokerage, asset management and investment banking services. These competitors have the ability to support their investment banking services, including financial advisory services, with commercial banking, insurance and other financial services revenue. Such cross-subsidization could result in pricing pressure in our businesses.

 

    Industry Litigation and Regulation. The financial services industry faces substantial litigation and regulatory risks, and we may face legal liability and damage to our professional reputation if our services are not regarded as satisfactory or do not meet regulatory requirements.

 

Our History

 

Our origins date back to 1848 when our founders, the Lazard brothers, formed Lazard Frères & Co. as a dry goods business in New Orleans, Louisiana, with a combined contribution of $9,000. Shortly thereafter, the Lazard brothers moved to the gold rush town of San Francisco, California, where they opened a business selling imported goods and exporting gold bullion. The business progressively became involved in financial transactions, first with its retail clients and then increasingly with commercial clients. Over time, the business expanded into the banking and foreign exchange businesses.

 

6


Table of Contents

Seeking to expand operations to Europe, the Lazard brothers opened offices in Paris and London in 1858 and 1870, respectively. By 1876, Lazard’s businesses had become solely focused on providing financial services. In 1880, Alexander Weill, the founding brothers’ cousin, assumed control of Lazard.

 

Through the early and mid-twentieth century, the three Lazard Houses in London, Paris and New York continued to grow their respective operations independently of each other, with the New York House coming under the leadership of André Meyer in 1944. Under Mr. Meyer and continuing with Felix Rohatyn, the New York House further developed its reputation as a preeminent mergers and acquisitions advisory firm. Michel David-Weill, a descendant of the founding families, joined Lazard Frères et Cie. in Paris in 1956, ascended to a leadership role within the French operations and later moved to the New York House, where he became senior partner in 1977.

 

Lazard has conducted an asset management business in Paris since 1969, establishing a separate subsidiary, LFG, for those operations in 1995. In 1970, the New York House entered the institutional asset management business by establishing LAM to complement its financial advisory business.

 

Throughout the twentieth century, Lazard’s Paris and New York Houses were owned by the Houses’ individual partners and by relations of their founders. For much of that period, the London House was majority-owned by Pearson plc, until the sale in 2000 by Pearson of its interests to a predecessor of Eurazeo S.A.

 

The unification of the Houses of Lazard under a single global firm was completed as of January 3, 2000, with their merger to form Lazard LLC. We believe that this combination has enabled us to offer our clients the benefits of a more unified global firm while preserving the advantages of our century-old, local roots. Bruce Wasserstein joined Lazard in early 2002 as Head of Lazard. Under Mr. Wasserstein’s direction, Lazard has pursued a strategy of growing its Financial Advisory and Asset Management businesses by attracting senior investment bankers and investment advisory professionals to our firm.

 

Lazard’s history as a preeminent financial advisor has contributed to its ability to secure key advisory roles in some of the most important, complex and recognizable mergers and acquisitions of the last 75 years. Since 1999, we have advised on nearly 1,000 completed mergers and acquisitions, having a cumulative value in excess of $1 trillion. During this period, we have participated in many prominent transactions, advising :

 

    Viacom in the potential segmentation of its businesses into two companies,

 

    Resolution Life Group Limited in its pending £1.8 billion merger with Britannic Group,

 

    Pfizer Inc. in its pending $1.9 billion acquisition of Vicuron Pharmaceuticals, Inc.,

 

    Omnicare Inc. in its pending $1.8 billion tender offer to acquire NeighborCare, Inc.,

 

    MCI, Inc. in evaluating its strategic alternatives, including its announced merger, with Verizon Communications,

 

    Nextel Communications in its pending merger-of-equals with Sprint Corporation (to create a company with a combined equity market value of approximately $70 billion as of December 15, 2004),

 

    Telecom Italia Mobile in its €21 billion sale of the remaining public interests to Telecom Italia (integrating Italy’s largest phone carrier and leading mobile operator),

 

    Mitsubishi Tokyo Financial Group in its $41 billion acquisition of UFJ Holdings (the first contested transaction among Japanese banks, creating the world’s largest financial institution as measured by assets as of the date of this prospectus),

 

    Hollinger International Inc. in its £730 million sale of the Telegraph Group Limited to Press Holdings International (owned by the Barclay brothers) in 2004 (the largest single title newspaper transaction as of the date of this prospectus),

 

    Fisher Scientific International Inc. in its $3.7 billion acquisition of Apogent Technologies Inc. in 2004 (creating a leading life sciences business),

 

    Bank One Corporation in its $59 billion sale to JPMorgan Chase & Co. in 2004 (creating the second largest bank in the U.S. as of the date of this prospectus),

 

7


Table of Contents
    Canary Wharf Group PLC in its £5 billion sale of a majority interest to an investment consortium in 2004 (the largest ever public-to-private transaction for a listed real estate company as of the date of this prospectus),

 

    Alcan Inc. in its $7 billion acquisition of Pechiney in 2004 (creating the world’s largest aluminum company based on revenue as of the date of this prospectus),

 

    Telecom Italia in its €25 billion sale of minority stockholder interests to Olivetti in 2003 (simplifying the ownership structure of one of Europe’s largest telecommunications firms),

 

    Caisse des Dépôts et Consignations in its €16 billion partnership with Group Caisse d’Epargne in 2003 (completing the restructuring of the French public finance sector and creating a major universal bank), and

 

    Pfizer Inc. in its $89 billion acquisition of Warner-Lambert Company in 2000 (the largest unsolicited acquisition at the time) and in its $61 billion acquisition of Pharmacia (the largest announced acquisition in 2002).

 

In recent years, we have been an advisor in most of the largest and highest profile corporate restructurings around the world. Since 1999, we have advised on over 100 in and out-of-court restructurings comprising in excess of $300 billion of debt restructured. Our restructuring assignments have included, in the U.S., WorldCom Inc. ($38 billion of debt) and Reliant Resources ($9 billion of debt), in Italy, Parmalat ($27 billion of debt), in the U.K., Marconi Corporation plc ($8 billion of debt), in France and the U.K., Eurotunnel plc ($12 billion of debt) and in Korea, Daewoo ($50 billion of debt).

 

Lazard Group was formed in Delaware on March 2, 2000 under the name Lazard LLC and was renamed Lazard Group LLC on May 10, 2005. Our principal executive offices are located in the U.S. at 30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, New York 10020, with a general telephone number of (212) 632-6000, in France at 121 Boulevard Haussmann, 75382 Paris Cedex 08, with a general telephone number of 33-1-44-13-01-11, in the U.K. at 50 Stratton Street, London W1J 8LL, with a general telephone number of 44-207-187-2000 and in Italy at via Dell’Orso 2, 20121 Milan, with a general telephone number of 39-02-723121. Lazard Ltd’s registered office in Bermuda is located at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda, with a general telephone number of (441) 295-1422. In total, we maintain offices in 27 cities worldwide. We maintain an Internet site at www. lazard.com. Our website and the information contained on that site, or connected to that site, are not incorporated into this prospectus, and you should not rely on any such information in making your decision whether to purchase our securities.

 

The Separation and Recapitalization

 

We used the net proceeds of the initial public offering of Class A common stock of Lazard Ltd, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “equity public offering,” the public offering of equity security units of Lazard Ltd, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “ESU offering,” the private placements under investment agreement with IXIS Corporate & Investment Bank, which we refer to as the “IXIS placements,” and the private offering of the old notes, which we refer to as the “old note offering,” primarily to recapitalize Lazard Group, which financing transactions and recapitalization we refer to collectively in this prospectus as the “recapitalization.” We collectively refer to the equity public offering, the ESU offering, the private offering of the old notes and the IXIS investment agreement as the “financing transactions.” We completed the financing transactions and the other aspects of the recapitalization on May 10, 2005. As part of the recapitalization, Lazard Group used the net proceeds from the financing transactions primarily to redeem the outstanding Lazard Group membership interests of its historical partners.

 

On May 10, 2005, Lazard Group transferred its capital markets business, which consisted of equity, fixed income and convertibles sales and trading, broking, research and underwriting services, its merchant banking

 

8


Table of Contents

fund management activities other than its existing merchant banking business in France and specified non-operating assets and liabilities, to LFCM Holdings. We refer to these businesses, assets and liabilities as the “separated businesses” and these transfers which occurred on May 10, 2005 collectively as the “separation.”

 

Except as otherwise expressly noted, this prospectus describes Lazard Group’s business as if the separation and recapitalization were completed for all purposes and for all periods described. The historical consolidated financial data of Lazard Group included in this prospectus, however, reflect the historical results of operations and financial position of Lazard Group, including the separated businesses. In addition to other adjustments, the pro forma financial data included in this prospectus reflect financial data for Lazard Group giving effect to the separation, as well as other adjustments made as a result of the recapitalization.

 

Lazard’s Organizational Structure

 

Lazard Group is the Delaware limited liability company that is the holding company for the subsidiaries that conduct our business. Lazard Group has two primary holders of its membership interests: Lazard Ltd and LAZ-MD Holdings. Lazard Ltd has no material assets other than indirect ownership of approximately 37.5% of the common membership interests of Lazard Group and indirect control of the managing member of Lazard Group. Lazard Ltd controls Lazard Group through this managing member position. The remaining 62.5% of Lazard Group’s common membership interests is held by LAZ-MD Holdings, a holding company that is owned by current and former managing directors of Lazard Group. The Lazard Group common membership interests held by LAZ-MD Holdings are effectively exchangeable over time on a one-for-one basis with Lazard Ltd for shares of Lazard Ltd’s Class A common stock, which we refer to as “common stock,” which are publicly traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “LAZ”.

 

Lazard Group distributions will be allocated to holders of Lazard Group common membership interests on a pro rata basis. As Lazard Ltd indirectly holds approximately 37.5% of the outstanding Lazard Group common membership interests through wholly owned subsidiaries, those subsidiaries will receive approximately 37.5% of the aggregate distributions in respect of the Lazard Group common membership interests.

 

Each share of Lazard Ltd’s common stock entitles its holder to one vote per share. Each LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interest, all of which are held by the working members (including our current and former managing directors), is effectively exchangeable together with a Lazard Group common interest held by LAZ-MD Holdings for a share of Lazard Ltd’s common stock, with such ratio subject to adjustment. The single outstanding share of Lazard Ltd’s high-vote Class B common stock is intended to allow our managing directors to individually vote in proportion to their indirect economic interests in us. This will be effected by the stockholders’ agreement to which LAZ-MD Holdings, which holds Lazard Ltd’s Class B common stock, and Lazard Ltd are parties. Pursuant to the stockholders’ agreement, the LAZ-MD Holdings members who are or become party to the stockholders’ agreement individually are entitled to direct LAZ-MD Holdings how to vote their proportionate interest in Lazard Ltd’s Class B common stock on an as-if-exchanged basis. This means that if a member held LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests that are effectively exchangeable for 1,000 shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock, that member would be entitled to direct LAZ-MD Holdings how to vote 1,000 votes represented by Lazard Ltd’s Class B common stock. Lazard Ltd’s Class B common stock is entitled, on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of Lazard Ltd, to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock that would be issuable if all of the then outstanding Lazard Group common membership interests issued to LAZ-MD Holdings were exchanged for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock. We refer to this stockholders’ agreement as the “LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement.” Lazard Ltd’s Class B common stock currently has 62.5% of the voting power of Lazard Ltd, which percentage will decrease proportionately as Lazard Group common membership interests are exchanged for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock. In order to seek to avoid the possibility that LAZ-MD Holdings would be deemed to be an “investment company” for purposes of the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the “Investment Company Act,” the

 

9


Table of Contents

voting power of the outstanding Class B common stock will, however, represent no less than 50.1% of the voting power of Lazard Ltd until December 31, 2007. In addition, the board of directors of LAZ-MD Holdings has the ability to vote the entire voting interest represented by Lazard Ltd’s Class B common stock in its discretion if the LAZ-MD Holdings board of directors determines that it is in the best interests of LAZ-MD Holdings.

 

Lazard Ltd’s public stockholders, including IXIS and our Chief Executive Officer, who exchanged his historical partner interests for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock in lieu of being redeemed for cash in connection with the recapitalization, currently hold all of the outstanding shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock, representing approximately 37.5% of the voting power in Lazard Ltd and 100% of Lazard Ltd’s capital stock on an economic basis. The Class B common stock does not have any economic rights in Lazard Ltd.

 

The graphic below illustrates our current ownership structure as of the date of this prospectus. The graphic below does not display all of the subsidiaries of Lazard Ltd, Lazard Group and LAZ-MD Holdings (including those through which Lazard Ltd holds its interests in Lazard Group), all of the minority interests in Lazard Group (including the participatory interests granted to managing directors), the old notes, the equity security units or other securities we expect to issue or grant, including under the terms of the securities issued in connection with the financing transactions. The “Public Stockholders” caption on the graphic below includes shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock that were issued to IXIS pursuant to the IXIS placements and to our Chief Executive Officer, who exchanged his historical partner interests for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock in connection with the recapitalization. For a more detailed graphic, we refer you to “The Lazard Organizational Structure” and, for a further discussion of minority interests, to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Financial Measures and Indicators—Minority Interest.”

 

LOGO

 

The working members received, in exchange for their interests in Lazard Group, membership interests in LAZ-MD Holdings, including LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests, in connection with the separation and

 

10


Table of Contents

recapitalization transactions. These LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests are effectively exchangeable for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock on the eighth anniversary of the closing of the equity public offering. In addition, the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests held by our working members who continue to provide services to us or LFCM Holdings will, subject to certain conditions, generally be effectively exchangeable for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock in equal increments on and after each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the closing of the equity public offering. LAZ-MD Holdings and certain subsidiaries of Lazard Ltd (which will effect the exchanges), with the consent of the Lazard Ltd board of directors, also have the right to cause the holders of LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests to exchange all such remaining interests during the 30-day period following the ninth anniversary of the equity public offering and under certain other circumstances. Upon full exchange of the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock, the Class B common stock would cease to be outstanding, and all of the Lazard Group common membership interests formerly owned by LAZ-MD Holdings would be owned indirectly by Lazard Ltd.

 

In connection with the separation and recapitalization transactions, our managing directors who are managing directors of LAM retained their equity interests and phantom equity rights in LAM, which we refer to in this prospectus as “LAM equity units,” and, accordingly, do not hold any membership interests in LAZ-MD Holdings. For a discussion of the LAM equity units, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Key Financial Measures and Indicators—Minority Interest.”

 

Relationship with LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings

 

In addition to LAZ-MD Holdings’ equity and voting interests in Lazard Ltd and Lazard Group as described above in “—Lazard’s Organizational Structure,” we have ongoing relationships with LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings and its subsidiaries after the separation, including several agreements that we entered into with LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings that are intended to define and regulate these relationships.

 

11


Table of Contents

Summary Terms of the Exchange Offer

 

On May 10, 2005, we completed the private offering of $550,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 7.125% senior notes due 2015, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “old notes.” We entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the old notes, in which we agreed to deliver to you this prospectus and to use our reasonable best efforts to complete an exchange offer within 180 days after the date of original issuance of the old notes. Below is a summary of the exchange offer.

 

The Exchange Offer

We are offering to exchange up to $550,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of our 7.125% senior notes due 2015, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “exchange notes,” for an equal principal amount of the old notes, in integral multiples of $1,000.

 

Expiration of the Exchange Offer;

Withdrawal of Tender

The exchange offer will expire at 12:00 a.m., midnight, New York City time, on                     , 2005, or a later date and time to which we may extend it. We do not currently intend to extend the expiration of the exchange offer. You may withdraw your tender of old notes in the exchange offer at any time before the expiration of the exchange offer. Any old notes not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense to you promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

 

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

The exchange offer is not conditioned upon any minimum aggregate principal amount of old notes being tendered for exchange. The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, which we may waive. See “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights—Conditions” for more information regarding the conditions to the exchange offer.

 

Procedures for Tendering Notes

To tender old notes held in book-entry form through the Depository Trust Company, or “DTC,” you must transfer your old notes into the exchange agent’s account in accordance with DTC’s Automated Tender Offer Program, or “ATOP,” system. In lieu of delivering a letter of transmittal to the exchange agent, a computer-generated message, in which the holder of the old notes acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, must be transmitted by DTC on behalf of a holder and received by the exchange agent before 12:00 a.m., midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date. In all other cases, a letter of transmittal must be manually executed and received by the exchange agent before 12:00 a.m., midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date.

 

 

By signing, or agreeing to be bound by, the letter of transmittal, you will represent to us that, among other things:

 

    any exchange notes to be received by you will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business,

 

    you have no arrangement, intent or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes (within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the “Securities Act”),

 

12


Table of Contents
    you are not our “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) or if you are an affiliate, you will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable,

 

    if you are a broker-dealer, you will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes, and

 

    if you are a broker-dealer, you are not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully and completely make the above representations.

 

Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners

If you are a beneficial owner whose old notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and you want to tender old notes in the exchange offer, you should contact the registered owner promptly and instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. If you wish to tender on your own behalf, you must, before completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering your old notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the old notes in your name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder.

 

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If you wish to tender your old notes, and time will not permit your required documents to reach the exchange agent by the expiration date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on time, you may tender your old notes under the procedures described in “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

 

Effect on Holders of Outstanding Notes

As a result of making this exchange offer, and upon acceptance for exchange of all validly tendered old notes, we will have fulfilled some of our obligations under the registration rights agreement, and, accordingly, there will be no increase in the interest rate on the old notes under the registration rights agreement if the old notes were eligible for exchange, but not exchanged, in the exchange offer. If you are a holder of old notes and you do not tender your old notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to hold your old notes and will be entitled to the rights and subject to the limitations applicable to the old notes in the indenture.

 

 

Any trading market for the old notes (and the exchange notes to be issued in this exchange offer) could be adversely affected if some but not all of the old notes (or the exchange notes to be issued in this exchange offer) are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer.

 

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

All untendered old notes will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer provided for in the old notes and in the indenture. Generally,

 

13


Table of Contents
 

the old notes that are not exchanged for exchange notes in the exchange offer will remain restricted securities, and may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state or foreign securities laws.

 

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The exchange of old notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer generally will not constitute a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

 

Resale

Under existing interpretations of the Securities Act by the staff of the Securities Exchange Commission, or the “SEC,” contained in several no-action letters to third parties, and subject to the immediately following sentence, we believe that the exchange notes will generally be freely transferable by holders after the exchange offer without further compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act (subject to certain representations required to be made by each holder of old notes, as set forth under “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights—Procedures for Tendering”). However, any holder of old notes who:

 

    is one of our “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act),

 

    does not acquire the exchange notes in the ordinary course of business,

 

    intends to distribute the exchange notes as part of the exchange offer, or

 

    is a broker-dealer who purchased old notes from us in the initial offering of the old notes for resale pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act,

 

 

will not be able to rely on the interpretations of the staff of the SEC, will not be permitted to tender old notes in the exchange offer and, in the absence of any exemption, must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.

 

 

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account under the exchange offer in exchange for old notes that were acquired by the broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activity must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer.

 

Exchange Agent

The Bank of New York is the exchange agent for the exchange offer. The address and telephone number of the exchange agent are set forth in “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights—Exchange Agent.”

 

14


Table of Contents

Summary of Terms of Exchange Notes

 

The summary below describes the principal terms of the exchange notes. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The “Description of the Exchange Notes” section of this prospectus contains a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the exchange notes.

 

The exchange notes will be identical in all material respects to the old notes for which they have been exchanged, except:

 

    the offer and sale of the exchange notes will have been registered under the Securities Act, and thus the exchange notes generally will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer applicable to the old notes or bear restrictive legends,

 

    the exchange notes will not be entitled to registration rights, and

 

    the exchange notes will not have the right to earn additional interest under circumstances relating to our registration obligations.

 

Issuer

Lazard Group, a Delaware limited liability company. Lazard Ltd has a controlling interest in Lazard Group.

 

Securities Offered

$550 million aggregate principal amount of exchange notes, the offer and sale of which will have been registered under the Securities Act.

 

Interest Rate

The exchange notes will bear interest at a rate equal to 7.125% per annum.

 

Maturity

May 15, 2015.

 

Interest Payment Dates

Semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning on November 15, 2005.

 

Ranking

The exchange notes will be senior unsecured obligations of Lazard Group and will:

 

    rank equally in right of payment with all of its existing and future senior indebtedness,

 

    rank senior in right of payment to all of its existing and future subordinated indebtedness, and

 

    be effectively subordinated in right of payment to its secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt.

 

 

As of March 31, 2005, after giving effect to this exchange offer, the application of the net proceeds from the offering of the old notes and the related recapitalization and separation transactions described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information,” the total outstanding consolidated debt of Lazard Group, excluding unused commitments made by lenders, would have been approximately $1.2 billion (of which the $437.5 million of our indebtedness related to the equity security units will rank pari passu with the $550 million of exchange notes).

 

15


Table of Contents
 

As is the case with the old notes, holders of the exchange notes will only be creditors of Lazard Group, and not of its subsidiaries. Neither Lazard Ltd nor any of Lazard Group’s subsidiaries will guarantee the exchange notes. As a result, all the existing and future liabilities of its subsidiaries, including any claims of trade creditors and preferred stockholders, will be effectively senior to the exchange notes.

 

 

The total balance sheet liabilities of our subsidiaries after giving effect to the offering of the old notes, the application of the net proceeds from the offering of the old notes and the related recapitalization and separation transactions described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information” as of March 31, 2005, excluding unused commitments made by lenders, would have been approximately $1.6 billion, including $249 million of indebtedness. Of this subsidiary indebtedness, a financing subsidiary of ours issued a $150 million subordinated note that Lazard Group has guaranteed, and Lazard Group’s obligation under the guarantee is subordinated to the exchange notes.

 

 

For more information on the ranking of the notes, see “Description of the Exchange Notes—Ranking.”

 

Optional Redemption

Like the old notes, the exchange notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time at a “make-whole” redemption price. In the case of any such redemption, Lazard Group will also pay accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of such redemption. For more detailed information on the redemption prices, see “Description of the Exchange Notes—Optional Redemption.”

 

Certain Covenants

The indenture governing the notes will contain covenants that will limit the ability of Lazard Group and its subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

 

•      create liens,

 

 

•      sell or otherwise dispose of the capital stock of certain subsidiaries, and

 

 

•      engage in consolidations and mergers or sell or transfer assets.

 

 

All of these limitations are subject to important exceptions and qualifications described under “Description of the Exchange Notes—Certain Covenants.”

 

Risk Factors

See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of some of the key factors you should carefully consider before deciding to exchange your old notes for exchange notes.

 

 

 

16


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

 

The following table sets forth the historical summary consolidated income statement data for Lazard Group, including the separated businesses, for all periods presented. The table also presents certain pro forma consolidated financial data for Lazard Group.

 

The historical consolidated financial statements do not reflect what our results of operations and financial position would have been had we been a stand-alone, public company for the periods presented. Specifically, our historical results of operations do not give effect to the following matters:

 

    The separation of Lazard Group’s Capital Markets and Other activities, which consist of equity, fixed income and convertibles sales and trading, broking, research and underwriting services, merchant banking fund management activities outside of France and specified non-operating assets and liabilities. As a result of the separation, these Capital Markets and Other activities are now owned and operated by LFCM Holdings.

 

    Payment for services rendered by Lazard Group’s managing directors, which, as a result of Lazard Group operating as a limited liability company, historically has been accounted for as distributions from members’ capital, or in some cases as minority interest, rather than as compensation and benefits expense. As a result, Lazard Group’s operating income historically has not reflected payments for services rendered by its managing directors. As a result of the consummation of the equity public offering as described in Note 18 of the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and Note 9 of the accompanying Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, Lazard Group will include all payments for services rendered by its managing directors in employee compensation and benefits expense in future periods.

 

    U.S. corporate federal income taxes, since Lazard Group has operated in the U.S. as a limited liability company that was treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, Lazard Group’s income has not been subject to U.S. federal income taxes. Taxes related to income earned by partnerships represent obligations of the individual partners. Outside the U.S., Lazard Group historically has operated principally through subsidiary corporations and has been subject to local income taxes. Income taxes shown on Lazard Group’s historical consolidated statements of income are attributable to taxes incurred in non-U.S. entities and to New York City Unincorporated Business Tax (“UBT”) attributable to Lazard Group’s operations apportioned to New York City.

 

    The use of proceeds from the financing transactions.

 

    The net incremental interest expense related to the financing transactions.

 

The unaudited pro forma data set forth below are derived from the unaudited pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The data reflect the separation and recapitalization transactions and the completion of the financing transactions as if they had occurred as of January 1, 2004, and are included for informational purposes only and do not purport to represent what our results of operations would actually have been had we operated as a separate, independent company during the periods presented, nor do the pro forma data give effect to any events other than those discussed above and in the related notes. As a result, the pro forma operating results are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for any future period. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

The historical consolidated statements of income data for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004 have been derived from Lazard Group’s consolidated financial statements audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. The audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 2001 are not included in this

 

17


Table of Contents

prospectus. The historical consolidated statement of income data for the three month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 have been derived from Lazard Group’s unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The March 31, 2004 and 2005 financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for the periods presented. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period and interim results are not necessarily indicative of results for any future interim period.

 

The summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information” and Lazard Group’s historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. See also “The Lazard Organizational Structure.”

 

18


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,

   

For the Three
Months Ended

March 31,


 
    2000

  2001

    2002

  2003

  2004

    2004

    2005

 
    (in thousands of dollars)        

Historical Consolidated Statement of Income Data:

                                                 

Net Revenue:

                                                 

Financial Advisory (a)

  $ 766,856   $ 551,356     $ 532,896   $ 690,967   $ 655,200     $ 105,494     $ 157,259  

Asset Management (b)

    457,124     410,237       454,683     350,348     417,166       96,826       106,863  

Corporate (c)

    32,817     (14,291 )     4,391     6,535     13,839       1,135       (4,023 )

Capital Markets and Other

    296,003     224,753       174,309     135,534     188,100       42,134       37,879  
   

 


 

 

 


 


 


Net Revenue (d)

    1,552,800     1,172,055       1,166,279     1,183,384     1,274,305       245,589       297,978  

Employee Compensation and Benefits

    570,064     524,417       469,037     481,212     573,779       140,860       127,487  

Other Operating Expenses

    306,339     288,676       321,197     312,818     342,764       76,832       78,819  
   

 


 

 

 


 


 


Total Operating Expenses

    876,403     813,093       790,234     794,030     916,543       217,692       206,306  
   

 


 

 

 


 


 


Operating Income

    676,397     358,962       376,045     389,354     357,762       27,897       91,672  

Income Allocable to Members Before Extraordinary Item

    558,708     305,777       297,447     250,383     241,467       15,053       73,356  

Net Income Allocable to Members

    558,708     305,777       297,447     250,383     246,974 (e)     15,053       73,356  

Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Income Data:

                                                 

Net Revenue:

                                                 

Financial Advisory (a)

                            $ 655,200     $ 105,494     $ 157,259  

Asset Management (b)

                              417,166       96,826       106,863  

Corporate

                              (41,932 )     (12,808 )     (17,966 )
                             


 


 


Net Revenue (f)

                              1,030,434       189,512       246,156  

Operating Income (g)

                              134,061       6,222       37,528  

Net Income Allocable To Members (h)

                              101,048       9,013       36,174  

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (i):

                                                 

Historical

    1.75     1.66       5.79     6.68     5.83       2.55       5.31  

Pro Forma

                              2.21       1.23       2.39  

Other Lazard Group Historical Data:

                                                 

Dollar Value of Mergers and Acquisitions
(“M&A”) Deals Completed (j)

  $ 383,061   $ 154,848     $ 86,512   $ 187,426   $ 187,144     $ 12,126     $ 39,254  

Number of M&A Deals Completed Greater than $1 Billion (k)

    47     29       21     29     30       4       4  

Assets Under Management:

                                                 

Ending

  $ 79,510   $ 73,108     $ 63,685   $ 78,371   $ 86,435     $ 80,000     $ 86,257  

Average (l)

    81,147     75,705       68,356     66,321     80,261       79,185       86,346  

Managing Director Headcount
(as of the end of each period):

                                                 

Financial Advisory

    92     80       95     111     127       128       131  

Asset Management

    13     17       17     22     33       34       39  

Corporate

    6     4       4     5     6       6       6  

Capital Markets and Other

    19     19       19     21     21       19       19  

Limited Managing Directors

    17     25       25     23     20       20       20  
   

 


 

 

 


 


 


        Total

    147     145       160     182     207       207       215  
   

 


 

 

 


 


 



                                                 
Notes (in thousands of dollars) :                                                  

(a) Financial Advisory net revenue consists of the following:

                                           
    For the Year Ended December 31,

   

For the Three
Months Ended

March 31,


 
    2000

  2001

    2002

  2003

  2004

    2004

    2005

 

M&A

  $ 724,550   $ 492,083     $ 393,082   $ 419,967   $ 481,726     $ 73,835     $ 122,311  

Financial Restructuring

    34,100     55,200       124,800     244,600     96,100       18,200       24,148  

Other Financial Advisory

    8,206     4,073       15,014     26,400     77,374       13,459       10,800  
   

 


 

 

 


 


 


Financial Advisory Net Revenue

  $ 766,856   $ 551,356     $ 532,896   $ 690,967   $ 655,200     $ 105,494     $ 157,259  
   

 


 

 

 


 


 


(b) Asset Management net revenue consists of the following:

 

                                   
    For the Year Ended December 31,

   

For the Three
Months Ended

March 31,


 
    2000

  2001

    2002

  2003

  2004

    2004

    2005

 

Management and Other Fees

  $ 405,124   $ 386,237     $ 381,256   $ 312,123   $ 389,812     $ 96,796     $ 102,043  

Incentive Fees

    52,000     24,000       73,427     38,225     27,354       30       4,820  
   

 


 

 

 


 


 


Asset Management Net Revenue

  $ 457,124   $ 410,237     $ 454,683   $ 350,348   $ 417,166     $ 96,826     $ 106,863  
   

 


 

 

 


 


 


 

19


Table of Contents
(c) “Corporate” includes interest income (net of interest expense), investment income from certain long-term investments and net money market revenue earned by Lazard Frères Banque SA, which we refer to in this prospectus as “LFB.”
(d) Net revenue is presented after reductions for dividends relating to Lazard Group’s mandatorily redeemable preferred stock issued in March 2001. Preferred dividends are reflected in corporate net revenue and amounted to $6,312, $8,000, $8,000, and $8,000 in the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, and $2,000 and $2,000 for the three month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
(e) Net income allocable to members for the year ended December 31, 2004 is shown after an extraordinary gain of approximately $5,507 related to the January 2004 acquisition of the assets of Panmure Gordon & Co., Limited, which we refer to in this prospectus as “Panmure Gordon.”
(f) Represents net revenue after giving effect to the separation and recapitalization and the incremental interest expense related to the financing transactions.
(g) Represents operating income after giving effect to the separation and recapitalization, including the pro forma adjustments related to the financing transactions and to employee compensation and benefit expense. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.”
(h) Represents Lazard Group net income allocable to members after giving effect to the adjustments described in notes (f) and (g) above and a provision for estimated income taxes related thereto at the estimated effective tax rate for the applicable period. Lazard Group operates in the U.S. as a limited liability company that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, Lazard Group’s income has not been subject to U.S. federal income taxes. Taxes related to income earned by partnerships represent obligations of the individual partners. Outside the U.S., Lazard Group historically has operated principally through subsidiary corporations and has been subject to local income taxes. Income taxes shown on Lazard Group’s historical consolidated statements of income are attributable to taxes incurred in non-U.S. entities and to UBT attributable to Lazard Group’s operations apportioned to New York City.
(i) Ratio of earnings to fixed charges equals income before income taxes, minority interest, interest expense and interest implicit in lease expense divided by the sum of interest expense and interest implicit in lease expense. Interest implicit in lease expense is calculated by taking one third of rental expense as the representative interest component. Pro forma earnings to fixed charges includes income before income taxes, interest expense and implicit interest less payments for services rendered by managing directors and employee members of LAM. See “Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.”
(j) Source: Thomson Financial. Represents the U.S. dollar value of completed transactions globally in which Lazard Group acted as an advisor to a party to the transaction. The types of transactions included by Thomson are global M&A, partial company sales, asset sales, joint ventures, spin-offs and restructuring assignments in which a change in control occurs. The value of a completed transaction is equal to the consideration paid for the equity of the target plus net debt assumed (net debt equals the liabilities assumed less cash held by the target).
(k) Source: Thomson Financial. Represents the number of completed M&A transactions globally in which Lazard Group acted as an advisor to a party to the transaction and in which the value of the transaction was greater than $1 billion.
(l) Calculated using the average of quarter-end AUM balances during the respective period.

 

20


Table of Contents

Recent Developments

 

As described in more detail in Note 9 to the accompanying Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, on May 10, 2005, the equity public offering, the financing transactions, the separation and the recapitalization were consummated, and on April 26, 2005, Lazard Group completed the sale of its U.K. capital markets business, Panmure Gordon, to Durlacher Corporation PLC, a U.K. broking firm, which we refer to in this prospectus as “Durlacher.” As part of the transaction, Lazard Group received an ownership interest of approximately 32.8% in Durlacher, which was transferred to LFCM Holdings in connection with the separation.

 

Glossary

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms:

 

    “historical partners” refers to two former general classes of members of Lazard Group that existed prior to the recapitalization, which consisted of Eurazeo S.A., descendants and relations of our founders, several historical partners of our predecessor entities, several current and former managing directors and the other members of these classes,

 

    “LAZ-MD Holdings” refers to LAZ-MD Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company that holds Lazard Group common membership interests and the Class B common stock of Lazard Ltd,

 

    “Lazard Group Finance” refers to Lazard Group Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company that was formed to act as the managing member of Lazard Group and to issue certain senior notes that form a component of the equity security units of Lazard Ltd issued in the ESU offering and the IXIS placement of equity security units,

 

    “LFCM Holdings” refers to LFCM Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company that holds the separated businesses,

 

    “managing directors” refers to our managing directors and the managing directors of the separated businesses,

 

    “net revenue from continuing operations” means our historical net revenue excluding the net revenue of the separated businesses,

 

    “operating revenue” means our consolidated total revenue less (1) total revenue attributable to the separated businesses and (2) interest expense related to Lazard Frères Banque, SA, our Paris-based banking affiliate,

 

    “working members” refers to two former classes of members of Lazard Group that existed prior to the recapitalization, which consisted of current and former managing directors.

 

We prepare our financial statements in U.S. dollars and prepare our financial statements, including all of the financial statements included in this prospectus, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., or “U.S. GAAP.” We have adopted a fiscal year end of December 31. In this prospectus, except where otherwise indicated, references to “$” or “dollars” are to the lawful currency of the U.S.

 

The Lazard logo and the other trademarks, trade names and service marks of Lazard mentioned in this prospectus, including Lazard ® , are the property of, and are used with the permission of, our subsidiaries.

 

21


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

You should carefully consider the following risks and all of the other information set forth in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before deciding to exchange the notes. The risk factors set forth below primarily relate to the business of Lazard Group. The following risks comprise material risks of which we are aware. If any of the events or developments described below actually occurred, our business, financial condition or results of operations would likely suffer.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

Our ability to retain our managing directors and other key professional employees is critical to the success of our business, including maintaining compensation levels at an appropriate level of costs, and failure to do so may materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial position.

 

Our people are our most important resource. We must retain the services of our managing directors and other key professional employees, and strategically recruit and hire new talented employees, to obtain and successfully execute the advisory and asset management engagements that generate substantially all our revenue.

 

Lazard Group has experienced several significant events in recent years, including our unification under one global firm, the transition to new senior management and our recent transformation from a private to a public company, and our industry in general continues to experience change and competitive pressures for retaining top talent, each of which makes it more difficult for us to retain professionals. If any of our managing directors and other key professional employees were to join an existing competitor or form a competing company or otherwise leave us, some of our clients could choose to use the services of that competitor or some other competitor instead of our services. The employment arrangements, non-competition agreements and retention agreements we have entered into or intend to enter into with our managing directors and other key professional employees and restrictive covenants applicable to our LAM managing directors may not prevent our managing directors and other key professional employees from resigning from practice or competing against us. See “Management—Arrangements with Our Managing Directors” and “Business—Principal Business Lines—Financial Advisory—Staffing.” As part of our recent transformation to a public company, we may face additional retention pressures as a result of reductions in payments for services rendered by our managing directors. As a result, we may not be able to retain these employees and, even if we can, we may not be able to retain them at compensation levels that will allow us to achieve our target ratio of compensation expense-to-operating revenue. In addition, any such arrangements and agreements will have a limited duration and will expire after a certain period of time.

 

Difficult market conditions can adversely affect our business in many ways, including by reducing the volume of the transactions involving our Financial Advisory business and reducing the value or performance of the assets we manage in our Asset Management business, which, in each case, could materially reduce our revenue or income and adversely affect our financial position.

 

As a financial services firm, our businesses are materially affected by conditions in the global financial markets and economic conditions throughout the world. For example, revenue generated by our Financial Advisory business is directly related to the volume and value of the transactions in which we are involved. During periods of unfavorable market or economic conditions, the volume and value of mergers and acquisitions transactions may decrease, thereby reducing the demand for our Financial Advisory services and increasing price competition among financial services companies seeking such engagements. Our results of operations would be adversely affected by any such reduction in the volume or value of mergers and acquisitions transactions. In addition, our profitability would be adversely affected by our fixed costs and the possibility that we would be unable to scale back other costs within a time frame sufficient to match any decreases in revenue relating to changes in market and economic conditions. The future market and economic climate may deteriorate because of many factors, including rising interest rates or inflation, terrorism or political uncertainty.

 

22


Table of Contents

Within our Financial Advisory business, we have typically seen that, during periods of economic strength and growth, our Mergers and Acquisitions practice historically has been more active and our Financial Restructuring practice has been less active. Conversely, during periods of economic weakness and slowdown, we typically have seen that our Financial Restructuring practice has been more active and our Mergers and Acquisitions practice has been less active. As a result, our revenue from our Financial Restructuring practice has tended to correlate negatively to our revenue from our Mergers and Acquisitions practice over the course of business cycles. These trends are cyclical in nature and subject to periodic reversal. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2004, Financial Restructuring net revenue was down 61% versus 2003, while Mergers and Acquisitions net revenue was up 15% versus 2003. However, these trends do not cancel out the impact of economic conditions in our Financial Advisory business, which may be adversely affected by a downturn in economic conditions leading to decreased Mergers and Acquisitions practice activity, notwithstanding improvements in our Financial Restructuring practice. Moreover, revenue improvements in our Financial Advisory practice in strong economic conditions could be offset in whole or in part by any related revenue declines in our Financial Restructuring practice. While we generally have experienced a counter-cyclical relationship between our Mergers and Acquisitions practice and our Financial Restructuring practice, this relationship may not continue in the future.

 

Our Asset Management business also would be expected to generate lower revenue in a market or general economic downturn. Under our Asset Management business’ arrangements, investment advisory fees we receive typically are based on the market value of AUM. Accordingly, a decline in the prices of securities would be expected to cause our revenue and income to decline by:

 

    causing the value of our AUM to decrease, which would result in lower investment advisory fees,

 

    causing negative absolute performance returns for some accounts which have performance-based incentive fees, resulting in a reduction of revenue from such fees, or

 

    causing some of our clients to withdraw funds from our Asset Management business in favor of investments they perceive as offering greater opportunity or lower risk, which also would result in lower investment advisory fees.

 

If our Asset Management revenue declines without a commensurate reduction in our expenses, our net income will be reduced. In addition, in the event of a market downturn, our merchant banking practice also may be impacted by reduced exit opportunities in which to realize the value of its investments.

 

A majority of our revenue is derived from Financial Advisory fees, which are not long-term contracted sources of revenue and are subject to intense competition, and declines in our Financial Advisory engagements could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We historically have earned a substantial portion of our revenue from advisory fees paid to us by our Financial Advisory clients, which fees usually are payable upon the successful completion of a particular transaction or restructuring. For example, in the year ended December 31, 2004, Financial Advisory services accounted for approximately 60% of our net revenue from continuing operations. We expect that we will continue to rely on Financial Advisory fees for a substantial portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future, and a decline in our advisory engagements or the market for advisory services would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition, we operate in a highly competitive environment where typically there are no long-term contracted sources of revenue. Each revenue-generating engagement typically is separately awarded and negotiated. In addition, many businesses do not routinely engage in transactions requiring our services, and, as a consequence, our fee paying engagements with many clients are not likely to be predictable. We also lose clients each year as a result of the sale or merger of a client, a change in a client’s senior management, competition from other financial advisors and financial institutions and other causes. As a result, our engagements with clients are constantly changing, and our Financial Advisory fees could decline quickly due to the factors discussed above.

 

23


Table of Contents

There will not be a consistent pattern in our financial results from period to period, which may make it difficult for us to achieve steady earnings growth on a quarterly basis and may cause the price at which holders of our exchange notes or old notes, if transferable, would be able to sell their notes to decline.

 

We experience significant fluctuations in revenue and profits. These fluctuations generally can be attributed to the fact that we earn a significant portion of our Financial Advisory revenue upon the successful completion of a merger or acquisition transaction or a restructuring, the timing of which is uncertain and is not subject to our control. In addition, our Asset Management revenue is particularly sensitive to fluctuations in our AUM. Asset Management fees are often based on AUM as of the end of a quarter or month. As a result, a reduction in assets at the end of a quarter or month (as a result of market depreciation, withdrawals or otherwise) will result in a decrease in management fees. As a result of quarterly fluctuations, it may be difficult for us to achieve steady earnings growth on a quarterly basis, which could, in turn, cause the price at which holders of our exchange notes or old notes, if transferable, would be able to sell their notes to decline.

 

In many cases, we are paid for advisory engagements only upon the successful consummation of the underlying merger or acquisition transaction or restructuring. As a result, our Financial Advisory business is highly dependent on market conditions and the decisions and actions of our clients, interested third parties and governmental authorities. For example, a client could delay or terminate an acquisition transaction because of a failure to agree upon final terms with the counterparty, failure to obtain necessary regulatory consents or board of directors or stockholder approvals, failure to secure necessary financing, adverse market conditions or because the target’s business is experiencing unexpected operating or financial problems. Anticipated bidders for assets of a client during a restructuring transaction may not materialize or our client may not be able to restructure its operations or indebtedness due to a failure to reach agreement with its principal creditors. In these circumstances, we often do not receive any advisory fees other than the reimbursement of certain out-of-pocket expenses despite the fact that we devote resources to these transactions. Accordingly, the failure of one or more transactions to close either as anticipated or at all could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

If the number of debt defaults, bankruptcies or other factors affecting demand for our Financial Restructuring services declines, or we lose business to certain new entrants to the financial restructuring advisory practice who are no longer precluded from offering such services due to anticipated changes to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, our Financial Restructuring practice’s revenue could suffer.

 

We provide various financial restructuring and restructuring-related advice to companies in financial distress or to their creditors or other stakeholders. During 2002 and 2003, we generated a significant part of our Financial Advisory revenue from fees from financial restructuring-related services. A number of factors affect demand for these advisory services, including general economic conditions, the availability and cost of debt and equity financing and changes to laws, rules and regulations, including deregulation or privatization of particular industries and those that protect creditors.

 

The requirement of Section 327 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code requiring that one be a “disinterested person” to be employed in a restructuring has recently been modified. While the “disinterested person” definition of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, as previously in effect, disqualified certain of our competitors, it historically had not often disqualified us from obtaining a role in a restructuring because we have not been a significant underwriter of securities. The change to the “disinterested person” definition causing a person not to be disqualified by means of its status as an underwriter of securities could allow for more financial services firms to compete for restructuring engagements as well as with respect to the recruitment and retention of professionals. If our competitors succeed in being retained in new restructuring engagements, our Financial Restructuring practice, and thereby our results of operations, could be materially adversely affected.

 

24


Table of Contents

We could lose clients and suffer a decline in our Asset Management revenue and earnings if the investments we choose in our Asset Management business perform poorly or if we lose key employees, regardless of overall trends in the prices of securities.

 

Investment performance affects our AUM relating to existing clients and is one of the most important factors in retaining clients and competing for new Asset Management business. Poor investment performance could impair our revenue and growth because:

 

    existing clients might withdraw funds from our Asset Management business in favor of better performing products, which would result in lower investment advisory fees,

 

    our incentive fees, which provide us with a set percentage of returns on some alternative investment and merchant banking funds and other accounts, would decline,

 

    third-party financial intermediaries, advisors or consultants may rate our products poorly, which may result in client withdrawals and reduced asset flows from these third parties or their clients, or

 

    firms with which we have strategic alliances may terminate such relationships with us, and future strategic alliances may be unavailable.

 

If key employees were to leave our Asset Management business, whether to join a competitor or otherwise, we may suffer a decline in revenue or earnings and suffer an adverse effect on our financial position. For example, in 2003, we experienced a net outflow in alternative investments AUM of approximately $2.7 billion, mostly due to the departure of a fund manager and related team members in our hedge fund products group. This also resulted in a significant reduction in both management and performance fees. Loss of key employees may occur due to perceived opportunity for promotion, increased compensation, work environment or other individual reasons, some of which may be beyond our control.

 

Our investment style in our Asset Management business may underperform other investment approaches, which may result in significant client or asset departures or a reduction in AUM.

 

Even when securities prices are rising generally, performance can be affected by investment style. Many of the equity investment strategies in our Asset Management business share a common investment orientation towards fundamental security selection. We believe this style tends to outperform the market in some market environments and underperform it in others. In particular, a prolonged growth environment may cause our investment strategy to go out of favor with some clients, consultants or third-party intermediaries. In combination with poor performance relative to peers, changes in personnel, extensive periods in particular market environments or other difficulties, this may result in significant client or asset departures or a reduction in AUM.

 

Because our clients can remove the assets we manage on short notice, we may experience unexpected declines in revenue and profitability.

 

Our investment advisory contracts are generally terminable upon very short notice. Institutional and individual clients, and firms with which we have strategic alliances, can terminate their relationship with us, reduce the aggregate amount of AUM or shift their funds to other types of accounts with different rate structures for a number of reasons, including investment performance, changes in prevailing interest rates and financial market performance. Poor performance relative to other investment management firms tends to result in decreased investments in our investment products, increased redemptions of our investment products, and the loss of institutional or individual accounts or strategic alliances. In addition, the ability to terminate relationships may allow clients to renegotiate for lower fees paid for asset management services.

 

In addition, in the U.S., as required by the Investment Company Act, each of our investment advisory contracts with the mutual funds we advise or subadvise automatically terminates upon its “assignment.” Each of our other investment advisory contracts subject to the provisions of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, as required by this act, provides that the contract may not be “assigned” without the consent of the

 

25


Table of Contents

customer. A sale of a sufficiently large block of shares of our voting securities or other transactions could be deemed an “assignment” in certain circumstances. An assignment, actual or constructive, will trigger these termination provisions and could adversely affect our ability to continue managing client accounts.

 

To the extent that the separation and recapitalization transaction completed on May 10, 2005 may be deemed a technical “assignment” of investment advisory contracts, we have taken the necessary steps to provide clients an opportunity to consent to the continuation of their advisory agreements after the completion of those transactions. In addition, in this case, we have sought approval by the stockholders of the mutual funds managed by LAM for a new advisory agreement. In the event that any of these clients do not consent to a continuation of their agreement, we will lose AUM, which will result in a loss of revenue.

 

Access to clients through intermediaries is important to our Asset Management business, and reductions in referrals from such intermediaries or poor reviews of our products or our organization by such intermediaries could materially reduce our revenue and impair our ability to attract new clients.

 

Our ability to market our Asset Management services relies in part on receiving mandates from the client base of national and regional securities firms, banks, insurance companies, defined contribution plan administrators, investment consultants and other intermediaries. To an increasing extent, our Asset Management business uses referrals from accountants, lawyers, financial planners and other professional advisors. The inability to have this access could materially adversely affect our Asset Management business. In addition, many of these intermediaries review and evaluate our products and our organization. Poor reviews or evaluations of either the particular product or of us may result in client withdrawals or an inability to attract new assets through such intermediaries.

 

Our historical merchant banking activities involve increased levels of investments in relatively high-risk, illiquid assets, and we may lose some or all of the principal amount that we invest in these activities or fail to realize any profits from these activities for a considerable period of time.

 

We intend to expand our participation in merchant banking activities through investments in new and successor funds, and we may exercise our option under the business alliance agreement between Lazard Group and LFCM Holdings to acquire the merchant banking business and related principal investments from LFCM Holdings.

 

The revenue from this business is derived primarily from management fees calculated as a percentage of AUM and incentive fees, which are earned if investments are profitable over a specified threshold. Our ability to form new merchant banking funds is subject to a number of uncertainties, including past performance of our funds, market or economic conditions, competition from other fund managers and the ability to negotiate terms with major investors. In addition, the payments we are entitled to receive from LFCM Holdings under the terms of the business alliance agreement in respect of our continued involvement with LFCM Holdings are based on the carried interests received in connection with LFCM Holdings-managed funds.

 

In addition, we expect to make principal investments in new merchant banking funds that may be established by us or by LFCM Holdings, and to continue to hold principal investments in several merchant banking funds managed by LFCM Holdings. The kinds of investments made by these funds are generally in relatively high-risk, illiquid assets. Contributing capital to these funds is risky, and we may lose some or all of the principal amount of our investments. Because it may take several years before attractive investment opportunities are identified, some or all of the capital committed by us to these funds is likely to be invested in government securities, other short-term, highly rated debt securities and money market funds that traditionally have offered investors relatively lower returns. In addition, the investments in these funds are adjusted for accounting purposes to fair market value at the end of each quarter, and our allocable share of these gains or losses will affect our revenue, even though such market fluctuations may have no cash impact, which could increase the volatility of our earnings. It takes a substantial period of time to identify attractive merchant banking

 

26


Table of Contents

opportunities, to raise all the funds needed to make an investment and then to realize the cash value of an investment through resale. Even if a merchant banking investment proves to be profitable, it may be several years or longer before any profits can be realized in cash or other proceeds.

 

We face strong competition from financial services firms, many of whom have the ability to offer clients a wider range of products and services than we can offer, which could lead to pricing pressures that could materially adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

 

The financial services industry is intensely competitive, and we expect it to remain so. We compete on the basis of a number of factors, including the quality of our employees, transaction execution, our products and services, innovation, reputation and price. We have experienced intense fee competition in some of our businesses in recent years, and we believe that we will experience pricing pressures in these and other areas in the future as some of our competitors seek to obtain increased market share by reducing fees.

 

We face increased competition due to a trend toward consolidation. In recent years, there has been substantial consolidation and convergence among companies in the financial services industry. In particular, a number of large commercial banks, insurance companies and other broad-based financial services firms have established or acquired broker-dealers or have merged with other financial institutions. Many of these firms have the ability to offer a wide range of products, from loans, deposit-taking and insurance to brokerage, asset management and investment banking services, which may enhance their competitive position. They also have the ability to support investment banking, including financial advisory services, with commercial banking, insurance and other financial services revenue in an effort to gain market share, which could result in pricing pressure in our businesses.

 

An inability to access the debt and equity capital markets as a result of our debt and equity security obligations, credit ratings or other factors could impair our liquidity, increase our borrowing costs or otherwise adversely affect our competitive position or results of operations.

 

As of March 31, 2005, after giving effect to this exchange offer, the application of the net proceeds from the offering of the old notes, and the related recapitalization and separation transactions described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information,” Lazard Group and its subsidiaries had approximately $1.2 billion in debt outstanding. This debt will have certain mandated payment obligations, which may constrain our ability to operate our business. In addition, in the future we may need to incur debt or issue equity in order to fund our working capital requirements or refinance existing indebtedness, as well as to make acquisitions and other investments. The amount of our debt obligations may impair our ability to raise debt or issue equity for financing purposes. Our access to funds also may be impaired if regulatory authorities take significant action against us, or if we discover that any of our employees had engaged in serious unauthorized or illegal activity. In addition, our borrowing costs and our access to the debt capital markets depend significantly on our credit ratings. These ratings are assigned by rating agencies, which may reduce or withdraw their ratings or place us on “credit watch” with negative implications at any time. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

We may pursue acquisitions or joint ventures that could present unforeseen integration obstacles or costs.

 

We have in the past pursued joint ventures and other transactions aimed at expanding the geography and scope of our operations. In 2002 we entered into a business alliance in Italy with Banca Intesa S.p.A., or “Intesa,” and we recently established a joint venture in Brazil with Signatura Advisors Ltda. We also have entered into a cooperation arrangement with IXIS to promote mutually beneficial revenue production and sharing relating to cooperation activities. See “Business—Principal Business Lines—Financial Advisory—Relationship with IXIS.” We expect to continue to explore partnership opportunities that we believe to be attractive. In addition, with publicly traded securities to potentially use to finance acquisitions, we believe that we will have greater opportunities and flexibility to pursue acquisitions and other similar transactions. While we are not currently in

 

27


Table of Contents

negotiations with respect to material acquisitions or material joint ventures, we routinely assess our strategic position and may in the future seek acquisitions or other transactions to further enhance our competitive position.

 

Acquisitions and joint ventures involve a number of risks and present financial, managerial and operational challenges, including potential disruption of our ongoing business and distraction of management, difficulty with integrating personnel and financial and other systems, hiring additional management and other critical personnel and increasing the scope, geographic diversity and complexity of our operations. Our clients may react unfavorably to our acquisition and joint venture strategy, we may not realize any anticipated benefits from acquisitions, and we may be exposed to additional liabilities of any acquired business or joint venture, any of which could materially adversely affect our revenue and results of operations.

 

Employee misconduct could harm us by impairing our ability to attract and retain clients and subjecting us to significant legal liability and reputational harm, and this type of misconduct is difficult to detect and deter.

 

Recently, there have been a number of highly publicized cases involving fraud or other misconduct by employees in the financial services industry generally, and we run the risk that employee misconduct could occur in our business as well. For example, misconduct by employees could involve the improper use or disclosure of confidential information, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious reputational or financial harm. Our Financial Advisory business often requires that we deal with client confidences of great significance to our clients, improper use of which may harm our clients or our relationships with our clients. Any breach of our clients’ confidences as a result of employee misconduct may impair our ability to attract and retain Financial Advisory clients and may subject us to liability. Similarly, in our Asset Management business, we have authority over client assets, and we may, from time to time, have custody of such assets. In addition, we often have discretion to trade client assets on the client’s behalf and must do so acting in the best interests of the client. As a result, we are subject to a number of obligations and standards, and the violation of those obligations or standards may adversely affect our clients and us. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in all cases.

 

The financial services industry faces substantial litigation and regulatory risks, and we may face damage to our professional reputation and legal liability if our services are not regarded as satisfactory or for other reasons.

 

As a financial services firm, we depend to a large extent on our relationships with our clients and our reputation for integrity and high-caliber professional services to attract and retain clients. As a result, if a client is not satisfied with our services, such dissatisfaction may be more damaging to our business than to other types of businesses. Moreover, our role as advisor to our clients on important mergers and acquisitions or restructuring transactions involves complex analysis and the exercise of professional judgment, including, if appropriate, rendering “fairness opinions” in connection with mergers and other transactions.

 

In recent years, the volume of claims and amount of damages claimed in litigation and regulatory proceedings against financial advisors has been increasing. Our Financial Advisory activities may subject us to the risk of significant legal liabilities to our clients and third parties, including our clients’ stockholders, under securities or other laws for materially false or misleading statements made in connection with securities and other transactions and potential liability for the fairness opinions and other advice provided to participants in corporate transactions. In our Asset Management business, we make investment decisions on behalf of our clients which could result in substantial losses. This also may subject us to the risk of legal liabilities or actions alleging negligent misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty or breach of contract. These risks often may be difficult to assess or quantify and their existence and magnitude often remain unknown for substantial periods of time. Our engagements typically include broad indemnities from our clients and provisions designed to limit our exposure to legal claims relating to our services, but these provisions may not protect us or may not be adhered to in all cases. We also are subject to claims arising from disputes with employees for alleged discrimination or

 

28


Table of Contents

harassment, among other things. These risks often may be difficult to assess or quantify, and their existence and magnitude often remain unknown for substantial periods of time. As a result, we may incur significant legal expenses in defending against litigation. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations or cause significant reputational harm to us, which could seriously harm our business.

 

Other operational risks may disrupt our businesses, result in regulatory action against us or limit our growth.

 

Our business is dependent on communications and information systems, including those of our vendors. Any failure or interruption of these systems, whether caused by fire, other natural disaster, power or telecommunications failure, act of terrorism or war or otherwise, could materially adversely affect our operating results. Although we have back-up systems in place, our back-up procedures and capabilities in the event of a failure or interruption may not be adequate.

 

Particularly in our Asset Management business, we rely heavily on our financial, accounting, trading, compliance and other data processing systems. If any of these systems do not operate properly or are disabled, we could suffer financial loss, a disruption of our businesses, liability to clients, regulatory intervention or reputational damage. The inability of our systems to accommodate an increasing volume of transactions also could constrain our ability to expand our businesses. In recent years, we have substantially upgraded and expanded the capabilities of our data processing systems and other operating technology, and we expect that we will need to continue to upgrade and expand these capabilities in the future to avoid disruption of, or constraints on, our operations.

 

Extensive regulation of our businesses limits our activities and results in ongoing exposure to the potential for significant penalties, including fines or limitations on our ability to conduct our businesses.

 

The financial services industry is subject to extensive regulation. We are subject to regulation by governmental and self-regulatory organizations in the jurisdictions in which we operate around the world. Many of these regulators, including U.S. and non-U.S. government agencies and self-regulatory organizations, as well as state securities commissions in the U.S., are empowered to conduct administrative proceedings that can result in censure, fine, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders or the suspension or expulsion of a broker-dealer. The requirements imposed by our regulators are designed to ensure the integrity of the financial markets and to protect customers and other third parties who deal with us and are not designed to protect our stockholders. Consequently, these regulations often serve to limit our activities, including through net capital, customer protection and market conduct requirements.

 

We face the risk of significant intervention by regulatory authorities, including extended investigation and surveillance activity, adoption of costly or restrictive new regulations and judicial or administrative proceedings that may result in substantial penalties. Among other things, we could be fined or be prohibited from engaging in some of our business activities. In addition, the regulatory environment in which we operate is subject to modifications and further regulation. New laws or regulations or changes in the enforcement of existing laws or regulations applicable to us and our clients also may adversely affect our business, and our ability to function in this environment will depend on our ability to constantly monitor and react to these changes. For example, the European Union Financial Conglomerates Directive requires that we, along with a number of our competitors, be subject to consolidated supervision by a primary regulatory authority. As a result, we are in discussions with regulatory authorities regarding establishing consolidated supervision of our business, and we may be required to increase our regulatory capital. This requirement may adversely affect our profitability and result in other increased costs. In addition, the regulatory environment in which our clients operate may impact our business. For example, changes in antitrust laws or the enforcement of antitrust laws could affect the level of mergers and acquisitions activity and changes in state laws may limit investment activities of state pension plans. See “Business—Regulation” for a further discussion of the regulatory environment in which we conduct our businesses.

 

29


Table of Contents

In particular, for asset management businesses in general, there have been a number of highly publicized regulatory inquiries that focus on the mutual funds industry. These inquiries already have resulted in increased scrutiny in the industry and new rules and regulations for mutual funds and their investment managers. This regulatory scrutiny and rulemaking initiatives may result in an increase in operational and compliance costs or the assessment of significant fines or penalties against our Asset Management business, and may otherwise limit our ability to engage in certain activities.

 

In addition, financial services firms are subject to numerous conflicts of interests or perceived conflicts. We have adopted various policies, controls and procedures to address or limit actual or perceived conflicts and regularly seek to review and update our policies, controls and procedures. However, these policies and procedures may result in increased costs, additional operational personnel and increased regulatory risk. Failure to adhere to these policies and procedures may result in regulatory sanctions or client litigation.

 

Specific regulatory changes also may have a direct impact on the revenue of our Asset Management business. In addition to regulatory scrutiny and potential fines and sanctions, regulators continue to examine different aspects of the asset management industry. For example, the use of “soft dollars,” where a portion of commissions paid to broker-dealers in connection with the execution of trades also pays for research and other services provided to advisors, may in the future be limited or prohibited. Although a substantial portion of the research relied on by our Asset Management business in the investment decision-making process is generated internally by our investment analysts, external research, including external research paid for with soft dollars, is important to the process. This external research generally is used for information gathering or verification purposes, and includes broker-provided research, as well as third-party provided databases and research services. For the year ended December 31, 2004, our Asset Management business obtained research and other services through soft dollar arrangements, the total cost of which we estimate to be approximately $8.5 million. If the use of soft dollars is limited or prohibited, we may have to bear these costs. In addition, new regulation regarding the annual approval process for mutual fund advisory agreements may result in the reduction of fees or possible terminations of these agreements. Other proposed rules that are currently under consideration include potential limitations on investment activities in which an advisor may engage, such as hedge funds and mutual funds, increased disclosure of advisor and fund activities and changes in compensation for mutual fund sales. These regulatory changes and other proposed or potential changes may result in a reduction of revenue associated with these activities.

 

Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could lower our net income or negatively impact the portfolios of our Asset Management clients and may affect the levels of our AUM.

 

Because our financial statements are denominated in U.S. dollars and, in the year ended December 31, 2004 and the three month period ended March 31, 2005, we received approximately 40% of our revenue in other currencies, for each period, predominantly in euros and British pounds, we are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currencies. In addition, we pay a significant amount of our expenses in such currencies. The exchange rates of these currencies versus the U.S. dollar may affect our net income. We do not generally hedge such non-dollar foreign exchange rate exposure arising in our subsidiaries outside of the U.S. Fluctuations in foreign currencies may also make period to period comparisons of our results of operations difficult.

 

Foreign currency fluctuations also can impact the portfolios of our Asset Management clients. Client portfolios are invested in securities across the globe, although most portfolios are in a single base currency. Foreign currency fluctuations can adversely impact investment performance for a client’s portfolio. In addition, foreign currency fluctuations may affect the levels of our AUM. As our AUM include significant assets that are denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to non-U.S. currencies may result in a decrease in the dollar value of our AUM, which, in turn, would result in lower U.S. dollar denominated revenue in our Asset Management business. While this risk may be limited by foreign currency hedging, some risks cannot be hedged and there is no guarantee that our hedging activity will be successful. Poor performance may result in decreased AUM, including as a result of withdrawal of client assets or a decrease in new assets being raised in the relevant product.

 

30


Table of Contents

Earnings of Lazard Group allocable to LAZ-MD Holdings may be taxed at higher tax rates than earnings allocable to Lazard Ltd, which may result in less cash being available to Lazard Group than would otherwise be available to it.

 

Lazard Ltd estimates that its share of the earnings of Lazard Group will be taxed at an effective rate of approximately 28%. As a result of their indirect interests in Lazard Group prior to exchange of those interests, however, we estimate that the managing directors of Lazard Group and other owners of LAZ-MD Holdings are likely to pay tax at a higher rate on their allocable share of Lazard Group’s earnings than Lazard Ltd will. Lazard Group will make tax-related distributions based on the higher of the effective income and franchise tax rate applicable to Lazard Ltd’s subsidiaries that hold the Lazard Group common membership interests and the weighted average income tax rate (based on income allocated) applicable to LAZ-MD Holdings’ members, determined in accordance with Lazard Group’s operating agreement. Therefore, because distributions by Lazard Group to its members will be made on a pro rata basis, tax-related distributions to Lazard Ltd’s subsidiaries are expected to exceed the taxes Lazard Ltd’s subsidiaries actually pay or expect to pay. This may result in less cash being available to Lazard Group than would otherwise be available to it, and in cash being held by Lazard Ltd’s subsidiaries in excess of what they actually pay for taxes or hold for expected future payments. Prior to the third anniversary of the consummation of the separation and recapitalization and thereafter, Lazard Ltd expects to issue a dividend to its stockholders of any such excess cash. In the event that tax rates applicable to members of LAZ-MD Holdings increase, the pro rata distributions from Lazard Group to its members, including Lazard Ltd’s subsidiaries, may increase correspondingly.

 

A number of our managing directors and other professional employees own rights to participate in the equity value, but not the earnings, in one of the principal operating subsidiaries of our Asset Management business, which could result in those persons receiving additional payments due to future actions with respect to that business.

 

The managing directors of LAM and other LAM employees hold LAM equity units. These LAM equity units entitle their holders to payments in connection with selected fundamental transactions affecting Lazard Group or LAM, including a dissolution or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Lazard Group or LAM, a merger of, or sale of all of the interests in, LAM whereby Lazard Group ceases to own a majority of or have the right to appoint a majority of the board of directors of LAM, or a non-ordinary course sale of assets by LAM that exceeds $50 million in value. These persons did not receive LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests in connection with the separation and recapitalization transactions, but retained their existing LAM equity units.

 

As a general matter, in connection with a fundamental transaction that triggers the LAM equity units, the holders of the LAM equity units would be entitled in the aggregate to 23.40% of the net proceeds or imputed valuation of LAM in such transaction after deductions for payment of creditors of LAM and the return of capital in LAM. Holders of LAM equity units may not necessarily be employed by us at the time of such event, and, to the extent that their units were vested, they would remain entitled to any such payment. As of March 31, 2005, LAM’s capital for these purposes totaled approximately $ 70 million, of which approximately $ 18 million was owned by the managing directors and employee members of LAM, with the remainder owned by us through our subsidiaries . On and after January 1, 2006, the board of directors of LAM, a majority of which is appointed by us, may, in its discretion, grant, subject to specified vesting conditions, LAM equity interests that include profit rights to managing directors of, and other persons providing services to, LAM, as a portion of their ongoing compensation. The provisions of the LAM limited liability company agreement that govern the LAM equity units may impair our ability to sell assets or securities of LAM in the future or otherwise limit our operational flexibility and could result in a substantial amount of consideration being payable to key employees of our Asset Management business, impairing our ability to retain these persons and adversely affecting our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

The reorganization of our business from a privately held firm to a publicly traded company may adversely affect our ability to recruit, retain and motivate key employees.

 

In connection with the separation and recapitalization, the working members received LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests that will in the future be effectively exchangeable for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common

 

31


Table of Contents

stock. Our managing directors who were working members at the time of the separation received these LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests, other than the managing directors of LAM, who continued to hold their LAM equity units. The ownership of, and the ability to realize equity value from, these LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests and underlying shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock is not dependent upon a managing director’s continued employment with our company, and our managing directors are not restricted from leaving Lazard by the potential loss of the value of these membership interests. In addition, assuming these LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests were exchangeable and were all so exchanged on the date of this prospectus, our managing directors would collectively hold 62,500,000 shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock representing approximately 62.5% of the outstanding shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock. These shares of common stock, upon full exchange, will ultimately be a more liquid security than their former membership interests in Lazard Group.

 

The LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests are subject to restrictions on transfer and the timing of exchange. Most of these restrictions on the timing of exchange will survive for only a limited period and will permit our managing directors to leave Lazard without losing any of their LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests or underlying shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock. In addition, we agreed that working members, including our non-LAM managing directors, who had capital interests and rights at Lazard Group that were exchanged in the separation for capital interests and rights in LAZ-MD Holdings will have those LAZ-MD Holdings capital interests and rights redeemed or otherwise paid out in four equal installments on each of the first four anniversaries of the closing of the separation and recapitalization. After the separation, our managing directors held approximately $110 million of the LAZ-MD Holdings redeemable capital interests. For a description of the terms of these exchangeable interests, see “Management—Arrangements with Our Managing Directors—The Retention Agreements in General.” Consequently, the steps we have taken to encourage the continued service of these individuals may not be effective.

 

Our policy is to set our total compensation and benefits expense, including amounts payable to our managing directors, at a level not to exceed 57.5% of our operating revenue, such that after considering other operating costs we may realize our operating profit margin goals. Compensation and benefits expense (calculated excluding amounts related to the separated businesses but including payments for minority interest for services rendered by LAM managing directors and employee members of LAM and services rendered by other managing directors) was approximately 74% of operating revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004. As a result, our managing directors may receive less income than they otherwise would have received prior to the separation and recapitalization, and such reduction (and the belief that a reduction may occur) could make it more difficult to retain them. While we believe the equity public offering should promote retention and recruitment, some managing directors and other employees may be more attracted to the benefits of working at a private, controlled partnership and the prospects of becoming a partner. The impact of the separation on our managing directors and other employee retention and recruitment is uncertain. For a description of the compensation plan for our senior professionals implemented after the separation and recapitalization transactions, see “Management.”

 

Our financial performance depends on our ability to achieve our target compensation expense level, and the failure to achieve this target level may materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial position.

 

A key driver of our profitability is our ability to generate revenue while achieving our compensation expense levels. During 2002, 2003 and 2004, following the hiring of new senior management, we invested significant amounts in the recruitment and retention of senior professionals in an effort to reinvest in the intellectual capital of our business. We made distributions to our managing directors that exceeded our net income allocable to members in respect of 2002, 2003 and 2004.

 

We intend to operate at our target level of employee compensation and benefits expense, which may entail reducing payments to our managing directors. Compensation and benefits expense (calculated excluding amounts related to the separated businesses but including payments for minority interest for services rendered by LAM managing directors and employee members of LAM and services rendered by other managing directors) was

 

32


Table of Contents

approximately 74% of operating revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004. Our policy is that our employee compensation and benefits expense will not exceed 57.5% of operating revenue each year. Increased competition for senior professionals, changes in the financial markets generally or other factors could prevent us from reaching this objective. Failure to achieve this target ratio may materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial position. For more information on our compensation and benefits expense, see “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Financial Measures and Indicators—Net Income Allocable to Members.”

 

Lazard Ltd is controlled by LAZ-MD Holdings and, through the LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement, by the working members, whose interests may differ from those of other stockholders and our note holders.

 

LAZ-MD Holdings holds Lazard Ltd’s Class B common stock. Pursuant to the LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement, the members of LAZ-MD Holdings party to that agreement are individually entitled to direct LAZ-MD Holdings how to vote their proportionate interest in Lazard Ltd’s Class B common stock on an as-if-exchanged basis. The voting power associated with the Class B common stock is intended to mirror the working members’ indirect economic interest in Lazard Group. Through the LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement, the working members will initially be effectively able to exercise control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of all directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, and other matters affecting the working members. This voting power may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of Lazard Ltd. See “—We may have potential business conflicts of interest with LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings with respect to our past and ongoing relationships that could harm our business operations,” “Management,” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

 

The historical financial information of Lazard Group contained in this prospectus may not be representative of our results as a separate, independent public company.

 

Because Lazard Group had, prior to the separation and recapitalization, operated as a limited liability company that was treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes with its managing directors also being members of Lazard Group, payments for services rendered by Lazard Group’s managing directors were accounted for as distributions from members’ capital, or in some cases as minority interest expense. Because Lazard Group historically has operated as an entity treated as a partnership in the U.S., Lazard Group has paid little or no taxes on profits in the U.S., other than New York City UBT. As a result, Lazard Group’s operating income prior to the separation and recapitalization did not reflect most payments for services rendered by its managing directors and provision for income taxes has not reflected U.S. corporate federal income taxes.

 

Reorganizing our business from a privately held firm to a publicly traded company may result in increased administrative and regulatory costs and burdens that are not reflected in the historical financial statements of Lazard Group, which could adversely affect our results of operations. Before 2000, our business was operated under separate and independent firms or private limited companies organized on a country-by-country basis. Starting with the unification of our various Houses under Lazard Group in 2000 and continuing with our transition to a publicly traded company through Lazard Ltd, we have sought and are continuing to implement improvements to our administrative functions, including our compliance and control systems. In addition, as Lazard Ltd is a publicly traded company, we have implemented and are implementing additional regulatory and administrative procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies, including under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act,” and related regulatory initiatives. The costs of implementing these steps may be significant.

 

Prior to the separation, Lazard Group’s businesses, which then included the separated businesses, also were able to rely, to some degree, on the earnings, assets and cash flow of each other for capital and cash flow requirements. Accordingly, Lazard Group’s historical results of operations and financial position are not

 

33


Table of Contents

necessarily indicative of the consolidated results of operations and financial position of Lazard Group after completion of the separation. For additional information about the past financial performance and the basis of presentation of the historical financial statements, see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information” and the Lazard Group historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

The pro forma financial information in this prospectus may not permit you to predict our costs of operations, and the estimates and assumptions used in preparing our pro forma financial information may be materially different from our actual experience as a separate, independent company.

 

In preparing the pro forma financial information in this prospectus, we have made adjustments to the historical financial information of Lazard Group based upon currently available information and upon assumptions that our management believes are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of the separation and recapitalization. Some of these adjustments include, among other items, a deduction and charge to earnings of estimated income taxes based on an estimated tax rate, estimated salaries, payroll taxes and benefits for our managing directors. These and other estimates and assumptions used in the calculation of the pro forma financial information in this prospectus may be materially different from our actual experience as a separate, independent company in the future. The pro forma financial information in this prospectus does not purport to represent what Lazard Group’s results of operations would actually have been had Lazard Group operated as a separate, independent company during the periods presented, nor do the pro forma data give effect to any events other than those discussed in the unaudited pro forma financial information and related notes. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.”

 

Lazard Group and its predecessors have undergone significant transformations in recent years, and we will continue our efforts to transform our business and operations going forward, which may disrupt the regular operations of our business.

 

Since the unification of the Houses of Lazard in 2000, Lazard Group has experienced a succession of transformative events, including the hiring of Mr. Wasserstein, the retention of new senior management and the hiring or promotion of a large number of new managing directors, as well as the separation and recapitalization transactions. Lazard Group’s efforts to transform our businesses are expected to continue, including by implementing and maintaining standards and procedures required of public companies such as certifications and compliance with the internal controls requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The continued evolution of Lazard Group may have resulted, and in the future may result, in disruption to the regular operations of our business, including our ability to attract and complete current and future engagement opportunities with clients, increased difficulty in retaining senior professionals and managing and growing our businesses, the occurrence of any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

We are in the process of documenting our internal control procedures in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and a report by our independent auditors addressing these assessments within a specified time period following the equity public offering. During the course of our testing, we may identify deficiencies which we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. In addition, if we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

34


Table of Contents

LAZ-MD Holdings, Lazard Group, LFCM Holdings and Lazard Ltd entered into various arrangements, including the master separation agreement, which contain cross-indemnification obligations of LAZ-MD Holdings, Lazard Group, LFCM Holdings and Lazard Ltd, that any party may be unable to satisfy.

 

The master separation agreement that Lazard Ltd entered into with Lazard Group, LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings provides, among other things, that LFCM Holdings generally will indemnify Lazard Ltd, Lazard Group and LAZ-MD Holdings for losses that we incur arising out of, or relating to, the separated businesses and the businesses conducted by LFCM Holdings and losses that Lazard Ltd, Lazard Group or LAZ-MD Holdings incur arising out of, or relating to, LFCM Holdings’ breach of the master separation agreement. In addition, LAZ-MD Holdings generally will indemnify Lazard Ltd, Lazard Group and LFCM Holdings for losses that they incur arising out of, or relating to, LAZ-MD Holdings’ breach of the master separation agreement. Our ability to collect under the indemnities from LAZ-MD Holdings or LFCM Holdings depends on their financial position. For example, persons may seek to hold us responsible for liabilities assumed by LAZ-MD Holdings or LFCM Holdings. If these liabilities are significant and we are held liable for them, we may not be able to recover any or all of the amount of those losses from LAZ-MD Holdings or LFCM Holdings should either be financially unable to perform under their indemnification obligations.

 

We currently have a number of ongoing obligations in respect of which, pursuant to the master separation agreement and other ancillary agreements, LFCM Holdings is providing certain indemnities. For example, we entered into an arrangement with LFCM Holdings relating to the costs of excess space in the U.K. LFCM Holdings will pay to Lazard Group the lease costs of up to a maximum of $29 million in the aggregate under these arrangements. In addition, as reflected in the notes to our consolidated financial statements, as of December 31, 2004, our principal U.K. pension plan had a deficit of approximately $95 million (approximately 49.2 million British pounds). This deficit would ordinarily be funded over time. Lazard Group has been in discussions with the trustees of the pension plans aimed at reaching agreement regarding a deficit reduction plan. In May 2005, “Heads of Terms” have been agreed between Lazard Group and the trustees of the plans dealing with a plan for future funding of the deficit as well as with asset allocation. In the third quarter of 2005, Lazard Group expects to execute a final agreement with the trustees. Irrespective of the terms in the final executed agreement, in considering their duties to beneficiaries, the trustees also have the power to change the asset allocation. Any changes in the asset allocation could increase or decrease the unfunded liability that would be funded over time, depending on asset mix, any increase in liabilities and investment returns. It is also the case that the pensions regulator in the U.K. may have the power to require contributions to be made to plans, and to impose support in respect of the funding of plans by related companies other than the direct obligors. As part of the separation, Lazard Group made a contribution to LFCM Holdings of $55 million in connection with the provision by LFCM Holdings of support relating to U.K. pension liabilities and other indemnities.

 

Approximately $31 million (or 16.4 million British pounds) of contributions were made to Lazard Group’s defined benefit pension plans in 2005 in the U.K. Of such amount, approximately $1.6 million was contributed during the three month period ended March 31, 2005 and the remainder was contributed on June 1, 2005 when LFCM Holdings also satisfied its obligation to reimburse 15 million British pounds to Lazard Group.

 

Lazard Group will make further payments amounting to 16.4 million British pounds on June 1, 2006, 8.2 million British pounds on June 1, 2007 and 8.2 million British pounds on June 1, 2008, 15 million British pounds of which LFCM Holdings is obligated to reimburse Lazard Group. In the event that LFCM Holdings is unable to perform under such arrangements for any reason, we would remain fully liable.

 

In addition, Lazard Group generally will indemnify LFCM Holdings and LAZ-MD Holdings for liabilities related to Lazard Group’s businesses and Lazard Group will indemnify LFCM Holdings and LAZ-MD Holdings for losses that they incur to the extent arising out of, or relating to, Lazard Group’s or Lazard Ltd’s breach of the master separation agreement. Several of the ancillary agreements that Lazard Group entered into together with

 

35


Table of Contents

the master separation agreement also provide for separate indemnification arrangements. For example, under the administrative services agreement, Lazard Group provides a range of services to LFCM Holdings, including information technology, general office and building services and financing and accounting services, and LFCM Holdings will generally indemnify Lazard Group for liabilities that Lazard Group incurs arising from the provision of these services absent Lazard Group’s intentional misconduct. Lazard Group may face claims for indemnification from LFCM Holdings and LAZ-MD Holdings under these provisions regarding matters for which Lazard Group has agreed to indemnify them. If these liabilities are significant, Lazard Group may be required to make substantial payments, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We have potential conflicts of interest with LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings, and LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings could each act in a way that favors its interests to our detriment.

 

LAZ-MD Holdings holds approximately 62.5% of Lazard Ltd’s voting power through Lazard Ltd’s single share of Class B common stock and 62.5% of the outstanding Lazard Group common membership interests. In addition, LAZ-MD Holdings’ board of directors is composed of five individuals, all of whom are managing directors or officers of Lazard Ltd, including its Vice Chairman and its President. Lazard Group’s board of directors and executive officers are the same as those of Lazard Ltd. The voting and equity ownership of LAZ-MD Holdings and its members, and the service of officers and managing directors of our company as directors of LAZ-MD Holdings, could create conflicts of interest when LAZ-MD Holdings and those directors and officers are faced with decisions that could have different implications for LAZ-MD Holdings and us, including potential acquisitions of businesses, the issuance or disposition of securities by us, the election of new or additional directors of Lazard Ltd, the payment of dividends by Lazard Ltd and Lazard Group, our relationship with LFCM Holdings and other matters. We also expect that LAZ-MD Holdings will manage its ownership of us so that it will not be deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, including by maintaining its voting power in Lazard Ltd above a majority absent an applicable exemption from the Act. This may result in conflicts with us, including those relating to acquisitions or offerings by us involving issuances of Lazard Ltd’s common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock that would dilute LAZ-MD Holdings’ voting power in Lazard Ltd.

 

Since the members of LAZ-MD Holdings are entitled to individually direct the vote of Lazard Ltd’s Class B common stock on an as-if-exchanged basis and also own and control LFCM Holdings, their control of LAZ-MD Holdings and the vote of the share of Lazard Ltd’s Class B common stock gives rise to potential conflicts between LFCM Holdings and LAZ-MD Holdings, on the one hand, and our company, on the other hand, as discussed below.

 

In addition, Mr. Wasserstein, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, serves as the Chairman and is the majority owner of Wasserstein Holdings, LLC, the ultimate general partner of Wasserstein & Co., LP, a separate merchant banking firm that may compete with LFCM Holdings’ or our merchant banking fund management activities. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Certain Relationships with Our Directors, Executive Officers and Employees—Relationships Involving Employee Directors and Executive Officers.”

 

We may have potential business conflicts of interest with LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings with respect to our past and ongoing relationships that could harm our business operations.

 

Pursuant to the LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement, LAZ-MD Holdings will vote the single share of Class B common stock, which currently represents approximately 62.5% of Lazard Ltd’s voting power, as directed by its individual members who are party to that agreement, all of whom are working members, including managing directors of our business. These same persons own and control LFCM Holdings, which holds the separated businesses. In addition, our President is the Chairman of LFCM Holdings, and several employees of Lazard provide services to LFCM Holdings. Conflicts of interest may arise between LFCM Holdings and us in a number of areas relating to our past and ongoing relationships, including:

 

    labor, tax, employee benefits, indemnification and other matters arising from the separation,

 

36


Table of Contents
    intellectual property matters,

 

    business combinations involving us,

 

    business operations or business opportunities of LFCM Holdings or us that would compete with the other party’s business opportunities, including investment banking by us and the management of merchant banking funds by LFCM Holdings, particularly as some of the managing directors provide services to LFCM Holdings,

 

    the terms of the master separation agreement and related ancillary agreements, including the operation of the merchant banking fund management business and Lazard Group’s option to purchase the business,

 

    the nature, quality and pricing of administrative services to be provided by us, and

 

    the provision of services by two of our managing directors to LFCM Holdings.

 

In addition, the administrative services agreement commits us to provide a range of services to LFCM Holdings and LAZ-MD Holdings, which could require the expenditure of significant amounts of time by our management. Our agreements with LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings may be amended upon agreement of the parties to those agreements. During the time that we are controlled by LAZ-MD Holdings, LAZ-MD Holdings may be able to require us to agree to amendments to these agreements. We may not be able to resolve any potential conflicts and, even if we do, the resolution may be less favorable to us than if we were dealing with an unaffiliated party.

 

The use of the “Lazard” brand name by subsidiaries of LFCM Holdings may expose us to reputational harm that could affect our operations and adversely affect our financial position should these subsidiaries take actions that damage the brand name.

 

The “Lazard” brand name has over 150 years of heritage, connoting, we believe, world-class professional advice, independence and global capabilities with deeply rooted, local know-how. LFCM Holdings operates as a separate legal entity, and Lazard Group licensed to subsidiaries of LFCM Holdings that operate the separated businesses the use of the “Lazard” brand name for certain specified purposes, including in connection with merchant banking fund management and capital markets activities. As these subsidiaries of LFCM Holdings historically have and will continue to use the “Lazard” brand name, and because we no longer control these entities, there is a risk of reputational harm to us if these subsidiaries have, or in the future, were to, among other things, engage in poor business practices, experience adverse results or otherwise damage the reputational value of the “Lazard” brand name. These risks could expose us to liability and also may adversely affect our revenue and our business prospects.

 

The separation and recapitalization transactions may be challenged by creditors as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance, and, should a court agree with such a challenge, equityholders and creditors of the entity held liable could be adversely affected.

 

While we do not believe that any of the separation and recapitalization transactions resulted in a fraudulent conveyance or transfer, if a court in a suit by an unpaid creditor or representative of creditors of Lazard Group, Lazard Ltd, LAZ-MD Holdings or LFCM Holdings, such as a trustee in bankruptcy, or Lazard Group, Lazard Ltd, LAZ-MD Holdings or LFCM Holdings itself, as debtor-in-possession in a reorganization case under Title 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, were to find that:

 

    any of the separation and recapitalization transactions (or any related transactions) were undertaken for the purpose of hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of Lazard Group, Lazard Ltd, LAZ-MD Holdings or LFCM Holdings (as applicable), or

 

37


Table of Contents
    Lazard Group, Lazard Ltd, LAZ-MD Holdings or LFCM Holdings (as applicable) received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in connection with any of the separation and recapitalization transactions and (i) Lazard Group, Lazard Ltd, LAZ-MD Holdings or LFCM Holdings (as applicable) was insolvent immediately prior to, or was rendered insolvent by, the separation or recapitalization transactions, (ii) Lazard Group, Lazard Ltd, LAZ-MD Holdings or LFCM Holdings (as applicable) immediately prior to, or as of the effective time of, the completion of any of the separation and recapitalization transactions, and after giving effect thereto, intended or believed that it would be unable to pay its debts as they became due, or (iii) the capital of Lazard Group, Lazard Ltd, LAZ-MD Holdings or LFCM Holdings (as applicable) immediately prior to or, at the effective time of, the completion of any of the separation and recapitalization transactions, and after giving effect thereto, was inadequate to conduct its business,

 

then that court could determine that any of the separation and recapitalization transactions violated applicable provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or applicable state fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws. This determination would permit the bankruptcy trustee, debtor-in-possession or unpaid creditors to rescind the separation or recapitalization transactions, to subordinate or render unenforceable the debt incurred in furtherance thereof, or to require Lazard Group, Lazard Ltd, LAZ-MD Holdings or LFCM Holdings or the historical partners, as the case may be, to fund liabilities for the benefit of creditors. Equityholders and creditors of the entity held liable as a result of such determination would be adversely affected to the extent such entity is required to surrender value to satisfy its liability.

 

The measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing considerations will vary depending upon the law of the jurisdiction that is being applied. Generally, however, an entity would be considered insolvent if:

 

    the sum of its liabilities, including contingent liabilities, is greater than its assets, at a fair valuation,

 

    the present fair saleable value of its assets is less than the amount required to pay the probable liability on its total existing debts and liabilities, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and matured, or

 

    it is generally not paying its debts as they become due.

 

Similar provisions would also apply in any other jurisdiction in which the separation and recapitalization transactions take effect.

 

If Lazard Ltd were deemed an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act as a result of its ownership of Lazard Group, applicable restrictions could make it impractical for us to continue our business as contemplated and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.

 

We do not believe that Lazard Ltd is an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act, because Lazard Ltd has the power to appoint and remove the Lazard Group managing member. If Lazard Ltd were to cease participation in the management of Lazard Group or not be deemed to have a majority of the voting power of Lazard Group, its interest in Lazard Group could be deemed an “investment security” for purposes of the Investment Company Act. Similarly, we do not believe that LAZ-MD Holdings is an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act, because LAZ-MD Holdings currently holds a majority of Lazard Ltd’s voting power through Lazard Ltd’s Class B common stock, and Lazard Ltd owns a majority of the voting power of Lazard Group. If LAZ-MD Holdings ceases to hold a majority of the voting power of Lazard Ltd, or Lazard Ltd ceases to hold a majority of the voting power of Lazard Group, LAZ-MD Holdings’ interests in Lazard Group could be deemed an “investment security” for purposes of the Investment Company Act. Generally, a person is an “investment company” if it owns investment securities having a value exceeding 40% of the value of its total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items), absent an applicable exemption. Lazard Ltd has no material assets other than direct and indirect ownership of Lazard Group common membership interests and its controlling interest in

 

38


Table of Contents

Lazard Group. A determination that this investment was an investment security could result in Lazard Ltd being an investment company under the Investment Company Act and becoming subject to the registration and other requirements of the Investment Company Act. Similarly, LAZ-MD Holdings has no material assets other than its ownership of Lazard Group common membership interests, Lazard Ltd’s Class B common stock and cash. A reduction of LAZ-MD Holdings’ voting power in Lazard Ltd to less than a majority or a determination that the Lazard Group common membership interests is an investment security could result in LAZ-MD Holdings being an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless an exemption is available, and becoming subject to the registration and other requirements of the Investment Company Act.

 

The Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder contain detailed prescriptions for the organization and operations of investment companies. Among other things, the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder limit or prohibit transactions with affiliates, impose limitations on the issuance of debt and equity securities, prohibit the issuance of stock options, and impose certain governance requirements. Lazard Ltd intends to conduct its operations, and expects that LAZ-MD Holdings will conduct its operations, so that neither Lazard Ltd nor LAZ-MD Holdings, respectively, will be deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act. However, if anything were to happen which would cause Lazard Ltd or LAZ-MD Holdings to be deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, requirements imposed by the Investment Company Act, including limitations on its or our capital structure, ability to transact business with affiliates (including LAZ-MD Holdings or us, as the case may be) and ability to compensate key employees, could make it impractical for us to continue our business as currently conducted, impair the agreements and arrangements, including the master separation agreement and related agreements and the transactions contemplated by those agreements, between and among Lazard Ltd, LAZ-MD Holdings, Lazard Group and LFCM Holdings or any combination thereof and materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Risks Related to this Exchange Offer and the Notes

 

As is the case with the old notes, Lazard Group is the sole obligor under the exchange notes. Neither Lazard Ltd nor Lazard Group’s subsidiaries will guarantee Lazard Group’s obligations under the exchange notes and they do not have any obligation with respect to such notes. The exchange notes will be effectively subordinated to Lazard Group’s existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing that indebtedness and structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other obligations of Lazard Group’s subsidiaries.

 

Lazard Group has no operations of its own and derives all of its revenue and cash flow from its subsidiaries. Neither Lazard Ltd nor Lazard Group’s subsidiaries guaranteed the old notes or will guarantee the exchange notes. Lazard Ltd and Lazard Group’s subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay any amounts due under the notes, or to make any funds available therefor, whether by dividend, distribution, loan or other payments, and the consequent rights of holders of notes to realize proceeds from the sale of any of those subsidiaries’ assets will be structurally subordinated to the claims of any subsidiary’s creditors, including trade creditors and holders of debt of those subsidiaries. As a result, the old notes are and the exchange notes will be structurally subordinated to the prior payment of all of the debts (including trade payables) of Lazard Group’s subsidiaries. Lazard Group’s subsidiaries have a significant amount of indebtedness. The total balance sheet liabilities of our subsidiaries after giving effect to the separation and recapitalization and the application of the net proceeds from the recapitalization and separation transactions, as of March 31, 2005, excluding unused commitments made by lenders, would have been approximately $1.6 billion, including $249 million of indebtedness. Of this subsidiary indebtedness, a financing subsidiary of ours issued a $150 million subordinated note that Lazard Group has guaranteed, and Lazard Group’s obligation under the guarantee is subordinated to the notes. The indenture does not contain any limitations on the amount of additional debt that Lazard Group and its subsidiaries may incur. The amounts of this debt could be substantial, and this debt may be debt of our subsidiaries, in which case this debt would be effectively senior in right of payment to the notes.

 

39


Table of Contents

Lazard Group is a holding company and therefore depends on its subsidiaries to service its obligations under the exchange notes and its other indebtedness. Lazard Group’s ability to repay such notes depends upon the performance of its subsidiaries and their ability to make distributions to Lazard Group.

 

Lazard Group depends on its subsidiaries, which conduct the operations of our businesses, for dividends and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations, including payments of principal and interest on the exchange notes and the old notes. However, none of Lazard Group’s subsidiaries is obligated to make funds available to it for payment on these notes. In addition, legal and contractual restrictions in agreements governing other current and future indebtedness, as well as financial condition, minimum regulatory net capital and similar requirements and operating requirements of Lazard Group’s subsidiaries, currently limit and may, in the future, limit Lazard Group’s ability to obtain cash from its subsidiaries. The earnings from, or other available assets of Lazard Group’s subsidiaries may not be sufficient to pay dividends or make distributions or loans to enable Lazard Group to make payments in respect of these notes when such payments are due. In addition, even if such earnings were sufficient, Lazard Group cannot assure you that the agreements governing the current and future indebtedness of Lazard Group’s subsidiaries and regulatory requirements with respect to our broker-dealer and other regulated subsidiaries will permit such subsidiaries to provide Lazard Group with sufficient dividends, distributions or loans to fund interest and principal payments on these notes. See “Description of the Exchange Notes—Ranking.”

 

There may be no active trading market for the exchange notes.

 

The exchange notes will constitute a new issue of securities for which there is no established trading market. Lazard Group does not intend to list the exchange notes on any national securities exchange or to seek the admission of the exchange notes for quotation through the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System. Although the initial purchasers have advised us that they currently intend to make a market in the exchange notes, they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue such market making activity at any time without notice. In addition, market making activity will be subject to the limits imposed by the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act,” and may be limited during the exchange offer and the pendency of any shelf registration statement. Although the exchange notes are expected to be eligible for trading in the Portal Market, there can be no assurance as to the development or liquidity of any market for the exchange notes, the ability of the holders of the exchange notes to sell their exchange notes or the price at which the holders would be able to sell their exchange notes.

 

If you do not exchange your old notes, they may be difficult to resell.

 

It may be difficult for you to sell old notes that are not exchanged in the exchange offer, since any old notes not exchanged will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer described in the legend on the global security representing the outstanding old notes. These restrictions on transfer exist because we issued the old notes pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Generally, the old notes that are not exchanged for exchange notes will remain restricted securities. Accordingly, those old notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

 

To the extent any old notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer, the trading market, if any, for the old notes that remain outstanding after the exchange offer would be adversely affected due to a reduction in market liquidity.

 

40


Table of Contents

The notes offering may be challenged by creditors as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

While Lazard Group does not believe that issuance of the old notes or exchange notes will result in a fraudulent conveyance or transfer, if a court in a suit by an unpaid creditor or representative of Lazard Group’s creditors such as a trustee in bankruptcy, or Lazard Group itself, as debtor-in-possession in a reorganization case under Title 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code were to find that:

 

    the issuance of the old or exchange notes was undertaken for the purpose of hindering, delaying or defrauding Lazard Group’s creditors, or

 

    Lazard Group received less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration in connection with the offering of the old notes or exchange notes and (i) it was insolvent immediately prior to, or was rendered insolvent by, the offering of the old notes or exchange notes, or (ii) immediately prior to, or as of the effective time of, the completion of the offering of the old notes or exchange notes, and after giving effect thereto, Lazard Group intended or believed that Lazard Group would be unable to pay its debts as they became due, or (iii) the capital of Lazard Group immediately prior to or, at the effective time of, the completion of the offering of the old notes or exchange notes, and after giving effect thereto, was inadequate to conduct its business,

 

then that court could determine that issuance of the old notes or exchange notes violated applicable provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or applicable state fraudulent transfer or conveyance laws. This determination would permit the bankruptcy trustee, debtor-in-possession or unpaid creditors to subordinate or render unenforceable the debt represented by the notes, seek to recover payments made on such debt or take other action detrimental to you as a holder of the notes.

 

The measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing considerations will vary depending upon the law of the jurisdiction that is being applied. Generally, however, an entity would be considered insolvent if:

 

    the sum of its liabilities, including contingent liabilities, is greater than its assets, at a fair valuation,

 

    the present fair saleable value of its assets is less than the amount required to pay the probable liability on its total existing debts and liabilities, including contingent liabilities, as they become absolute and matured, or

 

    it is generally not paying its debts as they become due.

 

41


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

We have made statements under the captions “Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business” and in other sections of this prospectus that are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue,” and the negative of these terms and other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements, which are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us, may include projections of our future financial performance based on our growth strategies and anticipated trends in our business. These statements are only predictions based on our current expectations and projections about future events. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. In particular, you should consider the numerous risks and uncertainties outlined in “Risk Factors.”

 

These risks and uncertainties are not exhaustive. Other sections of this prospectus may include additional factors which could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for our management to predict all risks and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

 

Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, level of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of any of these forward-looking statements. You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We are under no duty to update any of these forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus to conform our prior statements to actual results or revised expectations and we do not intend to do so.

 

Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

    our business’ possible or assumed future results of operations and operating cash flows,

 

    our business’ strategies and investment policies,

 

    our business’ financing plans and the availability of short-term borrowing,

 

    our business’ competitive position,

 

    potential growth opportunities available to our business,

 

    the recruitment and retention of our managing directors and employees,

 

    our expected levels of compensation,

 

    our business’ potential operating performance, achievements, productivity improvements, efficiency and cost reduction efforts,

 

    the likelihood of success and impact of litigation,

 

    our expected tax rate,

 

    changes in interest and tax rates,

 

    our expectation with respect to the economy, securities markets, the market for mergers and acquisitions activity, the market for asset management activity and other industry trends,

 

    the benefits to our business resulting from the effects of the separation and recapitalization transactions, including the financing transactions,

 

    the effects of competition on our business, and

 

    the impact of future legislation and regulation on our business.

 

42


Table of Contents

THE LAZARD ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

 

The Separation and Recapitalization Transactions

 

On May 10, 2005, Lazard completed the separation and recapitalization transactions, including the private offering of the old notes and the other financing transactions.

 

The Separation

 

In the separation, Lazard Group transferred the separated businesses to LFCM Holdings through several steps. First, LAZ-MD Holdings was formed as the new holding company for Lazard Group. Pursuant to this formation, all of the persons who were members of Lazard Group prior to the formation became members of LAZ-MD Holdings and ceased to hold any membership interests in Lazard Group. Lazard Group then contributed the separated businesses to LFCM Holdings, which was then a subsidiary of Lazard Group, and distributed all of the LFCM Holdings interests to LAZ-MD Holdings. After the redemption of the historical partners described below, LAZ-MD Holdings distributed all of the LFCM Holdings interests to its members. Accordingly, after the separation, LFCM Holdings was wholly owned by the members of LAZ-MD Holdings, including our managing directors at the time of the separation. As part of the capitalization of LFCM Holdings, LAZ-MD Holdings holds notes of LFCM Holdings in an aggregate principal amount of approximately $132 million.

 

In the separation, Lazard Group retained all of Lazard’s Financial Advisory and Asset Management businesses. In addition, under the business alliance agreement, Lazard Group was granted the option to acquire the North American and European merchant banking businesses of LFCM Holdings. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Relationship with LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings—Business Alliance Agreement.”

 

The Recapitalization

 

On the same day as the separation, LAZ-MD Holdings and Lazard Group effected a recapitalization of their companies. The recapitalization had three principal parts—the financing transactions, the redemption of the historical partner interests and redeemable preferred stock and the issuance of LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests.

 

The Financing Transactions

 

On May 10, 2005, Lazard completed the financing transactions, which consisted of:

 

    the equity public offering,

 

    the ESU offering,

 

    the private offering of old notes, and

 

    the placement of securities pursuant to the IXIS placements.

 

Pursuant to the equity public offering, Lazard Ltd issued 34,183,162 shares of its Class A common stock at $25 per share. The net offering proceeds (net of underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses) from the equity public offering were approximately $789 million. In the ESU offering, Lazard Ltd issued 11,300,000 equity security units at $25 per unit. The net offering proceeds to us from the ESU offering were approximately $277 million. In addition, in the private offering of the old notes, Lazard Group issued the old notes. The net offering proceeds from the issuance of the old notes was approximately $544 million. Pursuant to the IXIS placements, Lazard Ltd issued 2,000,000 shares of its Class A common stock and 6,000,000 equity security units to CDC-IXIS Corporate & Investment Bank. The net proceeds from the IXIS placements was $195.0 million, consisting of $50 million from the Lazard Ltd common stock placement and $145.0 million from the equity security unit placement. These financing transactions resulted in net proceeds of approximately $1.96 billion.

 

43


Table of Contents

We used the net proceeds from the financing transactions primarily to:

 

    redeem membership interests, including Lazard Group’s mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, held by the historical partners for $1.616 billion (less the value of Mr. Wasserstein’s historical interests, which were exchanged for shares of Lazard Ltd common stock in lieu of cash, as described below),

 

    capitalize LFCM Holdings and LAZ-MD Holdings in the amount of $67 million and $83 million, respectively,

 

    repay the 7.53% Senior Notes due 2011 in aggregate principal amount of $50 million as well as a related “make-whole” payment of $7.65 million, and

 

    pay transaction fees and expenses.

 

The Redemption of the Historical Partners’ Interests

 

As noted above, a primary purpose of the financing transactions was the redemption of the historical partners’ interests. Prior to the separation and recapitalization, Lazard Group had three general classes of membership interests:

 

    the working member interests, which were owned by working members and consisted of capital and the right to participate in profit and goodwill of Lazard Group,

 

    the historical partner interests, which were owned by the historical partners and consisted of capital and the right to participate in profit and goodwill of Lazard Group, and

 

    the mandatorily redeemable preferred interests, which were owned by certain of the historical partners and consisted of the right to a preferred dividend of 8% per annum and a fixed liquidation amount.

 

As part of the recapitalization transactions, historical partner interests and preferred interests generally were redeemed for cash. The following table illustrates the redemption price paid in connection with the separation and recapitalization in respect of the historical partner interests and preferred interests:

 

     Redemption Price by Class of Interests Held

     Historical Partner
Interests


        Aggregate
Redemption
Price


Historical Partner Group


   Capital

   Profit/Good-
will Rights


   Preferred
Interests


  
     (in millions of dollars)

Founding families, including former chairman Michel David-Weill, and Eurazeo S.A.

   $ 564.7    $ 898.3    $ 99.1    $ 1,562.1

Other former working members

     7.5      11.1      0.8      19.4

Bruce Wasserstein (1)

     11.9      21.0           32.9

Other current working members

     0.8      1.1      0.1      2.0
    

  

  

  

Total

   $ 584.9    $ 931.5    $ 100.0    $ 1,616.4
    

  

  

  


(1) Mr. Wasserstein, who owned substantially all of the historical partner interests held by current working members, exchanged his historical partner interest for shares of Lazard Ltd’s Class A common stock in lieu of cash.

 

As indicated above, prior to the separation and recapitalization, some of the working members also held historical partner interests. This meant that in addition to their working member interests, nine managing directors of Lazard Group, including Mr. Wasserstein, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, or managing directors who became managing directors of LFCM Holdings, and 19 former managing directors also held historical partner interests. Mr. Wasserstein purchased his historical partner interest from an affiliate of Michel David-Weill in connection with his retention as the Head of Lazard and Chairman of the Executive Committee in January 2002.

 

Mr. Wasserstein, who owned substantially all of the historical partner interests held by current working members, exchanged his historical partner interests for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock. Mr. Wasserstein received the number of shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock (valued at the price per share in the equity public offering) equal in value to $32.9 million, the amount that Mr. Wasserstein would have been entitled to receive in

 

44


Table of Contents

cash in the redemption. The exchange of these historical partner interests for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock was effected by Mr. Wasserstein contributing his historical partner interests to a newly formed corporation, and then exchanging the shares of that corporation with Lazard Ltd for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, Lazard Group common membership interests are held only by LAZ-MD Holdings and by wholly owned subsidiaries of Lazard Ltd, and LAZ-MD Holdings is owned by working members.

 

Exchange of Working Member Interests for LAZ-MD Holdings Interests

 

In connection with the formation of LAZ-MD Holdings, the working member interests were exchanged with LAZ-MD Holdings for limited liability company interests in LAZ-MD Holdings. Each holder of a working member interest at the time of the separation and recapitalization transactions received, in exchange for his or her working member interest, a redeemable capital interest in LAZ-MD Holdings consisting of an equivalent amount of capital of LAZ-MD Holdings, an exchangeable interest in LAZ-MD Holdings and, if applicable, a right to receive distributions from LAZ-MD Holdings, as described below. The former holders of working member interests hold all of the limited liability company interests in LAZ-MD Holdings.

 

LAZ-MD Holdings Exchangeable Interests

 

In exchange for the portion of the working member interest representing the right to participate in goodwill, LAZ-MD Holdings issued to the holder exchangeable limited liability company interests in LAZ-MD Holdings.

 

The LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests are effectively exchangeable on a one-for-one basis for a share of Lazard Ltd’s common stock. These LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests are, at the working member’s election, effectively exchangeable for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock on the eighth anniversary of the closing of the equity public offering. Under limited, agreed upon circumstances, a few of our European managing directors have the right to cause an early exchange of a portion of their exchangeable interests. In addition, the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests held by our working members who continue to provide services to us or LFCM Holdings pursuant to the retention agreements are, subject to certain conditions, generally effectively exchangeable for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock in equal increments on and after each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the closing of the equity public offering. In addition, between the first and third anniversaries of the closing of the equity public offering, a limited number of our managing directors are entitled to exchange a portion of their LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests in connection with their anticipated future retirement from us. LAZ-MD Holdings and certain of Lazard Ltd’s subsidiaries (through which the exchanges will be effected), with the approval of our board of directors, also have the right to cause the holders of LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests to exchange all such remaining interests during the 30-day period following the ninth anniversary of the equity public offering. Pursuant to the master separation agreement, each of LAZ-MD Holdings and our subsidiaries that hold Lazard Ltd’s Lazard Group common membership interests directly, upon the approval of Lazard Ltd’s board of directors, have the ability to accelerate the exchangeability of these LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Relationship with LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings—Master Separation Agreement—LAZ-MD Holdings Exchangeable Interests.” As these exchanges are effected, Lazard Ltd’s subsidiaries generally will receive directly from the former holders of the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests the Lazard Group common membership interests underlying the exchanged LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests formerly held by LAZ-MD Holdings, and the voting power of LAZ-MD Holdings’ Class B common stock will adjust on a proportionate basis so as to maintain LAZ-MD Holdings’ voting power in Lazard Ltd at the level of its interest in Lazard Group common membership interests, subject to the minimum vote requirements for the Class B common stock set forth in Lazard Ltd’s bye-laws. Upon full exchange of all LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock, LAZ-MD Holdings’ Class B common stock would cease to be outstanding, and all of the Lazard Group common membership interests formerly owned by LAZ-MD Holdings would be owned indirectly by Lazard Ltd.

 

45


Table of Contents

Each of LAZ-MD Holdings and Lazard Group has the right to cause the exchange of the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests held by a member into the underlying Lazard Group common membership interests, in which case the former LAZ-MD Holdings member would hold the Lazard Group common membership interest directly. If LAZ-MD Holdings or Lazard Group exercises that right, the Lazard Group common membership interest received in the exchange would continue to be exchangeable for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock at the same time, and on the same terms and conditions, as the exchanged LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interest, the voting power of the Class B common stock would not be reduced to reflect the exchange until that Lazard Group common membership interest is further exchanged for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock, and the person holding the Lazard Group common membership interests would retain the right to instruct LAZ-MD Holdings how to vote the portion of the Class B common stock’s voting power that is associated with that Lazard Group common membership interest on an as-if-exchanged basis. On or prior to the third anniversary of the equity public offering, LAZ-MD Holdings intends to cause the exchange to Lazard Group common membership interests of all LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests held by members of LAZ-MD Holdings for whom the exchange into Lazard Group common membership interests will not give rise to significant tax consequences in order to address potential Investment Company Act concerns raised by LAZ-MD Holdings’ holdings of Lazard Group common membership interests. The Lazard Group common membership interests would continue to be exchangeable into shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock as described above.

 

Right to Receive Distributions

 

The former holders of working member interests who were managing directors of our business or the business of LFCM Holdings at the time of the separation and whose working member interests included the right to receive profits received a right to receive distributions in LAZ-MD Holdings. They retain this right generally so long as they continue to be current managing directors of our business or the business of LFCM Holdings. Assuming they still retain this right, pursuant to this distribution right, the holder may receive distributions from LAZ-MD Holdings in respect of income taxes that the holder incurs as a result of LAZ-MD Holdings holding Lazard Group common membership interests. In addition, so long as they continue to be managing directors of our business or the business of LFCM Holdings, the holder may receive distributions after the third anniversary of the equity public offering that are intended to give the holder an amount equal to the dividend that the holder would have received if the holder had exchanged his or her entire LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interest for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock at that time, unless the holder has surrendered this LAZ-MD Holdings distribution right. For a further discussion of these distributions, see “—Lazard Ownership Structure after the Separation and Recapitalization Transactions—Distributions by Lazard Group with Respect to Lazard Group Common Membership Interests” below.

 

LAZ-MD Holdings Redeemable Capital

 

In addition, working members who had capital underlying their working member interests at Lazard Group prior to the separation received equivalent amounts of redeemable capital and rights at LAZ-MD Holdings. The aggregate amount of LAZ-MD Holdings redeemable capital and rights is equal to the aggregate amount of working member capital interest and rights at the time of the separation and will not increase after the separation. As of December 31, 2004, the total amount of capital interests and rights in respect of working member interests was approximately $132 million, $110 million of which related to the interest of ongoing managing directors of Lazard Group. Pursuant to the terms of the retention agreements with our managing directors and the managing directors of LFCM Holdings, LAZ-MD Holdings has agreed to redeem the signing persons’ capital interests and rights in four equal installments on each of the first four anniversaries of the equity public offering. Accordingly, the operating agreement provides for the redemption of all of the LAZ-MD Holdings redeemable capital in equal amounts on each of these dates. In addition, Lazard Group has the right to accelerate the fourth and final redemption payment by up to 12 months, such that the fourth payment could be made at any time between the third and fourth anniversaries of the equity public offering. The redemption of these capital interests will be funded by cash available to LAZ-MD Holdings, which may include a portion of the net proceeds of the financing transactions that were distributed to LAZ-MD Holdings and from distributions to LAZ-MD Holdings in respect of its Lazard Group common membership interests.

 

46


Table of Contents

General

 

As of the date of this prospectus, our managing directors who are members of LAZ-MD Holdings collectively hold (either personally or through their trusts or estate planning vehicles) approximately 90.1% of the outstanding LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests and $110 million of the $132 million of redeemable capital interests and rights, with the balance of such interests held by former managing directors of Lazard Group or working members who became managing directors of LFCM Holdings in connection with the separation and recapitalization. Assuming that all such LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests were exchangeable and were fully exchanged, as of the date of this prospectus, our managing directors would hold 56,236,103 shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock, representing approximately 56.2% of Lazard Ltd’s outstanding common stock.

 

Lazard Group is a Delaware limited liability company that is the holding company for the subsidiaries that conduct the Lazard business. Lazard Group has two classes of membership interests outstanding: Lazard Group common membership interests and Lazard Group participatory interests. Lazard Ltd and LAZ-MD Holdings are currently the beneficial owners of the Lazard Group common membership interests. Current managing directors of our business own the outstanding Lazard Group participatory interests. In addition, Lazard Group has a managing member that is entitled to appoint the board of directors of Lazard Group. Lazard Ltd indirectly controls this managing member and thereby controls Lazard Group.

 

Lazard Ltd currently holds 37,500,000 Lazard Group common membership interests, representing approximately 37.5% of the outstanding Lazard Group common membership interests. Lazard Ltd holds its Lazard Group common membership interests through two or more indirect wholly owned subsidiaries. One of those subsidiaries is a Delaware corporation that owns a majority of our Lazard Group common membership interests. Lazard Ltd’s only material business is to hold these interests and to act indirectly as the managing member of Lazard Group. As a result of Lazard Ltd’s controlling interest in Lazard Group, it consolidates Lazard Group’s financial results.

 

These Lazard Group common membership interests underlie the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests, as described below. LAZ-MD Holdings holds 62,500,000 Lazard Group common membership interests. LAZ-MD Holdings’ membership interests in Lazard Group are accounted for as a minority interest in Lazard Ltd’s consolidated financial statements. LAZ-MD Holdings does not have any voting rights in respect of its Lazard Group common membership interests, other than limited consent rights concerning amendments to the terms of its Lazard Group common membership interests.

 

LAZ-MD Holdings also holds Lazard Ltd’s Class B common stock, representing approximately 62.5% of the voting power of Lazard Ltd. On matters submitted to a vote of Lazard Ltd stockholders, the Class B common stock generally will vote together with Lazard Ltd’s common stock. Pursuant to the LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement, LAZ-MD Holdings has agreed to vote Lazard Ltd’s Class B common stock on any matter involving the vote or consent of Lazard Ltd’s stockholders in accordance with the instructions of LAZ-MD Holdings’ members, with each member that is party to the agreement entitled to instruct LAZ-MD Holdings how to vote the portion of the Class B common stock’s voting power that is associated with his or her then-outstanding LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests on an as-if-exchanged basis, subject to the ability of the LAZ-MD Holdings board of directors to vote the voting interest represented by the Class B common stock in its discretion if the LAZ-MD Holdings’ board of directors determines that it is in the best interests of LAZ-MD Holdings. For example, if a working member’s LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests were exchangeable for 1,000 shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock, that working member would be able to instruct LAZ-MD Holdings how to vote 1,000 of the votes represented by the Class B common stock. In order to seek to avoid the possibility that LAZ-MD Holdings would be deemed to be an “investment company” for purposes of the Investment Company Act, the voting power of Lazard Ltd’s outstanding Class B common stock will, however, represent no less than 50.1% of the voting power of our company until December 31, 2007. The votes under the Class B common stock that are associated with any working member who does not sign the LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement, or with any working member who signs but does not direct LAZ-MD Holdings how to vote on a particular matter, will generally be abstained from voting. Accordingly, only working members that are

 

47


Table of Contents

party to the LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement who direct LAZ-MD Holdings how to vote will determine how LAZ-MD Holdings votes the Class B common stock on a particular matter. As a result, the working members, together with LAZ-MD Holdings, are able to initially control the election of Lazard Ltd’s directors. For a further discussion, see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—LAZ-MD Holdings Stockholders’ Agreement.” LAZ-MD Holdings is managed by a board of directors selected from our current managing directors. The holders of LAZ-MD Holdings’ exchangeable interests generally have the power to remove directors and appoint replacement directors of LAZ-MD Holdings. Any member of the LAZ-MD Holdings board of directors must be a current managing director of our company in order to serve in such director position.

 

Lazard Ltd has made an election to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, although Lazard Ltd is organized as a company under Bermuda law. Lazard Ltd generally intends to operate its business in a manner that does not result in the allocation of any net income to its stockholders, other than amounts that it distributes to its stockholders.

 

48


Table of Contents

The graphic below illustrates the ownership structure of Lazard Ltd and Lazard Group as of the date of this prospectus. It does not reflect the various minority interests of, or subsidiaries held by, Lazard Group and LAZ-MD Holdings or the results of any exchange of Lazard Group common membership interests for Lazard Ltd’s common stock. As a result, the LAM equity units granted by LAM to its managing directors and employees are not reflected. In addition, it does not include the separated businesses, which were separated from Lazard Group in the separation. LFCM Holdings is wholly owned by the working members, including our managing directors.

 

The “Public Stockholders” captions on the graphics below include shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock that were issued to IXIS pursuant to the IXIS investment agreement and the shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock issued to our Chief Executive Officer in the recapitalization.

 

Current Ownership Structure

 

LOGO


* Lazard Ltd holds its common membership interests in Lazard Group through direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiaries and holds its controlling interest in Lazard Group indirectly through two indirect wholly owned subsidiaries that act as co-managing members of an entity that is the managing member of Lazard Group.

 

Lazard Group common membership interests issued to LAZ-MD Holdings are effectively exchangeable from time to time for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock on a one-for-one basis pursuant to an exchange of the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock. As these exchanges for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock are effected, the voting power of LAZ-MD Holdings’ Class B common stock will be reduced on a proportionate basis so as to maintain LAZ-MD Holdings’ voting power in Lazard Ltd at the level of its interest in Lazard Group common membership interests. The voting power of Lazard Ltd’s outstanding Class B common stock will, however, represent no less than 50.1% of the voting power of Lazard

 

49


Table of Contents

Ltd until December 31, 2007. Assuming full exchange of the Lazard Group common membership interests that LAZ-MD Holdings currently holds, all of Lazard Ltd’s outstanding common stock would be held by public stockholders and our working members. LAZ-MD Holdings and certain of Lazard Ltd’s subsidiaries through which the exchanges will be effected, with the consent of the Lazard Ltd board of directors, have the right to cause the holders of LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests, and holders of Lazard Group common membership interests formerly held by LAZ-MD Holdings, to exchange all such remaining interests during the 30-day period following the ninth anniversary of the closing of the equity public offering.

 

We expect that Lazard Ltd will be operated as a holding company for Lazard Group common membership interests on behalf of Lazard Ltd’s stockholders. In order to maintain Lazard Ltd’s economic interest in Lazard Group, any net proceeds received by Lazard Ltd from any subsequent issuances of shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock generally will be contributed to Lazard Group in exchange for Lazard Group common membership interests in equal number to such number of shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock.

 

The graphic below illustrates the expected pro forma ownership structure of Lazard Ltd and Lazard Group assuming the exchange of all LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests occurred.

 

Expected Ownership Structure After Full Exchange

 

LOGO


* Lazard Ltd holds its common membership interests in Lazard Group through direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiaries and holds its controlling interest in Lazard Group indirectly through two indirect wholly owned subsidiaries that act as co-managing members of an entity that is the managing member of Lazard Group.

 

50


Table of Contents

LFCM Holdings is a separate company that is owned by the working members and holds the separated businesses.

 

Distributions by Lazard Group with Respect to Lazard Group Common Membership Interests

 

Distributions in respect of Lazard Group common membership interests will be allocated to holders of Lazard Group common membership interests on a pro rata basis. As Lazard Ltd currently holds 37.5% of the outstanding Lazard Group common membership interests, Lazard Ltd will currently receive approximately 37.5% of the aggregate distributions in respect of the Lazard Group common membership interests. LAZ-MD Holdings, as the holder of the remaining Lazard Group common membership interests, will receive the remainder of these distributions.

 

Lazard Group intends to make pro rata distributions to holders of Lazard Group common membership interests in order to fund any dividends Lazard Ltd may declare on its common stock. Accordingly, LAZ-MD Holdings also will receive equivalent amounts pro rata based on its Lazard Group ownership interests. LAZ-MD Holdings initially expects to use its share of these distributions, along with other cash resources, to fund LAZ-MD Holdings’ obligation to redeem its capital interests over time pursuant to the terms of the retention agreements with our managing directors and the managing directors of LFCM Holdings and for general corporate purposes. However, after the third anniversary of the equity public offering, pursuant to the terms of the retention agreements with our managing directors and the managing directors of LFCM Holdings, LAZ-MD Holdings will, subject to the terms of LAZ-MD Holdings’ operating agreement and the determination of its board of directors, distribute an allocable share of these distributions to then-current managing directors of our and LAZ-MD Holdings’ businesses who were managing directors at the time of the separation and recapitalization. These distributions by LAZ-MD Holdings are intended to give those managing directors an amount equal to the dividend they would have received had they exchanged their entire LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock at that time.

 

In addition, Lazard Group intends to make pro rata distributions to Lazard Ltd’s subsidiaries and LAZ-MD Holdings in respect of income taxes Lazard Ltd’s subsidiaries and the members of LAZ-MD Holdings incur as a result of holding Lazard Group common membership interests based on an effective tax rate that Lazard Group will calculate. This effective tax rate will be the higher of the effective income and franchise tax rate applicable to Lazard Ltd’s subsidiaries that hold the Lazard Group common membership interests and the weighted average income tax rate (based on income allocated) applicable to LAZ-MD Holdings’ members, determined in accordance with Lazard Group’s operating agreement. LAZ-MD Holdings will use these distributions to make distributions to its members in respect of income taxes that those members incur as a result of LAZ-MD Holdings holding Lazard Group common membership interests. As we anticipate that the weighted average tax rate applicable to LAZ-MD Holdings’ members will exceed the rate applicable to Lazard Ltd’s subsidiaries, we expect that distributions to Lazard Ltd’s subsidiaries will exceed taxes actually payable by those subsidiaries. Immediately prior to the third anniversary of the equity public offering, and for each period during which such excess cash is outstanding thereafter, Lazard Ltd expects to issue dividends to its stockholders of this excess amount.

 

In the event that LAZ-MD Holdings shall cause the exchange of LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests for Lazard Group common membership interests, the terms of the Lazard Group common membership interests held by any former member of LAZ-MD Holdings who was so forced to exchange will mirror the distribution rights that such person would have received had he or she continued to hold the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests.

 

Except as described above, we do not expect that Lazard Group will make any distributions in respect of Lazard Group common membership interests after this exchange offer. However, this policy is subject to change.

 

You should read “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business,” “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Description of Lazard Group Membership Interests” for additional information about our corporate structure and the risks posed by the structure.

 

51


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We will not receive cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes under the exchange offer. In consideration for issuing the exchange notes in exchange for old notes as described in this prospectus, we will receive old notes of equal principal amount. The old notes surrendered in exchange for the exchange notes will be retired and cancelled.

 

52


Table of Contents

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

 

The following table sets forth the ratio of earnings to fixed charges and the pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges for Lazard Group and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

The pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges was derived from Lazard Group’s audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004 and unaudited financial statements for the three month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 and was prepared as if the separation and recapitalization transactions had occurred on January 1, 2004. The pro forma ratio to fixed charges is illustrative only and does not purport to represent what the ratio of earnings to fixed charges actually would have been had the separation and recapitalization transactions occurred on the date indicated or what Lazard Group’s future performance will be. The pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges gives pro forma effect to a number of items including the following:

 

    The separation of Lazard Group’s Capital Markets and Other activities, which consist of equity, fixed income and convertibles sales and trading, broking, research and underwriting services, merchant banking fund management activities outside of France and specified non-operating assets and liabilities. As a result of the separation, these Capital Markets and Other activities are now owned and operated by LFCM Holdings.

 

    Payment for services rendered by Lazard Group’s managing directors, which, as a result of Lazard Group operating as a limited liability company, historically has been accounted for as distributions from members’ capital, or in some cases as minority interest, rather than as employee compensation and benefits expense. As a result, Lazard Group’s operating income historically has not reflected payments for services rendered by its managing directors. As a result of the consummation of the equity public offering, as described in Note 18 of the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and Note 9 of the Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, Lazard Group will include all payments for services rendered by our managing directors in employee compensation and benefits expense in future periods.

 

    The use of proceeds from the financing transactions.

 

    The net incremental expense related to the financing transactions.

 

For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges and pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges:

 

    historical earnings for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and the three month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 represent income before income taxes and minority interest, and before distributions for services rendered by managing directors and employee members of LAM, and before fixed charges,

 

    earnings on a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the three month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 represent income before income taxes and minority interest, and before fixed charges, and

 

    fixed charges represent the interest expense and the portion of rental expense which represents an appropriate interest factor.

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,

  

For the

Three Months
Ended March 31,


     2000

   2001

   2002

   2003

   2004

   2004

   2005

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

   1.75    1.66    5.79    6.68    5.83    2.55    5.31

Pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges

   —      —      —      —      2.21    1.23    2.39

 

53


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2005, reflecting:

 

    the historical actual consolidated capitalization of Lazard Group,

 

    the pro forma consolidated capitalization of Lazard Group prior to the financing transactions and the recapitalization, but after giving effect to the separation, the reclassification to accrued compensation of amounts due for services rendered by managing directors and employee members of LAM and other managing directors from minority interests and members’ equity, respectively, and

 

    the pro forma consolidated capitalization of Lazard Group, as adjusted, after giving effect to the financing transactions and the recapitalization, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable in connection with the financing transactions and after giving effect to the separation, the reclassification to accrued compensation of amounts due for services rendered by managing directors and employee members of LAM and other managing directors from minority interests and members’ equity, respectively, and the repayment of $50 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.53% Senior Notes due 2011 issued by a wholly owned subsidiary of Lazard Group.

 

This table should be read in conjunction with the unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes and our unaudited pro forma financial information and related notes, in each case included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2005

 
     Lazard Group

 
     Historical

   Pro Forma

    Pro Forma,
as Adjusted


 
     (in thousands of dollars)  

Notes payable

   $ 55,496    $ 54,114     $ 4,114  

Capital lease obligations

     45,098      45,098       45,098  

Lazard Group senior notes

                    550,000  

Lazard Group senior notes issued to Lazard Group Finance in connection with the issuance of the equity security units

                    437,500  

Subordinated loans

     200,000      200,000       200,000  

Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

     100,000      100,000       —    

Minority interest

     141,308      102,067       102,067  

Members’ equity (deficit)

     287,268      (109,228 )     (929,732 )
    

  


 


Total minority interest and members’ equity

     428,576      (7,161 )     (827,665 )
    

  


 


Total capitalization

   $ 829,170    $ 392,051     $ 409,047  
    

  


 


 

54


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following table sets forth the historical selected consolidated financial data for Lazard Group, including the separated businesses, for all periods presented.

 

The historical consolidated financial statements do not reflect what our results of operations and financial position would have been had we been a stand-alone, public company for the periods presented. Specifically, the historical results of operations do not give effect to the following matters:

 

    The separation of Lazard Group’s Capital Markets and Other activities, which consist of equity, fixed income and convertibles sales and trading, broking, research and underwriting services, merchant banking fund management activities outside of France and specified non-operating assets and liabilities. As a result of the separation, these Capital Markets and Other activities are now owned and operated by LFCM Holdings.

 

    Payment for services rendered by Lazard Group’s managing directors, which, as a result of Lazard Group operating as a limited liability company, historically has been accounted for as distributions from members’ capital, or in some cases as minority interest, rather than as compensation and benefits expense. As a result, Lazard Group’s operating income historically has not reflected payments for services rendered by its managing directors. As a result of the consummation of the equity public offering as described in Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and Note 9 of the accompanying Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, Lazard Group will include all payments for services rendered by its managing directors in employee compensation and benefits expense in future periods.

 

    U.S. corporate federal income taxes, since Lazard Group has operated in the U.S. as a limited liability company that was treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, Lazard Group’s income has not been subject to U.S. federal income taxes. Taxes related to income earned by partnerships represent obligations of the individual partners. Outside the U.S., Lazard Group historically has operated principally through subsidiary corporations and has been subject to local income taxes. Income taxes shown on Lazard Group’s historical consolidated statements of income are attributable to taxes incurred in non-U.S. entities and to New York City UBT attributable to Lazard Group’s operations apportioned to New York City.

 

    The use of proceeds from the financing transactions.

 

    The net incremental interest expense related to the financing transactions.

 

The historical consolidated statements of income and financial condition data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004 have been derived from Lazard Group’s consolidated financial statements audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. The audited consolidated statements of financial condition as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 and consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The audited consolidated statements of financial condition as of December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 2001 are not included in this prospectus. The historical consolidated statement of financial condition data as of March 31, 2005 and for the three month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 have been derived from Lazard Group’s unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical consolidated statement of financial condition data as of March 31, 2004 has been derived from Lazard Group’s unaudited consolidated financial statements as of that date and is not included in this prospectus. The March 31, 2004 and 2005 financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for the periods presented. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period, and interim results are not necessarily indicative of results for any future interim period.

 

The selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information” and Lazard Group’s historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. See also “The Lazard Organizational Structure.”

 

55


Table of Contents

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

 

    As of or for the Year Ended December 31,

   

As of or for
the Three Months

Ended March 31,


 
    2000

   2001

    2002

   2003

   2004

    2004

   2005

 
    (in thousands of dollars)             

Lazard Group—Historical Financial Data

                                                   

Consolidated Statement of Income Data

                                                   

Net Revenue:

                                                   

Financial Advisory (a)

  $ 766,856    $ 551,356     $ 532,896    $ 690,967    $ 655,200     $ 105,494    $ 157,259  

Asset Management (b)

    457,124      410,237       454,683      350,348      417,166       96,826      106,863  

Corporate (c)

    32,817      (14,291 )     4,391      6,535      13,839       1,135      (4,023 )

Capital Markets and Other (f)

    296,003      224,753       174,309      135,534      188,100       42,134      37,879  
   

  


 

  

  


 

  


Net Revenue (d)

    1,552,800      1,172,055       1,166,279      1,183,384      1,274,305       245,589      297,978  

Employee Compensation and Benefits

    570,064      524,417       469,037      481,212      573,779       140,860      127,487  

Other Operating Expenses

    306,339      288,676       321,197      312,818      342,764       76,832      78,819  
   

  


 

  

  


 

  


Total Operating Expenses

    876,403      813,093       790,234      794,030      916,543       217,692      206,306  
   

  


 

  

  


 

  


Operating Income

    676,397      358,962       376,045      389,354      357,762       27,897      91,672  

Income Allocable to Members Before Extraordinary Item

    558,708      305,777       297,447      250,383      241,467       15,053      73,356  

Net Income Allocable to Members

    558,708      305,777       297,447      250,383      246,974 (e)     15,053      73,356  

Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition Data

                                                   

Total Assets

  $ 16,123,794    $ 3,569,362 (f)   $ 2,460,725    $ 3,257,229    $ 3,499,224     $ 4,115,297    $ 3,850,341  

Total Debt (g)

  $ 85,246    $ 134,048     $ 144,134    $ 320,078    $ 322,323     $ 316,046    $ 300,594  

Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Stock

       $ 100,000     $ 100,000    $ 100,000    $ 100,000     $ 100,000    $ 100,000  

Members’ Equity

  $ 888,782    $ 704,697     $ 648,911    $ 535,725    $ 384,798     $ 360,027    $ 287,268  

Notes (in thousands of dollars) :

 

(a)    Financial Advisory net revenue consists of the following:

 

      

    For the Year Ended December 31,

   

For the Three Months

Ended March 31,


 
    2000

   2001

    2002

   2003

   2004

    2004

   2005

 

M&A

  $ 724,550    $ 492,083     $ 393,082    $ 419,967    $ 481,726     $ 73,835    $ 122,311  

Financial Restructuring

    34,100      55,200       124,800      244,600      96,100       18,200      24,148  

Other Financial Advisory

    8,206      4,073       15,014      26,400      77,374       13,459      10,800  
   

  


 

  

  


 

  


Financial Advisory Net Revenue

  $ 766,856    $ 551,356     $ 532,896    $ 690,967    $ 655,200     $ 105,494    $ 157,259  
   

  


 

  

  


 

  


 

(b)    Asset Management net revenue consists of the following:

        
    For the Year Ended December 31,

   

For the Three Months

Ended March 31,


 
    2000

   2001

    2002

   2003

   2004

    2004

   2005

 

Management and Other Fees

  $ 405,124    $ 386,237     $ 381,256    $ 312,123    $ 389,812     $ 96,796    $ 102,043  

Incentive Fees

    52,000      24,000       73,427      38,225      27,354       30      4,820  
   

  


 

  

  


 

  


Asset Management Net Revenue

  $ 457,124    $ 410,237     $ 454,683    $ 350,348    $ 417,166     $ 96,826    $ 106,863  
   

  


 

  

  


 

  


 

(c) “Corporate” includes interest income (net of interest expense), investment income from certain long-term investments and net money market revenue earned by LFB.
(d) Net revenue is presented after reductions for dividends relating to Lazard Group’s mandatorily redeemable preferred stock issued in March 2001. Preferred dividends are reflected in corporate net revenue and amounted to $6,312, $8,000, $8,000 and $8,000 in the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, and $2,000 and $2,000 for the three month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
(e) Net income allocable to members for the year ended December 31, 2004 is shown after an extraordinary gain of approximately $5,507 related to the January 2004 acquisition of the assets of Panmure Gordon.
(f) The decline in total assets from December 31, 2000 to December 31, 2001 is primarily due to Lazard Group’s exiting its London money markets business in 2001. Total assets of the London money markets business at December 31, 2000 were $12,225,241. The net revenue related to the London money markets business in the years ended December 31, 2000 and 2001 were $28,962 and $37,393, respectively, and was included in the Capital Markets and Other segment.
(g) Total debt represents the aggregate amount reflected in Lazard Group’s historical consolidated statement of financial condition relating to notes payable, capital lease obligations and subordinated loans.

 

56


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2004, and the three month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 and the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of financial condition at March 31, 2005 present the consolidated results of operations and financial position of Lazard Group assuming that the separation and recapitalization transactions, including the financing transactions, had been completed as of January 1, 2004 with respect to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of income data, and at March 31, 2005 with respect to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of financial condition data. The pro forma adjustments are based on available information and upon assumptions that our management believes are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of the separation and recapitalization transactions, including the financing transactions, on the historical financial information of Lazard Group. The adjustments are described in the notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of income and the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of financial condition, and principally include the matters set forth below.

 

    The separation of Lazard Group’s Capital Markets and Other activities, which consist of equity, fixed income and convertibles sales and trading, broking, research and underwriting services, merchant banking fund management activities outside of France and specified non-operating assets and liabilities. As a result of the separation, these Capital Markets and Other activities are now owned and operated by LFCM Holdings.

 

    Payment for services rendered by Lazard Group’s managing directors, which, as a result of Lazard Group operating as a limited liability company, historically has been accounted for as distributions from members’ capital, or in some cases as minority interest, rather than as employee compensation and benefits expense. As a result, Lazard Group’s operating income historically has not reflected payments for services rendered by its managing directors. As a result of the consummation of the equity public offering, as described in Note 18 of the accompanying Notes to Condensed Financial Statements and Note 9 of the Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, Lazard Group will include all payments for services rendered by our managing directors in employee compensation and benefits expense in future periods.

 

    U.S. corporate federal income taxes, since Lazard Group has operated in the U.S. as a limited liability company that was treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, Lazard Group’s income has not been subject to U.S. federal income taxes. Taxes related to income earned by partnerships represent obligations of the individual partners. Outside the U.S., Lazard Group historically has operated principally through subsidiary corporations and has been subject to local income taxes. Income taxes shown on Lazard Group’s historical consolidated statements of income are attributable to taxes incurred in non-U.S. entities and to New York City UBT attributable to Lazard Group’s operations apportioned to New York City.

 

    The use of proceeds from the financing transactions.

 

    The net incremental expense related to the financing transactions.

 

The unaudited pro forma financial information of Lazard Group should be read together with the accompanying “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Lazard Group’s historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and its historical unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere herein. The historical consolidated financial data reflected in the accompanying unaudited pro forma financial information represent historical consolidated financial data of Lazard Group. Such historical consolidated financial data of Lazard Group reflects the historical results of operations and financial position of Lazard Group, including the separated businesses.

 

The pro forma consolidated financial information are included for informational purposes only and do not purport to reflect the results of operations or financial position of Lazard Group that would have occurred had it operated as a separate, independent company during the periods presented. Actual results might have differed from pro forma results if Lazard Group had operated independently. The pro forma consolidated financial information should not be relied upon as being indicative of Lazard Group’s results of operations or financial condition had the transactions described in connection with the separation and recapitalization transactions, including the financing transactions, been completed on the dates assumed. The pro forma consolidated financial information also does not project the results of operations or financial position for any future period or date.

 

57


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2004

 
          Pro Forma Adjustments

          Pro Forma
Adjustments
for the
Financing
Transactions


    Lazard
Group
Pro Forma,
as Adjusted


 
    Historical

    Separation(a)

    Subtotal

    Other

    Total

     
    (in thousands of dollars)  

Total revenue

  $ 1,328,180       $(202,424 )   $ 1,125,756             $ 1,125,756             $ 1,125,756  

Interest expense

    (53,875 )(b)     14,324       (39,551 )             (39,551 )   $ (55,771 )(e)     (95,322 )
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net revenue

    1,274,305       (188,100 )     1,086,205               1,086,205       (55,771 )     1,030,434  

Operating expenses:

                                                       

Employee compensation and benefits

    573,779       (109,030 )     464,749     $ 172,301  (c)     637,050               637,050  

Premises and occupancy costs

    96,668       (22,967 )     73,701               73,701               73,701  

Professional fees

    73,547       (24,902 )     48,645               48,645               48,645  

Travel and entertainment

    50,822       (5,626 )     45,196               45,196               45,196  

Other

    121,727       (29,946 )     91,781               91,781               91,781  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total Operating Expenses

    916,543       (192,471 )     724,072       172,301       896,373               896,373  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Operating income

    357,762       4,371       362,133       (172,301 )     189,832       (55,771 )     134,061  

Provision for income taxes

    28,375       (103 )     28,272       1,852  (d)     30,124       (11,353 )(f)     18,771  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income allocable to members before minority interests and extraordinary item

    329,387       4,474       333,861       (174,153 )     159,708       (44,418 )     115,290  

Minority interests

    87,920       (367 )     87,553       (73,311 )(c)     14,242               14,242  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Income allocable to members before extraordinary item

    241,467       4,841       246,308       (100,842 )     145,466       (44,418 )     101,048  

Extraordinary gain

    5,507       (5,507 )                                      
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net income allocable to members

  $ 246,974     $ (666 )   $ 246,308     $ (100,842 )   $ 145,466       $(44,418 )   $ 101,048  
   


 


 


 


 


 


 


 

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

58


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

    Three Month Period Ended March 31, 2004

 
          Pro Forma Adjustments

          Pro Forma
Adjustments
For the
Financing
Transactions


    Lazard
Group
Pro Forma,
as Adjusted


 
    Historical

    Separation (a)

    Subtotal

    Other

    Total

     
    ($ in thousands, except per share data)  

Total revenues

  $258,459     ($44,780 )   $213,679           $213,679           $213,679  

Interest expense

  (12,870 )(b)   2,646     (10,224 )         (10,224 )   $(13,943 )(e)   (24,167 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenues

  245,589     (42,134 )   203,455           203,455     (13,943 )   189,512  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses:

                                         

Compensation and benefits

  140,860     (28,812 )   112,048     $8,113  (c)   120,161           120,161  

Premises and occupancy costs

  22,227     (3,954 )   18,273           18,273           18,273  

Professional fees

  13,656     (3,102 )   10,554           10,554           10,554  

Travel and entertainment

  13,839     (1,655 )   12,184           12,184           12,184  

Other

  27,110     (4,992 )   22,118           22,118           22,118  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

  217,692     (42,515 )   175,177     8,113     183,290           183,290  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income or loss

  27,897     381     28,278     (8,113 )   20,165     (13,943 )   6,222  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

  (2,121 )   (489 )   (2,610 )   (1,976 )(d)   (4,586 )   5,519  (f)   933  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income allocable to members before minority interest

  30,018     870     30,888     (6,137 )   24,751     (19,462 )   5,289  

Minority interest

  14,965     (1 )   14,964     (18,688 )(c)   (3,724 )         (3,724 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income allocable to members

  $15,053     $871     $15,924     $12,551     $28,475     ($19,462 )   $9,013  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

59


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

    Three Month Period Ended March 31, 2005

 
          Pro Forma Adjustments

          Pro Forma
Adjustments
For the
Financing
Transactions


    Lazard
Group
Pro Forma,
as Adjusted


 
    Historical

    Separation (a)

    Subtotal

    Other

    Total

     
    ($ in thousands, except per share data)  

Total revenues

  $314,128     ($44,121 )   $270,007           $270,007           $270,007  

Interest expense

  (16,150 )(b)   6,242     (9,908 )         (9,908 )   $(13,943 )(e)   (23,851 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenues

  297,978     (37,879 )   260,099           260,099     (13,943 )   246,156  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses:

                                         

Compensation and benefits

  127,487     (21,606 )   105,881     $46,798  (c)   152,679           152,679  

Premises and occupancy costs

  27,531     (11,148 )   16,383           16,383           16,383  

Professional fees

  13,332     (4,474 )   8,858           8,858           8,858  

Travel and entertainment

  10,501     (1,526 )   8,975           8,975           8,975  

Other

  27,455     (5,722 )   21,733           21,733           21,733  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

  206,306     (44,476 )   161,830     46,798     208,628           208,628  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income or loss

  91,672     6,597     98,269     (46,798 )   51,471     (13,943 )   37,528  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

  8,056     (253 )   7,803     (11 )(d)   7,792     (2,163 )(f)   5,629  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income allocable to members before minority interest

  83,616     6,850     90,466     (46,787 )   43,679     (11,780 )   31,899  

Minority interest

  10,260     (1 )   10,259     (14,534 )(c)   (4,275 )         (4,275 )
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income allocable to members

  $73,356     $6,851     $80,207     ($32,253 )   $47,954     ($11,780 )   $36,174  
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

60


Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income ($ in thousands):

 

(a) Reflects adjustments necessary to remove the historical results of operations of Lazard Group’s separated businesses.

 

(b) Interest expense includes accrued dividends relating to Lazard Group’s mandatorily redeemable preferred stock issued in March 2001, which amounted to $8,000, $2,000 and $2,000 for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the three month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

 

(c) Prior to the equity public offering, payments for services rendered by Lazard Group’s managing directors were accounted for as distributions from members’ capital, or as minority interest expense in the case of payments to LAM managing directors and certain key LAM employee members during 2004 and 2005, rather than as employee compensation and benefits expense. As a result, Lazard Group’s employee compensation and benefits expense and net income allocable to members did not reflect most payments for services rendered by Lazard Group’s managing directors. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Financial Measures and Indicators—Net Income Allocable to Members.”

 

The adjustment reflects the classification of these payments for services rendered as employee compensation and benefits expense and has been determined as if the new compensation policy described below had been in place during 2004 and 2005. Accordingly, the pro forma condensed consolidated statements of income data reflect compensation and benefits expense based on new retention agreements that are in effect.

 

Following the completion of the equity public offering, Lazard’s policy is that its employee compensation and benefits expense, including that payable to its managing directors, will not exceed 57.5% of operating revenue each year (although Lazard retains the ability to change this policy in the future). Lazard Group’s managing directors have been informed of this new policy. The new retention agreements with its managing directors generally provide for a fixed salary and discretionary bonus, which may include an equity-based compensation component. Lazard defines “operating revenue” for these purposes as consolidated total revenue less (i) total revenue attributable to the separated businesses and (ii) interest expense related to LFB, with such operating revenue being $1,107,913, $208,976 and $265,529 for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the three month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

 

Reconciliation of historical compensation and benefits expense to pro forma employee compensation and benefits expense:

 

   

Year Ended

December 31, 2004


    Three Months
Ended March 31, 2004


    Three Months
Ended March 31, 2005


 
    (in thousands of dollars)  

Historical

          $ 573,779             $ 140,860           $ 127,487  

Add (deduct):

                                             

Amount related to separated businesses

            (109,030 )             (28,812 )           (21,606 )

Portion of distributions representing payments for services rendered by managing directors and employee members of LAM

  $ 354,282             $ 92,335             $ 46,798        

Reductions

    (181,981 )             (84,222 )             —          
   


         


         

       

Sub-total

            172,301               8,113             46,798  
           


         


       


Targeted compensation and benefits

          $ 637,050             $ 120,161           $ 152,679  
           


         


       


 

61


Table of Contents

While the adjustments described above constitute all adjustments management believes are applicable to the pro forma presentation set forth in this prospectus, we believe that other considerations will assist us in minimizing the degree of compensation reductions required to achieve our employee compensation and benefits expense target, which have not been reflected in the pro forma presentation. These include expense reductions of approximately $100,000 over the next year related to the following—the expiration of guaranteed payments and other contractual agreements with our managing directors; the expiration of contractual payouts to the founders of LAM; planned reductions associated with the restructuring of Lazard Group pension plans (reflecting a change from defined benefit plans to defined contribution plans) and post-retirement medical plans and cost savings resulting from a reassessment of our staffing needs. The expiration of contractual agreements requiring payments to our managing directors for services performed and to the founders of LAM will reduce expenses by approximately $55,000. The planned expense reductions associated with the restructuring of the Lazard Group pension and post-retirement medical plans and the cost savings from a reassessment of our staffing needs are expected to be approximately $45,000. Our reassessment of staffing needs was substantially completed during 2004, and, as a result, headcount was reduced. As part of our periodic performance reviews, we expect to continue to reassess needs in the future, but no material reassessment plans are currently in place. No material costs were incurred in connection with our prior reassessment of staffing needs. To the extent required, any reductions, over and above these approximately $100,000 of reductions, necessary to achieve our target employee compensation expense-to-operating revenue ratio of 57.5% will be accomplished by reducing other compensation expenses, including the discretionary bonuses of our managing directors, as generally permitted by the new retention agreements.

 

These and other measures may not allow us to reach or maintain our target compensation expense-to-operating revenue ratio in the future. Increased competition for senior professionals, changes in the financial markets generally or other factors could prevent us from reaching this objective.

 

The overall net adjustment to increase historical employee compensation and benefits expense (after eliminating the expenses related to the separated businesses) is $172,301, $8,113 and $46,798 for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the three month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively. The net adjustments are the result of (i) aggregating the distributions representing payments for services rendered by managing directors and employee members of LAM, which were $354,282, $92,335 and $46,798 for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the three month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, and, (ii) the reduction of $181,981 and $84,222 for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the three month period ended March 31, 2004, respectively, to reflect the new compensation arrangements with our managing directors to achieve a target compensation expense-to-operating revenue ratio of 57.5% from its historical ratios for those periods of 73.9% and 97.8%, respectively. In the 2005 period, the new compensation arrangements were in effect, thus, Lazard Group’s employee compensation and benefits expense to operating revenue ratio is 57.5% and no further adjustment is necessary.

 

(d) Reflects net tax expense adjustment of $1,852 for the year ended December 31, 2004 and net tax benefit adjustments of $1,976 and $11 for the three month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively. The net adjustment includes (i) a tax expense of $3,552 for the year ended December 31, 2004 and a tax benefit of $1,601 for the three month period ended March 31, 2004, which reflects the application of the historical effective Lazard Group income tax rates against the applicable pro forma adjustments (no similar adjustment applicable for the three month period ended March 31, 2005), and (ii) a tax benefit reclassified from LAM minority interest of $1,700, $375 and $11 for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the three month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

 

62


Table of Contents
(e) Reflects net incremental interest expense related to the separation and recapitalization transactions, including the financing transactions and the amortization of capitalized costs associated with the financing transactions, estimated to be $55,771, $13,943 and $13,943 for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the three month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively, the details of which are as follows:

 

                Increase (Decrease)
in Interest Expense for the


 
     Principal
Amount


   Annual
Interest
Rate


    Year Ended
December 31,
2004


    Three Months
Ended March 31,


 
            2004

    2005

 

Addition of new interest expense:

                                     

Lazard Group senior notes

   $ 550,000    7.125 %   $ 39,188     $ 9,797     $ 9,797  

Lazard Group senior notes amortization of original issue discount

                  43       11       11  

Lazard Group senior notes issued to Lazard Group Finance in connection with the issuance of the equity security units

     437,500    6.12 %     26,775       6,694       6,694  

Accretion on the estimated present value of contract adjustment payments on the forward purchase contracts sold

                  325       81       81  

Amortization of an estimated $9,070 of capitalized debt issuance costs

                  1,205       301       301  
                 


 


 


Sub-total

                  67,536       16,884       16,884  

Reduction of existing interest expense:

                                     

Senior Notes due 2011

     50,000    7.53 %     (3,765 )     (941 )     (941 )

Mandatory redeemable preferred stock

     100,000    8.00 %     (8,000 )     (2,000 )     (2,000 )
                 


 


 


Sub-total

                  (11,765 )     (2,941 )     (2,941 )
                 


 


 


Net incremental interest expense

                $ 55,771     $ 13,943     $ 13,943  
                 


 


 


 

(f) Reflects the net income tax impact associated with the separation and recapitalization transactions.

 

63


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

    As of March 31, 2005

 
                              Pro Forma
Adjustments for
the Capital
Contribution
Relating to the
Financing
Transactions


   

Lazard

Group
Pro Forma,
as Adjusted


 
        Pro Forma Adjustments

           
                 
    Historical

  Separation (a)

    Subtotal

  Other

    Total

     
    ($ in thousands)  

ASSETS

                                     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $234,227   ($43,960 )   $190,267   ($84,000 )(b)   $106,267 (e)   $53,278 (f)   $159,545  

Cash and securities segregated for regulatory purposes

  39,650   (23,500 )   16,150         16,150           16,150  

Marketable investments

  95,281         95,281         95,281 (e)         95,281  

Securities owned

  635,692   (275,559 )   360,133         360,133           360,133  

Securities borrowed

  1,194,668   (1,194,668 )                            

Receivables

  996,079   (301,784 )   694,295         694,295           694,295  

Other assets

  654,744   (197,847 )   456,897         456,897     (39,774 )(f)      
                              9,070 (f)      
                              435 (f)   426,628  
   
 

 
 

 

 

 

Total assets

  $3,850,341   ($2,037,318 )   $1,813,023   ($84,000 )   $1,729,023     $23,009     $1,752,032  
   
 

 
 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

                                     

Notes payable

  $55,496   ($1,382 )   $54,114         $54,114     ($50,000 )(f)   $4,114  

Securities loaned

  1,123,507   (1,123,507 )                            

Payables

  818,099   (197,415 )   620,684         620,684           620,684  

Accrued employee compensation

  67,721   (20,878 )   46,843   $20,493 (c)                  
                  76,630 (d)   143,966 (e)         143,966  

Miscellaneous other liabilities

  1,056,942   (439,522 )   617,420         617,420     6,013 (g)   623,433  

Lazard Group senior notes

                            550,000  (f)   550,000  

Lazard Group senior notes issued to Lazard Group Finance in connection with the issuance of the equity security units

                            437,500  (f)   437,500  

Subordinated loans

  200,000         200,000         200,000           200,000  

Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

  100,000         100,000         100,000     (100,000 )(f)      

Minority interest

  141,308   (18,748 )   122,560   (20,493 )(c)   102,067           102,067  

Members’ equity

  287,268   (235,866 )   51,402   (84,000 )(b)   (109,228 )   859,570  (f)      
                  (76,630 )(d)         (1,516,411 )(f)      
                              (150,000 )(f)      
                              (7,650 )(f)      
                              (6,013 )(g)   (929,732 )
   
 

 
 

 

 

 

Total members’ equity (deficiency)

  287,268   (235,866 )   51,402   (160,630 )   (109,228 )   (820,504 )   (929,732 )
   
 

 
 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity (deficiency)

  $3,850,341   ($2,037,318 )   $1,813,023   ($84,000 )   $1,729,023     $23,009     $1,752,032  
   
 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition.

 

64


Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition ($ in thousands):

 

(a) Reflects adjustments necessary to remove the historical balances relating to Lazard Group’s separated businesses. Subsequent to March 31, 2005, the separated businesses’ members’ equity as reflected in the pro forma condensed consolidated statement of financial condition was reduced by approximately $126,000 related to the repurchase of working member interests and capital redemptions in connection with the consummation of the equity public offering, all of which has been paid as of May 9, 2005. See also “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Certain Relationships with Our Directors, Executive Officers and Employees—Transactions with Our Working Members.”

 

(b) Reflects cash contribution in recognition of indemnities made by the separated businesses in favor of Lazard Group, as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Relationship with LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings—Master Separation Agreement.”

 

(c) Reclassifies minority interest relating to services rendered by managing directors and employee members associated with Lazard Group’s controlled affiliate, LAM, to accrued compensation.

 

(d) Prior to the equity public offering, payment for services rendered by managing directors were accounted for as distributions to members’ capital (and subsequent to January 1, 2003, minority interest for LAM) rather than as compensation expense. As a result, the accrued compensation liability account did not reflect a liability for most services rendered by managing directors. As a result of the consummation of the equity public offering, we will include all payments for services rendered by our managing directors in compensation and benefits expense in future periods. The pro forma adjustment reflects the compensation payable to managing directors (excluding LAM and the separated businesses).

 

(e) Historically, employee bonuses have generally been paid in January following the end of each fiscal year. Payments to managing directors for services rendered have generally been made in three monthly installments, as soon as practicable, after the end of each fiscal year. Such payments usually begin in February and end in April. Accordingly, the cash and marketable investments balances shown do not reflect the final payment made in April to Lazard Group’s managing directors for services rendered.

 

(f) Reflects the net impact of the equity public offering, the financing transactions and the recapitalization representing (1) a net increase in members’ equity of $859,570, consisting of the issuance of $937,500 of Lazard Ltd’s common stock, which includes $50,000 issued to IXIS pursuant to the IXIS placements and $32,921 related to the cashless exchange of historical partner interests of our Chief Executive Officer for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock at the equity public offering price, less estimated transaction fees and expenses attributable to these equity offerings of $77,930 (which represents the estimated total transaction fees of $87,000 less $9,070 of capitalized debt issuance costs), (2) the issuance of $550,000 principal amount of Lazard Group senior notes and (3) the issuance of $437,500 of Lazard Group senior notes issued to Lazard Group Finance in connection with the issuance of equity security units, $150,000 of which were issued to IXIS pursuant to the IXIS placements. The aggregate proceeds of $1,925,000, prior to estimated transaction fees and expenses, which, combined with $39,774 in certain Lazard Group long-term investments (which were used to satisfy a portion of the historical partner redemption consideration), were used to (a) redeem $1,616,411 in historical partner interests, which included $100,000 in Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Stock and $32,921 in the cashless exchange of our Chief Executive Officer’s historical partner interests for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock, (b) repay $50,000 in principal amount of 7.53% Senior Notes due 2011, including a make-whole amount of $7,650, (c) distribute an aggregate of $150,000 to LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings and (d) pay estimated transaction fees and expenses of $87,000. The estimated net proceeds from the equity public offering and the financings exceeded the identified use of proceeds described above by $53,278, which resulted in an equivalent increase in cash and cash equivalents. Further, other assets reflect a net reduction of $30,269 related to the utilization of $39,774 in long-term investments, as mentioned above, as well as the original issue discount of $435 related to the issuance of $550,000 principal amount of Lazard Group senior notes and an increase related to the capitalization of $9,070 in debt issuance costs.

 

65


Table of Contents
(g) Reflects an adjustment of $6,013 to record a liability for the present value of the quarterly contract adjustment payments related to the purchase contracts associated with the equity security units and securities that will be effectively exchangeable into shares of Lazard Ltd common stock pursuant to the IXIS ESU placement, with a corresponding charge to member’s equity. This adjustment is calculated based upon contract adjustment payments equal to 0.505% of the principal amount of the equity security units, discounted to present value at an annual rate of 6.12% over the three-year life of the purchase contracts.

 


 

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 are also presented below to give effect to the separation, as though such separation had occurred as of January 1, 2002. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements shown below are presented as additional information since any subsequent presentation of the historical financial statements will reflect the separated businesses as discontinued operations in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. These unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements, however, exclude any pro forma adjustments related to payment for services rendered by Lazard Group’s managing directors, incremental expense related to the financing transactions and the income tax effect relating to such items.

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2002

    Year Ended December 31, 2003

 
     Historical

    Separation(a)

   

Pro Forma

for

Separation


    Historical

    Separation(a)

   

Pro Forma

for
Separation


 
     (in thousands of dollars)  

Total revenue

   $ 1,229,662     $ (207,726 )   $ 1,021,936     $ 1,233,545     $ (150,728 )   $ 1,082,817  

Interest expense(b)

     (63,383 )     33,417       (29,966 )     (50,161 )     15,194       (34,967 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


Net revenue

     1,166,279       (174,309 )     991,970       1,183,384       (135,534 )     1,047,850  

Operating expenses:

                                                

Employee compensation and benefits

     469,037       (79,023 )     390,014       481,212       (93,976 )     387,236  

Premises and occupancy costs

     82,121       (35,675 )     46,446       98,412       (36,758 )     61,654  

Professional fees

     67,862       (19,185 )     48,677       56,121       (8,190 )     47,931  

Travel and entertainment

     41,225       (7,297 )     33,928       45,774       (7,984 )     37,790  

Other

     129,989       (17,231 )     112,758       112,511       (35,287 )     77,224  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Total Operating Expenses

     790,234       (158,411 )     631,823       794,030       (182,195 )     611,835  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Operating income

     376,045       (15,898 )     360,147       389,354       46,661       436,015  

Provision for income taxes

     38,583       2,496       41,079       44,421       (7,469 )     36,952  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Income allocable to members before minority interests

     337,462       (18,394 )     319,068       344,933       54,130       399,063  

Minority interests

     40,015       (384 )     39,631       94,550       15       94,565  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Net income allocable to members

   $ 297,447     $ (18,010 )   $ 279,437     $ 250,383     $ 54,115     $ 304,498  
    


 


 


 


 


 



Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (in thousands of dollars):

 

(a) Reflects adjustments necessary to remove the historical results of operations of Lazard Group’s separated businesses.
(b) Interest expense includes dividends relating to Lazard Group’s mandatorily redeemable preferred stock issued in March 2001, which amounted to $8,000 and $8,000 in the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively.

 

66


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with Lazard Group’s historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of events may differ significantly from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

For presentation purposes, the information presented below reflects the historical results of operations and financial position of Lazard Group prior to the separation. The separation and recapitalization transactions were completed on May 10, 2005, at which time the separated business became part of LFCM Holdings.

 

Except as otherwise expressly noted, this prospectus, including this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical consolidated financial data of Lazard Group, reflect the historical results of operations and financial position of Lazard Group, including the separated businesses. In addition to other adjustments, the pro forma financial data included in this prospectus reflect financial data for Lazard Group giving effect to the separation, as well as other adjustments made as a result of the financing transactions and the recapitalization.

 

Business Summary

 

Lazard Group’s principal sources of revenue are derived from activities in the following business segments:

 

    Financial Advisory, which includes providing advice on mergers, acquisitions, restructurings and other financial matters,

 

    Asset Management, which includes the management of equity and fixed income securities and merchant banking funds, and

 

    Capital Markets and Other, which consists of equity, fixed income and convertibles sales and trading, broking, research and underwriting services, merchant banking fund management activities outside of France and specified non-operating assets and liabilities. In connection with the separation, Lazard Group transferred its Capital Markets and Other segment to LFCM Holdings on May 10, 2005.

 

In addition, we record selected other activities in Corporate, including cash and marketable investments, certain long-term investments and our Paris-based LFB. LFB is a registered bank regulated by the Banque de France. LFB’s primary operations include the management of the treasury positions of Lazard’s Paris House through its money market desk and, to a lesser extent, credit activities relating to securing loans granted to clients of LFG and custodial oversight over assets of various clients. In addition, LFB also operates many support functions of the Paris House. We also allocate outstanding indebtedness to Corporate. The indebtedness and interest expense related to the financing transactions will be accounted for as part of Corporate as well.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2004, Financial Advisory, Asset Management, Capital Markets and Other and Corporate contributed approximately 51%, 33%, 15% and 1% of Lazard Group’s net revenue, respectively, and for the three month period ended March 31, 2005, 53%, 36%, 12% and (1)% of Lazard Group’s net revenue, respectively.

 

Business Environment

 

Economic and market conditions, particularly global M&A activity, can significantly affect our financial performance.

 

67


Table of Contents

The respective source for the data contained herein relating to (i) the volume of global and trans-Atlantic completed and announced merger and acquisition transactions is Thomson Financial, (ii) the amount of corporate debt defaults is Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., cited with permission, all rights reserved, (iii) the amount of hedge fund assets from Van Hedge Fund Advisors, and (iv) funds raised for global private capital, including private equity and venture capital investment funds, is Thomson Venture Economics/National Venture Capital, March 2005.

 

Financial Advisory

 

From the early 1990s through 2000, there was relatively consistent and substantial growth in global M&A activity. The volume of global completed M&A transactions grew from $359 billion in 1993 to $3,720 billion in 2000. Of the total market, the volume of trans-Atlantic completed M&A transactions (involving either a U.S. or Canadian party transacting with a European counterparty) grew from $22 billion in 1993 to $386 billion in 2000.

 

Beginning in 2001, the volume of global completed M&A transactions began to decline significantly, falling 67% from $3,720 billion in 2000 to $1,220 billion in 2003, with the volume of trans-Atlantic completed M&A transactions down 74% from $386 billion to $102 billion in the same period. At the same time, corporate debt defaults increased significantly, reaching a peak of $164 billion in 2002, up 466% from $29 billion in 2000. In 2003, corporate debt defaults decreased to $34 billion, down 79% from $164 billion in 2002, reflecting improved global economic conditions.

 

In 2004, global M&A volume increased while restructuring activity continued to decline significantly. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the volume of global completed M&A transactions increased 29% versus the year ended December 31, 2003, increasing to $1,574 billion from $1,220 billion, respectively, with the volume of trans-Atlantic completed M&A transactions experiencing a 2% increase. Over the same period, the volume of global announced M&A transactions increased by 39% in 2004, from $1,398 billion to $1,937 billion, and the volume of trans-Atlantic announced M&A transactions increased by 13% from $99 billion to $112 billion, reflecting growing industry-wide activity. Over the same time frame, financial restructuring activity continued to decline, with the amount of corporate debt defaults falling from $34 billion to $16 billion, or by 53%. For the three month period ended March 31, 2005, the volume of global completed M&A transactions increased 41% versus the corresponding period ended March 31, 2004, increasing to $343 billion from $244 billion, respectively, with the volume of trans-Atlantic completed M&A transactions experiencing a 49% increase. Over the same period, the volume of global announced M&A transactions increased by 18% in 2005, from $499 billion to $589 billion, and the volume of trans-Atlantic announced M&A transactions increased by 6% from $16 billion to $17 billion, reflecting growing industry-wide activity. Over the same time frame, financial restructuring activity continued to decline, with the amount of corporate debt defaults falling from $4 billion to $2 billion, or by 49%. We believe that our Financial Advisory business will benefit from any sustained increase in M&A volume. Any such improvement will most likely be accompanied, at least in part, by counter-cyclical weakness in restructuring activity.

 

We believe that this counter-cyclical relationship can be seen in Lazard Group’s results. Between 2000 and 2003, Lazard Group’s Mergers and Acquisitions net revenue declined from $725 million to $420 million as the volume of global completed M&A transactions across the industry declined amidst challenging economic and capital markets conditions. Conversely, over the same time period, the net revenue of Lazard Group’s Financial Restructuring practice, the first full operating year of which commenced in 2000, increased from $34 million to $245 million, driven primarily by increased restructuring transaction volume stemming from higher levels of global corporate debt defaults. Similarly, for the year ended December 31, 2004, Lazard Group’s Mergers and Acquisitions net revenue increased to $482 million from $420 million in 2003 as M&A activity rebounded, while Financial Restructuring net revenue declined to $96 million from $245 million over the same time period, reflecting diminished restructuring activity due to declining levels of global corporate debt defaults. For the three month period ended March 31, 2005, Lazard Group’s Mergers and Acquisitions net revenue increased to $122 million from $74 million, or 66%, from the corresponding period in 2004 as M&A activity rebounded. At the

 

68


Table of Contents

same time, Financial Restructuring net revenue also increased to $24 million from $18 million, or 33%, over the same time period, reflecting increased restructuring activity despite declining levels of global corporate debt defaults.

 

Asset Management

 

From 1994 to 2004, global stock markets appreciated substantially. The MSCI World Index rose by 7% on a compounded annual basis during this period. European markets experienced similar improvement, with the FTSE 100, CAC 40 and DAX indices up 5%, 7% and 7%, respectively, on a compounded annual basis. In the U.S., the Dow Jones Industrial, S&P 500 and NASDAQ indices rose by 11%, 10% and 11%, respectively, on a compounded annual basis. According to Pensions & Investments , an industry publication, worldwide assets managed by the top 100 asset managers grew by 21%, on a compounded annual basis, from 1994 to 2003. We believe that this growth in excess of market appreciation reflects a shift towards assets being concentrated among leading asset managers and consolidation within the asset management industry. During the same period, assets managed in hedge funds and merchant banking funds also experienced significant growth. Hedge fund assets, for example, grew 18%, on a compounded annual basis, to $950 billion at year end 2004, and funds raised for global private capital, which includes private equity and venture capital investment funds, increased by 11% on a compounded annual basis.

 

While global stock markets experienced substantial appreciation from 1994 to 2004, markets have experienced considerable volatility since 1999, with various market indices reaching record highs in 1999 and the first quarter of 2000, and then declining steadily through December 31, 2002. From 1999 to 2002, the MSCI World Index declined by 18%, on a compounded annual basis, while in Europe, the FTSE 100, CAC 40 and DAX indices declined 17%, 20% and 25%, respectively, on a compounded annual basis. In the U.S., the Dow Jones Industrial, S&P 500 and NASDAQ indices declined by 10%, 16% and 31%, respectively, on a compounded annual basis, in the same time frame. These declines were followed by considerable improvements in the global markets in 2003 and 2004. From January 1, 2003 until December 31, 2004, the MSCI World Index rose by 22%, on a compounded annual basis, with the FTSE 100, CAC 40 and DAX indices gaining 11%, 12% and 21%, respectively, on a compounded annual basis. In the U.S., the Dow Jones Industrial, S&P 500 and NASDAQ indices gained 14%, 17% and 28%, respectively, on a compounded annual basis for the same period.

 

While global stock markets experienced substantial appreciation in 2004, markets in the first quarter of 2005 experienced some volatility. In the first quarter of 2005, global markets softened as evidenced by the MSCI World Index declining by 2%. European markets, however, showed modest gains with the FTSE 100, CAC 40 and DAX indices gaining 2%, 7% and 2%, respectively. In the U.S., the Dow Jones Industrial, S&P 500 and NASDAQ indices declined 3%, 3% and 8%, respectively, during the same period. Despite the recent softness, global stock markets over the last twelve months remained on the positive side. From April 1, 2004 until March 31, 2005, the MSCI World Index rose by 9%, and the FTSE 100, CAC 40 and DAX indices rose by 12%, 12% and 13%, respectively. In the U.S., the Dow Jones Industrial, S&P 500 and NASDAQ indices remained slightly positive with gains of 1%, 5% and 0.3%, respectively, during the same twelve month period. The changes in global market indices correspond with Lazard Group’s market-related changes in its AUM.

 

Recent Developments

 

As described in more detail in Note 9 to the accompanying Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, on May 10, 2005, the financing transactions, the separation and the recapitalization were consummated, and on April 26, 2005, Lazard Group completed the sale of its U.K. capital markets business, Panmure Gordon to Durlacher. As part of the transaction, Lazard Group received an ownership interest of approximately 32.8% in Durlacher, which was transferred to LFCM Holdings in connection with the separation.

 

69


Table of Contents

Key Financial Measures and Indicators

 

Net Revenue

 

The majority of our Financial Advisory net revenue is earned from the successful completion of mergers, acquisitions, restructurings or similar transactions. In some client engagements, often those involving financially distressed companies, revenue is earned in the form of retainers and similar fees that are contractually agreed upon with each client for each assignment and are not necessarily linked to the completion of a transaction. In addition, we also earn fees from providing strategic advice to a client, with such fees not being dependent on a specific transaction. Our Financial Advisory segment also earns revenue from public and private securities offerings in conjunction with activities of the Capital Markets and Other segment. In general, such fees are shared equally between our Financial Advisory and Capital Markets and Other segments. Following the separation, we have an arrangement with LFCM Holdings under which the separated Capital Markets business will continue to distribute securities in public offerings originated by our Financial Advisory business in a manner intended to be similar to our practice prior to the separation. The main driver of Financial Advisory net revenue is overall M&A and restructuring volume, particularly in the industries and geographic markets in which we focus.

 

Our Asset Management segment includes our LAM, LFG and merchant banking operations. Asset Management net revenue is derived from fees for investment management and advisory services provided to institutional and private clients. The main driver of Asset Management net revenue is the level of AUM, which is influenced in large part by our investment performance and by our ability to successfully attract and retain assets, as well as the broader performance of the global equity markets and, to a lesser extent, fixed income markets. As a result, fluctuations in financial markets and client asset inflows and outflows have a direct effect on Asset Management net revenue and operating income. Fees vary with the type of assets managed, with higher fees earned on actively managed equity assets, alternative investments (such as hedge funds) and merchant banking products, and lower fees earned on fixed income and cash management products. We also earn performance-based incentive fees on some investment products, such as hedge funds, merchant banking funds and other investment products. Incentive fees on hedge funds are typically calculated based on a specified percentage of a fund’s net appreciation during a fiscal period and can be subject to loss carry-forward provisions in which losses incurred in the current period are applied against future period net appreciation. Incentive fees on merchant banking funds also may be earned in the form of a carried interest when profits from merchant banking investments exceed a specified threshold. Lazard Group’s Asset Management net revenue during the years ended December 31, 2002 through December 31, 2004 and the three month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 demonstrate the volatility that incentive fees have on total net revenue. See “—Business Segments—Asset Management—Asset Management Results of Operations.”

 

Capital Markets and Other net revenue largely consists of primary revenue earned from underwriting fees from securities offerings and secondary revenue earned in the form of commissions and trading profits from principal transactions in Lazard Group’s equity, fixed income and convertibles businesses. Since Lazard Group’s January 7, 2004 acquisition of the assets of Panmure Gordon, Lazard Group also has earned underwriting and other fee revenue from corporate broking in the U.K. Lazard Group also earns fund management fees and, if applicable, carried interest incentive fees related to merchant banking funds managed as part of this segment. Such carried interest incentive fees are earned when profits from merchant banking investments exceed a specified threshold. In addition, Lazard Group generates investment income and net interest income principally from long-term investments, cash balances and securities financing transactions. In connection with the separation, Lazard Group transferred the Capital Markets and Other segment to LFCM Holdings.

 

Corporate net revenue consists primarily of investment income generated from long-term investments, including principal investments that Lazard Group has made in merchant banking and alternative investment funds managed by our Asset Management segment, net interest income generated by LFB, interest income related to cash and marketable investments and interest expense related to outstanding borrowings. Following the financing transactions, interest expense related thereto will be accounted for as part of Corporate as well. Corporate net revenue can fluctuate due to mark-to-market adjustments on long-term and marketable

 

70


Table of Contents

investments, changes in interest rate spreads earned by LFB and changes in the levels of our cash, marketable investments, long-term investments and indebtedness. Although Corporate net revenue represented 1% or less of Lazard Group’s net revenue in each of the years 2002, 2003 and 2004 and the three month period ended March 31, 2005, total assets in this segment represented 40% and 32% of Lazard Group’s consolidated total assets as of December 31, 2004 and March 31, 2005, respectively (or 69% and 69%, respectively, excluding the Capital Markets and Other segment), principally attributable to the relatively significant amounts of assets associated with LFB, and, to a lesser extent, cash, marketable investments and long-term investment balances.

 

We expect to experience significant fluctuations in net revenue and operating income during the course of any given year. These fluctuations arise because a significant portion of our Financial Advisory net revenue is earned upon the successful completion of a transaction or financial restructuring, the timing of which is uncertain and is not subject to our control. Our Asset Management net revenue is also subject to periodic fluctuations. Asset Management fees are generally based on AUM measured as of the end of a quarter or month, and an increase or reduction in AUM at such dates, due to market price fluctuations, currency fluctuations, net client asset flows or otherwise, will result in a corresponding increase or decrease in management fees. In addition, incentive fees earned on AUM are generally not recorded until the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, when potential uncertainties regarding the ultimate realizable amounts have been determined.

 

Operating Expenses

 

The majority of our operating expenses relate to employee compensation and benefits. As a limited liability company, payments for services rendered by the majority of Lazard Group’s managing directors are accounted for as distributions of members’ capital. In addition, subsequent to January 1, 2003, payments for services rendered by managing directors of LAM (and employee members of LAM) have been accounted for as minority interest expense. See “—Minority Interest.” As a result, our employee compensation and benefits expense and operating income have not reflected most payments for services rendered by our managing directors. As a result of the consummation of the equity public offering, we now include all payments for services rendered by our managing directors, including the managing directors of LAM, in employee compensation and benefits expense.

 

For further information with respect to employee compensation and benefits expense after the equity public offering, see “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information—Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income—Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.”

 

The balance of our operating expenses is referred to below as “non-compensation expense,” which includes costs for premises and occupancy, professional fees, travel and entertainment, communications and information services, equipment, depreciation and amortization and other expenses.

 

The historical levels of operating expenses set forth in “—Consolidated Results of Operations” do not reflect the added costs we expect to incur as a result of this offering. We expect that we will incur additional expenses for, among other things, directors fees, SEC reporting and compliance, investor relations, legal, accounting and other costs associated with being a public company.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

Lazard Group has historically operated in the U.S. as a limited liability company that was treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, Lazard Group’s income has not been subject to U.S. federal income taxes. Taxes related to income earned by partnerships represent obligations of the individual partners. Outside the U.S., Lazard Group historically has operated principally through corporations and has been subject to local income taxes. Income taxes shown on Lazard Group’s historical consolidated statements of income are attributable to taxes incurred in non-U.S. entities and to UBT attributable to Lazard Group’s operations apportioned to New York City.

 

Following the financing transactions Lazard Group will continue to operate in the U.S. as a limited liability company treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and remain subject to local income taxes outside the U.S. and to UBT.

 

71


Table of Contents

Minority Interest

 

Minority interest consists of a number of components.

 

On January 1, 2003, Lazard Group contributed net assets relating to the majority of its asset management business to form LAM, a subsidiary of Lazard Group. Upon formation of LAM, certain members of Lazard Group (including all the managing directors of LAM) who provide services to LAM contributed capital to LAM and ceased being members of Lazard Group. Following the formation of LAM, these capital interests have been included in minority interest on Lazard Group’s consolidated statement of financial condition. In connection with this contribution, the LAM managing directors and other key LAM employees were granted equity units in LAM. Commencing in 2003, payments for services rendered by these individuals were accounted for as minority interest expense in Lazard Group’s consolidated statement of income. The substantial majority of such payments related to services rendered by LAM managing directors, which, in prior years, had been accounted for as distributions to members, therefore, was not reported in prior years’ consolidated statements of income. The remainder of such payments, which related to compensation of employee members of LAM, was recorded as compensation and benefits expense in prior years’ consolidated statements of income. As a result of the consummation of the equity public offering, we will include all payments for services rendered by our managing directors, including our LAM managing directors, as well as employee members of LAM, in employee compensation and benefits expense.

 

The LAM equity units entitle holders to payments in connection with selected fundamental transactions affecting Lazard Group or LAM, including a dissolution or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Lazard Group or LAM, a merger of or sale of all of the interests in LAM whereby Lazard Group ceases to own a majority of LAM or have the right to appoint a majority of the board of directors of LAM, or a non-ordinary course sale of assets by LAM that exceeds $50 million in value. These persons will not receive LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests in connection with the separation and recapitalization transactions, but will retain their existing equity units in LAM. As a general matter, in connection with a fundamental transaction that triggers the LAM equity units, following the completion of such transactions the holders of the LAM equity units would be entitled in the aggregate to 23.40% of the net proceeds or imputed valuation of LAM in such transaction after deductions for payment of creditors of LAM and the return of LAM capital. As of December 31, 2004 and March 31, 2005, LAM’s capital for these purposes totaled approximately $ 70 million, of which approximately $ 18 million was owned by LAM managing directors and employee members, with the remainder owned by Lazard Group . These LAM equity units are not entitled to share in the operating results of LAM. A separate class of interests in LAM, which we refer to in this prospectus as “LAM profit units,” is entitled to the ordinary profit and losses of LAM, all of which are owned by Lazard Group. Accordingly, in the absence of a fundamental transaction that triggers the LAM equity units, all of LAM’s net income is allocable to Lazard Group. We have no current intention to cause or otherwise trigger a fundamental transaction that would give rise to payment obligations to the holders of interests in LAM.

 

On and after January 1, 2006, the board of directors of LAM (a majority of which is appointed by Lazard Group) may, in its discretion, grant LAM equity interests that include profit rights to managing directors of, and other persons providing services to, LAM, as a portion of their ongoing compensation. If granted, these equity interests would be subject to specified vesting conditions, with 50% of the equity interests vesting on the second anniversary of the date of issuance and the remaining 50% of the equity interests vesting on the third anniversary of the date of issuance.

 

Also included in minority interest in our consolidated financial statements are minority interests in various LAM-related general partnership interests. Certain of these LAM-related general partnerships compensate LAM professionals directly. As such, incentive fees that would have otherwise been paid to Lazard Group are retained by the general partnerships for the purpose of compensating the LAM professionals. In Lazard Group’s consolidation of the general partnerships, the LAM professionals’ compensation is reflected in minority interest, with an equivalent amount in Lazard Group’s net revenue. Following a fundamental transaction, we will include such LAM professionals’ share of the incentive fees in employee compensation and benefits expense.

 

72


Table of Contents

In September 2002, Lazard Group and Intesa announced their agreement to form a strategic alliance. Under the terms of this alliance, Intesa became a 40% partner in Lazard Group’s business interests in Italy in January 2003. As a result, commencing in 2003, Lazard Group has recorded minority interest to reflect Intesa’s economic interest in the Italian alliance.

 

As of December 31, 2004, in accordance with the adoption of Financial Interpretation No. 46R for Consolidation of Certain Variable Interest Entities (“FIN 46R”), referred to as “VIEs,” Lazard Group consolidated certain VIEs in which it holds a variable interest and where Lazard Group is the primary beneficiary. Those VIEs include Lazard Group sponsored venture capital investment vehicles established in connection with our compensation plans. Accordingly, Lazard Group’s consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2004 and March 31, 2005 reflect minority interests associated with these VIEs. These VIEs will be included with the separated businesses and, as such, will not be reflected in our consolidated financial statements following the financing transactions. To the extent that we expand our merchant banking activities in the future, we expect that we may be required to consolidate additional VIEs related to such activities. The managing directors of our French business hold nominal equity interests in several of our French subsidiaries, totaling less than 0.1% of the equity interests in each such subsidiary. Accordingly, as currently constituted, these managing directors may have a role in the procedures at these subsidiaries, including the right to vote on the appointment or removal of managing directors, mergers and alterations to key provisions of their by-laws.

 

The table below summarizes our minority interest expense and liability in Lazard Group’s consolidated financial statements:

 

     Minority Interest Expense

 
     Year Ended December 31,

   Three Months Ended
March 31,


 
     2002

   2003

    2004

   2004

    2005

 
     (in thousands of dollars)  

LAM Members

   $    $ 61,757     $ 73,311    $ 18,734     $ 15,004  

LAM General Partnerships

     38,891      16,975       8,971      (123 )     (387 )

Italian Strategic Alliance

          15,914       3,741      (3,502 )     (4,357 )

Merchant Banking General Partnership Interests

                367      —         —    

Other

     1,124      (96 )     1,530      (144 )     —    
    

  


 

  


 


Total

   $   40,015    $   94,550     $   87,920    $   14,965     $   10,260  
    

  


 

  


 


 

     Minority Interest Liability

     As of December 31,

   As of
March 31,


     2003

   2004

   2005

     (in thousands of dollars)

LAM Members

   $ 66,599    $ 57,351    $ 38,263

LAM General Partnerships

     35,634      43,186      32,649

Italian Strategic Alliance

     65,889      51,902      46,281

Merchant Banking General Partnership Interests

          20,655      22,523

Other

     956      1,626      1,592
    

  

  

Total

   $ 169,078    $ 174,720    $ 141,308
    

  

  

 

Net Income Allocable to Members

 

Historically, payments for services rendered by our managing directors have been accounted for as distributions from members’ capital, or as minority interest expense in the case of payments to LAM managing directors and certain key LAM employee members during 2003 and 2004, rather than as compensation and benefits expense. As a result, our compensation and benefits expense and net income allocable to members have not reflected most payments for services rendered by our managing directors.

 

73


Table of Contents

During 2002, 2003 and 2004, following the hiring of new senior management, Lazard Group invested significant amounts in the recruitment and retention of senior professionals in an effort to reinvest in the intellectual capital of Lazard Group’s business. As a result, while payments for services rendered by our managing directors generally did not historically exceed net income allocable to members in any given year, in 2002, 2003 and 2004, we made distributions to our managing directors that exceeded our net income allocable to members.

 

The table below illustrates what our compensation and benefits expense would have been on an adjusted basis for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the three month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 had the portion of distributions to members which represent payments for services rendered and our minority interest expense related to LAM been accounted for as compensation and benefits expense, as adjusted to exclude the impact of the separated businesses. The table further illustrates the relationship between our adjusted compensation and benefits expense and our operating revenue. We define operating revenue to equal consolidated total gross revenue less (i) total gross revenue attributable to the separated businesses and (ii) interest expense related to LFB, our Paris-based banking affiliate. We deduct the interest expense incurred by LFB from our definition of operating revenue because LFB is a financing business and we consider its interest expense to be a cost directly related to the conduct of its business. The remaining interest expense, however, relates to our decisions regarding the capital structure of Lazard Group as a whole.

 

    

Year Ended
December 31,

2004


   

Three Months

Ended

March 31,


 
       2004

    2005

 
     (in thousands of dollars)  

Adjusted employee compensation and benefits

                        

Historical

   $ 573,779     $ 140,860     $ 127,487  

Add (deduct):

                        

Amount related to separated businesses

     (109,030 )     (28,812 )     (21,606 )

Portion of distributions representing payments for services rendered by managing directors (excluding LAM managing directors)

     280,317       73,647       32,264  

Portion of distributions representing payments included in minority interest for services rendered by LAM managing directors and employee members of LAM

     73,965       18,688       14,534  
    


 


 


Adjusted employee compensation and benefits

   $ 819,031     $ 204,383     $ 152,679  
    


 


 


Operating revenue

                        

Historical total revenue

   $ 1,328,180     $ 258,459     $ 314,128  

Add (deduct):

                        

Amount related to separated businesses

     (202,424 )     (44,780 )     (44,121 )

LFB Interest expense

     (17,843 )     (4,703 )     (4,478 )
    


 


 


Operating revenue

   $ 1,107,913     $ 208,976     $ 265,529  
    


 


 


Adjusted compensation expense-to-operating revenue ratio

     73.9 %     97.8 %     57.5 %
    


 


 


 

74


Table of Contents

Our policy is that our employee compensation and benefits expense, including that payable to our managing directors, will not exceed 57.5% of operating revenue each year (although we retain the ability to change this policy in the future). Our managing directors have been informed of this new policy. The new retention agreements with our managing directors generally provide for a fixed salary and discretionary bonus, which may include an equity-based compensation component. The following table summarizes the reductions required to achieve the target ratio:

 

    

Year Ended
December 31,

2004


   

Three Months

Ended

March 31,


 
       2004

    2005

 
     (in thousands of dollars)  

Target employee compensation and benefits

                        

Adjusted employee compensation and benefits, as above

   $ 819,031     $ 204,383     $ 152,679  

Reductions

     (181,981 )     (84,222 )     —    
    


 


 


Target compensation and benefits

   $ 637,050     $ 120,161     $ 152,679  
    


 


 


Target compensation expense-to-operating revenue ratio

     57.5 %     57.5 %     57.5 %
    


 


 


 

We intend to achieve this target primarily by reducing payments for services rendered by our managing directors, while continuing to maintain financial packages for our managing directors that we believe are competitive in the market place. All of the expense reductions required to achieve this target ratio could be achieved through compensation reductions under our new retention agreements that generally provide for salary and discretionary bonuses, which agreements were effective upon execution. However, we believe that other considerations will assist us in minimizing the degree of compensation reductions required to achieve our employment compensation and benefit expense target, including expense reductions of approximately $100 million over the next year related to the following—the expiration of guaranteed payments and other contractual agreements with our managing directors; the expiration of contractual payouts to the founders of LAM; planned reductions associated with the restructuring of the Lazard Group pension plans (reflecting a change from defined benefit plans to defined contribution plans) and post-retirement medical plans and cost savings resulting from a reassessment of our staffing needs. The expiration of contractual agreements requiring payments to our managing directors for services performed and to the founders of LAM will reduce expenses by approximately $55 million. The planned expense reductions associated with the restructuring of the Lazard Group pension and post-retirement medical plans and the cost savings from a reassessment of our staffing needs are expected to be approximately $45 million. To the extent required, any reductions, over and above these approximately $100 million of reductions, necessary to achieve our target employee compensation expense-to-operating revenue ratio of 57.5% will be accomplished by reducing other compensation expenses, including the discretionary bonuses of our managing directors, as generally permitted by the new retention agreements.

 

While we are implementing steps that we believe will reduce our compensation expense-to-operating revenue ratio to 57.5%, there can be no guarantee that this will be achieved or that our policy will not change in the future. Increased competition for senior professionals, changes in the financial markets generally or other factors could prevent us from reaching this objective.

 

Results of Operations

 

Our consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars. Many of our non-U.S. subsidiaries have a functional currency ( i.e ., the currency in which operational activities are primarily conducted) that is other than the U.S. dollar, generally the currency of the country in which the subsidiaries are domiciled. Such subsidiaries’ assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at year-end exchange rates, while revenue and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the year. Adjustments that result from translating amounts from a subsidiary’s functional currency are reported as a component of members’ equity . Foreign currency remeasurement gains and losses on transactions in non-functional currencies are included in the consolidated statements of income.

 

75


Table of Contents

The consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2002 through December 31, 2004 and for the three month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 are set forth below:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

  

Three Months Ended

March 31,


 
     2002

   2003

   2004

   2004

    2005

 
     (in thousands of dollars)  

Net Revenue:

                                     

Financial Advisory

   $ 532,896    $ 690,967    $ 655,200    $ 105,494     $ 157,259  

Asset Management

     454,683      350,348      417,166      96,826       106,863  

Capital Markets and Other(a)

     174,309      135,534      188,100      42,134       37,879  

Corporate

     4,391      6,535      13,839      1,135       (4,023 )
    

  

  

  


 


Net revenue

     1,166,279      1,183,384      1,274,305      245,589       297,978  
    

  

  

  


 


Operating Expenses:

                                     

Employee compensation and benefits

     469,037      481,212      573,779      140,860       127,487  

Non-compensation expense

     321,197      312,818      342,764      76,832       78,819  
    

  

  

  


 


Total operating expenses

     790,234      794,030      916,543      217,692       206,306  
    

  

  

  


 


Operating Income

     376,045      389,354      357,762      27,897       91,672  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     38,583      44,421      28,375      (2,121 )     8,056  
    

  

  

  


 


Income Allocable to Members Before Minority Interest and Extraordinary Gain

     337,462      344,933      329,387      30,018       83,616  

Minority Interest

     40,015      94,550      87,920      14,965       10,260  
    

  

  

  


 


Income Allocable to Members Before Extraordinary Gain

     297,447      250,383      241,467      15,053       73,356  

Extraordinary gain

               5,507             
    

  

  

  


 


Net Income Allocable to Members

   $ 297,447    $ 250,383    $ 246,974    $ 15,053     $ 73,356  
    

  

  

  


 



(a) As described above, in the separation Lazard Group transferred the business comprising its Capital Markets and Other business segment to LFCM Holdings as of May 10, 2005.

 

76


Table of Contents

The key ratios, statistics and headcount information for the years ended December 31, 2002 through December 31, 2004 and for the three month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 are set forth below:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

   

Three Months Ended

March 31,


 
     2002

    2003

    2004

    2004

    2005

 
     (in thousands of dollars)  

As a % of Net Revenue :

                              

Financial Advisory

   46 %   58 %   51 %   43 %   53 %

Asset Management

   39 %   30 %   33 %   39 %   36 %

Capital Markets and Other(a)

   15 %   11 %   15 %   17 %   12 %

Corporate

   0 %   1 %   1 %   1 %   (1 )%
    

 

 

 

 

Net Revenue

   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %   100 %
    

 

 

 

 

As a % of Net Revenue :

                              

Operating Income

   32 %   33 %   28 %   11 %   31 %
    

 

 

 

 

Headcount, as of the end of each period, prior to the separation :

                              

Managing Directors:

                              

Financial Advisory

   95     111     127     128     131  

Asset Management

   17     22     33     34     39  

Capital Markets and Other(a)

   19     21     21     19     19  

Corporate

   4     5     6     6     6  

Limited Managing Directors

   25     23     20     20     20  

All Other Employees

   2,499     2,374     2,377     2,409     2,279  
    

 

 

 

 

Total

   2,659     2,556     2,584     2,616     2,494  
    

 

 

 

 

Headcount, as of the end of each period, after the separation :

                              

Managing Directors:

                              

Financial Advisory

   95     111     127     128     131  

Asset Management

   17     22     33     34     39  

Corporate

   4     5     6     6     6  

Limited Managing Directors

   24     22     19     19     19  

All Other Employees

   2,323     2,206     2,154     2,142     2,035  
    

 

 

 

 

Total

   2,463     2,366     2,339     2,329     2,230  
    

 

 

 

 


(a) As described above, in the separation Lazard Group transferred the business comparing its Capital Markets and Other business segment to LFCM Holdings as of May 10, 2005.

 

Consolidated Results of Operations

 

A discussion of our consolidated results of operations is set forth below, followed by a more detailed discussion of business segment results.

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2005 versus Three Months Ended March 31, 2004 . Net revenue was $298 million for the three month period ended March 31, 2005, up $52 million, or 21%, versus net revenue of $246 million for the corresponding period in 2004. During the 2005 period, M&A net revenue increased by 66%, Financial Restructuring net revenue increased by 33%, Asset Management net revenue increased by 10%, while Capital Markets and Other net revenue decreased by 10%.

 

Employee compensation and benefits expense was $127 million for the 2005 period, a decrease of $14 million, or 9%, versus expense of $141 million for the corresponding period in 2004. The expense decrease was primarily due to the adoption of Lazard’s policy to manage its overall business, excluding the separated

 

77


Table of Contents

businesses, at a compensation-to-operating revenue ratio of 57.5%, a 5% decrease in employee headcount and reductions in pension and post-retirement health benefit costs. The decrease in headcount was primarily a result of a reassessment of staffing needs, principally in the Financial Advisory, Corporate and Capital Markets and Other segments.

 

Non-compensation expense was $79 million for the 2005 period, up $2 million or 3% versus expense of $77 million for the corresponding period in 2004. Premises and occupancy expenses in the 2005 period were $28 million, an increase of $5 million, or 24%, due primarily to a provision for abandoned leased space in London. Professional fees in the 2005 period were $13 million, essentially flat versus the 2004 period. Travel and entertainment expenses in the 2005 period were $11 million, a decrease of $3 million, or 24%, versus $14 million for the 2004 period primarily due to lower travel expense in the first quarter of 2005. Communication and information services and equipment costs in the 2005 period, in the aggregate, were $16 million, an increase of $1 million, or 9%, versus $15 million for the 2004 period. Other expenses were $11 million, a decrease of $1 million, or 9%, versus $12 million for the 2004 period.

 

Operating income was $92 million for the 2005 period, an increase of $64 million, or 229% greater than operating income of $28 million for the corresponding period in 2004. Operating income as a percentage of net revenue was 31% for the first three months in 2005 versus 11% for the corresponding period in 2004.

 

Provision for income taxes was $8 million for the 2005 period, an increase of $10 million versus a $2 million tax benefit for the corresponding period in 2004, primarily due to increased profitability in locations that are subject to corporate income taxes.

 

Minority interest was $10 million for the 2005 period, a decrease of $5 million versus $15 million for the corresponding period in 2004, principally due to a decrease in performance-based compensation for LAM members and, to a lesser extent, a decrease in minority interest associated with the Strategic Alliance with Intesa in Italy.

 

Net income allocable to members was $73 million for the 2005 period, an increase of $58 million from the $15 million for the corresponding period in 2004.

 

2004 versus 2003 .     Net revenue was $1,274 million in 2004, up $91 million, or 8%, versus net revenue of $1,183 million for 2003. During 2004, M&A net revenue increased by 15%, offset by a reduction in Financial Restructuring net revenue of 61%, while Asset Management net revenue increased by 19% and Capital Markets and Other net revenue increased by 39%.

 

Employee compensation and benefits expense was $574 million for 2004, an increase of $93 million, or 19%, versus expense of $481 million in 2003. The expense increase was primarily due to increases in performance-based bonus accruals, new service groups operating for the full year in 2004, and increased pension costs in the U.S. and Europe. Employee headcount as of December 31, 2004 was at approximately the same level as of December 31, 2003, however, the composition changed with decreases in headcount in the Financial Advisory and Corporate segments being offset by increased headcount in the Asset Management and Capital Markets and Other segments.

 

Non-compensation expense was $343 million for 2004, an increase of $30 million, or 10%, versus expense of $313 million for 2003. Premises and occupancy expenses were $97 million, a decrease of $2 million, or 2%, due to lower costs associated with abandoned space and duplicate rent in London, almost entirely offset by higher occupancy costs in the U.S. and Europe for offices that were not operating for the full year in 2003. Professional fees were $74 million, an increase of $18 million, or 31%, versus $56 million for 2003 primarily due to costs incurred in connection with this offering, payments to former employees as a result of carried interest-based incentive fees on real estate-related merchant banking funds, consulting fees relating to our recently initiated merchant banking activities in the U.K. and integration costs associated with the acquisition of

 

78


Table of Contents

the assets of Panmure Gordon. Travel and entertainment expenses were $51 million, an increase of $5 million, or 11%, versus $46 million for 2003, due to increased business development efforts. Communication and information services and equipment costs, in the aggregate, were $65 million, an increase of $9 million, or 17%, versus $56 million for 2003 due to increased software maintenance expense and additional technology related spending in certain offices in the U.S. and Europe. Other expenses were $57 million, essentially flat versus 2003.

 

Operating income was $358 million for 2004, a decrease of $31 million, or 8%, versus operating income of $389 million for 2003. Operating income as a percentage of net revenue was 28% for 2004 versus 33% for 2003.

 

Provision for income taxes was $28 million for 2004, a decrease of $16 million versus $44 million for 2003, due to decreased profitability in locations that are subject to corporate income taxes.

 

Minority interest was $88 million for 2004, a decrease of $7 million versus $95 million for 2003, principally due to a decrease in minority interest associated with the Italian strategic alliance, offset by an increase in performance-based compensation for LAM members. See “—Minority Interest.”

 

Income allocable to members before extraordinary gain was $241 million for 2004, a decrease of $9 million, or 4%, versus $250 million in 2003.

 

An extraordinary gain of approximately $6 million was recorded in January 2004 related to the acquisition of the assets of Panmure Gordon and represented the excess of the fair value of the net assets acquired over the purchase price.

 

2003 versus 2002 .    Net revenue was $1,183 million in 2003, an increase of $17 million, or 1%, versus net revenue of $1,166 million in 2002. During 2003, M&A net revenue increased by 7% and Financial Restructuring net revenue increased by 96%, with these increases principally offset by decreases in Asset Management net revenue of 23% and Capital Markets and Other net revenue of 22%.

 

Employee compensation and benefits expense was $481 million in 2003, an increase of $12 million or 3% versus expense of $469 million during 2002. The increase in expense in 2003 was principally due to investments made in our Financial Advisory segment, including new service groups and increases in U.K. pension costs. These increases were partially offset by savings related to headcount reductions in Asset Management, and by the reclassification to minority interest expense of compensation for employee members of LAM whose compensation, prior to 2003, had previously been reported in employee compensation and benefits expense. Employee headcount (excluding managing directors) at December 31, 2003 was 2,374, a net reduction of 125 versus December 31, 2002.

 

Non-compensation expense was $313 million in 2003, a decrease of $8 million, or 3%, versus expense of $321 million in 2002. Premises and occupancy expenses were $98 million, an increase of $16 million, or 20%, versus $82 million in 2002, primarily due to increases in rent in London and occupancy cost for our Paris facilities. Professional fees were $56 million, a decrease of $12 million, or 17%, versus $68 million in 2002 due to higher professional fees in 2002 relating to (i) dissolving an Asset Management partnership arrangement, (ii) unwinding of an investment in a derivatives business venture and (iii) reorganizing the LAM capital structure. Travel and entertainment expenses were $46 million, an increase of $5 million, or 11%, versus $41 million in 2002 due to increased business development efforts. Communication and information services and equipment costs in the aggregate were $56 million, an increase of $5 million, or 10%, versus $51 million in 2002 with no one business activity accounting for a significant piece of the increase. Other expenses were $57 million, a decrease of $22 million, or 28%, versus $79 million in 2002, primarily due to one-time costs incurred in 2002 relating to dissolving the aforementioned Asset Management partnership arrangement.

 

Operating income was $389 million in 2003, an increase of $13 million, or 4%, versus operating income of $376 million in 2002. Operating income as a percentage of net revenue was 33% in 2003 versus 32% in 2002.

 

Provision for income taxes was $44 million in 2003, an increase of $5 million versus $39 million in 2002, due to increased profitability in locations that are subject to corporate income taxes.

 

79


Table of Contents

Minority interest was $95 million in 2003, an increase of $55 million versus $40 million in 2002. Beginning in 2003, compensation for services rendered by LAM managing directors and employee members of LAM was recorded in minority interest. In addition, Lazard Group’s strategic alliance in Italy with Intesa also commenced in 2003. These two items, in the aggregate, accounted for a $78 million increase in minority interest expense. Partially offsetting these increases was a $22 million decline in minority interest expense associated with the consolidation of LAM-related general partnerships consistent with the decline in related incentive fee revenue. See “—Minority Interest.”

 

Net income allocable to members was $250 million in 2003, a decrease of $47 million, or 16%, versus net income allocable to members of $297 million in 2002.

 

Business Segments

 

The following data discusses net revenue and operating income by business segment. The operating results exclude a discussion of Corporate, due to its relatively minor contribution to operating results. Each segment’s operating expenses include (i) employee compensation and benefits expenses that are incurred directly in support of the businesses and (ii) other operating expenses, which include directly incurred expenses for premises and occupancy, professional fees, travel and entertainment, communications and information services, equipment, and indirect support costs (including compensation and other operating expenses related thereto) for administrative services. Such administrative services include, but are not limited to, accounting, tax, legal, facilities management and senior management activities. Such support costs are allocated to the relevant segments based on various statistical drivers such as, among other items, headcount, square footage and transactional volume.

 

Financial Advisory

 

The following table summarizes the operating results of the Financial Advisory segment:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

    Three Months Ended
March 31,


 
     2002

    2003

    2004

    2004

    2005

 
     (in thousands of dollars)  

M&A

   $ 393,082     $ 419,967     $ 481,726     $ 73,835     $ 122,311  

Financial Restructuring

     124,800       244,600       96,100       18,200       24,148  

Corporate Finance and Other

     15,014       26,400       77,374       13,459       10,800  
    


 


 


 


 


Net Revenue

     532,896       690,967       655,200       105,494       157,259  
    


 


 


 


 


Direct Employee Compensation and Benefits

     171,270       189,823       230,340       59,387       49,885  

Other Operating Expenses(a)

     159,532       190,427       213,342       53,214       47,512  
    


 


 


 


 


Total Operating Expenses

     330,802       380,250       443,682       112,601       97,397  
    


 


 


 


 


Operating Income (Loss)

   $ 202,094     $ 310,717     $ 211,518       $(7,107 )   $ 59,862  
    


 


 


 


 


Operating Income (Loss) as a Percentage of Net Revenue

     38 %     45 %     32 %     (7 )%     38 %
    


 


 


 


 


Headcount(b):

                                        

Managing Directors

     95       111       127       128       131  

Limited Managing Directors

     8       7       4       4       5  

Other Employees

     820       848       832       838       791  
    


 


 


 


 


Total

     923       966       963       970       927  
    


 


 


 


 



(a) Includes indirect support costs (including compensation and other operating expenses related thereto).
(b) Excludes headcount related to support functions. Such headcount is included in the Corporate headcount.

 

80


Table of Contents

Net revenue trends in Financial Advisory for M&A and Financial Restructuring generally are correlated to the volume of completed industry-wide mergers and acquisitions activity and restructurings occurring subsequent to corporate debt defaults, respectively. However, deviations from this relationship can occur in any given year for a number of reasons. For instance, material variances in the level of mergers and acquisitions activity in a particular geography where we have significant market share or the number of our advisory engagements with respect to larger-sized transactions can cause our results to diverge from industry-wide activity. Lazard Group client statistics and global industry statistics are set forth below:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

    Three Months
Ended
March 31,


 
     2002

    2003

    2004

    2004

    2005

 

Lazard Statistics:

                                        

Number of Clients:

                                        

Total

     383       370       435       148       159  

With Fees Greater than $1 million

     136       137       136       26       37  

Percentage of Total Fees from Top 10 Clients

     26 %     30 %     25 %     46 %     48 %

Number of M&A Transactions Completed Greater than $1 billion

     21       29       30       4       4  

Industry Statistics ($ in billions):

                                        

Volume of Completed M&A Transactions:

                                        

Global

   $ 1,352     $ 1,220     $ 1,574     $ 244     $ 343  

Trans-Atlantic

     102       102       104       24       36  

Global Corporate Debt Defaults

     164       34       16       4       2  
                                          

The geographical distribution of Financial Advisory net revenue is set forth below in percentage terms. The offices that generate our Financial Advisory net revenue are located in North America, Europe (principally in the U.K., France, Italy and Germany) and the rest of the world (principally in Asia).

 

     Year Ended December 31,

    Three Months Ended
March 31,


  
     2002

    2003

    2004

    2004

   2005

  

North America

   41 %   49 %   45 %       55%        44%     

Europe

   57 %   50 %   54 %   45%    52%     

Rest of World

   2 %   1 %   1 %   —%    4%     
    

 

 

 
  
  

Total

   100 %   100 %   100 %   100%    100%     
    

 

 

 
  
  

 

Lazard Group’s managing directors and many of its professionals have significant experience, and many of them are able to use this experience to advise on both mergers and acquisitions and restructuring transactions, depending on our clients’ needs. This flexibility allows Lazard Group to better match its professional staff with the counter-cyclical business cycles of mergers and acquisitions and financial restructurings. While Lazard Group measures revenue by practice area, Lazard Group does not separately measure the separate costs or profitability of mergers and acquisitions services as compared to financial restructuring services. Accordingly, Lazard Group measures performance in its Financial Advisory segment based on overall segment net revenue and operating income margins.

 

Financial Advisory Results of Operations

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2005 versus Three Months Ended March 31, 2004 . In the 2005 period, M&A net revenue increased by $48 million, or 66%, driven by the improved environment for mergers and acquisitions activity. The increase in M&A net revenue was also accompanied by a $6 million, or 33%, increase in Financial Restructuring net revenue versus the corresponding period in 2004. Other Financial Advisory net revenue decreased by $3 million primarily from decreased underwriting activity, partially offset by increases in private equity fund raising.

 

81


Table of Contents

Clients with whom Lazard Group transacted significant business in the first three months of 2005 included Alcan, Bekaert, Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Debenhams, National Australia Bank, National Energy & Gas, Protein Design Labs, Serco Group, Telesystem International Wireless and USGen New England. In addition, Lazard Group has represented MCI in its evaluation of its strategic alternatives, SunGard Data Systems Inc. in its sale to various private equity firms and Tower Automotive, Inc. on its Chapter 11 bankruptcy reorganization.

 

Financial Advisory net revenue for the 2005 period was earned from 159 clients, compared to 148 in 2004. Advisory fees of $1 million or more were earned from 37 of Lazard Group’s clients for the three months ended March 31, 2005, compared to 26 in the corresponding three months in 2004.

 

Operating expenses were $97 million for the 2005 period, a decrease of $16 million, or 14%, versus operating expenses of $113 million in the corresponding period in 2004. Employee compensation and benefits expense decreased by $10 million, or 16%, primarily due to a 6% decrease in employee headcount, lower pension and post-retirement health benefit costs, and the adoption of Lazard’s policy to manage its overall business, excluding the separated businesses, at a compensation-to-operating revenue ratio of 57.5%. Other operating expenses decreased by $6 million, or 11%. The principal reasons for this decrease related to (i) professional fees, which decreased by $2 million due to lower consulting and legal fees, (ii) travel and entertainment expense, which decreased by $3 million, and (iii) premises and occupancy expense, which decreased by approximately $1 million due to less occupied space in London for this segment.

 

Financial Advisory operating income was $60 million for the 2005 period, an increase of $67 million, versus operating losses of $7 million for the corresponding period in 2004. Operating income as a percentage of segment net revenue was 38% for the 2005 period versus a loss of 7% for the corresponding period in 2004.

 

2004 versus 2003 .    In 2004, M&A net revenue increased by $62 million, or 15%, driven by the improved environment for mergers and acquisitions activity. The increase in M&A net revenue was offset by a $149 million, or 61%, decrease in Financial Restructuring net revenue versus 2003, consistent with the decline in global corporate debt defaults that began in 2003. Other Financial Advisory net revenue increased by $51 million primarily due to net revenue generated from a new service that raises capital for private equity funds that commenced operations in 2003, as well as increased underwriting net revenue in corporate finance activities.

 

Clients with whom Lazard Group transacted significant business in 2004 included Air Liquide, Bank One, Fisher Scientific, Intesa, Interbrew, MG Technologies, National Energy & Gas, Pfizer, Pirelli, Resolution Life, UCB and Veolia Environment.

 

Financial Advisory net revenue in 2004 was earned from 435 clients, compared to 370 in 2003. Advisory fees of $1 million or more were earned from 136 of our clients for 2004, compared to 137 in 2003. In 2004, the ten largest fee-paying clients constituted 25% of Financial Advisory segment net revenue. There were no clients in 2004 that individually constituted more than 10% of Financial Advisory segment net revenue.

 

Operating expenses were $444 million for 2004, an increase of $64 million, or 17%, versus operating expenses of $380 million in 2003. Direct employee compensation and benefits expense increased by $41 million, or 21%. While changes in employee compensation are generally correlated to changes in employee headcount, the timing and composition of such headcount changes may have a direct impact on the level of any given year’s compensation and benefit expense. More specifically, in 2004, while total employee headcount in the Financial Advisory segment decreased, employee compensation and benefits expense increased primarily due to an increase in headcount in certain of our offices and in new offices or new service groups that were partially or not operational in 2003, and increased pension costs in the U.S. and Europe, partially offset by a $4 million decrease related to the termination of a post-retirement medical plan in Europe. Other operating expenses increased by $23 million, or 12%, due to increases in premises and occupancy expense of $7 million, travel and entertainment expense of $4 million, communications, information services and equipment of $2 million and all other expenses, which in the aggregate increased by $10 million. Premises and occupancy expense increased due to higher

 

82


Table of Contents

occupancy costs in Europe as well as in the U.S. for offices that were not operating for the full year in 2003. Travel and entertainment expense increased due to business development efforts. Communications, information services and equipment expense increased due to additional technology and equipment expense in certain offices in the U.S. and Europe and technology upgrades in the U.S.

 

Financial Advisory operating income was $212 million for 2004, a decrease of $99 million, or 32%, versus operating income of $311 million for 2003. Operating income as a percentage of segment net revenue was 32% for 2004 versus 45% in 2003.

 

2003 versus 2002.     In 2003, Financial Restructuring net revenue increased by $120 million, or 96% versus 2002, as restructuring activity peaked following the rise in corporate debt defaults during the preceding three years. In addition, the growth in net revenue was driven by fees earned on a number of unusually large restructuring transactions that were completed in 2003. During the same period, M&A net revenue increased by $27 million, or 7%, versus 2002, despite an industry-wide decline in global completed M&A activity. The improvement in our M&A net revenue was driven by our increased involvement globally in mergers and acquisitions transactions valued in excess of $1 billion. Such transactions generally earn higher fees per transaction, which is reflected in the higher proportion in 2003 of our net revenue attributable to our ten largest clients. In addition, net revenue generated by our operations in Italy, which held a leading market position, grew substantially on improved mergers and acquisitions activity in the region. Other Financial Advisory net revenue increased by $11 million due to revenue generated from new service groups that commenced operations in 2003, increased underwriting activity and increases in other miscellaneous income.

 

Clients with whom Lazard Group transacted significant business in 2003 included Canary Wharf Group, Charter Communications, Conseco, Corus Group, Edison International, Fiat, Intesa, Microsoft, Pfizer, Pirelli Group, Sierra Pacific Resources, Vivendi Universal, WorldCom and Xcel Energy.

 

Financial Advisory net revenue in 2003 was earned from 370 clients, compared to 383 in 2002. Advisory fees of $1 million or more were earned from 137 of our clients in 2003, compared to 136 in 2002. In 2003, the ten largest fee-paying clients constituted 30% of Financial Advisory segment net revenue. There were no clients in 2003 that individually constituted more than 10% of Financial Advisory segment net revenue.

 

Operating expenses were $380 million for 2003, an increase of $49 million, or 15%, versus operating expenses of $331 million in 2002. Direct employee compensation and benefits expense increased by $19 million, or 11%, primarily due to increased revenue and increased headcount in select offices and new service groups. Other operating expenses increased by $31 million, or 19%, due to increases in premises and occupancy expense of $9 million, or 49%, travel and entertainment expense of $4 million, or 26%, and support costs of $18 million, or 28%. Premises and occupancy expense increased principally due to higher occupancy cost in London and Paris, and new offices in Houston and Los Angeles. Travel and entertainment expense increased across all offices primarily due to increased business development efforts and an increase in managing director headcount compared to 2002.

 

Financial Advisory operating income was $311 million in 2003, an increase of $109 million, or 54%, versus operating income of $202 million in 2002. Operating income as a percentage of segment net revenue was 45% in 2003 versus 38% in 2002.

 

83


Table of Contents

Asset Management

 

The following table shows the composition of AUM mandates for our Asset Management segment:

 

     As of December 31,

     As of
March 31,


     2002

     2003

     2004

     2005

     (in millions of dollars)

AUM

                                 

International Equities

   $ 23,141      $ 34,389      $ 39,267      $ 39,544

Global Equities

     12,806        15,922        17,762        17,827

U.S. Equities

     9,878        12,236        12,716        12,353
    

    

    

    

Total Equities

     45,825        62,547        69,745        69,724
    

    

    

    

International Fixed Income

     4,164        5,174        6,226        6,477

Global Fixed Income

     1,723        1,932        2,008        1,982

U.S. Fixed Income

     4,850        4,393        2,970        2,855
    

    

    

    

Total Fixed Income

     10,737        11,499        11,204        11,314
    

    

    

    

Alternative Investments

     4,094        1,370        2,800        2,921

Merchant Banking

     272        411        551        523

Cash Management

     2,757        2,544        2,135        1,775
    

    

    

    

Total AUM

   $ 63,685      $ 78,371      $ 86,435      $ 86,257
    

    

    

    

 

The following is a summary of changes in Asset Management’s AUM and average AUM during the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and the three month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2005. Average AUM is based on an average of quarterly ending balances for the respective periods.

 

     Year Ended December 31,

     Three Month
Period Ended March 31,


 
     2002

     2003

     2004

     2004

     2005

 
     (in millions of dollars)  

AUM—Beginning of Period

   $ 73,108      $ 63,685      $ 78,371      $ 78,371      $ 86,435  

Net Flows

     (3,573 )      (1,111 )      (3,489 )      (42 )      346  

Market Appreciation (Depreciation)

     (7,215 )      14,457        10,793        1,872        (43 )

Foreign Currency Adjustments

     1,365        1,340        760        (201 )      (481 )
    


  


  


  


  


AUM—End of Period

   $ 63,685      $ 78,371      $ 86,435      $ 80,000      $ 86,257  
    


  


  


  


  


Average AUM

   $ 68,356      $ 66,321      $ 80,261      $ 79,185      $ 86,346  
    


  


  


  


  


 

84


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the operating results of the Asset Management segment:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

    Three Months Ended
March 31,


 
     2002

    2003

    2004

    2004

    2005

 
     (in thousands of dollars)  

Management and Other Fees

   $ 381,256     $ 312,123     $ 389,812     $ 96,796     $ 102,043  

Incentive Fees

     73,427       38,225       27,354       30       4,820  
    


 


 


 


 


Net Revenue

     454,683       350,348       417,166       96,826       106,863  
    


 


 


 


 


Direct Employee Compensation and Benefits

     131,601       108,701       134,097       29,983       33,740  

Other Operating Expenses(a)

     167,016       131,187       147,932       34,919       36,242  
    


 


 


 


 


Total Operating Expenses

     298,617       239,888       282,029       64,902       69,982  
    


 


 


 


 


Operating Income

   $ 156,066     $ 110,460     $ 135,137     $ 31,924     $ 36,881  

Operating Income or a Percentage of Net Revenue

     34 %     32 %     32 %     33 %     35 %
    


 


 


 


 


Headcount(b):

                                        

Managing Directors

     17       22       33       34       39  

Limited Managing Directors

     2       2       2       2       2  

Other Employees

     661       571       581       567       581  
    


 


 


 


 


Total

     680       595       616       603       622  
    


 


 


 


 



(a) Includes indirect support costs (including compensation and other operating expenses related thereto).
(b) Excludes headcount related to support functions. Such headcount is included in the Corporate headcount.

 

The geographical distribution of Asset Management net revenue is set forth below in percentage terms:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

   Three Months Ended
March 31,


 
     2002

   2003

   2004

   2004

    2005

 

North America

   72%    63%    59%    59 %   60 %

Europe

   22%    30%    33%    33 %   32 %

Rest of World

   6%    7%    8%    8 %   8 %
    
  
  
  

 

Total

   100%    100%    100%    100 %   100 %
    
  
  
  

 

 

Asset Management Results of Operations

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2005 versus Three Months Ended March 31, 2004 . Asset Management net revenue was $107 million in the 2005 period, an increase of $10 million, or 10%, versus net revenue of $97 million in the corresponding period in 2004. Management and Other fees for the 2005 period were $102 million, up $5 million, or 5%, versus the corresponding period in 2004. Incentive fees earned in the 2005 period were approximately $5 million, versus $30 thousand recorded in the corresponding period in 2004 primarily due to higher performance versus benchmarks in certain investment funds.

 

For the 2005 period, average AUM was $86.3 billion, an increase of approximately $7.2 billion, or 9%, versus $79.1 billion in the corresponding period in 2004. Net revenue grew at a faster rate than average AUM primarily due to the incentive fees earned in the 2005 period.

 

AUM as of March 31, 2005 was $86.3 billion, just slightly lower than AUM of $86.4 billion as of December 31, 2004. During the three month period ended March 31, 2005, AUM decreased $0.1 billion primarily due to decreases related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates of $0.5 billion, partially offset by net inflows of $0.4 billion.

 

Operating expenses were $70 million for the 2005 period, an increase of $5 million, or 8%, versus operating expenses of $65 million in the corresponding period in 2004. Employee compensation and benefits expense

 

85


Table of Contents

increased by $4 million, or 13% versus the corresponding period in 2004, primarily due to headcount increases in certain product groups and offices as well as increases in performance-based bonus accruals. Other operating expenses increased by $1 million, or 4%, versus the corresponding period in 2004.

 

Asset Management operating income was $37 million in the 2005 period, an increase of $5 million, or 16%, versus operating income of $32 million for the corresponding period in 2004. Operating income as a percentage of segment net revenue was 35% for the 2005 period versus 33% for the corresponding period in 2004.

 

2004 versus 2003.     Asset Management net revenue was $417 million in 2004, an increase of $67 million, or 19%, versus net revenue of $350 million in 2003. Management and Other Fees in 2004 were $390 million, up $78 million, or 25%, versus 2003. Incentive fees earned in 2004 were $27 million, a decrease of $11 million versus $38 million in 2003, due to lower performance in certain investment funds.

 

For 2004, average AUM increased by approximately $13.9 billion, or 21%, versus 2003. Management and Other Fees grew at a faster rate than average AUM primarily due to a greater percentage of AUM concentrated in equity and alternative investments versus fixed income products (84% of total AUM in 2004 as compared to 82% in 2003), which generally earn higher management fees.

 

AUM as of December 31, 2004 was $86.4 billion, an increase of $8 billion, or 10%, versus AUM of $78.4 billion as of December 31, 2003. During 2004, the increase in AUM was primarily due to market appreciation of $10.8 billion that more than offset net outflows of $3.5 billion. Net outflows were principally related to performance related withdrawals, asset allocation decisions and corporate restructurings.

 

Operating expenses were $282 million in 2004, an increase of $42 million, or 18%, versus operating expenses of $240 million in 2003. Direct employee compensation and benefits expense increased by $25 million, or 23%, versus 2003, primarily due to increases in performance-based bonuses relating to the increased operating results and to a lesser extent, increases in headcount to support global growth. Other operating expenses increased by $17 million, or 13%, versus 2003 principally due to increases in premises and occupancy expense of $3 million, or 14%, and travel and entertainment expense of $2 million, or 20%, equipment expense of $2 million, or 72%, and all other expenses which, in the aggregate, increased $10 million or 10%.

 

Asset Management operating income was $135 million in 2004, an increase of $25 million, or 22%, versus operating income of $110 million for 2003. Operating income as a percentage of segment net revenue was 32% for the 2004 versus 32% for 2003.

 

2003 versus 2002 .      Asset Management net revenue was $350 million in 2003, a decrease of $105 million, or 23%, from net revenue of $455 million in 2002. Management and Other fees for 2003 were $312 million, down $69 million, or 18%, versus the corresponding period in 2002. Incentive fees earned in 2003 were $38 million, $35 million lower than in 2002. Lower average AUM, significant net outflows in alternative investments and the decline in incentive fees, resulted in a decrease in net revenue in 2003.

 

In 2003, average AUM decreased by $2.0 billion, or 3%, versus 2002, primarily due to net asset outflows that occurred in early 2003. The majority of the net asset outflow occurred in the alternative investment product area due to the departure in early 2003 of a hedge fund manager and team. This outflow resulted in both reduced management fees and incentive fees in 2003. As the mix of AUM in 2003 shifted away from higher margin alternative investments, the average fees earned on AUM were lower in 2003 than in 2002. By the end of 2003, the downward trend in AUM was reversed due to significant market appreciation and an increase in net inflows of assets beginning in the second quarter, which offset the market depreciation and net outflows experienced in the first quarter.

 

AUM at December 31, 2003 was $78.4 billion, up approximately $15 billion from December 31, 2002 due almost entirely to market appreciation.

 

Operating expenses were $240 million for 2003, a decrease of $59 million, or 20%, versus operating expenses of $299 million in 2002. Direct employee compensation and benefits expense decreased by $23 million, or 17%, $10 million of which related to the reporting of compensation for non-managing directors who are

 

86


Table of Contents

members of LAM. In prior years, such compensation was reported in employee compensation and benefits expense. Also contributing to the decrease was lower headcount and performance-based bonuses as a result of lower operating results in 2003. Other operating expenses decreased $36 million, or 21%, in 2003 compared to 2002. Professional fees were $6 million lower than in 2002 when additional expense was incurred relating to the dissolving of an Asset Management partnership arrangement and the reorganization of the LAM capital structure. Other expenses were $30 million lower than in 2002 principally due to additional costs incurred in 2002 relating to dissolving the aforementioned Asset Management partnership arrangement and, to a lesser extent, lower support costs and equipment expenses.

 

Asset Management operating income was $110 million in 2003, a decrease of $46 million, or 29%, versus operating income of $156 million in 2002. Operating income as a percentage of segment net revenue was 32% in 2003 versus 34% in 2002.

 

Capital Markets and Other

 

The following table summarizes the operating results of the Capital Markets and Other segment:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

    Three Months Ended
March 31,


 
     2002

    2003

    2004

    2004

    2005

 
     (in thousands of dollars)  

Revenue:

                                        

Capital Markets advisory fees

   $ 3,335     $ 1,568     $ 10,153     $ 8,633     $ 3,100  

Money management fees

     25,753       23,272       44,951       6,189       5,182  

Commissions

     48,724       43,184       51,871       14,519       12,552  

Trading Gains and losses-net

     60,768       39,124       30,841       6,422       9,545  

Underwriting

     11,268       17,496       34,278       5,440       2,086  

Investment gains (losses), non-trading-net

     21,145       7,911       10,087       (759 )     4,301  

Interest Income

     39,432       21,988       19,705       4,049       7,518  

Other

     (2,699 )     (3,815 )     538       287       (163 )
    


 


 


 


 


Total revenue

     207,726       150,728       202,424       44,780       44,121  

Interest expense

     (33,417 )     (15,194 )     (14,324 )     (2,646 )     (6,242 )
    


 


 


 


 


Net Revenue

     174,309       135,534       188,100       42,134       37,879  
    


 


 


 


 


Direct Employee Compensation and Benefits

     68,748       83,909       96,544       25,579       19,586  

Other Operating Expenses(a)

     89,663       98,286       95,927       16,936       24,890  
    


 


 


 


 


Total Operating Expenses

     158,411       182,195       192,471       42,515       44,476  
    


 


 


 


 


Operating Income (Loss)

   $ 15,898     $ (46,661 )   $ (4,371 )     $(381 )     $(6,597 )
    


 


 


 


 


Operating Income (Loss) as a Percentage of Net Revenue

     9 %     (34 )%     (2 )%     (1 )%     (17 )%
    


 


 


 


 


Headcount(b):

                                        

Managing Directors

     19       21       21       19       19  

Limited Managing Directors

     1       1       1       1       1  

Other Employees

     176       168       223       267       244  
    


 


 


 


 


Total

     196       190       245       287       264  
    


 


 


 


 



(a) Includes indirect support costs (including compensation and other operating expenses related thereto).
(b) Excludes headcount related to support functions. Such headcount is included in the Corporate headcount.

 

87


Table of Contents

Capital Markets and Other Results of Operations

 

The net revenue included in the Capital Markets and Other segment is related primarily to revenue earned from underwriting fees from securities offerings and secondary trading revenue earned in the form of commissions and trading profits from principal transactions in equity, fixed income and convertibles businesses. In addition, this segment earned underwriting and other fee revenue from corporate broking in the U.K. related to the January 2004 acquisition of the assets of Panmure Gordon. Also included in this segment are fund management fees and, if applicable, carried interest incentive fees related to merchant banking funds managed as part of this segment. Carried interest fees are earned when profits from merchant banking investments exceed a certain threshold. In addition, investment income and net interest income from long-term investments, cash balances and securities financing transactions also are included in the Capital Markets and Other segment. These capital market activities are part of the businesses that were separated from the operations of Lazard Group on May 10, 2005 in the separation. The results of the operations of the Capital Markets and Other segment are included in Lazard Group’s historical financial statements. However, for periods after the completion of the separation, Lazard Group no longer owns the Capital Markets and Other segment and will report the segment as a discontinued operation. Under the business alliance agreement entered into in connection with the separation, Lazard Group has an option to acquire the merchant banking business from LFCM Holdings.

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2005 versus Three Months Ended March 31, 2004 . Capital Markets and Other net revenue was $38 million in the 2005 period, a decrease of $4 million, or 10%, versus net revenue of $42 million in the corresponding period in 2004. Lower net revenue in sales, trading and broking were the principal contributors to the decrease.

 

Operating expenses were $44 million for the 2005 period, up $2 million or 5% versus operating expenses of $43 million in the corresponding period in 2004. Employee compensation and benefits expense in the 2005 period decreased by $6 million, or 23%, primarily relating to the salaries and termination costs associated with the closing of certain departments in the 2004 period, as well as lower pension and post-retirement health benefit costs in the 2005 period. Other operating expenses increased by $8 million or 47%. Premises and occupancy costs increased by $8 million in the 2005 period, primarily due to a one-time charge related to abandoned leased space in London. Professional fees increased by approximately $2 million due to increased legal fees. All other operating expenses decreased by $2 million primarily due to lower support group charges in connection with the sale of Panmure Gordon.

 

Capital Markets and Other operating loss was approximately $7 million in the 2005 period, versus a loss of $0.4 million in the corresponding period in 2004. Operating loss as a percentage of segment net revenue was 17% for the 2005 period, versus a loss of 1% in the corresponding period in 2004.

 

2004 versus 2003 .      Capital Markets and Other net revenue was $188 million in 2004, an increase of $52 million, or 39%, versus net revenue of $136 million in 2003. Higher net revenue in sales and trading was the principal contributor to the increase, including net revenue of $18 million generated from certain product areas not previously offered by Lazard Group, due to the acquisition of the assets of Panmure Gordon in January 2004. Increases in primary revenue in corporate broking, corporate bonds, convertibles and secondary revenue in equities were offset by a decrease in secondary trading in fixed income. In addition, incentive fees earned on the realization of carried interest on real estate-related merchant banking funds were $23 million in 2004, versus $3 million recorded in 2003.

 

Operating expenses were $192 million for 2004, an increase of $10 million, or 6%, versus operating expenses of $182 million in 2003. Direct employee compensation and benefits expense in 2004 increased by $13 million, or 15%, primarily due to increases in headcount associated with the acquisition of the assets of Panmure Gordon in 2004 and bonuses related to the carried interest incentive fees, partially offset by decreases in bonus accruals in certain areas that experienced declines in revenue in the 2004 period. Other operating expenses decreased by $3 million, or 2%. Premises and occupancy costs decreased by $15 million in 2004, principally due

 

88


Table of Contents

to reductions of $10 million related to abandoned space in our London facilities as well as a reduction of approximately $6 million of duplicate rent paid in 2003 that did not recur in 2004. Professional fees increased by $16 million in 2004, primarily due to integration costs associated with the acquisition of the assets of Panmure Gordon, payments to former employees as a result of carried interest incentive fees recorded in merchant banking and consulting fees relating to our recently initiated merchant banking activities in the U.K. All other expenses in the aggregate decreased by $4 million, principally due to lower expenses associated with the 2003 settlement of a dispute relating to a merchant banking fund as well as lower travel and entertainment expenses. In connection with the acquisition of the assets of Panmure Gordon during 2004, new service groups were added that did not exist in 2003 and which added an aggregate of $5 million across all other expense categories.

 

Capital Markets and Other operating loss was $4 million in 2004, versus a loss of $47 million in 2003. Operating loss as a percentage of segment net revenue was 2% for 2004, versus a loss of 34% in 2003.

 

2003 versus 2002 .    Capital Markets and Other net revenue was $135 million in 2003, a decrease of $39 million, or 22%, from net revenue of $174 million in 2002. The decrease in net revenue in 2003 was principally due to a gain in 2002 of $27 million on the sale of a portion of a long-term investment that did not recur in 2003. Also contributing to the decrease was lower secondary trading revenue of $12 million.

 

Operating expenses were $182 million for 2003, an increase of $24 million, or 15%, versus operating expenses of $158 million in 2002. Direct employee compensation and benefits expense in 2003 increased by $15 million, or 22%, primarily due to the establishment of a new convertible bond desk, the addition of a new equity team in London and an increase in employee bonuses in the corporate bond area. Offsetting these increases were decreases in headcount and performance-based bonuses in other product areas. Other operating expenses increased by $9 million, or 10%, primarily related to expenses associated with the aforementioned settlement of a dispute relating to a merchant banking fund.

 

Capital Markets and Other operating loss was $47 million in 2003 versus operating income of $16 million in 2002. Operating loss as a percentage of net revenue was 34% in 2003 versus operating income as a percentage of net revenue of 9% in 2002.

 

Geographic Data

 

For a summary of the consolidated net revenue and identifiable assets of Lazard Group as of and for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 by geographic region, see Note 15 of notes to our historical consolidated financial statements.

 

Cash Flows

 

Historically, Lazard Group’s cash flows have been influenced primarily by the timing of receipt of Financial Advisory and Asset Management fees, the timing of distributions to members and payment of bonuses to employees. In general, we collect our accounts receivable within 60 days. In restructuring transactions, particularly restructurings involving bankruptcies, receivables sometimes take longer to collect than 60 days due to issues such as court-ordered holdbacks.

 

Cash and cash equivalents were $234 million at March 31, 2005, a decrease of $80 million versus cash and cash equivalents of $314 million at December 31, 2004. During the three month period ended March 31, 2005, cash of $141 million was provided by operating activities, including $73 million from net income allocable to members, $14 million of noncash charges, principally consisting of depreciation and amortization of $4 million and minority interest of $10 million and $54 million being provided by net changes in other operating assets and operating liabilities. Cash of $0.1 million was used in investing activities. Financing activities during this period used $220 million of cash, primarily for distributions to members and minority interest holders of $201 million. Lazard Group traditionally makes payments for employee bonuses and distributions to members and minority interest holders primarily in the first quarter with respect to the prior year’s results.

 

89


Table of Contents

Cash and cash equivalents were $314 million at December 31, 2004, a decrease of $37 million versus cash and cash equivalents of $351 million at December 31, 2003. During 2004, cash of $431 million was provided by operating activities, including $247 million from net income allocable to members, $105 million of noncash charges, principally consisting of depreciation and amortization of $17 million and minority interest of $88 million and $79 million being provided by net changes in other operating assets and operating liabilities. Cash of $10 million was used for investing activities principally related to net additions to property. Financing activities during this period used $470 million of cash, primarily for distributions to members and minority interest holders of $469 million. Lazard Group traditionally makes payments for employee bonuses and distributions to members and minority interest holders in the first quarter with respect to the prior year’s results.

 

Cash and cash equivalents were $351 million at December 31, 2003, an increase of $18 million versus cash and cash equivalents of $333 million at December 31, 2002. During the year ended December 31, 2003, cash of $242 million was provided by operating activities, including $250 million from net income allocable to members, and $109 million of noncash charges principally consisting of depreciation and amortization of $14 million and minority interest of $95 million, with these items partially offset by net changes in other operating assets and operating liabilities of $117 million. Cash of $54 million was provided by investing activities, principally as a result of proceeds of $100 million from the formation of the strategic alliance in Italy, offset by net additions in property relating to leasehold improvements, principally in London and Paris, of $46 million. Financing activities used $287 million of cash, primarily relating to distributions to members and minority interest holders of $452 million, partially offset by $200 million invested by Intesa in connection with the formation of the strategic alliance in Italy.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Historically, Lazard Group’s source of liquidity has been cash provided by operations, with a traditional seasonal pattern of cash flow. While employee salaries are paid throughout the year, annual discretionary bonuses have historically been paid to employees in January relating to the prior year. Our managing directors are paid a salary during the year, but a majority of their annual cash distributions with respect to the prior year have historically been paid to them in three monthly installments in February, March and April. In addition, and to a lesser extent, during the year we pay certain tax advances on behalf of our managing directors, and these advances serve to reduce the amounts due to the managing directors in the three installments described above. As a consequence, our level of cash on hand decreases significantly during the first quarter of the year and gradually builds up over the remaining three quarters of the year. We expect this seasonal pattern of cash flow to continue.

 

Lazard Group’s consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars. Many of Lazard Group’s non-U.S. subsidiaries have a functional currency , i.e. , the currency in which operational activities are primarily conducted, that is other than the U.S. dollar, generally the currency of the country in which such subsidiaries are domiciled. Such subsidiaries’ assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at year-end exchange rates, while revenue and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the year. Adjustments that result from translating amounts from a subsidiary’s functional currency are reported as a component of members’ equity. Such currency translation adjustments served to increase members’ equity by approximately $47 million, $51 million and $30 million in the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, and decrease members’ equity by approximately $13 million during the three month period ended March 31, 2005. Foreign currency remeasurement gains and losses on transactions in non-functional currencies are included on the consolidated statements of income.

 

During 2002, 2003 and 2004, following the hiring of new senior management, Lazard Group invested significant amounts in the recruitment and retention of senior professionals in an effort to reinvest in the intellectual capital of Lazard Group’s business. As a result, while payments for services rendered by our managing directors prior to 2002 generally did not exceed net income allocable to members, in 2002, 2003 and 2004, distributions to its managing directors exceeded its net income allocable to members. The amounts of the distributions that exceeded net income allocable to members were the primary cause for a decrease in members’

 

90


Table of Contents

equity during these periods. On a pro forma basis, Lazard Group will realize a further reduction of members’ equity as a result of the separation. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information—Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition.”

 

We regularly monitor our liquidity position, including cash levels, credit lines, principal investment commitments, interest and principal payments on debt, capital expenditures and matters relating to liquidity and to compliance with regulatory net capital requirements. We maintain senior and subordinated lines of credit in excess of anticipated liquidity requirements. As of March 31, 2005, Lazard Group had $225 million in unused lines of credit available to it, including $150 million related to the separated businesses which expired pursuant to the separation.

 

Lazard Group’s cash flow generated from operations historically has been sufficient to enable it to meet its obligations. We believe that our cash flows from operating activities, after giving effect to the separation, should be sufficient for us to fund our current obligations for the next 12 months and beyond. In addition, we intend to maintain lines of credit that can be utilized should the need arise. Concurrently with the equity public offering, Lazard Group entered into a five year, $125 million senior revolving credit facility with a group of lenders. In addition, Lazard Group entered into a commitment letter dated April 14, 2005 that provides that, subject to customary conditions precedent for transactions of this nature, including regulatory approval, a group of lenders will provide a separate $25 million subordinated credit facility for Lazard Frères & Co. LLC, our U.S. broker dealer subsidiary. The Lazard Frères & Co. LLC facility will be a four-year revolving credit facility, and then will continue as a term loan facility for an additional year. This commitment letter expires July 31, 2005. The senior revolving credit facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of default for facilities of this type, and we expect that the Lazard Frères & Co. LLC facility will as well. The senior revolving credit facility, among other things, limits the ability of the borrower to incur debt, grant liens, pay dividends, enter into mergers or to sell all or substantially all of its assets and contains financial covenants that must be maintained. We expect that the Lazard Frères & Co. LLC facility will contain similar restrictions and covenants for a facility of its type. The Lazard Frères & Co. LLC facility is intended to qualify as a satisfactory subordination agreement in accordance with the applicable NASD rules and regulations. We may, to the extent required and subject to restrictions contained in our financing arrangements, use other financing sources in addition to any new credit facilities.

 

Over the past several years, Lazard Group has entered into several financing agreements designed to strengthen both its capital base and liquidity, the most significant of which are described below. Each of these agreements is discussed in more detail in our historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

In March 2001, Lazard Group issued $100 million of Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Stock (“Class C Preferred Interests”). The Class C Preferred Interests were subject to mandatory redemption by Lazard Group in March 2011 and, prior to such date, were redeemable in whole or in part, at Lazard Group’s option. The Class C Preferred Interests were entitled to receive distributions out of the profits of Lazard Group at a rate of 8% per annum, which distributions were required to be paid prior to any distributions of profits to holders of any other existing class of interests in Lazard Group. In May 2005, the Class C Preferred Interests were redeemed in connection with the separation and recapitalization transactions.

 

In May 2001, a wholly owned subsidiary of Lazard Group issued $50 million of Senior Notes due 2011. These notes, which were unsecured obligations and guaranteed by Lazard Group, were prepaid in May 2005 in connection with the separation and recapitalization transactions.

 

In September 2002, Lazard Group and Intesa announced their agreement to form a strategic alliance wherein effective January 2003, Intesa effectively became a 40% partner in Lazard Group’s business in Italy. Pursuant to the terms of this strategic alliance, Intesa made a $100 million investment in Lazard Group’s business in Italy, and purchased a $50 million subordinated promissory note issued by Lazard Group’s business in Italy. The subordinated promissory note has a scheduled maturity in 2078 (subject to extension), with interest payable annually at the rate of 3.0% per annum.

 

91


Table of Contents

From time to time, we have considered appropriate modifications to our relationship with Intesa. We have held various discussions with Intesa in connection with the separation and recapitalization transactions, and Intesa has notified us of its intention not to extend the term of the joint venture relationship beyond the expiration date of December 31, 2007. As a result, under the terms of the strategic alliance, unless we and Intesa otherwise agree, we will repurchase its 40% interest in our business in Italy and repay the $50 million subordinated promissory note for an aggregate amount not to exceed $150 million, less distributions received by Intesa in connection with the joint venture, on or prior to February 4, 2008. Based on the current performance of the joint venture, we do not currently expect any expiration of the joint venture to have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

 

In addition to its direct investment in Lazard Group’s business in Italy, Intesa also purchased a $150 million subordinated convertible promissory note from a wholly owned subsidiary of Lazard Group. The subordinated convertible promissory note, which is guaranteed by Lazard Group, is convertible into a contractual right that entitles the holder to receive payments in certain fundamental transactions, including the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Lazard Group, the sale of a substantial goodwill equity stake to a third party or the disposition of a line of business or a key House. The amounts payable under this contractual right are generally equal to the amounts that would have then been payable in respect of a working member goodwill interest at Lazard Group that was entitled to 3% of the aggregate goodwill-related distributions at the time of issuance of the $150 million subordinated convertible promissory note, as if the goodwill interests of Lazard Group continued to be issued and outstanding after the separation and recapitalization transactions. This subordinated convertible promissory note has a scheduled maturity in 2018 and has interest payable annually at a variable interest rate between 3.0% and 3.25% per annum . The annual interest rate was 3.0% for the 12 months ended March 25, 2005 and is 3.25% for the 12 months ending March 25, 2006.

 

As of March 31, 2005, Lazard Group was in compliance with all of its obligations under its various borrowing arrangements.

 

We actively monitor our regulatory capital base. Our principal subsidiaries are subject to regulatory requirements in their respective jurisdictions to ensure their general financial soundness and liquidity, which requires, among other things, that we comply with certain minimum capital requirements, record-keeping, reporting procedures, relationships with customers, experience and training requirements for employees and certain other requirements and procedures. These regulatory requirements may restrict the flow of funds to affiliates. Regulatory approval is generally required for paying dividends in excess of certain established levels. See Note 7 of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for further information. These regulations differ in the U.S., the U.K., France, and other countries that we operate in. Our capital structure is designed to provide each of our subsidiaries with capital and liquidity consistent with its business and regulatory requirements. For a discussion of regulations relating to us, see “Business—Regulation” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Substantially all of the net proceeds received from the financing transactions were used in connection with the recapitalization, and, to a lesser extent, to capitalize LFCM Holdings and LAZ-MD Holdings. See Note 9 of Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. We expect that the net incremental interest cost related to the financing transactions will be approximately $56 million per year. We expect to service the resultant incremental debt with operating cash flow and the utilization of credit facilities and, to the extent required, other financing sources.

 

Lazard Group has the right to purchase the separated merchant banking activities from LFCM Holdings as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Relationship with LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings—Business Alliance Agreement.”

 

We expect that, as a result of the financing transactions, and future exchanges of LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock, the tax basis of Lazard Group’s tangible and intangible assets attributable to Lazard Ltd’s subsidiaries’ interest in Lazard Group will be increased. These

 

92


Table of Contents

increases in the tax basis of Lazard Group’s tangible and intangible assets attributable to Lazard Ltd’s subsidiaries’ interest in Lazard Group would not have been available to Lazard Ltd’s subsidiaries but for the redemption of the historical partner interests and the future exchanges of LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock. We further expect that any such increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that Lazard Ltd’s subsidiaries might otherwise be required to pay in the future.

 

Lazard Ltd has not declared or paid any cash dividends on its common equity since its inception. Subject to compliance with applicable law, Lazard Ltd currently intends to declare quarterly dividends on all outstanding shares of common stock and expects its initial quarterly dividend to be approximately $0.09 per share, payable in respect of the second quarter of 2005 (to be prorated for the portion of that quarter following the closing of the equity public offering). The Class B common stock will not be entitled to dividend rights. The declaration of this and any other dividends and, if declared, the amount of any such dividend, will be subject to the actual future earnings, cash flow and capital requirements of Lazard Ltd, the amount of distributions to Lazard Ltd from Lazard Group and the discretion of Lazard Ltd’s board of directors.

 

Summary of Quarterly Performance

 

The following tables present unaudited condensed quarterly consolidated financial information on a historical basis for each of Lazard Group’s eight trailing quarters consisting of the second, third and fourth quarters of 2003, the four quarters of 2004, and the first quarter of 2005. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.

 

    

Quarterly Performance

Three Months Ended


     June 30,
2003


  September 30,
2003


  December 31,
2003


  March 31,
2004


     (in thousands of dollars)

Net Revenue

   $ 271,008   $ 306,270   $ 377,315   $ 245,589

Operating Expenses

     183,706     189,400     241,333     217,692
    

 

 

 

Operating Income

   $ 87,302   $ 116,870   $ 135,982   $ 27,897
    

 

 

 

Income Allocable to Members Before Extraordinary Gain

   $ 64,983   $ 69,951   $ 78,459   $ 15,053
    

 

 

 

Net Income Allocable to Members

   $ 64,983   $ 69,951   $ 78,459   $ 15,053
    

 

 

 

    

Quarterly Performance

Three Months Ended


     June 30,
2004


  September 30,
2004


  December 31,
2004


  March 31,
2005


     (in thousands of dollars)

Net Revenue

   $ 327,585   $ 261,754   $ 439,377   $ 297,978

Operating Expenses

     211,587     210,083     277,181     206,306
    

 

 

 

Operating Income

   $ 115,998   $ 51,671   $ 162,196   $ 91,672
    

 

 

 

Income Allocable to Members Before Extraordinary Gain

   $ 73,839   $ 39,917   $ 112,658   $ 73,356
    

 

 

 

Net Income Allocable to Members

   $ 79,363   $ 39,900   $ 112,658   $ 73,356
    

 

 

 

 

Net revenue and operating income historically have fluctuated significantly between quarters. This variability arises from the fact that transaction completion fees comprise the majority of our net revenue, with the billing and recognition of such fees being dependent upon the successful completion of client transactions, the occurrence and timing of which is irregular and not subject to our control. In addition, incentive fees earned on AUM and compensation related thereto are generally not recorded until the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, when potential uncertainties regarding the ultimate realizable amounts have been determined.

 

93


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

 

The following table sets forth information relating to Lazard Group’s contractual obligations as of December 31, 2004:

 

     Contractual Obligations Payment Due by Period

     Total

   Less than
1 Year


   1-3 Years

   3-5 Years

   More than
5 Years


     ($ in thousands)

Operating Leases

   $ 542,124    $ 50,145    $ 94,356    $ 88,414    $ 309,209

Capital Leases

     66,554      26,558      5,770      5,770      28,456

Notes Payable and Subordinated
Loans (a)

     270,777      20,777      —        —        250,000

Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred
Stock (a)

     100,000      —        —        —        100,000

Merchant Banking Commitments (b)

     14,031      2,526      11,505      —        —  

Contractual Commitments to Managing Directors, Senior Advisors and Employees (c)

     72,573      38,008      33,583      982      —  
    

  

  

  

  

Total (d)

   $ 1,066,059    $ 138,014    $ 145,214    $ 95,166    $ 687,665
    

  

  

  

  


(a) In May 2005, the $50 million in aggregate principal amount of 7.53% Senior Notes due 2011 was prepaid and the Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Stock were redeemed in connection with the separation and recapitalization transactions.
(b) Lazard Group may be required to fund its merchant banking commitments at any time through 2006, depending on the timing and level of investments by its merchant banking funds.
(c) During 2002, 2003 and 2004, following the hiring of new senior management, Lazard Group invested significant amounts in the recruitment and retention of senior professionals in an effort to reinvest in the intellectual capital of Lazard Group’s business. The majority of these commitments expired on December 31, 2004. The nature of the commitments to managing directors and employees, which represent most of the future commitments, is related primarily to guaranteed payments for services of managing directors and guaranteed compensation for employees. These payments and compensation were guaranteed to recruit and retain the professional talent needed to promote growth in our business. As a result, while payments for services rendered by Lazard Group’s managing directors prior to 2002 generally did not exceed net income allocable to members, in 2002, 2003 and 2004 distributions to Lazard Group’s managing directors exceeded our net income allocable to members.
(d) The table above does not include any potential obligations relating to the LAM equity rights.

 

The contractual obligations table above does not include the following developments since December 31, 2004: (1) obligations related to Corporate Partners II Limited, a new private equity fund formed on February 25, 2005, with $1 billion of institutional capital commitments and a $100 million capital commitment from us, the principal portion of which may require funding at any time through 2010, (2) obligations related to the first closing of a new private equity fund formed in July 2005, with the ability to raise up to a maximum of $550 million of capital commitments, including a minimum and maximum capital commitment from us of $10 million to approximately $27 million, respectively, the principal portion of which will require funding at any time through 2008, and (3) any potential payment related to the IXIS cooperation arrangement. The level of this potential payment to IXIS would depend, among other things, on the level of revenue generated by the cooperation activities. The potential payment is limited to a maximum of approximately €16.5 million (subject to reduction in certain circumstances) which would only occur if the cooperation activities generate no revenue over the course of the three-year initial period of such activities, the cooperation agreement is not renewed and Lazard Ltd’s stock price fails to sustain certain price levels. Lazard Group has held various discussions with Intesa in connection with the separation and recapitalization transactions, and Intesa has notified Lazard Group of its intention not to extend the term of the joint venture relationship beyond the expiration date of December 31, 2007. As a result, under the terms of the strategic alliance, unless Lazard Group and Intesa otherwise agree, in 2008 Lazard Group will repurchase its 40% interest in our business in Italy and repay the $50 million subordinated promissory note included within notes payable and subordinated debt in the table above for an aggregate amount not to exceed $150 million, less certain distributions received by Intesa in connection with the joint venture, on or prior to February 4, 2008. In addition, the table above does not include the debt obligations incurred in May 2005 concurrent with the financing transactions related to Lazard Group’s issuance of $550 million in principal amount of 7.125% senior notes due 2015 and $437.5 million in principal amount of 6.120% senior notes issued to Lazard Group Finance in connection with the issuance of the equity security units. These debt obligations are described in more detail in Note 9 of Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

94


Table of Contents

Exchange/Clearinghouse Member Guarantees

 

Lazard Group is a member of various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities or futures contracts. Associated with its membership, Lazard Group may be required to pay a proportionate share of the financial obligations of another member who may default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. To mitigate these performance risks, the exchanges and clearinghouses often require members to post collateral as well as meet minimum financial standards. While the rules governing different exchange or clearinghouse memberships vary, Lazard Group’s guarantee obligations generally would arise only if the exchange or clearinghouse had previously exhausted its resources. In addition, any such guarantee obligation would be apportioned among the other non-defaulting members of the exchange or clearinghouse. Any potential contingent liability under these membership agreements cannot be estimated. Lazard Group has not recorded any contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote.

 

Effect of Inflation

 

We do not believe inflation will significantly affect our compensation costs as they are substantially variable in nature. However, the rate of inflation may affect Lazard Group expenses such as information technology and occupancy costs. To the extent inflation results in rising interest rates and has other effects upon the securities markets, it may adversely affect our financial position and results of operations by reducing AUM, net revenue or otherwise. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Difficult market conditions can adversely affect our business in many ways, including by reducing the volume and value of the transactions involving our Financial Advisory business and reducing the value or performance of the assets we manage in our Asset Management business which, in each case, could materially reduce our revenue or income.”

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Management’s discussion and analysis of our consolidated financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, compensation liabilities, income taxes, investing activities and goodwill. We base these estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

We believe that the critical accounting policies set forth below comprise the most significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

We generate substantially all of our net revenue from providing financial advisory, asset management and capital markets services to clients. We recognize revenue when the following criteria are met:

 

    there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement with a client,

 

    we have provided the agreed-upon services,

 

    fees are fixed or determinable, and

 

    collection is probable.

 

Our clients generally enter into agreements with us that vary in duration depending on the nature of the service provided. We typically bill clients for the full amounts due under the applicable agreements on or after

 

95


Table of Contents

the dates on which the specified service has been provided. Generally, payments are due within 60 days of billing. We assess whether collection is probable based on a number of factors, including past transaction history with the client and an assessment of the client’s current creditworthiness. If, in our judgment, collection of a fee is not probable, we will not recognize revenue until the uncertainty is removed. In rare cases, an allowance for doubtful collection may be established, for example, if a fee is in dispute or litigation has commenced.

 

Income Taxes

 

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, Lazard Group is required to estimate its income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This process requires Lazard Group to estimate its actual current tax liability and to assess temporary differences resulting from differing book versus tax treatment of items, such as deferred revenue, compensation and benefits expense, unrealized gains on long-term investments and depreciation. These temporary differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within its consolidated statements of financial condition. Lazard Group must then assess the likelihood that its deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income, and, to the extent Lazard Group believes that recovery is not likely, it must establish a valuation allowance. Significant management judgment is required in determining its provision for income taxes, its deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against its net deferred tax assets. Lazard Group has recorded gross deferred tax assets of $60 million and $88 million as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, which are fully offset by a valuation allowance due to uncertainties related to its ability to utilize such deferred tax assets, which principally consist of certain foreign net operating loss carryforwards, before they expire. Lazard Group’s determination of the need for a valuation allowance is based on its estimates of future taxable income by jurisdiction, and the period over which its corresponding deferred tax assets will be recoverable. If actual results differ from these estimates or it adjusts these estimates in future periods, it may need to adjust its valuation allowance, which could materially impact its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

 

In addition, in order to determine our quarterly tax rate Lazard Group is required to estimate full year pre-tax income and the related annual income tax expense in each jurisdiction. Tax exposures can involve complex issues and may require an extended period of time to resolve. Changes in the geographic mix or estimated level of annual pre-tax income can affect its overall effective tax rate. Significant management judgment is required in determining its provision for income taxes, its deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against its net deferred tax assets. Furthermore, its interpretation of complex tax laws may impact its measurement of current and deferred income taxes.

 

Valuation of Investments

 

“Marketable investments” and “long-term investments” consist principally of investments in exchange traded funds, merchant banking and alternative investment funds, and other privately managed investments. Gains and losses on marketable investments and long-term investments, which arise from changes in the fair value of the investments, are not predictable and can cause periodic fluctuations in net income allocable to members.

 

In determining fair value, we separate our investments into two categories. The first category consists of those investments that are publicly-traded, which, as of March 31, 2005, were approximately 44% of our marketable investments and long-term investments. For these investments, we determine value by quoted market prices. The second category consists of those that are not publicly-traded. For these investments, we determine value based upon our best estimate of fair value. As of March 31, 2005, this second category of investments comprises the remaining 56% of our marketable investments and long-term investments.

 

The fair value of those investments that are not publicly traded is based upon an analysis of the investee’s financial results, condition, cash flows and prospects. Adjustments to the carrying value of such investments are made if there are third-party transactions evidencing a change in value. Adjustments also are made, in the

 

96


Table of Contents

absence of third-party transactions, if we determine that the expected realizable value of the investment differs from its carrying value. In reaching that determination, we consider many factors, including, but not limited to, the operating cash flows and financial performance of the investee, expected exit timing and strategy, and any specific rights or terms associated with the investment, such as conversion features and liquidation preferences. Partnership interests, including general partnership and limited partnership interests in real estate funds, are recorded at fair value based on changes in the fair value of the partnership’s underlying net assets.

 

Because of the inherent uncertainty in the valuation of investments that are not readily marketable, estimated values may differ significantly from the values that would have been reported had a ready market for such investments existed. We seek to maintain the necessary resources, with the appropriate experience and training, to ensure that control and independent price verification functions are adequately performed.

 

Goodwill

 

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. In this process, we make estimates and assumptions in order to determine the fair value of our assets and liabilities and to project future earnings using valuation techniques, including a discounted cash flow model. We use our best judgment and information available to us at the time to perform this review. Because our assumptions and estimates are used in projecting future earnings as part of the valuation, actual results could differ.

 

Consolidation of VIEs

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Lazard Group and all other entities in which we are the primary beneficiary or control. Lazard Group determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity (“VIE”) under U.S. GAAP.

 

    Voting Interest Entities.     Voting interest entities are entities in which (i) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance itself independently and (ii) the equity holders have the obligation to absorb losses, the right to receive residual returns and the right to make decisions about the entity’s activities. Voting interest entities are consolidated in accordance with Accounting Research Bulletin (“ARB”) No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements,” as amended. ARB No. 51 states that the usual condition for a controlling financial interest in an entity is ownership of a majority voting interest. Accordingly, Lazard Group consolidates voting interest entities in which it has the majority of the voting interest.

 

    Variable Interest Entities.     VIEs are entities that lack one or more of the characteristics of a voting interest entity. A controlling financial interest in a VIE is present when an enterprise has a variable interest, or a combination of variable interests, that will absorb a majority of the VIE’s expected losses, receive a majority of the VIE’s expected residual returns, or both.

 

The enterprise with a controlling financial interest, known as the primary beneficiary, consolidates the VIE.

 

Lazard Group determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE by first performing a qualitative analysis of the VIE that includes, among other factors, its capital structure, contractual terms, and related party relationships. Where qualitative analysis is not conclusive, Lazard Group performs a quantitative analysis. For purposes of allocating a VIE’s expected losses and expected residual returns to the VIE’s variable interest holders, Lazard Group calculates its share of the VIE’s expected losses and expected residual returns using a cash flows model that allocates those expected losses and residual returns to it, based on contractual arrangements and/or Lazard Group’s position in the capital structure of the VIE under various scenarios. Lazard Group would reconsider its assessment of whether it is the primary

 

97


Table of Contents

beneficiary if there are changes to any of the variables used in determining the primary beneficiary. Those variables may include changes to financial arrangements, contractual terms, capital structure and related party relationships.

 

In accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 46R the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the VIE are included in the consolidated financial statements of Lazard Group if it is determined that we are the primary beneficiary. Any third party interest in these consolidated entities is reflected as minority interest in our consolidated financial statements.

 

Risk Management

 

Risk management is an important part of our business, but is focused primarily on the activities of the Capital Markets and Other segment, which is a part of the separated businesses that became a part of LFCM Holdings on May 10, 2005. As a result, we have separately summarized the discussion of risk management for our Financial Advisory and Asset Management, Corporate and Capital Markets and Other segments.

 

Financial Advisory and Asset Management

 

We believe that, due to the nature of the businesses and the manner in which we conduct our operations, the Financial Advisory and Asset Management segments are not subject to material market risks such as equity price risk, but are subject to foreign currency exchange rate risks which are summarized below.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

 

Foreign currency exchange rate risk arises from the possibility that our revenue and expenses may be affected by movements in the rate of exchange between non-U.S. dollar denominated balances (primarily euros and British pounds) and the U.S. dollar, the currency in which our financial statements are presented. In the year ended December 31, 2004 and the three month period ended March 31, 2005, approximately 27% and 26%, respectively, of Lazard Group’s operating income was generated in non-U.S. dollar currencies.

 

Lazard Group generally does not hedge non-dollar foreign exchange exposure, as described above, arising in its operations outside the U.S. These foreign operations manage their individual foreign currency exposures with reference to their own base currency. However, Lazard Group does track and control the foreign currency exchange rate risks arising in each principal operation and has established limits for such exposures. In certain cases, Lazard Group may take open foreign exchange positions with a view to profit within internally defined limits, but Lazard Group does not utilize foreign exchange options in this context.

 

Based on the levels of operating income in 2004 denominated in euros and in British pounds, we estimate that operating income would increase or decrease by approximately $1.2 million in the event of a 1% change in the exchange rate of the euro versus the U.S. dollar and approximately $0.1 million in the event of a 1% change in the exchange rate of the British pound versus the U.S. dollar.

 

For more information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could lower our net income or negatively impact the portfolios of our Asset Management clients and may affect the levels of our AUM.”

 

Corporate

 

Our Corporate activities are exposed to risks arising from transactions in trading and non-trading derivatives and to interest rate risk arising from short-term assets and third party loans.

 

Trading and Non-Trading Derivatives

 

We enter into forward foreign exchange contracts, interest rate swaps and other contracts for trading purposes, and non-trading derivative contracts, including forward foreign exchange contracts, interest rate swaps,

 

98


Table of Contents

cross-currency interest rate swaps and other derivative contracts to hedge exposures to interest rate and currency fluctuations. These trading and non-trading contracts are recorded at their fair values on our statements of financial condition and the related gains and losses on trading contracts are included in “trading gains and losses—net” on our consolidated statements of income. Lazard Group’s hedging strategy is an integral part of its trading strategy and therefore the related gains and losses on Lazard Group’s hedging activities also are recorded in “trading gains and losses-net” on the consolidated statements of income.

 

The table below presents the fair values of Lazard Group’s trading and non-trading derivatives as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 and March 31, 2005:

 

     December 31,

  

March 31,

2005


     2003

   2004

  
     (in thousands of dollars)

Assets:

                    

Trading Derivatives:

                    

Interest rate swap contracts

   $ 695    $ 377    $ —  

Exchange rate contracts

     5      289      —  
    

  

  

Total

   $ 700      666    $ —  
    

  

  

Liabilities:

                    

Trading Derivatives:

                    

Interest rate swap contracts

   $    $ 1,124    $ 662

Exchange rate contracts

          291      —  
    

  

  

Total trading derivatives

          1,415      662
    

  

  

Non-Trading Derivatives:

                    

Interest rate swap contracts

     3,222      3,204      2,914
    

  

  

Total

   $ 3,222    $ 4,619    $ 3,576
    

  

  

 

Interest Rate and Foreign Currency Risk—Trading, Non-Trading and Securities Owned

 

The risk management strategies that we employ use various stress tests to measure the risks of trading, non-trading and securities owned activities. Based on balances of securities owned, our interest rate risk as measured by a 0.25% +/- movement in interest rates totaled $50 thousand as of December 31, 2003, $175 thousand as of December 31, 2004 and $50 thousand as of March 31, 2005. Foreign currency risk, on those same balances, measured by a 2% +/- movement against the U.S. dollar totaled $98 thousand as of December 31, 2003, $23 thousand as of December 31, 2004 and $6 thousand as of March 31, 2005.

 

Interest Rate Risk—Short Term Investments and Corporate Indebtedness

 

A significant portion of our liabilities have fixed interest rates or maximum interest rates, while our cash and short-term investments generally have floating interest rates. We estimate that operating income relating to cash and short-term investments and corporate indebtedness would change by approximately $4 million, on an annual basis, in the event interest rates were to increase or decrease by 1%.

 

Capital Markets and Other

 

Risk management is an important part of the operation of the Capital Markets and Other segment since the business is exposed to a variety of risks including market, credit, settlement and other risks that are material and require comprehensive controls and ongoing management. Lazard Group utilizes a Global Capital Markets Risk Committee to assess risk management practices, particularly as these practices relate to regulatory requirements. In addition, Lazard Group utilizes an independent Risk Management Group, which reports to Lazard Group’s

 

99


Table of Contents

chief financial officer and is responsible for analyzing risks and for coordinating and monitoring the risk management process. Further, the Risk Management Group supports the Global Capital Markets Risk Committee by providing risk profiles and analyses to the committee.

 

The Global Capital Markets Risk Committee and the Risk Management Group are responsible for the maintenance of a comprehensive risk management practice and process including:

 

    a formal risk governance organization that defines the oversight process and its components,

 

    clearly defined risk management policies and procedures supported by a specific framework,

 

    communication and coordination among the business executives and risk functions, while maintaining strict segregation of responsibilities, controls, and oversight, and

 

    clearly defined risk tolerance levels, which are regularly reviewed to ensure that our risk-taking is consistent with our business strategy, capital structure, and current and anticipated market conditions.

 

Risks inherent in the Capital Markets business are summarized below.

 

Market Risk

 

Market risk is the potential change in a financial instrument’s value caused by fluctuations in interest and currency exchange rates, equity prices or other risks. The level of market risk is influenced by the volatility and the liquidity in the markets in which financial instruments are traded.

 

Historically, Lazard Group has sought to mitigate market risk associated with trading inventories by employing hedging strategies that correlate rate, price, and spread movements of trading inventories and related financing and hedging activities. Lazard Group has employed a combination of cash instruments and derivatives to hedge market exposure. The following discussion describes the types of market risk faced in the Capital Markets and Other segment.

 

Interest Rate Risk .    Interest rate risk arises from the possibility that changes in interest rates will affect the value of financial instruments, primarily securities owned and securities sold but not yet purchased. Lazard Group typically uses U.S. Treasury securities in the Capital Markets and Other segment to manage interest rate risk relating to interest bearing deposits of non-U.S. banking operations as well as certain non-U.S. securities owned. Lazard Group historically hedged its interest rate risk by using interest rate swaps and forward rate agreements. Interest rate swaps generally involve the exchange of fixed and floating interest payment obligations without the exchange of the underlying principal amounts. Forward rate agreements are contracts under which two counterparties agree on the interest to be paid on a notional deposit of a specified maturity at a specific future settlement date with no exchange of principal.

 

Currency Risk .    Currency risk arises from the possibility that fluctuations in foreign exchange rates will impact the value of financial instruments. Lazard Group has used currency forwards and options in the Capital Markets and Other segment to manage currency risk. Exchange rate contracts include cross-currency swaps and foreign exchange forwards. Currency swaps are agreements to exchange future payments in one currency for payments in another currency. These agreements are used to transform the assets or liabilities denominated in different currencies. Foreign exchange forwards are contracts for delayed delivery of currency at a specified future date.

 

Equity Price Risk .     Equity price risk arises from the possibility that equity security prices will fluctuate, affecting the value of equity securities. The Capital Markets and Other segment is subject to equity price risk primarily in securities owned and securities sold but not yet purchased as well as for equity swap contracts entered into for trading purposes.

 

100


Table of Contents

Credit Risk

 

The Capital Markets and Other segment is exposed to the risk of loss if an issuer or counterparty fails to perform its obligations under contractual terms and the collateral held, if any, is insufficient or worthless. Both cash instruments and derivatives expose the business to this type of credit risk. Lazard Group has established policies and procedures for mitigating credit risk on principal transactions, including reviewing and establishing limits for credit exposure, maintaining collateral and continually assessing the creditworthiness of counterparties.

 

In the normal course of business, the Capital Markets and Other segment executes, settles and finances various customer securities transactions. Execution of securities transactions includes the purchase and sale of securities that expose us to default risk arising from the potential that customers or counterparties may fail to satisfy their obligations. In these situations, the Capital Markets and Other segment may be required to purchase or sell financial instruments at unfavorable market prices to satisfy obligations to other customers or counterparties. Lazard Group has historically sought to control the risks associated with customer margin activities by requiring customers to maintain collateral in compliance with regulatory and internal guidelines.

 

Liabilities to other brokers and dealers related to unsettled transactions ( i.e. , securities failed-to-receive) are recorded at the amount for which the securities were acquired and are paid upon receipt of the securities from other brokers or dealers. In the case of aged securities failed-to-receive, Lazard Group may purchase the underlying security in the market and seek reimbursement for losses from the counterparty.

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

The exposure to credit risk associated with the Capital Markets and Other trading and other activities is measured on an individual counterparty basis, as well as by groups of counterparties that share similar attributes. To reduce the potential for risk concentration, credit limits are established and monitored in light of changing counterparty and market conditions.

 

At December 31, 2004 and March 31, 2005, Lazard Group’s most significant concentration of credit risk was with the U.S. Government and its agencies. This concentration consists of both direct and indirect exposures. Direct exposure primarily results from securities owned that are issued by the U.S. Government and its agencies. Indirect exposure results from maintaining U.S. Government and agency securities as collateral for resale agreements and securities borrowed transactions. The direct exposure on these transactions is with the counterparty; thus, the Capital Markets and Other segment has credit exposure to the U.S. Government and its agencies only in the event of the counterparty’s default.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Risks

 

The Capital Markets and Other segment may be exposed to a risk of loss not reflected on the consolidated financial statements for securities sold but not yet purchased, should the value of such securities rise.

 

For transactions in which credit is extended to others, the Capital Markets and Other segment seeks to control the risks associated with these activities by requiring the counterparty to maintain margin collateral in compliance with various regulatory and internal guidelines. Counterparties include customers who are generally institutional investors and brokers and dealers that are members of major exchanges. Required margin levels are monitored daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, counterparties are required to deposit additional collateral or reduce securities positions when necessary.

 

It is the policy of the Capital Markets and Other segment to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell. The market value of the assets acquired are monitored to ensure their adequacy as compared to the amount at which the securities will be subsequently resold, as specified in the respective agreements. The agreements provide that, where appropriate, the delivery of additional collateral may be required.

 

101


Table of Contents

In connection with securities sold under agreements to repurchase, the Capital Markets and Other segment monitors the market value of assets delivered to ensure that the collateral value is not excessive as compared to the amount at which the securities will be subsequently repurchased.

 

Operational Risk

 

Operational risk is the exposure to loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, systems or external events excluding credit, liquidity, market and insurance risk. It arises from various sources such as organization, compliance, operational risk assessment and control, employees and agents, process and systems, external events and outsourcing. Lazard Group has developed a risk management framework to ensure compliance with applicable regulatory requirements. The securities operations area prepares various daily, weekly and monthly reports to monitor these risks.

 

Risk Management Framework

 

The risk management framework utilized in addressing the risks associated with the Capital Markets and Other segment is described below.

 

Market Risk

 

Based on the balances of securities owned, at the applicable dates, we quantify the sensitivities of our current portfolios to changes in market variables. These sensitivities are then utilized in the context of historical data to estimate earnings and loss distributions that current portfolios could have incurred throughout the historical period. From these distributions, we derive a number of useful risk statistics, including a statistic we refer to as Value at Risk, or “VaR.” The disclosed VaR is an estimate of the maximum amount current portfolios could lose with 99% confidence, over a given time interval. The VaR for our overall portfolios is less than the sum of the VaRs for individual risk categories because movements in different risk categories occur at different times and, historically, extreme movements have not occurred in all risk categories simultaneously. The difference between the sum of the VaRs for individual risk categories and the VaR calculated for all risk categories is shown in the following tables and may be viewed as a measure of the diversification within our portfolios.

 

In our VaR system, we use a historical simulation for two years to estimate VaR using a 99% confidence level and a one-day holding period for trading instruments.

 

In addition to the VaR risk measurement, the risk framework applies various stress tests to test the portfolios under stressful situations as follows:

 

Interest Rate Risk:

   Parallel moves of treasury yield curves of +/- 0.25%.

Curve Risk:

   Non-parallel moves of treasury yield curves within +/- 0.25%.

Spread Risk:

   For corporate bonds only, +/- 0.50% moves in yield curve.

Equity Price Risk:

   +/- 10% move in equity prices.

Currency Risk:

   +/- 2% move in foreign exchange rates against U.S. dollars.

 

102


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our risk exposure according to the categories described above as of December 31, 2004 and March 31, 2005.

 

     Risk Measures

     As of

   Average(1)

     December 31,
2004


   March 31,
2005


  
     ($ in thousands)

Interest Rate Risk

   $ 206    $ 398    $ 491

Curve Risk

     127      598      837

Spread Risk

     927      653      901

Equity Price Risk

     539      1,614      1,542

Currency Risk

     29      17      108

VaR

     547      861      879

(1) Average is based on an average of monthly ending amounts from April 1, 2004 through March 31, 2005.

 

Credit Risk

 

We actively monitor our credit risk and exposure that originates from our business. Credit risk against each issuer is measured by calculating the risk-adjusted exposure. The risk adjustment is based on rating of the issuer, and this risk is netted for all positions with the same issuer.

 

The credit risk framework determines two types of credit risks:

 

Credit Risk of the Issuer .     The framework analyzes current positions in each issuer to determine the risk adjusted exposure, which is the estimated maximum potential exposure to the issuer in the future. Each issuer has a limit based on its rating. The portfolio’s aggregate risk-adjusted exposure is monitored on a daily basis. The levels of risk-adjusted exposures in the U.S. bond and convertible desks are set forth below:

 

     Credit Risk of the Issuer

     As of

   Average(1)

     December 31,
2004


   March 31,
2005


  
     ($ in thousands)

Risk Adjusted Exposure

   $ 8,998    $ 19,415    $ 24,437

(1) Average is based on an average of monthly ending amounts from April 1, 2004 through March 31, 2005.

 

Credit Risk of the Trading Counterparty .    We utilize a report indicating the gross counterparty exposure and settlement risk. The settlement risk indicates the risk if the counterparty reneges on a trade. In that case, we may have to buy or sell the security at additional cost. The framework has established limits for counterparties based on ratings.

 

Limit Monitoring Process

 

Lazard Group has established policies and procedures for mitigating credit risk on principal transactions, including reviewing and establishing limits for credit exposure, maintaining collateral and continually assessing the creditworthiness of counterparties.

 

The risk framework has developed a portfolio approach for risk measurements. This helps senior management assign limits at various levels such as location, trading desks and issuers. Senior management establishes policy limits representing the maximum risk it is willing to take on a normal day.

 

103


Table of Contents

Credit risk limits take into account measures of both current and potential exposures and are set and monitored by broad risk type, product type and tenor to maturity. Credit risk mitigation techniques include, where appropriate, the right to require initial collateral or margin, the right to terminate transactions or to obtain collateral should unfavorable events occur, the right to call for collateral when certain exposure thresholds are exceeded, and the purchase of credit default protection.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 

Effective January 1, 2003, Lazard Group adopted FIN 45, Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others—an Interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and Rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34. FIN 45 requires certain disclosures to be made by a guarantor about its obligations under certain guarantees issued. It also requires a guarantor to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The adoption of FIN 45 did not have a material impact on Lazard Group’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

In December 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FIN 46R, Consolidation of Certain Variable Interest Entities—an interpretation of ARB No. 51, which further clarifies FIN 46, which was issued on January 17, 2003. FIN 46R clarifies when an entity should consolidate a VIE, more commonly referred to as a special purpose entity, or “SPE.” A VIE is an entity in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, and may include many types of SPEs. FIN 46R requires that an entity shall consolidate a VIE if that entity has a variable interest that will absorb a majority of the VIE’s expected losses if they occur, receive a majority of the VIE’s expected residual returns if they occur, or both. FIN 46R does not apply to certain qualifying SPEs (“QSPEs”), the accounting for which is governed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financing Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities. FIN 46R is effective for newly created VIEs beginning January 1, 2004 and for existing VIEs as of the first reporting period beginning after March 15, 2004.

 

Effective January 1, 2004, Lazard Group adopted FIN 46R for VIEs created after December 31, 2003 and for VIEs in which Lazard Group obtained an interest after December 31, 2003. Lazard Group adopted FIN 46R in the second quarter of 2004 for VIEs in which it holds a variable interest that it acquired on or before December 31, 2003.

 

Lazard Group is involved with various entities in the normal course of business that are VIEs and hold variable interests in such VIEs. Transactions associated with these entities primarily include investment management, real estate and private equity investments. Those VIEs for which Lazard Group is the primary beneficiary were consolidated in the second quarter of 2004 in accordance with FIN 46R. Those VIEs include company sponsored venture capital investment vehicles established in connection with our compensation plans.

 

Lazard Group’s merchant banking activities consist of making private equity, venture capital and real estate investments on behalf of customers. At December 31, 2003, December 31, 2004 and March 31, 2005, in connection with its merchant banking activities, the net assets of entities for which Lazard Group has a significant variable interest was approximately $148 million, $97 million and $102 million, respectively. Lazard Group’s variable interests associated with these entities, consisting of investments, carried interest and management fees, were approximately $24 million at each of such dates which represent the maximum exposure to loss, only if total assets declined 100% at December 31, 2003, December 31, 2004 and March 31, 2005. At December 31, 2004 and March 31, 2005, the consolidated statement of financial condition included approximately $21 million and $23 million, respectively, of incremental assets relating to the consolidation of VIEs for such merchant banking activities in which Lazard Group was deemed to be the primary beneficiary.

 

In connection with its Capital Markets and Other segment activities, Lazard Group held a significant variable interest in an entity with assets of $4 million and liabilities of $16 million at December 31, 2003, with

 

104


Table of Contents

assets of approximately $2 million and liabilities of approximately $15 million at December 31, 2004 and with liabilities of approximately $13 million at March 31, 2005. Lazard Group’s variable interests associated with this entity, primarily paid-in-kind notes, were approximately $16 million, $15 million and $13 million at December 31, 2003, December 31, 2004 and March 31, 2005, respectively. As the note holders have sole recourse only to the underlying assets, Lazard Group has no exposure to loss at December 31, 2003, December 31, 2004 and at March 31, 2005. Also, as Lazard Group is not the primary beneficiary, the entity has not been consolidated.

 

In connection with its Asset Management business, Lazard Group was the asset manager and held a significant variable interest in a hedge fund, where the aggregate net assets at December 31, 2003 was approximately $8 million. Lazard Group’s maximum exposure to loss at December 31, 2003 was approximately $7 million. As of December 31, 2004, this fund no longer existed.

 

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. SFAS No. 149 clarifies the circumstances under which a contract with an initial investment meets the characteristics of a derivative under SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. SFAS No. 149 also amended other existing pronouncements to result in more consistent reporting of derivative contracts. This pronouncement is effective for all contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003. Lazard Group adopted SFAS No. 149 as required, with no material impact on Lazard Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued the SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity. SFAS No. 150 requires that the issuer classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability. The initial recognition of SFAS No. 150 applies to financial instruments entered into or modified after May 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. Lazard Group’s classification of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock is in accordance with SFAS No. 150.

 

In December 2003, Lazard Group adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 132R, Employers’ Disclosure about Pensions and Other Post-Retirement Benefits. The Statement requires additional disclosures to those in the original SFAS 132 about assets, obligations, cash flows and net periodic benefit costs of defined benefit pension plans and other defined benefit post-retirement plans.

 

In March 2004, the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a final consensus on Issue 03-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments. EITF 03-1 requires that when the fair value of an investment security is less than its carrying value, an impairment exists for which the determination must be made as to whether the impairment is other-than-temporary. The EITF 03-1 impairment model applies to all investment securities accounted for under SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities and to investment securities accounted for under the cost method to the extent an impairment indicator exists. Under the guidance, the determination of whether an impairment is other-than-temporary and therefore would result in a recognized loss depends on market conditions and management’s intent and ability to hold the securities with unrealized losses. Subsequent to its issuance, the FASB deferred certain provisions of EITF 03-1; however, the disclosure requirements remain effective. The adoption of EITF 03-1 did not have an impact on Lazard Group’s consolidated financial position or results of operations since Lazard Group does not have any securities accounted for under SFAS No. 115.

 

105


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

We are a preeminent international financial advisory and asset management firm that has long specialized in crafting solutions to the complex financial and strategic challenges of our clients. We serve a diverse set of clients around the world, including corporations, partnerships, institutions, governments and high-net worth individuals. The first Lazard partnership was established in 1848. Over time we have extended our activities beyond our roots in New York, Paris and London. We operate today from 27 cities in key business and financial centers across 15 countries throughout Europe, North America, Asia and Australia. We focus primarily on two businesses, Financial Advisory and Asset Management. We believe that the mix of our activities across business segments, geographic regions, industries and investment strategies helps to diversify and stabilize our revenue stream.

 

Industry Trends and Strategic Focus

 

Industry Trends

 

We believe that a combination of long-term trends engender a favorable climate for revenue and profit growth in the financial services industry segments in which we compete. Longer-term trends that benefit our Financial Advisory business include:

 

    Globalization. Companies around the world are continuing to globalize their operations, including through merger and acquisition activity.

 

    Focus on Stockholder Value. Companies around the world are strongly focused on stockholder value, which drives continual portfolio rebalancing, including mergers, acquisitions, divestitures, restructurings, joint ventures, company sales and related transactions.

 

    Consolidation. Intense and often increasing commercial competition is fueling the need for companies to realize economies of scale and scope and to optimize strategic positioning, which in turn drives the market for mergers and acquisitions. In addition, ongoing cycles in various international economies of deregulation and sometimes re-regulation add to the impetus of companies to either consolidate or restructure their portfolios.

 

    Expansion of Leverage Markets. Long-term increases in investor demand for debt of non-investment grade issuers have driven growth in acquisitions by financial sponsors, as well as in the number of highly leveraged companies, a portion of which may become candidates for financial restructuring advisory services, particularly in less favorable economic environments.

 

Some of the trends influencing long-term growth in the markets served by our Asset Management business include:

 

    Demographics. Aging populations in both developed and emerging economies around the world have increased the pools of savings available and the need for retirement investment services by institutions and individuals.

 

    Internationalization. Investors around the world are internationalizing their investment portfolios, which plays to our strengths in managing international and global portfolios of equity and fixed income securities.

 

    Acceptance of Alternative Investments. Many institutional and high-net worth investors are increasing their allocations to alternative investments to diversify risk while maintaining high targeted absolute returns. Growing acceptance of these strategies fuels the market for products such as the hedge funds and merchant banking funds that we manage.

 

106


Table of Contents

The markets in which we compete have begun to experience greater than normal growth in comparison to recent fiscal periods. Recovery in global equity markets during 2003, increases in corporate profits and consumer income following the recent recession, and increasing availability of financing are driving increased demand for mergers and acquisitions and asset management services. However, these trends are cyclical in nature and subject to periodic reversal. Due to the mix of our businesses, some of our businesses experienced performance declines during the recent recessionary period, while others, such as our Financial Restructuring practice, were growing. At present, our Financial Restructuring practice is trending down on a cyclical basis, while our Mergers and Acquisitions practice and Asset Management business are trending up.

 

The following table sets forth selected key industry indicators:

 

Key Industry Indicators

($ in billions, except as otherwise indicated)

 

   

As of or for the Year

Ended
December 31,


 

CAGR(a)

’84-’04


   

CAGR(a)

’94-’04


 
    1984

  1994

  2004

   

General Economic & Market Activity:

                             

Worldwide GDP ($ in trillions) (b)

  $ 11.9   $ 26.2   $ 40.2   6 %   4 %

Dow Jones Industrial Average

    1,212     3,834     10,783   12     11  

MSCI World Index (c)

    187     619     1,169   10     7  

Advisory Activities:

                             

Worldwide M&A (d)

  $ 180   $ 497   $ 1,574   11 %   12 %

U.S. M&A (d)

    178     293     762   8     10  

Europe M&A (d)

    1     138     505   35     14  

Transatlantic M&A (d)

    4     47     104   18     8  

Worldwide M&A > $1 billion (d)

    59     202     927   15     16  

Global Corporate Debt Defaults (e)

    1     2     16   17     23  

Asset Management Activities:

                             

U.S. Assets in U.S. & Global Corporate Equities (f)

  $ 1,682   $ 5,920   $ 15,298   12 %   10 %

Worldwide Assets Managed by Top 100 Managers (g)

    1,188     3,741     21,406   16     21  

Foreign Equities & ADRs Held by U.S. Residents (f)

    26     628     2,424   25     14  

Global Hedge Fund Assets Under Management (h)

    *     189     950   *     18  

(a)   Calculated compound annual growth rate.
(b)   Source: The Economist Intelligence Unit, December 2004.
(c)   Source: Morgan Stanley Capital International, Inc.
(d)   Source: Thomson Financial, March 15, 2005. Transaction geographies reported based on location of target. Figures based on completed transactions.
(e)   Source: Moody’s Investors Service Inc. © Cited with permission. All rights reserved.
(f)   Source: The Federal Reserve.
(g)   Source: Pensions & Investments (Data not available for 2004; 2003 value shown).
(h)   Source: Van Hedge Fund Advisors International.
 *   Indicates data not available.

 

Competitive Advantages

 

We attribute our success and distinctiveness to a combination of long-standing advantages from which we and our predecessor partnerships have benefited, including:

 

    Experienced People. Our professionals concentrate on solving complex strategic and financial problems and executing specialized investment strategies. We strive to maintain and enhance our base of highly talented professionals and pride ourselves on being able to offer clients more senior-level attention than may be available from many of our competitors.

 

107


Table of Contents
    Independence. We are an independent firm, free of many of the conflicts that can arise at larger financial institutions as a result of their varied sales, trading, underwriting, research and lending activities. We believe that recent instances of perceived or actual conflicts of interest, and the desire to avoid any potential future conflicts, have increased the demand by managements and boards of directors for trusted, unbiased advice from professionals whose main product is advice.

 

    Reputation. Our firm has a brand name with over 150 years of history. We believe this brand name connotes superior service, integrity and creative solutions. Throughout our history, we have been focused on providing world-class professional advice in complex strategic and financial assignments, utilizing both our global capabilities and deeply rooted, local know-how.

 

    Focus. We are focused on two primary businesses—Financial Advisory and Asset Management—rather than on a broad range of financial services. We believe this focus has helped, and will continue to help, us attract clients and recruit professionals who want to work in a firm where these activities are the central focus.

 

    Global Presence with Local Relationships. We have been pioneers in offering financial advisory services on an international basis and in investing in international markets through our Asset Management business. We do not regard any single jurisdiction as our home country. Instead, we believe that linking our talented, indigenous professionals, deep local roots and industry expertise across offices enables us to be a global firm while maintaining a local identity. We believe this approach allows us to build close local relationships with our clients and to develop insight into both local and international commercial, economic and political issues affecting their businesses. Our ability to put clients in contact with our skilled professionals around the world is central to our specialized skill in performing cross-border transactions and worldwide investment mandates. In Asset Management, this is reflected through LAM’s global research platform of analysts as well as the provision of local investment solutions and services to clients.

 

    Balance . We seek to balance the sources of our earnings among multiple geographic regions, industries, advisory practice areas and investment sectors in order to provide greater diversification and stability to our revenue stream. For example, our Financial Advisory business includes both our Mergers and Acquisitions practice and Financial Restructuring practice, which historically have been counter-cyclical to each other, thus helping to stabilize our revenue stream. In addition, our relationships in one of these practice areas often lead to future engagements for the other. Our Asset Management business complements the Financial Advisory business by helping to provide further stability, principally because we generate significant recurring client business from year to year. Our revenue also is geographically diversified:  in 2004, we derived 50% of our net revenue from continuing operations from our offices in North America, 47% from our offices in Europe and 3% from offices in the rest of the world . During the three month period ended March 31, 2005, we derived 49% of our net revenue from continuing operations from offices in North America, 45% from offices in Europe and 6% from offices in the rest of the world.

 

    Strong Culture. We believe that our people are united by a desire to be a part of an independent firm in which their activities are at the core and by a commitment to excellence and integrity in their activities. This is reinforced by the significant economic stake our managing directors have in our success. When hiring new employees, we identify candidates that have traits consistent with our values in order to further maintain our culture. In our opinion, the strength of our many long-term client relationships is a testament to our distinctive culture and approach to providing superior advice to our clients.

 

Principal Business Lines

 

Our business is organized around two segments: Financial Advisory and Asset Management.

 

Financial Advisory

 

We offer corporate, partnership, institutional, government and individual clients across the globe a wide array of financial advisory services regarding mergers and acquisitions, restructurings and various other

 

108


Table of Contents

corporate finance matters. We focus on solving our clients’ most complex problems, providing advice to senior management, boards of directors and business owners of prominent companies and institutions in transactions that typically are of significant strategic and financial importance to them.

 

Our goal is to continue to grow our Financial Advisory business by fostering long-term, senior-level relationships with existing and new clients as their independent advisor on strategic transactions. We seek to build and sustain long-term relationships with our clients rather than focusing on individual transactions, a practice that we believe enhances our access to senior management of major corporations and institutions around the world. We emphasize providing clients with senior level attention during all phases of transaction execution.

 

While we strive to earn repeat business from our clients, we operate in a highly competitive environment in which there are no long-term contracted sources of revenue. Each revenue-generating engagement is separately negotiated and awarded. To develop new client relationships, and to develop new engagements from historical client relationships, we maintain an active dialogue with a large number of clients and potential clients, as well as with their financial and legal advisors, on an ongoing basis. We have gained a significant number of new clients each year through our business development initiatives, through recruiting additional senior investment banking professionals who bring with them client relationships and through referrals from directors, attorneys and other third parties with whom we have relationships. At the same time, we lose clients each year as a result of the sale or merger of a client, a change in a client’s senior management, competition from other investment banks and other causes.

 

In the year ended December 31, 2004 and in the three month period ended March 31, 2005, Financial Advisory net revenue totaled $655 million and $157 million, respectively, accounting for 60% of our net revenue from continuing operations in both periods. We earned advisory revenue from 435 clients in the year ended December 31, 2004 and from 159 clients in the three month period ended March 31, 2005. We earned $1 million or more from 136 clients in the year ended December 31, 2004 and from 37 clients in the three month period ended March 31, 2005. In the year ended December 31, 2004 the ten largest fee paying clients constituted 25% of our segment net revenue, and no client individually constituted more than 10% of segment net revenue. In the three month period ended March 31, 2005, the ten largest fee paying clients constituted 48% of our segment net revenue.

 

We believe that we have been pioneers in offering financial advisory services on an international basis, with the establishment of our New York, Paris and London offices dating back to the nineteenth century. We maintain major local presences in the U.S., the U.K., France and Italy, including a network of regional branch offices in the U.S. and France, as well as presences in Australia, Canada, Germany, Hong Kong, India, Japan, the U.K., the Netherlands, Sweden, Singapore, South Korea and Spain. Our Italian office is operated as a strategic alliance with Intesa. Pursuant to the strategic alliance, Intesa holds 40% of the equity of, and a $50 million subordinated promissory note from, the entity that operates our Italian business and has representation on its board of directors, and a $150 million note issued by a financing subsidiary of Lazard Group, and both notes are guaranteed by Lazard Group. We also have recently entered into a joint venture with Signatura Advisory called Signatura Lazard, which will provide local and cross-border financial services in Brazil, and a strategic alliance with MBA Banco de Inversiones regarding the provision of cross-border advisory services to institutions investing in companies in Argentina and to Argentine companies investing abroad.

 

In addition to seeking business centered in these locations, we historically have focused in particular on advising clients with respect to cross-border transactions. We believe that we are particularly well known for our legacy of offering broad teams of professionals who are indigenous to their respective regions and who have long-term client relationships, capabilities and know-how in their respective regions. We also believe that this positioning affords us insight around the globe into key industry, economic, government and regulatory issues and developments, which we can bring to bear on behalf of our clients.

 

109


Table of Contents

Services Offered

 

We advise clients on a wide range of strategic and financial issues. When we advise companies in the potential acquisition of another company or certain assets, our services include evaluating potential acquisition targets, providing valuation analyses, evaluating and proposing financial and strategic alternatives and rendering, if appropriate, fairness opinions. We also may advise as to the timing, structure, financing and pricing of a proposed acquisition and assist in negotiating and closing the acquisition. In addition, we may assist in implementing an acquisition by acting as a dealer-manager if the acquisition is structured as a tender or exchange offer.

 

When we advise clients that are contemplating the sale of certain businesses, assets or their entire company, our services include evaluating and recommending financial and strategic alternatives with respect to a sale, advising on the appropriate sales process for the situation, valuation issues, assisting in preparing an offering memorandum or other appropriate sales materials and rendering, if appropriate, fairness opinions. We also identify and contact selected qualified acquirors and assist in negotiating and closing the proposed sale.

 

For companies in financial distress, our services may include reviewing and analyzing the business, operations, properties, financial condition and prospects of the company, evaluating debt capacity, assisting in the determination of an appropriate capital structure and evaluating and recommending financial and strategic alternatives. If appropriate, we may provide financial advice and assistance in developing and seeking approval of a restructuring or reorganization plan, which may include a plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or other similar court administered process in non-U.S. jurisdictions. In such cases, we may assist in all aspects of the implementation of such a plan, including advising and assisting in structuring and effecting the financial aspects of a sale or recapitalization, structuring any new securities, exchange offers, other considerations or other inducements to be offered or issued and assisting and participating in negotiations with affected entities or groups.

 

When we assist clients in raising private or public market financing, our services include originating and executing private placements of equity, debt and related securities, assisting clients in connection with securing, refinancing or restructuring bank loans, originating public underwritings of equity, debt and convertible securities and originating and executing private placements of partnership and similar interests in alternative investment funds such as leveraged buyout, mezzanine or real estate focused funds. In addition, we may advise on capital structure and assist in long-range capital planning and rating agency relationships.

 

Pursuant to the Business Alliance Agreement we entered into with LFCM Holdings in connection with the separation, LFCM Holdings will continue to underwrite and distribute U.S. securities offerings originated by our Financial Advisory business in a manner intended to be similar to our practice prior to the separation, with revenue from such offerings generally continuing to be divided evenly between Lazard Group and LFCM Holdings.

 

Staffing

 

We staff our assignments with a team of quality professionals with appropriate product and industry expertise. We pride ourselves on, and we believe we are differentiated from our competitors by, being able to offer a relatively high level of attention from senior personnel to our clients and organizing ourselves in such a way that managing directors who are responsible for securing and maintaining client relationships also actively participate in providing related transaction execution services. Our managing directors have significant experience, and many of them are able to use this experience to advise on both mergers and acquisitions and restructuring transactions, depending on our clients’ needs. Many of our managing directors and senior advisors come from diverse backgrounds, such as senior executive positions at corporations, government, law and strategic consulting, which we believe enhances our ability to offer sophisticated advice and custom solutions to our clients.

 

On June 15, 2005, Lazard Ltd issued a press release announcing that it had reorganized its European investment banking group, which will be run as one business. The new European organization will continue to be

 

110


Table of Contents

based on the priority of client relationships, balancing the contributions of local expertise with Lazard’s global industry groups. Lazard also announced that Gerardo Braggiotti had delivered to Lazard notice stating that he will resign effective July 15, 2005, which he subsequently did. Lazard does not expect any material adverse effect on its overall 2005 financial results from his resignation.

 

Industries Served

 

We seek to offer our services across most major industry groups, including, in many cases, sub-industry specialties. Our Mergers and Acquisitions managing directors and professionals are organized to provide advice in the following major industry practice areas:

 

    consumer,

 

    financial institutions,

 

    financial sponsors,

 

    healthcare and life sciences,

 

    industrial,

 

    power and energy,

 

    real estate, and

 

    technology, media and telecommunications.

 

These groups are managed locally in each relevant geographic region and coordinated on a global basis, which allows us to bring local industry-specific knowledge to bear on behalf of our clients on a global basis. We believe that this enhances the quality of advice that we can offer, which improves our ability to market our capabilities to clients.

 

In addition to our Mergers and Acquisitions and Financial Restructuring practices, we also maintain specialties in the following distinct practice areas:

 

    government advisory,

 

    fund raising for alternative investment funds, and

 

    corporate finance.

 

We endeavor to coordinate the activities of the professionals in these areas with our mergers and acquisitions industry specialists in order to offer clients customized teams of cross-functional expertise spanning both industry and practice area know-how.

 

Strategy

 

Since January 2002, when new senior management joined our firm, our focus in our Financial Advisory business has been on:

 

    making a significant investment in our intellectual capital with the addition of many senior professionals who we believe have strong client relationships and industry expertise. We have recruited or promoted 77 new managing directors from January 2002 through March 31, 2005, contributing to a 55% increase, net of departures, in Financial Advisory managing director headcount over that period, with the result that approximately 57% of our managing directors have joined our firm or been promoted since January 2002,

 

    increasing our contacts with existing clients to further enhance our long-term relationships and our efforts in developing new client relationships,

 

111


Table of Contents
    expanding the breadth and depth of our industry expertise in areas such as media and general industrials and adding new practice areas such as power and energy and fund-raising for alternative investment funds,

 

    coordinating our industry specialty activities on a global basis and increasing the integration of our industry experts with our Financial Restructuring professionals, and

 

    broadening our geographic presence by adding new offices in the Netherlands (Amsterdam), Canada (Toronto) and Australia (Sydney), as well as three new regional offices in the U.S. (Atlanta, Houston and Los Angeles) and entering into new strategic alliances in two new geographies (Argentina and Brazil).

 

We made these investments during a period of financial market weakness, when many of our competitors were reducing senior staffing, to position ourselves to capitalize more fully on any financial services industry recovery.

 

In addition to the recent expansion of our Financial Advisory team, we believe that the following external market factors may enable our Financial Advisory practice to benefit from future growth in the global mergers and acquisitions advisory business:

 

    increasing demand for independent, unbiased financial advice, and

 

    a potential increase in cross-border mergers and acquisitions and large capitalization mergers and acquisitions, two of our areas of historical specialization, which experienced greater than average declines in recent years.

 

Going forward, our strategic emphasis in our Financial Advisory business is to leverage the investments we have made in recent years to grow our business and drive our productivity. While we will continue opportunistically to attract outstanding individuals to this practice, we anticipate that our recent managing director expansion program is now substantially complete.

 

Relationship with IXIS

 

In April 2004, Lazard Group and IXIS entered into a cooperation arrangement to place and underwrite securities on the French equity primary capital markets under a common brand, “Lazard-Ixis,” and cooperate in their respective origination, syndication and placement activities. This cooperation covers French listed companies exceeding a market capitalization of €500 million. On March 15, 2005, Lazard Group and IXIS entered into a binding term sheet to expand this arrangement into an exclusive arrangement within France. The cooperation arrangement also provides for an alliance in real estate advisory work with the objective of establishing a common brand for advisory and financing operations within France. It also adds an exclusive mutual referral cooperation arrangement, subject to the fiduciary duties of each firm, with the goal of referring clients from Lazard Group to IXIS for services relating to corporate banking, lending, securitizations and derivatives within France and from IXIS to Lazard Group for mergers and acquisitions advisory services within France. This expanded cooperation arrangement will have a term of three years from the date of completion of the separation and recapitalization.

 

In connection with the cooperation arrangement, Lazard Group and IXIS will develop a business plan to promote mutual revenue production and sharing relating to the cooperation activities. As part of that plan, revenue from the various activities subject to the cooperation arrangement will be credited towards a target revenue number (which the parties may agree to reduce if aspects of the cooperation do not take place) at varying percentages depending on the source of the revenue along with the underwriting commission received by IXIS for the exchangeable debt securities. If at the end of the initial term of the cooperation arrangement, (a) the sum of that calculation is less than the target revenue number, (b) the cooperation arrangement is not renewed and (c) Lazard Ltd’s common stock price fails to sustain specified price levels, Lazard Group or its affiliate will pay

 

112


Table of Contents

IXIS or one of its affiliates the difference between the target revenue number and the sum of (1) the revenue credits and (2) any gain IXIS has realized on a sale of its investment in our securities prior to the end of the initial term of the arrangement. The level of this potential payment would depend, among other things, on the level of revenue generated by the cooperation activities. The potential payment is limited to a maximum of approximately €16.5 million (subject to reduction in certain circumstances) which would only occur if the cooperation activities generate no revenue over the course of the three-year initial period of such activities and the other conditions noted above have not been met.

 

Asset Management

 

Our Asset Management business provides investment management and advisory services to institutional clients, financial intermediaries, private clients and investment vehicles around the world. Our goal in our Asset Management business is to produce superior risk-adjusted investment returns and provide investment solutions customized for our clients. Many of our equity investment strategies share an investment philosophy that centers on fundamental security selection with a focus on the trade-off between a company’s valuation and its financial productivity.

 

As of March 31, 2005, total AUM was $86.3 billion, approximately 81% of which was invested in equities, 13% in fixed income, 3% in alternative investments, 2% in cash and 1% in merchant banking funds. As of the same date, approximately 56% of our AUM was invested in international ( i.e. , non-U.S.) investment strategies, 23% was invested in global investment strategies and 21% was invested in U.S. investment strategies, and our top ten clients and third-party relationships accounted for 27% of total AUM. Approximately 81% of our AUM as of that date was managed on behalf of institutional clients, including corporations, labor unions, public pension funds, insurance companies and banks, and through sub-advisory relationships, mutual fund sponsors, broker-dealers and registered advisors. Approximately 19% of AUM as of March 31, 2005 was managed on behalf of individual client relationships, which are principally with family offices and high-net worth individuals.

 

The charts below illustrates the mix of our AUM as of March 31, 2005, measured by broad product strategy and by office location.

 

LOGO

 

LAM and LFG

 

Our largest Asset Management subsidiaries are LAM in New York, San Francisco, London, Milan, Frankfurt, Hamburg, Tokyo, Sydney and Seoul (aggregating $76.5 billion in total AUM as of March 31, 2005), and LFG in Paris (aggregating $9.3 billion in total AUM as of March 31, 2005). LAM was founded in 1970 and LFG can trace its history back to 1969. These operations, with 612 employees as of March 31, 2005, provide our business with a global presence and local identity.

 

113


Table of Contents

Primary distinguishing features of these businesses include:

 

    a global footprint with global research, global mandates and global clients,

 

    a broad-based team of approximately 185 investment professionals: LAM has approximately 160 investment professionals, which includes our approximately 60 focused, in-house, investment analysts across all products and platforms 35 of whom are on our global research platform), many of whom have substantial industry or sector specific expertise, and LFG has approximately 25 investment professionals, including five investment analysts, in each case as of March 31, 2005,

 

    a security selection-based investment philosophy applied across products,

 

    worldwide brand recognition and multi-channel distribution capabilities,

 

    the significant investment in technology and systems development we have made, and

 

    substantial equity participation in LAM held by a broad group of key employees.

 

Our Investment Philosophy, Process and Research . Our investment philosophy is generally based upon a fundamental security selection approach to investing. Across many of our products, we apply three key principles to investment portfolios:

 

    pick securities, not markets,

 

    find relative value, and

 

    manage risk.

 

In searching for equity investment opportunities, our investment professionals generally follow an investment process that incorporates several interconnected components that may include:

 

    analytical framework analysis and screening,

 

    accounting validation,

 

    fundamental analysis,

 

    security selection and portfolio construction, and

 

    risk management.

 

At LAM, we conduct investment research on a global basis, to develop market, industry and company specific insight. Approximately 60 investment analysts, located in our worldwide offices, conduct research and evaluate investment opportunities around the world across all products and platforms. The LAM global research platform is organized around six global industry sectors:

 

    consumer goods,

 

    financial services,

 

    health care,

 

    industrials,

 

    power, and

 

    technology, media and telecommunications.

 

Our analysts recommend companies to portfolio managers and work with them on an ongoing basis to make buy and sell decisions. At LFG, five investment analysts conduct research and evaluate investment opportunities, primarily focused on large capitalization European companies.

 

114


Table of Contents

Investment Strategies . Our Asset Management business provides equity, fixed income and cash management and alternative investment strategies to clients, paying close attention to clients’ varying and expanding investment needs. We offer the following product platform of investment strategies:

 

   

Global


 

Regional


 

Domestic


Equities  

Global

Large Capitalization

Small Capitalization

Emerging Markets

Thematic
Convertibles*

 

EAFE (Non-U.S.)

Large Capitalization

Small Capitalization

Multi-Capitalization

 

Global Ex

Global Ex-U.K.

Global Ex-Japan

Global Ex-Australia

 

Pan-European

Large Capitalization

Small Capitalization

 

Eurozone

Large Capitalization**

Small Capitalization**

 

Continental European

Small Cap

Multi Cap

Eurozone ( i.e ., Euro Bloc)

Euro-Trend (Thematic)

 

U.S.

Large Capitalization**

Mid Capitalization

Small Capitalization

Multi-Capitalization

 

Other

U.K. (Large Capitalization)

U.K. (Small Capitalization)

Australia

France (Large Capitalization)*

France (Small Capitalization)*

Japan**


Fixed Income and

Cash Management

 

Global

Core Fixed Income

High Yield

Short Duration

 

Pan-European

Core Fixed Income

High Yield

Cash Management*

 

Eurozone

Fixed Income**

Cash Management*

Corporate Bonds**

 

U.S.

Core Fixed Income

High Yield

Short Duration

Municipals

Cash Management*

 

Non-U.S.

U.K. Fixed Income


Alternative  

Global

Global Opportunities     (Long/Short)

Fund of Hedge Funds Fund of Closed-End     Funds

 

Regional

European Explorer

    (Long/Short)

Emerging Income

   

 

All of the above strategies are offered by LAM, except for those denoted by *, which are offered exclusively by LFG. Investment strategies offered by both LAM and LFG are denoted by **.

 

In addition to the primary investment strategies listed above, we also provide locally customized investment solutions to our clients. In many cases, we also offer both diversified and more concentrated versions of our products. These products are generally offered on a separate account basis, as well as through pooled vehicles.

 

Distribution . We distribute our products through a broad array of marketing channels on a global basis. LAM’s marketing, sales and client service efforts are organized through a global market delivery and service network, with distribution professionals located in New York, San Francisco, London, Milan, Frankfurt, Hamburg, Tokyo, Sydney and Seoul. We have developed a well-established presence in the institutional asset management arena, managing money for corporations, labor unions and public pension funds around the world. In addition, we manage assets for insurance companies, savings and trust banks, endowments, foundations and charities.

 

115


Table of Contents

We also have become a leading firm in third-party distribution, managing mutual funds and separately managed accounts for many of the world’s largest broker-dealers, insurance companies, registered advisors and other financial intermediaries. In the area of wealth management, we cater to family offices and private clients.

 

LFG markets and distributes its products through approximately 12 sales professionals based in France who directly target both individual and institutional investors.

 

The managing directors of LAM and other key LAM employees hold LAM equity units, which entitle their holders to payments in connection with selected fundamental transactions affecting Lazard Group or LAM. For more information regarding these rights, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

Merchant Banking

 

Lazard Group has a long history of making merchant banking investments with its own capital, usually alongside capital of qualified institutional and individual investors. These activities typically are organized in funds that make substantial or controlling investments in private or public companies, generally through privately negotiated transactions and with a view to divestment within two to seven years. While potentially risky and frequently illiquid, such investments when successful can yield investors substantial returns on capital and generate attractive management and performance fees for the sponsor of such funds.

 

As a part of the separation, we transferred to LFCM Holdings all of our merchant banking fund management activities, except for our merchant banking business in France, which is regulated as part of our Paris-based banking affiliate, LFB. We also transferred to LFCM Holdings $ 20.8 million of principal investments by Lazard Group in the funds managed as part of the separated business, while we retained our investment of $10.6 million in our French merchant banking funds.

 

LFCM Holdings operates the merchant banking business transferred to it in the separation. Consistent with Lazard Group’s intent to support the development of the merchant banking business, including investing capital in future funds to be managed or formed by the merchant banking subsidiary of LFCM Holdings, and in order to benefit from what we believe to be the potential of this business, Lazard Group will be entitled to receive from LFCM Holdings all or a portion of the payments from the incentive fees attributable to these funds (net of compensation payable to investment professionals who manage these funds) pursuant to the business alliance agreement between us and LFCM Holdings. In addition, pursuant to the business alliance agreement, we have an option to acquire the merchant banking business owned by LFCM Holdings and have the right to participate in the oversight of LFCM Holdings’ funds and consent to certain actions. We will continue to abide by our obligations with respect to transferred funds and agreed not to compete with LFCM Holdings’ merchant banking business during the duration of our option to acquire this business. For a description of these and other arrangements with respect to the merchant banking fund management activities being transferred to LFCM Holdings, see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Relationship with LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings—Business Alliance Agreement.”

 

As of March 31, 2005, Lazard Group’s merchant banking business in North America consisted of a number of funds specializing in real estate, venture capital and private equity, with approximately $1.3 billion of AUM, and in France consisted of a group of private equity funds and an affiliated investment company with approximately $523 million of AUM. Lazard Group’s investments in these funds totaled approximately $ 32 million as of March 31, 2005. On February 25, 2005, we formed Corporate Partners II, Limited, a new private equity fund with $1 billion of institutional capital commitments and a $100 million capital commitment from us, the principal portion of which may require funding, at any time through 2010. This fund is managed as part of LFCM Holdings, and Lazard Group is entitled to receive the carried interest with respect to the fund less the share of carry distributed to managers of the fund. In addition, in July 2005 LFCM Holdings formed a new private equity fund. The first closing of the fund has the ability to raise up to a maximum of $550 million of capital

 

116


Table of Contents

commitments, including a minimum and maximum capital commitment from us of $10 million to approximately $27 million, respectively, the principal portion of which will require funding at any time through 2008. As discussed above, all of these merchant banking fund management activities, except for those in France, were transferred to LFCM Holdings in the separation.

 

Strategy

 

Our strategic plan in our Asset Management business is to focus on delivering superior investment performance and client service and broadening our product offerings and distribution in selected areas order to continue to drive improved business results. In March 2004, we undertook a senior management transition at LAM to put in place the next generation of leadership and to better position the business to execute our strategic plan. Over the past several years, in an effort to improve LAM’s operations and expand our business, we have:

 

    focused on enhancing our investment performance,

 

    improved our investment management platform by hiring twelve senior equity analysts and filling the newly established position of Head of Risk Management,

 

    strengthened our marketing capabilities by establishing a global consultant relations effort aimed at improving our relations with the independent consultants who advise many of our clients on the selection of investment managers,

 

    expanded our product platform by “lifting-out” experienced portfolio managers to establish new products in the hedge fund area and in thematic investing, and

 

    launched new products such as “Lazard European Explorer,” a European long/short strategy, and “Lazard Global Total Return and Income Fund, Inc.,” a closed-end fund.

 

We believe that LAM has long maintained an outstanding team of portfolio managers and global research analysts. We intend to maintain and supplement our intellectual capital to achieve our goals. We also believe that LAM’s specific investment strategies, global reach, unique brand identity and access to multiple distribution channels will allow it to leverage into new investment products, strategies and geographic locations. In addition, we plan to expand our participation in merchant banking activities through investments in new and successor funds.

 

Employees

 

We believe that our people are our most important asset, and it is their reputation, talent, integrity and dedication that underpin our success. As of March 31, 2005, after giving effect to the separation, we employed 2,230 people, which includes 131 managing directors and 482 other professionals in our Financial Advisory segment and 39 managing directors and 260 other professionals in our Asset Management segment . We strive to maintain a work environment that fosters professionalism, excellence, diversity and cooperation among our employees worldwide. We utilize an evaluation process at the end of each year to measure performance, determine compensation and provide guidance on opportunities for improved performance. Generally, our employees are not subject to any collective bargaining agreements, except that our employees in certain of our European offices, including France and Italy, are covered by national, industry-wide collective bargaining agreements . We believe that we have good relations with our employees.

 

See “Management” and “Risk Factors.”

 

Competition

 

The financial services industry, and all of the businesses in which we compete, are intensely competitive, and we expect them to remain so. Our competitors are other investment banking and financial advisory firms, broker-dealers, commercial and “universal” banks, insurance companies, investment management firms, hedge

 

117


Table of Contents

fund management firms, merchant banking firms and other financial institutions. We compete with some of our competitors globally and with others on a regional, product or niche basis. We compete on the basis of a number of factors, including quality of people, transaction execution skills, investment track record, quality of client service, individual and institutional client relationships, absence of conflicts, range of products and services, innovation, brand recognition and business reputation.

 

While our competitors vary by country in our Mergers and Acquisitions practice, we believe our primary competitors in securing mergers and acquisitions advisory engagements are Bear Stearns, Citigroup, Credit Suisse First Boston, Goldman, Sachs & Co., JPMorgan Chase, Lehman Brothers, Mediobanca, Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley, Rothschild and UBS. In our Financial Restructuring practice our primary competitors are The Blackstone Group, Greenhill & Co. and Rothschild.

 

We believe that our primary competitors in our Asset Management business include, in the case of LAM, Alliance Bernstein, AMVESCAP, Brandes Investment Partners, Capital Management & Research, Fidelity, Lord Abbett and Schroders and, in the case of LFG, Swiss private banks with offices in France as well as large institutional banks and fund managers. We face competition in merchant banking both in the pursuit of outside investors for our merchant banking funds and to acquire investments in attractive portfolio companies. We compete with hundreds of other funds, many of which are subsidiaries of or otherwise affiliated with large financial service providers.

 

Competition is also intense in each of our businesses for the attraction and retention of qualified employees, and we compete on the level and nature of compensation and equity-based incentives for key employees. Our ability to continue to compete effectively in our businesses will depend upon our ability to attract new employees and retain and motivate our existing employees.

 

In recent years there has been substantial consolidation and convergence among companies in the financial services industry. In particular, a number of large commercial banks, insurance companies and other broad-based financial services firms have established or acquired broker-dealers or have merged with other financial institutions. Many of these firms have the ability to offer a wider range of products than we offer, including loans, deposit taking, insurance and brokerage services. Many of these firms also have more extensive asset management and investment banking services, which may enhance their competitive position. They also have the ability to support investment banking and securities products with commercial banking, insurance and other financial services revenue in an effort to gain market share, which could result in pricing pressure in our businesses. This trend toward consolidation and convergence has significantly increased the capital base and geographic reach of our competitors.

 

Regulation

 

Our businesses, as well as the financial services industry generally, are subject to extensive regulation throughout the world. As a matter of public policy, regulatory bodies are charged with safeguarding the integrity of the securities and other financial markets and with protecting the interests of customers participating in those markets, not with protecting the interests of our stockholders or creditors. In the U.S., the SEC is the federal agency responsible for the administration of the federal securities laws. The exchanges, the NASD and the National Futures Association are voluntary, self-regulatory bodies composed of members, such as our broker-dealer subsidiaries, that have agreed to abide by the respective bodies’ rules and regulations. Each of these and non-U.S. regulatory organizations may examine the activities of, and may expel, fine and otherwise discipline, member firms and their employees. The laws, rules and regulations comprising this framework of regulation and the interpretation and enforcement of existing laws, rules and regulations are constantly changing. The effect of any such changes cannot be predicted and may impact the manner of operation and profitability of our company.

 

Our U.S. broker-dealer subsidiary, Lazard Frères & Co. LLC, through which we will conduct our U.S. Financial Advisory business, is currently registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC, the NASD, and as a broker-dealer in all 50 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico, and is a member firm of the NYSE, the AMEX

 

118


Table of Contents

and the Boston Stock Exchange. Lazard Frères & Co. LLC withdrew its membership in the NYSE, the AMEX and the Boston Stock Exchange, at which time the NASD will become its primary regulator. We expect the broker-dealer subsidiary to be formed under LFCM Holdings will apply for membership on these exchanges. As such, Lazard Frères & Co. LLC is subject to regulations governing effectively every aspect of the securities business, including the effecting of securities transactions, minimum capital requirements, record-keeping and reporting procedures, relationships with customers, experience and training requirements for certain employees and business procedures with firms that are not members of certain regulatory bodies. Lazard Asset Management Securities LLC, a subsidiary of LAM, also is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC, the NASD and in all 50 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico. Lazard & Co., Limited, our U.K. subsidiary, is subject to regulation by the Financial Services Authority in the U.K. Lazard Frères SAS, our French subsidiary, is subject to regulation by the Comité de la Réglementation Bancaire et Financière for its banking activities, conducted though its affiliate LFB. In addition, the investment services activities of the Paris group, exercised through LFB and other subsidiaries of Lazard Frères SAS, primarily LFG (asset management) and Fonds Partenaires Gestion (merchant banking), are subject to regulation and supervision by the Autorité des Marchés Financiers (AMF). Our business is subject to regulation by non-U.S. governmental and regulatory bodies and self-regulatory authorities in other countries where we operate. Violation of applicable regulations can result in the revocation of broker-dealer licenses, the imposition of censures or fines and the suspension, expulsion or other disciplining of a firm, its officers or employees.

 

Our broker-dealer subsidiary is also subject to the SEC’s uniform net capital rule, Rule 15c3-1, and the net capital rules of the NYSE and the NASD, which may limit our ability to make withdrawals of capital from our broker-dealer subsidiary. The uniform net capital rule sets the minimum level of net capital a broker-dealer must maintain and also requires that a portion of its assets be relatively liquid. The NYSE and the NASD may prohibit a member firm from expanding its business or paying cash dividends if resulting net capital falls below its requirements. In addition, our broker-dealer subsidiary is subject to certain notification requirements related to withdrawals of excess net capital. Our broker-dealer subsidiary is also subject to several new laws and regulations that were just recently enacted. The USA Patriot Act of 2001 has imposed new obligations regarding the prevention and detection of money-laundering activities, including the establishment of customer due diligence and other compliance policies and procedures. Additional obligations under the USA Patriot Act regarding procedures for customer verification became effective on October 1, 2003. Failure to comply with these new requirements may result in monetary, regulatory and, in the case of the USA Patriot Act, criminal penalties.

 

Certain of our Asset Management subsidiaries are registered as investment advisers with the SEC. As registered investment advisers, each is subject to the requirements of the Investment Advisers Act and the SEC’s regulations thereunder. Such requirements relate to, among other things, principal transactions between an adviser and advisory clients, as well as general anti-fraud prohibitions. The Investment Company Act regulates the relationship between a mutual fund and its investment adviser (and other service providers) and prohibits or severely restricts principal record-keeping and reporting requirements, disclosure requirements, limitations on trades where a single broker acts as the agent for both the buyer and seller (known as “agency cross”), and limitations on transactions, affiliated transactions and joint transactions. Lazard Asset Management Securities LLC, a subsidiary of LAM, serves as the underwriter or distributor for mutual funds and hedge funds managed by LAM, and as an introducing broker to Lazard Frères & Co. LLC for unmanaged accounts of LAM’s private clients. Lazard Fund Managers Limited and Lazard Asset Management Limited, subsidiaries of LAM, are subject to regulation by the Financial Services Authority in the U.K.

 

Regulators are empowered to conduct administrative proceedings that can result in censure, fine, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders or the suspension or expulsion of a broker-dealer or its directors, officers or employees.

 

Many of our affiliates that participate in securities markets are subject to comprehensive regulations that include some form of capital structure regulations and other customer protection rules. These standards, requirements and rules are implemented throughout the European Union and are broadly comparable in scope

 

119


Table of Contents

and purpose to the regulatory capital and customer protection requirements imposed under the SEC and NASD rules. European Union directives also permit local regulation in each jurisdiction, including those in which we operate, to be more restrictive than the requirements of such directives, and these sometimes burdensome local requirements can result in certain competitive disadvantages to us. In addition, the Japanese Ministry of Finance and the Financial Supervisory Agency in Japan as well as Australian, German, French and Swiss banking authorities, among others, regulate various of our operating entities and also have capital standards and other requirements comparable to the rules of the SEC.

 

Over the past several years, European Union financial services regulators have taken steps to institute consolidated supervision over a wide range of financial services companies that conduct business in the European Union, even if their head offices are located outside of the European Union. Under the Financial Conglomerates Directive (2002/87/EC), we, along with a number of our competitors, were required to submit to consolidated supervision by a European Union financial services regulator commencing on January 1, 2005, unless we were already subject to “equivalent” supervision by another regulator. On June 8, 2004, the SEC issued final regulations establishing a consolidated supervision framework for investment banks. The regulations became effective on August 20, 2004. Under these regulations, we can voluntarily submit to a stringent framework of rules relating to group-wide capital levels, internal risk management control systems and regulatory reporting requirements. We have elected to become subject to consolidated supervision by the SEC.

 

We are working with the SEC to fully understand the consequences of submitting to its consolidated supervision framework. We are unable at this time to accurately predict the impact that these regulations will have on our businesses and financial results. It is possible that these regulations may ultimately require that we increase our regulatory capital, which may adversely affect our profitability and result in other increased costs.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

Our businesses, as well as the financial services industry generally, are subject to extensive regulation throughout the world. We are involved in a number of judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of our businesses. We believe, based on currently available information, that the results of such proceedings, in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition but might be material to our operating results for any particular period, depending, in part, upon the operating results for such period.

 

We have received a request for information from the NASD as part of what we understand to be an industry investigation relating to gifts and gratuities, which is focused primarily on Lazard’s former Capital Markets business, which business was transferred to LFCM Holdings as a part of the separation. In addition, we have received requests for information from the SEC and the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the District of Massachusetts seeking information concerning gifts and entertainment involving an unaffiliated mutual fund company, which are also focused on that same business. We believe that other broker-dealers have also received requests for information. These investigations are continuing and we cannot predict their potential outcomes, which outcomes, if any, could include the consequences discussed above under “—Regulation.” We intend to continue to fully cooperate in these inquiries. In the course of an internal review of these matters, prior to the separation there were personnel changes in Lazard’s former Capital Markets business, including resignations by individuals who were formerly associated with such separated businesses.

 

Lazard Ltd and Goldman Sachs & Co., the lead underwriter of Lazard Ltd’s equity public offering of its common stock, as well as several members of Lazard Ltd’s management and board of directors, have been named as defendants in several putative class action lawsuits and a putative stockholder derivative lawsuit filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, and in a putative class action lawsuit and a putative stockholder derivative lawsuit filed in the Supreme Court of the State of New York. The defendants have moved to remove the putative class action lawsuit filed in the Supreme Court of the State of New York to the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York. The putative class action lawsuits purport to have

 

120


Table of Contents

been filed on behalf of persons who purchased securities of Lazard Ltd in connection with the equity public offering or in the open market. The putative class actions allege various violations of the federal securities laws and seek, inter alia, compensatory damages, rescission or rescissory damages and other unspecified equitable, injunctive or other relief. The putative derivative actions purport to be brought on behalf of Lazard Ltd against its directors and Goldman Sachs & Co. and allege, among other things, that the directors breached their fiduciary duties to Lazard Ltd in connection with matters related to the equity public offering and seek compensatory damages, punitive damages and other unspecified equitable or other relief. We believe that the suits are without merit and intend to defend them vigorously.

 

Properties

 

The following table lists the properties used for the entire Lazard organization, including properties used by the separated businesses. As a general matter, one or both of our Financial Advisory and Asset Management segments uses the following properties. We license and sublease to LFCM Holdings certain office space, including office space that is used by the separated businesses. This includes subleasing or licensing approximately 55,100 square feet in New York, New York located at 30 Rockefeller Plaza and 2,500 square feet of space under the lease in London located at 50 Stratton Street to LFCM Holdings. We remain fully liable for the subleased space to the extent LFCM Holdings fails to perform its obligations under the leases for any reason. In addition, LFCM Holdings entered into indemnity arrangements in relation to excess space and abandoned former premises in London. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Relationship with LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings—Agreements with LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings.”

 

Location


  

Square feet


  

Comments


New York    273,000 square feet of leased space    Key office located at 30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, New York 10020.
Other North America    47,400 square feet of leased space   

Includes offices in Atlanta, Chicago, Houston, Los Angeles, Montreal, San Francisco, Toronto and Washington, D.C.

 

Paris    112,400 square feet of leased space    Key office located at 121 Boulevard Haussmann, 75382 Paris Cedex 08.
London    142,400 square feet of leased space   

Key office located at 50 Stratton Street London W1J 8LL.

 

Milan    27,000 square feet of leased space    Key office located at via Dell’Orso 2 20121 Milan.
Other Europe    59,300 square feet of leased space    Includes offices in Amsterdam, Berlin, Bordeaux, Frankfurt, Hamburg, Lyon, Madrid, Rome and Stockholm.
Asia and Australia    42,500 square feet of leased space    Includes offices in Mumbai, Hong Kong, New Delhi, Seoul, Singapore, Sydney and Tokyo.

 

We believe that we currently maintain sufficient space to meet our anticipated needs.

 

121


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

Set forth below is information concerning Lazard Group’s directors and executive officers. Lazard Group’s board of directors and executive officers are the same as those of Lazard Ltd. We also expect to appoint additional directors of Lazard Group and Lazard Ltd over time who are not employees of Lazard or otherwise affiliated with management.

 

Name


   Age

  

Position


Bruce Wasserstein

   57   

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Robert Charles Clark .

   61   

Director

Steven J. Heyer

   53   

Director

Ellis Jones

   51   

Director

Vernon E. Jordan, Jr.

   69   

Senior Managing Director and Director

Anthony Orsatelli

   54   

Director

Michael J. Castellano

   59   

Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer

Steven J. Golub

   59   

Managing Director and Vice Chairman, Chairman of Financial Advisory Group

Scott D. Hoffman

   42   

Managing Director and General Counsel

Charles G. Ward, III

   53   

President, Chairman of Asset Management Group

 

Executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the pleasure of, our board of directors. A brief biography of each director and executive officer follows.

 

Bruce Wasserstein has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Lazard Group and Lazard Ltd since May 2005. Mr. Wasserstein has served as a director of Lazard Group since January 2002 and as a director of Lazard Ltd since April 2005. Mr. Wasserstein served as the Head of Lazard and Chairman of the Executive Committee of Lazard Group from January 2002 until May 2005. Prior to joining Lazard, Mr. Wasserstein was Executive Chairman at Dresdner Kleinwort Wasserstein from January 2001 to November 2001. Prior to joining Dresdner Kleinwort Wasserstein, he served as CEO of Wasserstein Perella Group (an investment banking firm he co-founded) from February 1988 to January 2001, when Wasserstein Perella Group was sold to Dresdner Bank. Prior to founding Wasserstein Perella Group, Mr. Wasserstein was the Co-Head of Investment Banking at The First Boston Corporation. Prior to joining First Boston, Mr. Wasserstein was an attorney at Cravath, Swaine & Moore. Mr. Wasserstein also currently serves as Chairman of Wasserstein & Co., LP, a private merchant bank. Mr. Wasserstein has over 30 years of experience in the investment banking and mergers and acquisitions industry.

 

Robert Charles Clark has served as a director of Lazard Group and Lazard Ltd since May 2005. Mr. Clark has served as the Harvard University Distinguished Service Professor at Harvard Law School since July 2003. Professor Clark previously served as the Dean of Harvard Law School from July 1989 to June 2003. Prior to becoming Dean, Professor Clark taught corporate law and corporate finance at Harvard as a Professor of Law, a role he has occupied since October 1978. From July 1974 to September 1978, he was on the faculty of Yale Law School, where he became a tenured Professor of Law. Prior to teaching at Yale Law School, Professor Clark was an attorney at Ropes & Gray from August 1972 to July 1974. Professor Clark currently serves as a trustee of Teachers Insurance Annuity Association (TIAA) and is on the board of directors of Collins & Aikman Corporation, Omnicom Group, Inc. and Time Warner Inc. Mr. Clark is chairman of the nominating and governance committee of the Lazard Ltd board of directors and is a member of the compensation committee of the Lazard Ltd board of directors.

 

Steven J. Heyer has served as a director of Lazard Group and Lazard Ltd since June 2005. Mr. Heyer has served as Chief Executive Officer of Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide since October 2004. Prior to joining Starwood, he was President and Chief Operating Officer of The Coca-Cola Company from 2001 to 2004; was President and Chief Operating Officer of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., and a member of AOL Time

 

122


Table of Contents

Warner’s Operating Committee from 1994 to 2001. Previously, Mr. Heyer was President and Chief Operating Officer of Young & Rubicam Advertising Worldwide, and before that spent 15 years at Booz Allen & Hamilton, ultimately becoming Senior Vice President and Managing Partner. He currently serves on the Board of Directors of the National Collegiate Athletic Association and the Special Olympics. Mr. Heyer is the chairman of the compensation committee of the Lazard Ltd board of directors.

 

Ellis Jones has served as a director of Lazard Group and Lazard Ltd since May 2005. Mr. Jones has served as Chief Executive Officer of Wasserstein & Co., LP since January 2001. Prior to becoming Chief Executive Officer of Wasserstein & Co., LP, Mr. Jones was a Managing Director of the investment banking firm Wasserstein Perella Inc. from February 1995 to January 2001. Prior to joining Wasserstein Perella Inc., Mr. Jones was a Managing Director at Salomon Brothers Inc. in its Corporate Finance Department from March 1989 to February 1995. Prior to joining Salomon Brothers Inc., Mr. Jones worked in the Investment Banking Department at The First Boston Corporation from September 1979 to March 1989. Mr. Jones has over 20 years of experience in the investment banking and mergers and acquisitions industry.

 

Vernon E. Jordan, Jr. has served as a director of Lazard Group and Lazard Ltd since May 2005. Mr. Jordan has served as a Senior Managing Director of Lazard Frères & Co. LLC since January 2000. Mr. Jordan has been Of Counsel at Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer & Feld L.L.P. since January 2000, where he served as Senior Executive Partner from January 1982 to December 1999. Prior to that, Mr. Jordan served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the National Urban League, Inc. from January 1972 to December 1981. Mr. Jordan currently serves on the boards of directors of American Express Company, Asbury Automotive Group, Inc., Dow Jones & Company, Inc., J.C. Penney Company, Inc., Sara Lee Corporation and Xerox Corporation; as a trustee to Howard University; as a Senior Advisor to Shinsei Bank, Ltd.; and on the International Advisory Boards of DaimlerChrysler and Barrick Gold.

 

Anthony Orsatelli has served as a director of Lazard Group and Lazard Ltd since May 2005. Mr. Orsatelli has served as the Chief Executive Officer of IXIS Corporate and Investment Bank since November 2004 and as a Member of the Executive Board of Caisse Nationale des Caisses d’Epargne since December 2003. Previously, Mr. Orsatelli held various senior positions with CDC IXIS and CDC Marchés since June 1996. Prior to joining CDC Marchés, Mr. Orsatelli served as the Deputy Head of the Capital Markets Department of Caisse des Dépôts Paris from March 1995 to June 1996. Mr. Orsatelli previously served as the Head of the BNP Group in Japan from January 1992 to March 1995, as a Managing Director of BNP Securities London from October 1988 to December 1991, and as the Head of the international department and risk management at BNP’s financial division from July 1987 to October 1988. Mr. Orsatelli held positions with the French Ministry of Finance from September 1981 to July 1987 and with the Prime Minister’s office in France from September 1977 to September 1981. Mr. Orsatelli is chairman of the audit committee of the Lazard Ltd board of directors.

 

Michael J. Castellano has served as Chief Financial Officer of Lazard Ltd since May 2005. Mr. Castellano has served as a Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer of Lazard Group since August 2001. Prior to joining Lazard, Mr. Castellano held various senior management positions at Merrill Lynch & Co. from August 1991 to August 2001, including Senior Vice President—Chief Control Officer for Merrill Lynch’s capital markets businesses, Chairman of Merrill Lynch International Bank and Senior Vice President —Corporate Controller. Prior to joining Merrill Lynch & Co., Mr. Castellano was a partner with Deloitte & Touche where he served a number of investment banking clients over the course of his 24 years with the firm. Mr. Castellano has over 35 years of relevant investment banking and securities industry experience.

 

Steven J. Golub has served as Vice Chairman and Chairman of the Financial Advisory Group of Lazard Ltd since May 2005. Mr. Golub has served as Vice Chairman of Lazard Group since October 2004 and as a Managing Director of Lazard Group since January 1986. Mr. Golub previously served as Chief Financial Officer from July 1997 to August 2001. Mr. Golub also served as a Senior Vice President of Lazard from May 1984 to January 1986. Prior to joining Lazard, Mr. Golub was a Partner at Deloitte Haskins & Sells from July 1980 to May 1984. Prior to joining Deloitte Haskins & Sells, he served as the Deputy Chief Accountant in the Chief

 

123


Table of Contents

Accountant’s Office of the Securities and Exchange Commission from January 1979 to June 1980. Mr. Golub currently serves on the board of directors of Minerals Technologies Inc. Mr. Golub has over 20 years of experience in the investment banking and mergers and acquisitions industry.

 

Scott D. Hoffman has served as General Counsel of Lazard Ltd since May 2005. Mr. Hoffman has served as a Managing Director of Lazard Group since January 1999 and General Counsel of Lazard Group since January 2001. Mr. Hoffman previously served as Vice President and Assistant General Counsel from February 1994 to December 1997 and as a Director from January 1998 to December 1998. Prior to joining Lazard, Mr. Hoffman was an attorney at Cravath, Swaine & Moore. Mr. Hoffman has over 17 years of experience in the investment banking and mergers and acquisitions industry.

 

Charles G. Ward, III has served as President and Chairman of the Asset Management Group of Lazard Ltd since May 2005. Mr. Ward has served as President and a Managing Director of Lazard Group since February 2002. Prior to joining Lazard, he was variously the Head or Co-Head of Global Investment Banking and Private Equity of Credit Suisse First Boston, or “CSFB,” from February 1994 to February 2002. Mr. Ward also served as a member of the Executive Board of CSFB from February 1994 to February 2002 and as President of CSFB from April 2000 to November 2000. Prior to joining CSFB, Mr. Ward co-founded Wasserstein Perella Group in February 1988 and served as President of Wasserstein Perella & Co. from January 1990 to February 1994. Prior to serving at Wasserstein Perella & Co., Mr. Ward was Co-Head of Mergers and Acquisitions and the Media Group at The First Boston Corporation where he worked from July 1979 to February 1988. Mr. Ward has over 25 years of experience in the investment banking and mergers and acquisitions industry.

 

There are no family relationships between any of the executive officers or directors of Lazard Ltd or Lazard Group. Mr. Jones serves as a trustee of a trust created by Mr. Wasserstein for the benefit of his family, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “Wasserstein family trust,” and as a trustee for a grantor retained annuity trust formed by Mr. Wasserstein, which we refer to as the “Wasserstein trust.” The voting power with respect to the shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock issuable upon exchange of the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests held in the Wasserstein family trust is vested in Mr. Jones and members of Mr. Wasserstein’s family, as trustees. The voting power with respect to the shares of Lazard Ltd common stock issuable upon exchange of the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests held in the Wasserstein trust is vested solely in Mr. Jones. There are no restrictions under Bermuda law as to nationality or professional qualifications for directors. However, exempted companies such as Lazard Ltd must comply with Bermuda resident representation provisions under the Companies Act, which, as a company whose shares are listed on an appointed stock exchange, including the NYSE, require Lazard Ltd to have a resident representative. The resident representative is responsible for making a report to the Bermuda Registrar of Companies in the event he or she becomes aware that Lazard Ltd has committed a breach of any provision of the Companies Act or where any issue or transfer of shares of Lazard Ltd have been effected in contravention of any other statute regulating the issue or transfer of shares.

 

Board Composition; Classes of Directors

 

As noted above, the members of Lazard Group’s board of directors are currently the same as those of Lazard Ltd. As the ultimate controlling interest holder in Lazard Group, Lazard Ltd has the ability to appoint and remove the board of directors of Lazard Group. Lazard Ltd intends to continue this mirror board composition, and, accordingly, we expect that any change to the composition of the board of directors of Lazard Ltd will result in a corresponding change in the composition of the board of directors of Lazard Group.

 

Lazard Ltd’s board of directors currently consists of six members, who are Messrs. Wasserstein, Clark, Heyer, Jones, Jordan and Orsatelli. During the year following the separation and recapitalization, Lazard Ltd expects to appoint between one and three additional directors, in addition to Mr. Heyer, who was appointed in June 2005. Following such appointments, Lazard Ltd will have a seven- to nine-member board, the majority of whom Lazard Ltd expects to satisfy the independence standards established by the applicable rules, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the SEC and the NYSE. It is anticipated that Lazard Ltd’s board of directors will meet at least quarterly. Lazard Ltd expects at least half of its independent directors will be non-U.S. residents at the time of their appointment.

 

124


Table of Contents

Because LAZ-MD Holdings initially holds a majority of the voting power in Lazard Ltd, Lazard Ltd could qualify for various exceptions to governance standards as a “controlled company.” Lazard Ltd has not, however, elected to be treated as a controlled company.

 

Lazard Ltd’s board of directors is divided into three classes, each of whose members serve for a staggered three-year term. Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in the class will be up for election for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in the year in which the term expires.

 

The term of the first class of directors will expire at Lazard Ltd’s 2008 annual meeting of stockholders, the term of the second class of directors will expire at Lazard Ltd’s 2007 annual meeting of stockholders and the term of the third class of directors will expire at Lazard Ltd’s 2006 annual meeting of stockholders. At each of Lazard Ltd’s annual meetings of stockholders, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting of stockholders will be elected for a three-year term, one class being elected each year by Lazard Ltd’s stockholders. In addition, Lazard Ltd’s directors may only be removed for cause. As a result, at least two annual meetings of stockholders will generally be necessary to effect a change in a majority of the members of Lazard Ltd’s board of directors.

 

Class I: Robert Charles Clark and Bruce Wasserstein

 

Class II: Ellis Jones and Anthony Orsatelli

 

Class III: Steven J. Heyer and Vernon E. Jordan, Jr.

 

In connection with IXIS’s investment as part of the financing transactions, Lazard Ltd has agreed that it will nominate one person designated by IXIS to Lazard Ltd’s board of directors until such time as (1) the shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock then owned by IXIS, plus (2) the shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock issuable under the terms of any exchangeable securities issued by Lazard Ltd then owned by IXIS, constitute less than 50% of the sum of (a) the shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock initially purchased by IXIS, plus (b) the shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock issuable under the terms of any exchangeable securities issued by Lazard Ltd initially purchased by IXIS. Anthony Orsatelli is the initial nominee of IXIS to our board of directors.

 

Lazard Ltd has agreed that it will nominate to its board of directors one person designated by the Wasserstein family trust until such time as (1) the shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock then owned directly or indirectly by the Wasserstein family trust or any beneficiaries of the Wasserstein family trust (in the aggregate), plus (2) the shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock issuable under the terms of any exchangeable interests issued by Lazard Ltd then owned directly or indirectly by the Wasserstein family trust or any beneficiaries of the Wasserstein family trust (in the aggregate), constitute less than 50% of the shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock issuable under the terms of any exchangeable securities initially issued by Lazard Ltd in connection with the separation and recapitalization transactions and held by the family trusts (in the aggregate) as of the date of the equity public offering. Ellis Jones is the initial nominee of the Wasserstein family trust to Lazard Ltd’s board of directors.

 

Board Committees

 

Although Lazard Group’s board of directors has the authority to establish committees under the Lazard Group operating agreement, there are currently no committees at Lazard Group.

 

Lazard Ltd’s board of directors have established several standing committees in connection with the discharge of its responsibilities. These committees include an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The board of directors also may establish such other committees as it deems appropriate, in accordance with applicable law and Lazard Ltd’s bye-laws. Pursuant to the IXIS placements, our management intends to support, upon IXIS’s request, the nomination of IXIS’s designee to Lazard Ltd’s board of directors to the audit committee or the nominating and corporate governance committee on which such designee is permitted to serve, legally and pursuant to applicable stock exchange rules.

 

125


Table of Contents

The actual appointment of such designee to any such board committee will be subject to approval of Lazard Ltd’s board of directors in its sole discretion.

 

Audit Committee

 

Lazard Ltd’s audit committee is comprised of Anthony Orsatelli. Mr. Orsatelli is “independent” within the meaning of the rules of both the NYSE and the SEC. The Lazard Ltd board of directors has determined that Mr. Orsatelli is financially literate and has accounting or related financial management expertise, as such qualifications are defined under the rules of the NYSE. The audit committee assists Lazard Ltd’s board of directors in monitoring the integrity of the financial statements, the independent auditors’ qualifications, independence and performance, the performance of Lazard Ltd’s internal audit function and compliance by Lazard Ltd with certain legal and regulatory requirements.

 

Compensation Committee

 

Lazard Ltd’s compensation committee has the following members: Steven J. Heyer, chairman, and Robert Charles Clark. Each member of the compensation committee is “independent” within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE and any relevant federal securities laws and regulations. The compensation committee oversees the compensation plans, policies and programs of Lazard Ltd and has full authority to determine and approve the compensation of Lazard Ltd’s Chief Executive Officer, as well as to make recommendations with respect to compensation of Lazard Ltd’s other executive officers. The compensation committee also is responsible for producing an annual report on executive compensation for inclusion in Lazard Ltd’s proxy statement.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

Lazard Ltd’s nominating and governance committee is comprised of Robert Charles Clark, chairman. Mr. Clark is “independent” within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE and any relevant federal securities laws and regulations. The nominating and corporate governance committee will not have more than four directors as members. The nominating and corporate governance committee assists Lazard Ltd’s board of directors in promoting the best interests of Lazard Ltd and Lazard Ltd’s stockholders through the implementation of sound corporate governance principles and practices.

 

Two of the primary purposes of the nominating and corporate governance committee are to identify individuals qualified to become board members and to recommend to Lazard Ltd’s board of directors the director nominees for each annual meeting of stockholders. It also reviews the qualifications and independence of the members of Lazard Ltd’s board of directors and its various committees on a regular basis and makes any recommendations the committee members may deem appropriate from time to time concerning any changes in the composition of Lazard Ltd’s board of directors and its committees. The nominating and corporate governance committee also is responsible for recommending to Lazard Ltd’s board of directors the corporate governance guidelines and standards regarding the independence of outside directors applicable to it and review such guidelines and standards and the provisions of the nominating and corporate governance committee charter on a regular basis to confirm that such guidelines, standards and charter remain consistent with sound corporate governance practices and with any legal, regulatory or NYSE requirements. The nominating and corporate governance committee also monitors Lazard Ltd’s board of directors’ and Lazard Ltd’s compliance with any commitments made to regulators or otherwise regarding changes in corporate governance practices and leads Lazard Ltd’s board of directors in its annual review of Lazard Ltd’s board of directors’ performance.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

There are no interlocking relationships between any member of Lazard Ltd’s compensation committee or Lazard Ltd’s nominating and corporate governance committee and any of our executive officers that would require disclosure under the applicable rules promulgated under the U.S. federal securities laws.

 

126


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

 

Non-Employee Directors

 

We anticipate that directors who are not our employees will receive a reasonable and customary annual retainer consisting of cash and equity for service on Lazard Ltd’s board of directors. All or a portion of the equity awards may be subject to vesting requirements.

 

We also anticipate that the members of Lazard Ltd’s audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee will receive reasonable and customary additional annual cash and equity retainers. No other remuneration will be paid to Lazard Ltd’s or Lazard Group’s board members in their capacity as directors.

 

Employee Directors

 

Our employees who also serve as directors of Lazard Ltd and Lazard Group receive compensation for their services as employees, but they do not receive any additional compensation for their service as directors.

 

Executive Compensation

 

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation earned by the Head of Lazard and Chairman of the Executive Committee and Lazard Group’s executive officers, collectively referred to as the “named executive officers” in this prospectus, during Lazard Group’s fiscal years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004.

 

Compensation Information(a)

Name


   Year

   Salary

   Bonus

  

All Other
Compensation


 
           

Bruce Wasserstein

   2004
2003
   $
 
3,000,000
3,000,000
   $
 
—  
—  
   $
 
—  
—  
(b)
(b)

Michael J. Castellano

   2004
2003
    
 
250,000
250,000
    
 
1,550,000
1,400,000
    
 
625,000
625,000
(c)
(c)

Steven J. Golub

   2004
2003
    
 
1,000,000
750,000
    
 
2,000,000
3,250,000
    
 
—  
—  
 
 

Scott D. Hoffman

   2004
2003
    
 
500,000
500,000
    
 
1,500,000
1,150,000
    
 
—  
—  
 
 

Charles G. Ward, III

   2004
2003
    
 
1,500,000
1,500,000
    
 
1,500,000
3,098,000
    
 
301,000
402,000
(d)
(d)

(a) The amounts represent compensation for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 and do not include that portion of each named executive officer’s total partnership return from Lazard LLC, in 2003 or 2004, attributable to a return on his invested capital or to his share of the income from investments made by Lazard LLC in prior years that was allocated to the individuals who were members in those years.
(b) Mr. Wasserstein also reimbursed the firm for the personal use of a Lazard-leased aircraft by himself and his family at the incremental cost of this use.
(c) Represents a cash “make whole payment” for foregone compensation from a previous employer, with one more payment of $625,000 having been paid in February 2005.
(d) Represents housing cost for 2003 and 2004 related to Mr. Ward relocating to London from his date of hire through August 2004. Mr. Ward has since moved back to the New York City area and no longer receives a housing cost allowance.

 

127


Table of Contents

Aggregate compensation paid to employees who are not named executive officers may exceed that paid to all or some of the named executive officers.

 

In 2003 and 2004, Lazard Group did not pay long-term compensation to its named executive officers.

 

Retirement Plan Benefits

 

Each of Messrs. Golub and Hoffman has an accrued benefit under the Lazard Frères & Co. LLC Employees’ Pension Plan, a qualified defined-benefit pension plan, and Mr. Hoffman has accrued additional benefits under a related supplemental defined-benefit pension plan. The annual benefit under such plans, payable as a single life annuity commencing at age 65, would be $4,332 for Mr. Golub and $18,852 for Mr. Hoffman. These benefits accrued in each case prior to the applicable officer’s becoming a managing director of Lazard. Benefit accruals under both of these plans were frozen for all participants effective January 31, 2005.

 

Arrangements with Our Managing Directors

 

In connection with the separation and recapitalization, Lazard Group, on behalf of itself, Lazard Ltd, and its other affiliates, entered into Agreements Relating to Retention and Noncompetition and Other Covenants, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “retention agreements,” with substantially all of our Financial Advisory managing directors and Asset Management managing directors who are not employed by LAM. Asset Management managing directors who are employed by LAM participate in separate equity arrangements at LAM, which contain restrictive covenants. The material terms of the retention agreements and the LAM arrangements are described below. Those of our managing directors who are employees of our joint venture with Intesa have signed service agreements with our joint venture entity that contain restrictive covenants that are comparable to those in the retention agreements described below. They participate in our equity or results solely through a cash based incentive plan in the joint venture. See “—The Retention Agreements in General,” “—The Retention Agreements with Named Executive Officers” and “—LAM Managing Directors.”

 

The Retention Agreements in General

 

The terms set forth below describe the material terms of the form of retention agreement entered into with our managing directors who were working members at the time of the separation and recapitalization. You should refer to the exhibits that are a part of the registration statement for a copy of the form of agreement. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

 

Participation in the Separation and Recapitalization

 

As part of the retention agreement, the managing director agreed to execute and deliver all documents, consents and agreements that are necessary to effectuate the separation and recapitalization and related transactions, and we agreed that certain material terms of the agreements described below would not be modified in a manner that materially and adversely affects the rights provided thereunder.

 

128


Table of Contents

In connection with the transactions, in accordance with the retention agreements, each managing director’s unvested working member interests vested, and the managing director received, in exchange for his or her working member interests, LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests. They also had their working member capital exchanged for an identical amount of capital in LAZ-MD Holdings, and received a profits interest in LAZ-MD Holdings. The chart below sets forth the amounts of interests that are held by each named executive officer as of the date hereof:

 

Managing Director


   LAZ-MD Holdings
Exchangeable Interests


   Capital

   LAZ-MD
Holdings
Profits Interests


Bruce Wasserstein(1)

   9,919,308    $ —      9,919,308

Michael J. Castellano

   454,986      187,500    454,986

Steven J. Golub

   1,718,837      4,169,241    1,718,837

Scott D. Hoffman

   556,094      430,626    556,094

Charles G. Ward, III

   1,516,621      514,500    1,516,621

(1) Includes 7,947,700 interests held directly or indirectly by the Wasserstein family trust and 1,979,337 interests held by the Wasserstein trust. The voting power over the shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock issuable upon exchange of the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests held by the Wasserstein family trust is vested in Ellis Jones, who serves on our board of directors, and members of Mr. Wasserstein’s family, as trustees. Mr. Wasserstein does not have any beneficial or other ownership interest in these interests. The voting power over the shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock issuable upon exchange of the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests held by the Wasserstein trust is vested solely in Ellis Jones, as trustee. Mr. Wasserstein is also a trustee and has sole authority to make all investment decisions with respect to the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests held by the Wasserstein trust.

 

LAZ-MD Holdings Exchangeable Interests

 

The retention agreements provide that the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests may, at the managing director’s election, be effectively exchangeable into shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock on the eighth anniversary of the equity public offering. In addition, the managing director may elect such an exchange on an accelerated basis under certain circumstances, as follows:

 

    If the managing director continues to provide services through the third anniversary of the closing of the equity public offering (or is terminated without cause or due to disability prior thereto) and has not violated any of the restrictive covenants described below, the managing director may elect such a conversion in three equal installments on and after each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the separation and recapitalization.

 

    If the managing director continues to provide services through the second anniversary of the closing of the equity public offering but not through the third anniversary of the closing of the equity public offering (and was not terminated without cause or due to disability) and has not violated any of the restrictive covenants described below, the managing director may elect such an exchange in three equal installments on and after each of the fourth, fifth and sixth anniversaries of the separation and recapitalization.

 

    If a managing director incurs a termination of services due to death on or prior to the second anniversary of the closing of the equity public offering all exchangeable interests held by the managing director shall, at our election, either become exchangeable no later than the first anniversary of such death or be purchased by LAZ-MD Holdings no later than the first anniversary of such death at the trading price of Lazard Ltd’s common stock on the date of such repurchase. The same treatment shall apply upon a death on or prior to the second anniversary of the closing of the equity public offering that occurs subsequent to the managing director’s retirement, provided that the managing director did not violate any of the restrictive covenants described below subsequent to retirement (without regard to the time limits generally applicable to such covenants). For purposes of the agreement, retirement is defined as voluntary termination following attainment either of both age 55 and 10 years of service as a managing director or attainment of age 65.

 

129


Table of Contents
    If a managing director incurs a termination of services due to death subsequent to the second anniversary of the closing of the equity public offering, but prior to the fourth anniversary of the closing of the equity public offering, all exchangeable interests held by the managing director may be exchanged on the later of the third anniversary of the closing of the equity public offering and the anniversary of the equity public offering that next follows the date of such death. The same treatment shall apply upon a death subsequent to the second anniversary of the closing of the equity public offering, but prior to the fourth anniversary of the closing of the equity public offering that occurs subsequent to the managing director’s retirement, provided that the managing director did not violate any of the restrictive covenants described below subsequent to retirement (without regard to the time limits generally applicable to such covenants).

 

    In the event of a change of control, as set forth in the master separation agreement, after the first anniversary of the closing of the separation and recapitalization, all exchangeable interests held by the managing director will be exchanged immediately by our managing directors prior to the change of control at a time and in a fashion designed to allow the managing director to participate in the change of control on a basis no less favorable than that applicable to our stockholders generally. This acceleration right will apply to all holders of LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests regardless of whether they sign or are asked to sign a retention agreement.

 

The subsidiaries of Lazard Ltd that hold Lazard Ltd’s Lazard Group common membership interests can, with the approval of Lazard Ltd’s board of directors, accelerate the above described exchange schedule in its discretion, as set forth in the master separation agreement, after the first anniversary of the closing of the separation and recapitalization. Both LAZ-MD Holdings and our subsidiaries through which the exchanges will be effected, with the consent of the Lazard Ltd board of directors, have the right to require each managing director to effectively exchange the exchangeable interests into shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock during the 30-day period commencing on the ninth anniversary of the closing of the equity public offering, if no such exchange has previously occurred.

 

Profits Interests

 

The retention agreements provide that LAZ-MD Holdings profits interests will receive distributions designed to reimburse the managing director for income taxes due in respect of such profits interests. In addition, beginning as of the third anniversary of the equity public offering, the LAZ-MD Holdings profits interests will receive distributions parallel to the dividends paid on shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock. The retention agreements provide that LAZ-MD Holdings profits interests were granted only if the managing director continues to provide services as of the date of the separation and recapitalization and remain outstanding only while such managing director continues to provide services to us.

 

Capital

 

In accordance with retention agreements, LAZ-MD Holdings assumed the existing obligations of Lazard Group for capital in Lazard Group. In accordance with the retention agreements, LAZ-MD Holdings shall distribute to each managing director who is a party to a retention agreement amounts in respect of the managing director’s capital accounts relating to his or her working member interests in equal installments on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the separation and recapitalization. Each managing director also has agreed that his or her rights to all capital of LAZ-MD Holdings allocated with respect to the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests and related profits interests shall be forfeited without payment therefor upon the exchange of the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests.

 

Services

 

Pursuant to the retention agreement, each managing director has made a commitment that is not legally binding to continue to provide services to us at least through the second anniversary of the separation and recapitalization, and, while providing services, to devote his or her entire working time, labor, skill and energies to us. The retention agreements provide each of the managing directors with a minimum base salary. The

 

130


Table of Contents

retention agreements also provide that annual bonuses will be determined in the sole discretion of the Chief Executive Officer of Lazard Ltd, subject to approval by Lazard Ltd’s board of directors or an appropriate committee thereof if required by law or regulation, and such annual bonuses may be paid pursuant to Lazard Ltd’s bonus plan (see “—Bonus Plan” below). A portion of the annual bonuses may be payable as equity compensation. In addition, each managing director will be eligible to participate in Lazard Ltd’s long-term incentive compensation programs and in Lazard Ltd’s employee benefit plans generally. Generally, the provision of services under the retention agreements is terminable by either party upon three months’ notice. No severance is payable upon a termination by us, other than continued compensation during the three-month notice period.

 

Restrictive Covenants

 

The retention agreements provide that the managing director is subject to the following restrictive covenants:

 

Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation of Clients . While providing services to us and during the three-month period following termination of the managing director’s services to us (one-month period in the event of such a termination by us without cause), the managing director may not:

 

    perform services in a line of business that is similar to any line of business in which the managing director provided services to us in a capacity that is similar to the capacity in which the managing director acted for us while providing services to us (“competing services”) for any business enterprise that engages in any activity, or owns a significant interest in any entity that engages in any activity, that competes with any activity in which we are engaged up to and including the date of termination of employment (a “competitive enterprise”),

 

    acquire an ownership or voting interest of 5% or more in any competitive enterprise, or

 

    solicit any of our clients on behalf of a competitive enterprise in connection with the performance of services that would be competing services or otherwise interfere with or disrupt any client’s relationship with us.

 

Nonsolicitation of Employees . While providing services to us and during the six-month period following termination of the managing director’s services, the managing director may not, directly or indirectly, in any manner, solicit or hire any of our employees at the associate level or above to apply for, or accept employment with, any competitive enterprise or otherwise interfere with any such employee’s relationship with us.

 

Transfer of Client Relationships, Nondisparagement and Notice Period Restrictions . The managing director is required, upon termination of his or her services to us and during the 90-day period following termination, to take all actions and do all things reasonably requested by us to maintain for us the business, goodwill and business relationships with our clients with which he worked, provided that such actions and things do not materially interfere with other employment or professional activities of the managing director. In addition, while providing services to us and thereafter, the managing director generally may not disparage us, and during the three-month notice period described above, the managing director is prohibited from entering into a written agreement to perform services for a competitive enterprise.

 

Supercession of and Integration with Other Agreements

 

The retention agreements generally supersede all other agreements between us and the managing directors, except, to the extent that the managing director is subject to an existing services agreement, the provisions of the existing agreement generally survive if they are not inconsistent with the terms of the retention agreements. In addition, limited modifications have been made to some of the terms of the retention agreement to reflect the specific situations of some of the managing directors. The material terms of the modifications made to the retention agreements with the named executive officers are described below. See “—The Retention Agreements with Named Executive Officers.”

 

131


Table of Contents

LAM Managing Directors

 

As noted above, managing directors employed by LAM generally are not parties to the above retention agreements and did not receive interests in LAZ-MD Holdings in connection with the separation and recapitalization. Instead, these managing directors and certain other LAM employees continue to hold their LAM equity units. The economic characteristics of these LAM equity units are described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Financial Measures and Indicators—Minority Interest.”

 

The LAM equity units are subject to various multi-year vesting schedules. As of March 31, 2005, approximately 60% of the LAM equity units have vested. The LAM equity units are subject to the following additional vesting and forfeiture rules set forth in the limited liability company agreement of LAM and in the equity plan:

 

    All unvested LAM equity units are forfeited upon a termination of the holder’s employment for cause or upon a voluntary termination of employment that is not for good reason.

 

    Upon a termination for cause prior to January 2, 2006, all vested LAM equity units are forfeited, and upon such a termination subsequent to January 2, 2006, LAM equity units which vested during the 24-month period prior to such termination shall be forfeited.

 

    All LAM equity units are forfeited upon a breach of the confidentiality and non-solicit restrictions applicable to LAM managing directors, or upon violation prior to January 2, 2006 of the non-compete restrictions applicable to LAM managing directors. Upon a violation of the non-compete restrictions subsequent to January 2, 2006, any unvested LAM equity units and any LAM equity units which vested during the 24-month period prior to such termination shall be forfeited.

 

    Upon certain change of control or liquidity events, the LAM phantom equity units are forfeited in exchange for payments similar to those payable to LAM equity interest holders in connection with the event, whose LAM equity interests also are forfeited for payment.

 

The non-solicitation restrictions prohibit solicitation and hire of our employees to work for a competing business or to resign from employment with us. These restrictions apply during the employment of the managing director with us and for one year thereafter. The non-compete restriction prohibits activities for competitive enterprises that are similar to those performed by the managing director for us. These restrictions apply during employment with us and until the six-month anniversary of termination of employment, except that they expire on the first anniversary of various change of control or liquidity events and are limited to 30 days following termination of employment if the termination is by the managing director for good reason or by us without cause.

 

The Retention Agreements with Named Executive Officers

 

In connection with the separation and recapitalization, the named executive officers entered into retention agreements with Lazard Group, on behalf of itself, Lazard Ltd and our other affiliates, that contain provisions relating to their participation in the separation and recapitalization and the terms of the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests and restrictive covenants that are substantially similar to those of the form of retention agreement executed by other managing directors, as well as the additional terms described below. In the case of Mr. Wasserstein, the provisions relating to his participation in the separation and recapitalization are set forth in a separate agreement relating to the reorganization of Lazard, which agreement, for purposes of this description, is deemed to be part of his retention agreement, and which agreement, together with his retention agreement, replaces in its entirety Mr. Wasserstein’s previous employment agreement with Lazard Group.

 

Compensation and Employee Benefits

 

The retention agreement with each of Messrs. Wasserstein and Golub provides for a guaranteed level of compensation during the term of each such agreement, which term continues until the third anniversary of the equity public offering, and the retention agreement with each of Messrs. Castellano, Hoffman and Ward provides

 

132


Table of Contents

for a guaranteed level of compensation through the 2007 calendar year, in each case, so long as the applicable named executive officer continues to provide services to us. Mr. Wasserstein will be eligible to receive an annual base salary of no less than $4.8 million during the three-year period following the separation and recapitalization, and each of Messrs. Castellano, Golub, Hoffman and Ward will be eligible to receive a guaranteed total compensation amount for each of 2005, 2006 and 2007 (until the third anniversary of the equity public offering for Mr. Golub) of no less than $2 million, $3 million, $2.25 million and $3 million, respectively, with at least $500,000, $1.5 million, $600,000 and $1.5 million, respectively, of such guaranteed total compensation amount payable as annual base salary, except that the guaranteed compensation amount for Mr. Ward can be reduced in connection with reductions applicable to the majority of our deputy chairmen.

 

In addition, Mr. Wasserstein’s agreement provides that until the third anniversary of the equity public offering, he will participate in the employee benefit plans and programs generally applicable to our most senior executives on terms no less favorable than those provided to such senior executives, except that his participation in equity-related, bonus, incentive, profit sharing or deferred compensation plans will require the consent of our board of directors, and provides in addition that he will be entitled to perquisites and fringe benefits no less favorable than those provided to him by Lazard Group immediately prior to the separation and recapitalization, to the extent not inconsistent with our policies as in effect from time to time, which perquisites and fringe benefits are similar to those customarily provided to chief executive officers. The retention agreements with each of Messrs. Castellano, Golub, Hoffman and Ward provide that they are entitled to participate in employee retirement and welfare benefit plans and programs of the type made available to our most senior executives.

 

Payments and Benefits Upon Certain Terminations of Service

 

Each retention agreement with a named executive officer provides for certain severance benefits in the event of a termination prior to the third anniversary of the equity public offering by us other than for cause or by the named executive officer for good reason (which we refer to below as a qualifying termination). The level of the severance benefits depends on whether the applicable termination occurs prior to or following a change in control of Lazard Ltd.

 

In the event of a qualifying termination of a named executive officer prior to a change in control, the named executive officer would be entitled to receive (i) any unpaid base salary accrued through the date of termination, (ii) any earned but unpaid bonuses for years completed prior to the date of termination, (iii) a prorated bonus for the year of termination and (iv) a severance payment in the following amounts: Mr. Wasserstein, two times base salary; Messrs. Castellano, Golub, Hoffman and Ward, one-and-a-half times (two times in the case of Mr. Golub) the greater of such named executive officer’s guaranteed compensation amount or such named executive officer’s base salary plus average bonus for the two calendar years preceding the year of termination. Upon such a qualifying termination, the named executive officer and his eligible dependents would generally continue to be eligible to participate in our medical and dental benefit plans, on the same basis as in effect immediately prior to the executive’s date of termination (which currently requires the named executive officer to pay the full cost of the premiums), for the following periods: for Mr. Wasserstein, for the remainder of his life and the life of his current spouse; for Mr. Golub, until the later to occur of the second anniversary of termination of service and February 29, 2008; for each of Messrs. Castellano, Hoffman and Ward, for a period of 18 months following the date of termination of service. The period of such medical and dental benefits continuation would generally be credited towards the named executive officer’s credited age and service for purpose of our retiree medical program.

 

As a separate matter, Lazard Group has and will have granted additional unallocated working member interests and reallocated working member interests to current working members, including its named executive officers, as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Certain Relationships with Our Directors, Executive Officers and Employees—Transactions with Our Working Members.”

 

In the event of a qualifying termination of a named executive officer on or following a change in control, the named executive officer would receive the severance payments and benefits described in the preceding

 

133


Table of Contents

paragraph, except that the severance payments would be in the following amounts: Mr. Wasserstein, three times base salary; Messrs. Castellano, Golub, Hoffman and Ward, three times the greater of such named executive officer’s guaranteed compensation amount or such named executive officer’s base salary plus average bonus for the two calendar years preceding the year of termination. In addition, each of the named executive officers and his eligible dependents would be eligible for continued participation in our medical and dental benefit plans and receive age and service credit, as described above, except the applicable period for each of Messrs. Castellano, Golub, Hoffman and Ward would be 36 months following the date of termination of service.

 

The retention agreement with Mr. Wasserstein provides that in the event his service is terminated due to his death or disability, he and/or his current spouse, as applicable, would continue to be eligible for the medical and dental benefits described above.

 

The retention agreement with Mr. Golub provides that if his service terminates due to his death or disability prior to the third anniversary of the equity public offering or upon the expiration of his agreement as of the third anniversary of the equity public offering, he would be entitled to a prorated bonus for the year of termination.

 

Change in Control Excise Tax Gross-up

 

Each retention agreement with a named executive officer provides that in the event that the named executive officer’s receipt of any payment made by us under the retention agreement or otherwise are subject to the excise tax imposed under section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the “Code,” an additional payment will be made to restore the executive to the after-tax position that he would have been in if the excise tax had not been imposed.

 

Provisions Relating to the Reorganization and Restrictive Covenants

 

Generally, the retention agreements with the named executive officers contain restrictive covenants and provisions relating to their participation in the separation and recapitalization that are substantially similar to those in the retention agreements signed by our other managing directors. However, the scope of the covenants applicable to Mr. Wasserstein limiting his ability to compete with us and to solicit our clients are generally more restrictive than those applicable to our other managing directors, although Mr. Wasserstein may continue his relationship with and ownership interest in Wasserstein & Co., LP on terms consistent with past practice without violating these covenants, so long as such activities do not significantly interfere with his performance of his duties as our chairman and chief executive officer. In addition, the nondisparagement provision between Mr. Wasserstein and us is reciprocal.

 

Under each retention agreement with a named executive officer, a termination by the named executive officer for good reason would be treated as a termination by us without cause for purposes of the duration of the restrictive covenants and the provisions governing the timing of exchangeability of LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests into shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock.

 

See “—Arrangements With Our Managing Directors—The Retention Agreements in General—Participation in the Separation and Recapitalization” for a chart setting forth the interests of each named executive officer.

 

Bonus Plan

 

To align employee and stockholder interests, Lazard Ltd adopted the 2005 Bonus Plan for purposes of determining annual bonuses for our senior executives. Lazard Ltd’s compensation committee has full direct responsibility and authority for determining our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation under the plan and will make recommendations with regard to the compensation of our other executive officers under the plan. Subject

 

134


Table of Contents

to overall compensation limits as determined from time to time and, with respect to plan participants, the terms of the plan, our Chief Executive Officer will have responsibility for determining the compensation of all employees except as provided above.

 

Participants in the plan will be designated during the first three months of each fiscal year, although participants may be added or removed at any time prior to payment of bonuses for the fiscal year. It is anticipated that all of Lazard Ltd’s named executive officers will participate in the plan for each fiscal year. The actual size of the bonus pool will be determined at the end of each fiscal year, taking into account our results of operations, stockholder return and/or other measures of our financial performance or of the financial performance of one or more of our subsidiaries or divisions. A target maximum ratio of aggregate compensation and benefits expense for the year (including annual cash bonus payments under the plan) to annual revenue or income (or to similar measures of corporate profitability) may also be taken into account, and it is currently anticipated that this will initially be based on our current target ratio of compensation and benefits expense to operating revenue of 57.5%. The bonus pool will be allocated among the participants in the plan with respect to each fiscal year. This allocation may be made at any time prior to payment of bonuses for such year, and may take into account any factors deemed appropriate, including, without limitation, assessments of individual, subsidiary or division performance and input of management.

 

Amounts payable under the bonus plan will be satisfied in cash or through equity awards granted under Lazard Ltd’s equity incentive plan.

 

The Equity Incentive Plan

 

The following is a description of the material terms of the Equity Incentive Plan (which we refer to in this section as the “plan”). You should, however, refer to the exhibits that are a part of the registration statement for a copy of the plan. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

 

Purpose

 

The purposes of the plan are to attract, retain and motivate key employees and directors of, and consultants and advisors to, Lazard and to align the interests of key employees, directors, consultants and advisors with those of stockholders through equity-based compensation and enhanced opportunities for ownership of shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock . We currently expect that we will pay a portion of our bonus compensation in the form of equity awards of Lazard Ltd that will be subject to vesting and other terms. We do not currently intend to grant any stock options in respect of shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock during the first two years following the separation and recapitalization unless and to the extent that we determine that such grants would be appropriate for European employees or managing directors under agreed upon circumstances.

 

Administration

 

The plan is administered by the compensation committee or such other committee of our board of directors as our board of directors may from time to time establish. The committee administering the plan will be referred to in this description as the “committee.” Among other things, the committee has the authority to select individuals to whom awards may be granted, to determine the type of award as well as the number of shares of common stock to be covered by each award, and to determine the terms and conditions of any such awards. All determinations by the committee or its designee under the plan will be final, binding and conclusive.

 

Eligibility

 

Persons who serve or agree to serve as our officers, employees, directors, consultants or advisors who are responsible for, or contribute to, our management, growth and profitability are eligible to be granted awards under the plan. Holders of equity-based awards issued by a company acquired by us or with which we combine are eligible to receive substitute awards under the plan.

 

135


Table of Contents

Shares Available

 

Subject to adjustment, the plan authorizes the issuance of up to 25,000,000 shares of Lazard Ltd common stock pursuant to the grant or exercise of stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock, stock units and other equity-based awards. If any award is forfeited or if any stock option or SAR terminates without being exercised, or if any SAR is exercised for cash, shares of Lazard Ltd common stock subject to such awards will be available for distribution in connection with awards under the plan. If the option price of any stock option granted under the plan is satisfied by delivering shares of Lazard Ltd common stock to Lazard Ltd (by actual delivery or attestation), only the number of shares of Lazard Ltd common stock issued net of the shares of common stock delivered or attested to will be deemed delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of shares of common stock available for delivery under the plan. To the extent any shares are not delivered to a participant because such shares are used to satisfy any applicable tax-withholding obligation, such shares will not be deemed to have been delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of shares of Lazard Ltd common stock available for delivery under the plan. The shares subject to grant under the plan are to be made available from authorized but unissued shares or from shares held by Lazard Ltd’s subsidiaries, as determined from time to time by Lazard Ltd’s board of directors.

 

Change in Capitalization or Change in Control

 

The plan provides that, in the event of any change in corporate capitalization, such as a stock split, or any fundamental corporate transaction, such as any merger, amalgamation, consolidation, separation, spinoff or other distribution of property (including any extraordinary cash or stock dividend), or any reorganization or partial or complete liquidation of Lazard Ltd, the committee or Lazard Ltd’s board of directors may make such substitution or adjustment as it deems appropriate in its discretion in the aggregate number and kind of shares reserved for issuance under the plan, in the exercise price of shares subject to outstanding stock options and SARs, and in the number and kind of shares subject to other outstanding awards granted under the plan. Any adjustments described in the immediately preceding sentence that are considered “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of the Code will be made in such manner as to ensure that after such adjustment, the awards either continue not to be subject to, or comply with the requirements of, Section 409A of the Code. The plan also provides that in the event of a “change in control” of Lazard Ltd, unless otherwise provided for in the individual award agreement: (i) SARs and stock options outstanding as of the date of the change in control, which are not then exercisable and vested will become fully exercisable and vested, (ii) the restrictions and deferral limitations applicable to restricted stock will lapse and such restricted stock will become free of all restrictions and fully vested, and (iii) all stock units will vest in full and be immediately settled.

 

Types of Awards

 

As indicated above, several types of awards can be made under the plan. A summary of these grants is set forth below.

 

Stock Options

 

Eligible individuals can be granted non-qualified stock options under the plan. The exercise price of such options cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock underlying the options on the date of grant. The term of the options will be determined by the committee. Optionees may pay the exercise price in cash or, if approved by the committee, in common stock (valued at its fair market value on the date of exercise) or a combination thereof, or, to the extent permitted by applicable law, by “cashless exercise” through a broker or by withholding shares otherwise receivable on exercise. The committee will determine the vesting and exercise schedule of options. Unless determined otherwise by the committee in its discretion, unvested options terminate upon termination of service, and vested options will generally remain exercisable for one year after the optionee’s death, three years after the optionee’s termination for disability, five years after the optionee’s retirement and 90 days after the optionee’s termination for any other reason (other than for cause, in which case all options will terminate). Unless determined otherwise by the committee, if an optionee’s service terminates during the two-year period following a change in control (other than for cause), options held by the optionee will

 

136


Table of Contents

remain exercisable until the third anniversary of the change in control. Notwithstanding the foregoing rules, in no event will an option remain exercisable following the expiration of its original term.

 

SARs

 

SARs may be granted as stand-alone awards or in conjunction with an option. An SAR entitles the holder to receive, upon exercise, the excess of the fair market value of a share of Lazard Ltd common stock at the time of exercise over the exercise price of the applicable SAR multiplied by the specified number of shares of Lazard Ltd common stock in respect of which the SAR has been exercised. Such amount will be paid to the holder in stock (valued at its fair market value on the date of exercise), cash or a combination thereof, as the committee may determine. An SAR granted in conjunction with an option is exercisable only when and to the extent the related option is exercisable. An option will be cancelled to the extent that its related SAR is exercised or cancelled, and an SAR will be cancelled to the extent the related option is exercised or cancelled. Unless determined otherwise by the committee, unvested SARs terminate upon termination of service, and vested SARs generally will remain exercisable for one year after the holder’s death, three years after the holder’s termination for disability, five years after the holder’s termination due to retirement and 90 days after the holder’s termination for any other reason (other than for cause, in which case all SARs will terminate). Unless determined otherwise by the committee, if a holder’s service terminates during the two-year period following a change in control (other than for cause), SARs held by the holder will remain exercisable until the third anniversary of the change in control. Notwithstanding the foregoing rules, in no event will an SAR remain exercisable following the expiration of its original term. Generally, stand-alone SARS are subject to the same terms and conditions as stock options as described above.

 

Restricted Stock

 

Restricted stock may be granted with such restrictions and restricted periods as the committee may determine. The committee may provide that a grant of Lazard Ltd restricted stock will vest upon the continued service of the participant or the satisfaction of applicable performance goals. Restricted stock is generally forfeited upon termination of service, unless otherwise provided by the committee. Other than such restrictions on transfer and any other restrictions the committee may impose, the participant will have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to the restricted stock award, although the committee may provide for the automatic deferral or reinvestment of dividends or impose vesting requirements on dividends.

 

Stock Units

 

The committee may grant stock unit awards, which represent a right to receive cash based on the fair market value of a share of Lazard Ltd common stock. The committee may provide that a grant of stock units will vest upon the continued service of the participant or the satisfaction of applicable performance goals. Stock units that are not vested are generally forfeited upon termination of service, unless otherwise provided by the committee. Holders of stock units do not have the rights of a stockholder with respect to the award unless and until the award is settled in shares of Lazard Ltd common stock, although the committee may provide for dividend equivalent rights.

 

Other Equity-Based Awards

 

The committee may grant other types of equity-based awards based upon Lazard Ltd common stock, including unrestricted stock and dividend equivalent rights.

 

Transferability

 

Awards generally will not be transferable, except by will and the laws of descent and distribution or to the extent otherwise permitted by the committee.

 

Duration of the Plan

 

The plan’s term expires on May 4, 2015.

 

137


Table of Contents

Amendment and Discontinuance

 

The plan may be amended, altered or discontinued by Lazard Ltd’s board of directors, but, except as required by applicable law, stock exchange rules, tax rules or accounting rules, no amendment, alteration or discontinuance may materially impair the rights of an optionee under an option or a recipient of an SAR, restricted stock award, stock unit award or other equity-based award previously granted without the optionee’s or recipient’s consent. The plan may not be amended without stockholder approval to the extent such approval is required by applicable law or stock exchange rules. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the committee may grant awards to eligible participants who are subject to legal or regulatory provisions of countries or jurisdictions outside the U.S., on terms and conditions different from those specified in the plan, as it determines to be necessary, and may make such modifications, amendments, procedures, or subplans as are necessary to comply with such legal or regulatory provisions.

 

Federal Income Tax Consequences

 

The following discussion is intended only as a brief summary of the material U.S. federal income tax rules that are generally relevant to non-qualified stock options as the plan does not provide for the grant of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code. The laws governing the tax aspects of awards are complex and such laws are subject to change.

 

Upon the grant of a nonqualified option, the optionee will not recognize any taxable income and we will not be entitled to a deduction. Upon the exercise of such an option or related SAR, the excess of the fair market value of the shares acquired upon the exercise of the option or SAR over the exercise price of the option or the cash paid under an SAR will constitute compensation taxable to the optionee as ordinary income. We, or our applicable affiliate, in computing our U.S. federal income tax, will generally be entitled to a deduction in an amount equal to the compensation taxable to the optionee.

 

Participatory Interests in Lazard Group

 

We also have granted participatory interests in Lazard Group to certain of our managing directors in connection with the separation and recapitalization transactions. The participatory interests are discretionary profits interests that are intended to enable Lazard Group to compensate our managing directors in a manner consistent with historical compensation practices. Initially, 20% of Lazard Group’s adjusted operating income (as defined below) will be distributable among our current managing directors holding Lazard Group participatory interests in amounts as determined in our sole discretion. We may elect to withhold all or part of the distributions otherwise payable in respect of a participatory interest (subject to minimum distributions in respect of taxes). The 20% figure is set forth in the Lazard Group operating agreement and will be subject to adjustment if the total amount allocable to the holders of the participatory interests exceeds 8% of adjusted operating revenue (as defined below), in which case the aggregate percentage interest will be reduced to equal the amount determined by dividing 8% of adjusted operating revenue by adjusted operating income. For purposes of the above, “adjusted operating revenue” is defined as revenue less interest expense other than with respect to “operating” interest expense and extraordinary gains, and “adjusted operating income” is defined as the difference between adjusted operating revenue and adjusted operating expenses, which, in turn, are defined as expenses exclusive of compensation expense paid to managing directors (other than LAM managing directors), minority interest, interest expense other than “operating” interest expense, extraordinary losses and income taxes. Amounts distributed pursuant to the participatory interests will be accounted for as part of our compensation and benefits expense and, therefore, included in the computation of our target ratio of compensation expense-to-operating revenue.

 

This program is terminable, in whole or in part, at any time at our election. The participatory interests will carry no other rights, including voting or liquidation rights or preferences, beyond those incident to such distributions, must be forfeited upon a holder ceasing to be a managing director and will not be transferable. Any capital that is allocated but not distributed in respect of participatory interests will be entitled to distribution in the event of a dissolution of Lazard Group.

 

138


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

Relationship with LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings

 

LAZ-MD Holdings controls Lazard Ltd. LAZ-MD Holdings currently owns approximately 62.5% of the voting power of all shares of Lazard Ltd’s voting stock and is thereby able to control the election of Lazard Ltd’s directors. Through its control of Lazard Ltd, LAZ-MD Holdings controls Lazard Group. LAZ-MD Holdings’ voting power in Lazard Ltd is intended to mirror its economic interest in Lazard Group, and its voting power will decrease over time in connection with the exchange of the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock. The working members, including our managing directors who held working member interests at the time of the separation, own LAZ-MD Holdings and, through the LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement, have the right to cause LAZ-MD Holdings to vote its Class B common stock on an as-if-exchanged basis. In addition, LFCM Holdings, which is the entity that owns and operates the separated businesses, is no longer a subsidiary of either Lazard Group or LAZ-MD Holdings. It is owned by the working members, including our managing directors who are members of LAZ-MD Holdings. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Lazard Ltd is controlled by LAZ-MD Holdings and, through the LAZ-MD stockholders’ agreement, by the working members, whose interests may differ from those of other stockholders,” and “The Lazard Organizational Structure.”

 

Lazard Group entered into several agreements with Lazard Ltd, LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings to effect the separation and recapitalization transactions and to define and regulate the relationships of the parties. Except as described in this section, we do not have any material arrangements with LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings other than ordinary course business relationships on arm’s length terms.

 

Agreements with LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings

 

We have provided below summary descriptions of the master separation agreement and the other key related agreements we entered into with Lazard Ltd, LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings in connection with the separation and recapitalization. These agreements effected the separation and recapitalization transactions and also provide a framework for our ongoing relationship with LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings. These agreements include:

 

    the master separation agreement,

 

    the employee benefits agreement,

 

    the insurance matters agreement,

 

    the license agreement,

 

    the administrative services agreement, and

 

    the business alliance agreement.

 

The descriptions set forth below, which summarize the material terms of these agreements, are not complete. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

 

Master Separation Agreement

 

Lazard Group entered into the master separation agreement with Lazard Ltd, LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings. The master separation agreement contains key provisions relating to the separation and recapitalization transactions and the relationship among the parties after completion of the separation and recapitalization. The master separation agreement identified the assets, liabilities and businesses of Lazard Group that were transferred to LFCM Holdings in connection with the separation and recapitalization and describes when and how the separation and recapitalization occurred. In addition, the master separation agreement regulates aspects of the relationship among the parties after the separation and recapitalization, including the exchange mechanics of the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests.

 

139


Table of Contents

Relationship Among Lazard Ltd, Lazard Group, LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings

 

The master separation agreement contains various provisions governing the relationship among Lazard Ltd, Lazard Group, LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings after the completion of the separation and recapitalization transactions, including with respect to the following matters.

 

Limitation on Scope of LAZ-MD Holdings’ Operations . The master separation agreement provides that LAZ-MD Holdings will not engage in any business other than to act as the holding company for the working members’ interests in Lazard Group and Lazard Ltd’s Class B common stock and actions incidental thereto, except as otherwise agreed by Lazard Ltd.

 

Parity of Lazard Group Common Membership Interests and Lazard Ltd’s common stock . The master separation agreement sets forth the intention of Lazard Group and Lazard Ltd that the number of Lazard Group common membership interests held by Lazard Ltd (or its subsidiaries) will at all times be equal in number to the number of outstanding shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments.

 

Lazard Ltd Expenses . The master separation agreement also sets forth the intention of Lazard Group to reimburse Lazard Ltd for its costs and expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business.

 

LAZ-MD Holdings Exchangeable Interests

 

Terms of Exchange . The master separation agreement sets forth the terms and arrangements with respect to the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests. See “Management—Arrangements with Our Managing Directors—The Retention Agreements in General—LAZ-MD Holdings Exchangeable Interests.”

 

Accelerated Exchange . The master separation agreement provides that each of LAZ-MD Holdings and Lazard Ltd’s subsidiaries that directly hold our Lazard Group common interests, upon the approval of Lazard Ltd’s board of directors, have the power to accelerate the exchange of LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests for Lazard Ltd’s common shares after the first anniversary of the closing of the separation and recapitalization. In addition, the exchangeability of the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests will be accelerated in connection with a change in control of Lazard Ltd, as defined in our 2005 equity incentive plan, after the first anniversary of the separation and recapitalization, unless otherwise determined by Lazard Ltd’s board of directors.

 

Transfers of LAZ-MD Holdings Exchangeable Interests . Lazard Group is empowered to authorize transfers of LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests to certain types of trusts for estate planning purposes, which transfers will otherwise generally be prohibited by the terms of the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests in the absence of such authorization. In addition, Lazard Group is entitled to permit the transfer of LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests to other holders of LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests or pursuant to a repurchase of LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests.

 

Indemnification

 

In general, under the master separation agreement, Lazard Group will indemnify LFCM Holdings, LAZ-MD Holdings and their respective representatives and affiliates for any and all losses (including tax losses) that such persons incur to the extent arising out of or relating to our business (both historically and in the future) and any and all losses that LFCM Holdings, LAZ-MD Holdings and their respective representatives and affiliates incur arising out of or relating to Lazard Group’s or Lazard Ltd’s breach of the master separation agreement.

 

In general, LFCM Holdings will indemnify Lazard Ltd, Lazard Group, LAZ-MD Holdings and their respective representatives and affiliates for any and all losses (including tax losses) that such persons incur arising out of or relating to the separated businesses and the businesses conducted by LFCM Holdings (both historically and in the future) and any and all losses that Lazard Ltd, Lazard Group, LAZ-MD Holdings and their respective representatives or affiliates incur arising out of or relating to LFCM Holdings’ breach of the master separation agreement.

 

140


Table of Contents

In general, under the master separation agreement, LAZ-MD Holdings will indemnify Lazard Ltd, Lazard Group, LFCM Holdings and their respective representatives and affiliates for any and all losses that such persons incur to the extent arising out of or relating to LAZ-MD Holdings’ breach of the master separation agreement.

 

All indemnification amounts would be reduced by any insurance proceeds and other offsetting amounts recovered by the indemnitee. The master separation agreement will specify procedures with respect to claims subject to indemnification and related matters.

 

Access to Information

 

Under the master separation agreement, the following terms govern access to information:

 

    subject to applicable confidentiality provisions and other restrictions, the parties will each give the other any information within that company’s possession that the requesting party reasonably needs (i) to comply with requirements imposed on the requesting party by a governmental or regulatory authority, (ii) for use in any proceeding or to satisfy audit, accounting, tax or similar requirements, or (iii) to comply with its obligations under the master separation agreement or the ancillary agreements,

 

    LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings will provide to Lazard Ltd and Lazard Group, at no charge, all financial and other data and information that Lazard Ltd or Lazard Group determines is necessary or advisable in order to prepare its financial statements and reports or filings with any governmental or regulatory authority,

 

    the parties will each use reasonable best efforts to provide assistance to the other parties for litigation and to make available to the other parties, their directors, officers, other employees and agents as witnesses, in legal, administrative or other proceedings, and will cooperate and consult to the extent reasonably necessary with respect to any litigation,

 

    the company providing information, consultant or witness services under the master separation agreement will be entitled to reimbursement from the other for reasonable expenses,

 

    the parties will each retain all proprietary information in its possession relating to each other’s businesses for a period of time, and, if the information is to be destroyed, the destroying company will give the applicable other company the opportunity to receive the information, and

 

    the parties will agree to hold in strict confidence all information concerning or belonging to any other party obtained prior to the closing date of the separation and recapitalization transactions or furnished pursuant to the master separation agreement or any ancillary agreement, subject to applicable law.

 

No Representations and Warranties

 

Pursuant to the master separation agreement, LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings acknowledged and agreed that neither Lazard Ltd nor Lazard Group is representing or warranting to LAZ-MD Holdings or LFCM Holdings as to the separated businesses, the assets, liabilities and businesses included therein or the historical operations of those businesses, assets and liabilities. LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings took all such businesses and assets “as is, where is” and bear the economic and legal risk relating to conveyance of, and title to, those assets and businesses.

 

Expenses

 

In general, LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings, on the one hand, and Lazard Ltd and Lazard Group, on the other hand, are responsible for their own costs incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by the master separation agreement.

 

Lazard Group intends to reimburse Lazard Ltd for all of its ordinary course expenses incurred in connection with the separation and recapitalization transactions and thereafter, including expenses incurred in operating as a public company.

 

141


Table of Contents

Employee Benefits Agreement

 

We entered into an employee benefits agreement with LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings that governs our compensation and employee benefit obligations with respect to our active and former employees. Under the employee benefits agreement, LFCM Holdings generally assumed, as of the completion of the separation and recapitalization transactions, all outstanding and future liabilities in respect of the current and former employees of the separated businesses. We retained all accrued liabilities under, and assets of, our pension plans in the U.S. and the U.K. and the 401(k) plan accounts of the inactive employees of LFCM Holdings and its subsidiaries. As reflected in the notes to our consolidated financial statements, our principal U.K. pension plan had a deficit of approximately $95 million (approximately 49.2 million British pounds). This deficit would ordinarily be funded over time. Lazard Group has been in discussions with the trustees of the pension plans aimed at reaching agreement regarding a deficit reduction plan. In May 2005, “Heads of Terms” have been agreed between Lazard Group and the trustees of the plans dealing with a plan for future funding of the deficit as well as with asset allocation. In the third quarter of 2005, Lazard Group expects to execute a final agreement with the trustees. Irrespective of the terms in the final executed agreement, in considering their duties to beneficiaries, the trustees also have the power to change the asset allocation. Any changes in the asset allocation could increase or decrease the unfunded liability that would be funded over time, depending on asset mix, any increase in liabilities and investment returns. It is also the case that the pensions regulator in the U.K. may have the power to require contributions to be made to plans, and to impose support in respect of the funding of plans by related companies other than the direct obligors. As part of the separation, Lazard Group made a contribution to LFCM Holdings of $55 million in connection with the provision by LFCM Holdings of support relating to U.K. pension liabilities and other indemnities.

 

Approximately $31 million (or 16.4 million British pounds) of contributions were made to Lazard Group’s defined benefit pension plans in 2005 in the U.K. Of such amount, approximately $1.6 million was contributed during the three month period ended March 31, 2005 and the remainder was contributed on June 1, 2005 when LFCM Holdings also satisfied its obligation to reimburse 15 million British pounds to Lazard Group.

 

Lazard Group will make further payments amounting to 16.4 million British pounds on June 1, 2006, 8.2 million British pounds on June 1, 2007 and 8.2 million British pounds on June 1, 2008, 15 million British pounds of which LFCM Holdings is obligated to reimburse Lazard Group.

 

The employee benefits agreement provides that to the extent inactive employees of the LFCM businesses were participating or eligible to participate in certain of our welfare benefit plans as of the completion of the separation and recapitalization transactions, they continue to be eligible to participate in such plans, with LFCM reimbursing us for the costs of any such participation.

 

The employee benefits agreement generally provides that following the date of the separation and recapitalization transactions, the employees of LFCM Holdings and its subsidiaries will participate in employee benefit plans and programs of LFCM Holdings, although U.S. employees of LFCM Holdings and its subsidiaries will continue to be eligible to participate in certain of our welfare plans and in our 401(k) plan for brief transition periods following the completion of the separation and recapitalization transactions, with LFCM reimbursing us for the costs of any such participation. Following the transition period, we will transfer the accounts of the then-active employees of LFCM Holdings and its subsidiaries to a new 401(k) plan sponsored by LFCM Holdings. The employee benefits agreement provides that the employee benefit plans of LFCM Holdings will generally give employees full credit for service to us prior to the reorganization, to the extent such service was credited under our corresponding plans.

 

Insurance Matters Agreement

 

The separated businesses were insured under insurance policies held within Lazard Group prior to the separation and recapitalization, which policies provided coverage to Lazard Group and its subsidiaries and affiliates for property and casualty, errors and omissions, directors and officers and certain other risks commonly

 

142


Table of Contents

insured by financial services companies. Following the separation, we surrendered a portion of these policies and these policies were replaced with new policies that separately cover our business and the separated businesses, respectively, and changed or retained all or a portion of these policies, which are governed to the extent necessary by the insurance matters agreement.

 

LFCM Holdings and we entered into an insurance matters agreement in connection with the separation and recapitalization. Under the agreement, our former insurance policies and those insurance policies then in effect generally continue to provide coverage to Lazard Ltd and Lazard Group and their respective subsidiaries and generally provide coverage to LFCM Holdings and its subsidiaries only for pre-separation occurrences. In periods after the separation, Lazard Ltd and Lazard Group and their respective subsidiaries and LFCM Holdings and its subsidiaries must separately make their own insurance arrangements.

 

The insurance matters agreement includes provisions establishing the manner in which LFCM Holdings and we will cooperate with each other in seeking insurance for our respective liabilities under policies that provide coverage to both companies. The insurance matters agreement also includes provisions concerning the allocation between LFCM Holdings and us of insurance recoveries in excess of available limits of liability. In addition, with respect to the type of coverage required as a matter of law, LFCM Holdings is obligated obtain separate replacement policies that provide for coverage after the separation date. With respect to insurance policies that in the good faith judgment of the LFCM Holdings board of directors are reasonable and appropriate for the type and size of business conducted by LFCM Holdings, LFCM Holdings will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain separate policies that provide for such coverage after the separation.

 

Lazard License Agreement

 

The logo, trademarks, trade names and service marks of Lazard are currently property of various wholly owned subsidiaries of Lazard Group. Pursuant to the master separation agreement, Lazard Group and those subsidiaries entered into a license agreement with LFCM Holdings that governs the use of the Lazard and LF names by LFCM Holdings in connection with the separated businesses.

 

In general, LFCM Holdings is permitted to use the Lazard and LF names to the extent that the Lazard name was being used at the time of the separation and recapitalization by the separated businesses and is permitted to use the LF name solely for the use of the name LFCM Holdings LLC in its capacity as a holding company for the separated businesses. In general, LFCM Holdings’ license does not extend to any research on an issuer not covered by the capital markets business within the past 12 months or to any new funds (including any successor funds to funds existing at the time of the separation and recapitalization) established or otherwise obtained by the merchant banking business after the separation and recapitalization, unless LFCM Holdings receives Lazard Group’s prior consent. Under the agreement, LFCM Holdings will pay $100,000 per year for the right to license the Lazard name. The license will survive with respect to capital markets activities until the expiration or termination of the business alliance provided for in the business alliance agreement that LFCM Holdings entered into with Lazard Group. With respect to merchant banking activities, LFCM Holdings’ license will survive until the earlier of the expiration, termination or closing of the options to purchase the North American and European merchant banking businesses, granted in the business alliance agreement, as described in “—Business Alliance Agreement” or until the business alliance agreement is terminated. The license for the LF name in LFCM Holdings LLC may be terminated by either party for any reason after the license with respect to the capital markets business and the license for the merchant banking activities have both expired or been terminated. Upon termination of either the license with respect to the capital markets business or the license for the merchant banking activities, the license fee for the calendar year following the termination and each year thereafter will be $75,000 per year. If both of those licenses are terminated, the license fee for the calendar year following the termination and each year thereafter will be $25,000 per year.

 

Administrative Services Agreement

 

We entered into an administrative services agreement with LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings regarding administrative and support services to be provided after the completion of the separation and recapitalization transactions.

 

143


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the administrative services agreement, Lazard Group provides selected administrative and support services to LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings, such as:

 

    cash management and debt service administration,

 

    accounting and financing activities,

 

    tax,

 

    payroll,

 

    human resources administration,

 

    financial transaction support,

 

    information technology,

 

    public communications,

 

    data processing,

 

    procurement,

 

    real estate management, and

 

    other general administrative functions.

 

Lazard Group intends to charge for the above services based on Lazard Group’s cost allocation methodology. Notwithstanding Lazard Group’s providing data processing services, Lazard Group will not provide any security administration services, as such services are being transferred to LFCM Holdings.

 

Pursuant to the administrative services agreement, Lazard Group also provides tax services to LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings provides securities administrative services to Lazard Group.

 

The services provided by Lazard Group to LFCM Holdings and by LFCM Holdings to Lazard Group, under the administrative services agreement generally will be provided until December 31, 2008. LFCM Holdings and Lazard Group have a right to terminate the services earlier if there is a change of control of either party or the business alliance provided in the business alliance agreement expires or is terminated. The party receiving a service may also terminate a service earlier upon 180 days’ notice as long as the receiving party pays the service provider an additional 3 months of service fee for terminated service. The services provided by Lazard Group to LAZ-MD Holdings will generally be provided until December 31, 2014, unless terminated earlier because of a change of control of either party.

 

In the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct, the party receiving services under the administrative services agreement will waive any rights and claims they may have against the service provider in respect of any services provided under the administrative services agreement.

 

Business Alliance Agreement

 

Lazard Group and LFCM Holdings entered into a business alliance agreement that provides for the continuation of Lazard Group’s and LFCM Holdings’ business relationships in the areas and on the terms summarized below.

 

The business alliance agreement provides that Lazard Group will refer to LFCM Holdings selected opportunities for underwriting and distribution of securities. In addition, Lazard Group will provide assistance in the execution of any such referred business. In exchange for this referral obligation and assistance, Lazard Group will be entitled to a referral fee from LFCM Holdings equal to approximately half of the revenue obtained by LFCM Holdings in respect of any underwriting or distribution opportunity. In addition, LFCM Holdings will

 

144


Table of Contents

refer opportunities in the Financial Advisory and Asset Management businesses to Lazard Group. In exchange for this referral, LFCM Holdings will be entitled to a customary finders’ fee from Lazard Group. In addition, the business alliance agreement further provides that, during the term of the business alliance, Lazard Frères & Co. LLC and LAM Securities will introduce execution and settlement transactions to newly-formed broker-dealer entities affiliated with LFCM Holdings. The term of the business alliance will expire on the fifth anniversary of the equity public offering, subject to periodic automatic renewal, unless either party elects to terminate in connection with any such renewal or elects to terminate on account of a change of control of either party.

 

In addition, the business alliance agreement grants Lazard Group options to acquire the North American and European merchant banking activities of Lazard Alternative Investments Holdings LLC, or “LAI,” the subsidiary of LFCM Holdings owns and operates all of LFCM Holdings’ merchant banking activities, exercisable at any time prior to the ninth anniversary of the equity public offering for a total price of $10 million. The option may be exercised by Lazard Group in two parts, consisting of an $8 million option to purchase the North American merchant banking activities and a $2 million option to purchase the European merchant banking activities. LAI’s merchant banking activities initially consist of the merchant banking management and general partner entities that were transferred to LFCM Holdings pursuant to or in anticipation of the separation. The business alliance agreement provides that, prior to the expiration, termination or exercise of the options, Lazard Group has certain governance rights with respect to LAI, and LFCM Holdings is required to support the business of LAI. In addition, Lazard Group is obligated to abide by existing obligations with respect to funds existing as of the date of the separation and recapitalization, and, other than with respect to the merchant banking operations retained by Lazard Group in the separation, Lazard Group agreed not to compete with the merchant banking business of LAI until the expiration, termination or exercise of the options. Lazard Group also may agree to new capital commitments and other obligations with respect to newly formed funds in its sole discretion. Lazard Group may be entitled to receive from LFCM Holdings all or a portion of payments from the incentive fees attributable to newly established LAI funds, such as Corporate Partners II Limited, less compensation payable to investment professionals who manage these funds.

 

Pursuant to the business alliance agreement, LFCM Holdings agreed not to compete with any existing Lazard Group businesses until the latest to occur of the termination of the license agreement, the expiration, termination or exercise of the options to purchase the North American merchant banking activities and the European merchant banking activities or the expiration or termination of the business alliance.

 

LAZ-MD Holdings Stockholders’ Agreement

 

Members of LAZ-MD Holdings, consisting of the working members, including our managing directors, have entered into a stockholders’ agreement with LAZ-MD Holdings and Lazard Ltd that addresses, among other things, LAZ-MD Holdings’ voting of its share of Class B common stock and registration rights in favor of the stockholders who are party to the agreement. Every working member at the time of the separation and recapitalization was offered the opportunity to become a party to the LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement.

 

The LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement will continue in effect until all LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests have been exchanged for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock, and individual members of LAZ-MD Holdings will cease being party to the LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement upon full exchange of his or her LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests and underlying Lazard Group interests for Lazard Ltd’s common stock and such common stock is capable of resale generally under Rule 144 of the Securities Act. The LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement may be terminated on an earlier date by LAZ-MD Holdings members entitled to vote at least 66 2/3% of the aggregate voting power represented by the LAZ-MD Holdings members who are party to the LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement. The LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement generally may be amended at any time by a majority of the aggregate voting power represented by LAZ-MD Holdings members who are party to the LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement.

 

145


Table of Contents

Voting Rights

 

Prior to any vote of the stockholders of Lazard Ltd, the LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement requires a separate, preliminary vote of the members of LAZ-MD Holdings who are party to the LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement (either by a meeting or by proxy or written instruction of the members of LAZ-MD Holdings) on each matter upon which a vote of the stockholders is proposed to be taken. Pursuant to the LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement, the members of LAZ-MD Holdings are individually be entitled to direct LAZ-MD Holdings how to vote their proportionate interest in Lazard Ltd’s Class B common stock on an as-if-exchanged basis. For example, if a working member’s LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests were exchangeable for 1,000 shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock, that working member would be able to instruct LAZ-MD Holdings how to vote 1,000 of the votes represented by the Class B common stock. However, the LAZ-MD Holdings board of directors will have the ability to vote the voting interest represented by the Class B common stock in its discretion if the LAZ-MD Holdings board of directors determines that it is in the best interests of LAZ-MD Holdings.

 

The votes under the Class B common stock that are associated with any working member who signs but does not direct LAZ-MD Holdings how to vote on a particular matter will be abstained from voting. The terms of the LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement with respect to voting will continue to apply to any working member party to the LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement who receives Lazard Group common membership interests upon exchange of his or her LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interest, until such time as that working member exchanges his or her Lazard Group common membership interests for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock.

 

Registration Rights

 

The LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement provides that the holders of shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock issued or to be issued upon exchange of the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests or the Lazard Group common membership interests initially held by LAZ-MD Holdings will be granted registration rights. These shares we refer to as “registrable securities,” and the holders of these registrable securities we refer to as “holders.” The holders are third-party beneficiaries for that purpose under the LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement, meaning that they will have the right to request LAZ-MD Holdings to compel Lazard Ltd to honor those obligations under the LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement.

 

The LAZ-MD Holdings stockholders’ agreement provides that, after exchange for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock, each holder is entitled to unlimited “piggyback” registration rights, meaning that each holder can include his or her registrable securities in registration statements filed by Lazard Ltd, subject to certain limitations. Holders also have “demand” registration rights, meaning that, subject to certain limitations, after exchange for shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock, they may require us to register the registrable securities held by them, provided that the amount of registrable securities subject to such demand has a market value in excess of $ 50 million or, on and after six months after the nine-year anniversary of the equity public offering, $20 million. Lazard Ltd will pay the costs associated with all such registrations. Moreover, Lazard Ltd also will use its reasonable best efforts to file and make effective a registration statement on the third through the ninth anniversaries of the separation and recapitalization, in order to register registrable securities that were issued on those anniversaries or otherwise subject to continuing volume or transfer restrictions under Rule 144 upon the exchange of the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests and the Lazard Group common membership interests, provided that the amount of registrable securities subject to such registration constitutes at least $50 million of shares of Lazard Ltd’s outstanding common stock.

 

Shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock will cease to be registrable securities upon the consummation of any sale of such shares pursuant to an effective registration statement or under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or when they become eligible for sale under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act. However, any holder who has

 

146


Table of Contents

shares that would have been registrable securities but for their eligibility for sale under Rule 144(k) and who holds, in the aggregate, an amount of registrable securities with a market value in excess of $25 million of Lazard Ltd’s outstanding common stock will be entitled to continued demand, annual registration and piggyback registration rights as described above.

 

We expect that substantially all of Lazard Ltd’s common stock to be issued upon exchange of the LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interests will have the foregoing registration rights.

 

Certain Relationships with Our Directors, Executive Officers and Employees

 

Loans and Banking Relationships with Our Directors and Executive Officers

 

During 2004, our broker-dealer subsidiary engaged in transactions with our executive officers and directors in respect of brokerage services, including a brokerage account margin loan to one of our executive officers. All brokerage services in connection with these transactions were made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with independent third parties, and the loan did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other features unfavorable to us.

 

Other than as permitted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and any other applicable law, we will not enter into new loans with our executive officers or directors or modify or renew any loan with our executive officers or directors.

 

Relationships Involving Employee Directors and Executive Officers

 

Mr. Wasserstein, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, serves as the Chairman and is the majority owner of Wasserstein Holdings, LLC, the ultimate general partner of Wasserstein & Co., LP, a separate merchant banking firm in which Lazard does not hold any economic interest and at which Ellis Jones, who will serve on our board of directors, serves as Chief Executive Officer. Wasserstein & Co., LP focuses primarily on leveraged buyout investments, venture capital investments and related investment activities, and manages capital on behalf of its institutional and individual investors, including public and corporate pension funds, foreign governmental entities, endowments and foundations and high-net worth individuals. Wasserstein & Co., LP also manages capital from its partners and officers. In addition, Wasserstein Holdings, LLC has various other business interests. Since the beginning of 2005, Wasserstein & Co., LP has paid us an amount less than $1 million for advisory services rendered by us.

 

The Wasserstein funds may engage in activities that are similar to those in which we and our affiliates are engaged. If Mr. Wasserstein desires to make available any corporate opportunity of ours or our affiliates that arises from a relationship of ours or any of our affiliates (other than any relationship of Mr. Wasserstein existing on November 15, 2001), those opportunities can only be referred to the Wasserstein funds if Mr. Wasserstein first obtains the written consent of our nominating and corporate governance committee.

 

Lazard Group entered into a letter agreement with Vernon E. Jordan, Jr., who will be a director of our company, when he joined Lazard in 1999 that was amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2004. This agreement governs Mr. Jordan’s service as a senior managing director of Lazard. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Jordan received total compensation in 2004 of $4 million and will be entitled to receive total compensation of no less than $3 million for each of 2005 and 2006. In each year, $500,000 of the total compensation is payable as base salary. In the event that we terminate Mr. Jordan’s services without cause or he terminates due to a breach of a material provision by us prior to the end of 2006, he will be entitled to receive the guaranteed amounts through 2006 at the times that he would have received them had he remained with us. The agreement also entitles Mr. Jordan to benefits and fringes on the same basis as other managing directors and for use on a priority basis of a corporate apartment in New York. In connection with the separation and recapitalization, Mr. Jordan entered into a retention agreement in the form applicable to our managing directors generally. See “Management—Arrangements with Our Managing Directors—The Retention Agreements in General.”

 

147


Table of Contents

Director and Officer Indemnification

 

Lazard Ltd’s bye-laws provide for indemnification of its officers and directors against all liabilities, loss, damage or expense incurred or suffered by such party as an officer or director of us, provided that such indemnification shall not extend to any matter which would render it void pursuant to the Companies Act.

 

The Companies Act provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors and officers in respect of any loss arising or liability attaching to them as a result of any negligence, default or breach of trust of which they may be guilty in relation to the company in question. However, the Companies Act also provides that any provision, whether contained in the company’s bye-laws or in a contract or arrangement between the company and the director or officer, indemnifying a director or officer against any liability which would attach to him or her in respect of his or her fraud or dishonesty will be void.

 

Subject to limitations imposed by Bermuda law, Lazard Ltd may enter into agreements that provide indemnification to our directors, officers and all other persons requested or authorized by its board of directors to take actions on behalf of us for all losses, damages, costs and expenses incurred by the indemnified person arising out of such person’s service in such capacity.

 

The operating agreement of Lazard Group provides generally for indemnification of its directors and officers against liabilities and losses incurred or suffered by such party as an officer or director of us to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, if Lazard Group were a Delaware Corporation.

 

Subject to limitations imposed by Bermuda or Delaware law, we may enter into agreements that provide indemnification to our directors, officers and all other persons requested or authorized by our board of directors to take actions on behalf of us for all losses, damages, costs and expenses incurred by the indemnified person arising out of such person’s service in such capacity.

 

Our directors and officers are covered by directors’ and officers’ insurance policies maintained by us.

 

For more information on our indemnification arrangements, see “—Relationship with LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings—Master Separation Agreement—Relationship Among Lazard, Lazard Group, LAZ-MD Holdings and LFCM Holdings.”

 

Distributions by Lazard Group

 

Lazard Group intends to make distributions to LAZ-MD Holdings, and LAZ-MD Holdings intends to make distributions to its members, including certain of our managing directors, officers and two of our directors. See “The Lazard Organizational Structure—Lazard Ownership Structure—Distributions by Lazard Group with Respect to Lazard Group Common Membership Interests.”

 

Transactions with Our Working Members

 

From time to time, Lazard Group has reallocated capital interests of its managing directors. Prior to the separation and recapitalization, Lazard Group repurchased working member interests from various current and former managing directors at prices lower than those to be paid to the historical partners for their historical partner interests pursuant to the historical partners transaction agreement. From January 1, 2002, until the separation and recapitalization, Lazard Group granted additional unallocated working member interests and reallocated working member interests to current managing directors, including its named executive officers and employee directors. These repurchases, reallocations and grants are accounted for as reallocations of capital on our financial statements.

 

148


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES

 

We are issuing the exchange notes under the same indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005, between us and The Bank of New York, as trustee, as supplemented by a supplemental indenture setting forth specific terms of the exchange notes and old notes. In this description, the words “we,” the “issuer,” “us” and “our” refer only to Lazard Group and not to any of its subsidiaries. When we refer to the indenture in this prospectus, we are referring to the indenture as supplemented by the supplemental indenture.

 

The following summary of certain provisions of the indenture and the exchange notes and the old notes does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the indenture, including, without limitation, the definitions of certain terms in the indenture. Copies of the indenture are available upon request of the issuer at the address indicated under “Where You Can Find More Information.”

 

As described under “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights” we agreed with the initial purchasers of the old notes to file a registration statement enabling eligible holders to exchange the old notes for exchange notes. In this “Description of the Exchange Notes,” we refer to the old notes and the exchange notes together as the “notes.”

 

We do not intend to apply for listing or quotation of the exchange notes on any securities exchange or automated quotation system.

 

We are offering to issue $550 million of exchange notes in this offering in exchange for all of the outstanding old notes. As described under “ Further Issuances,” under the indenture we can issue additional notes at later dates. In addition, we can issue additional series of debt securities without limitation as to aggregate principal amount under the indenture in the future.

 

General

 

The exchange notes will be part of the same series as the old notes, and will have identical terms to the old notes in all material respects, except for certain provisions relating to transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest, as described more fully below. Accordingly, except as where otherwise indicated below, this discussion of the terms of the exchange notes applies to the old notes as well. As the exchange notes and the old notes are part of the same series of notes, when a vote of that series is contemplated, the exchange notes and the old notes will vote together as a single class for purposes of determining whether holders of the requisite percentage in aggregate principal amount of notes of that series have taken actions or exercised rights they are entitled to take or exercise under the indenture. References in this prospectus to the issuer of the notes mean Lazard Group.

 

The exchange notes will be issued only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 above that amount. The exchange notes initially will be represented by one or more global certificates registered in the name of a nominee of The Depository Trust Company, which we refer to in this prospectus as “DTC,” as described under “ Book-Entry, Delivery and Form.”

 

The trustee, through its corporate trust office in New York City, will act as our paying agent and security registrar in respect of the notes. The current location of such corporate trust office is 101 Barclay Street, Floor 8 West, New York, New York 10286. So long as the notes are issued in the form of global certificates, payments of principal, interest and premium, if any, will be made by us through the paying agent to DTC.

 

The notes will not be entitled to the benefit of any sinking fund.

 

Principal, Maturity and Interest

 

As of the date of this prospectus, $550 million in aggregate principal amount of old notes under the indenture are outstanding. The exchange notes offered in the exchange offer will be limited to $550 million in aggregate principal amount.

 

The exchange notes will mature on May 15, 2015. Interest on the exchange notes will accrue at a rate of 7.125% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year

 

149


Table of Contents

beginning on November 15, 2005. We will pay interest to those persons who were holders of record on the May 1 or November 1 immediately preceding each interest payment date. Interest on the exchange notes will accrue from the date of original issuance of the old notes or, if interest has already been paid on the old notes, from the date it was most recently paid. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

As they will be offered and sold in a transaction registered under the Securities Act in compliance with the registration rights agreement, the exchange notes generally will not be entitled to additional interest. You should refer to the description under “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights—Additional Interest” for a description of the circumstances under which the interest rate on the notes could increase.

 

Further Issuances

 

We may, from time to time, without notice to or the consent of the holders of the notes, increase the principal amount of notes under the indenture and issue such increased principal amount (or any portion thereof), in which case any additional notes so issued will have the same form and terms (other than the date of issuance and, under certain circumstances, the date from which interest thereon will begin to accrue), and will carry the same right to receive accrued and unpaid interest, as the notes previously issued, and such additional notes will form a single series with the previously issued notes, including for voting purposes.

 

Optional Redemption

 

The notes may be redeemed in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at our option, at a redemption price equal to the greater of:

 

    100% of the principal amount of the note being redeemed, or

 

    the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on such note (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued to the date of redemption), discounted to the date of redemption on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points.

 

In the case of any such redemption, we will also pay accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date.

 

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the U.S. Treasury security selected by the trustee as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such notes.

 

“Comparable Treasury Price” means (1) the average of five Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the trustee obtains fewer than five such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

 

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means (a) Citigroup Global Markets Inc., (b) J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and (c) one or more of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Lazard Frères & Co. LLC and BNY Capital Markets, Inc., that the issuer appoints to act as a Reference Treasury Dealer from time to time, in each case and their respective successors; provided, however, that if any of the foregoing ceases to be a primary dealer of U.S. government securities in New York City, the issuer shall substitute another primary dealer of U.S. government securities.

 

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the trustee at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third business day preceding such redemption date.

 

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date: (a) the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15 (519)” or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue (if no maturity is within three months before or after the

 

150


Table of Contents

remaining life (as defined below), yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue will be determined and the Treasury Rate will be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month), or (b) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date. The Treasury Rate will be calculated on the third business day preceding the date fixed for redemption.

 

We will mail a notice of redemption to each holder of notes to be redeemed by first-class mail at least 30 and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption. Any notice to holders of notes of such a redemption shall include the appropriate calculation of the redemption price, but does not need to include the redemption price itself. The actual redemption price, calculated as described above, must be set forth in an officers’ certificate delivered to the trustee no later than two business days prior to the redemption date. Unless we default on payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the notes or portions thereof called for redemption. If fewer than all of the notes are to be redeemed, the trustee will select, at least 25 days and not more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, the particular notes or portions thereof for redemption from the outstanding notes not previously called (i) if the notes are listed on any securities exchange, in accordance with the requirements of such exchange, or (ii) if the notes are not so listed, by such method as the trustee deems fair and appropriate.

 

Ranking

 

As is the case with the old notes, the exchange notes will be:

 

    senior unsecured obligations of the issuer,

 

    equal in ranking (“pari passu”) with all our existing and future senior indebtedness, and

 

    senior in right of payment to all our existing and future subordinated indebtedness.

 

As of March 31, 2005, after giving effect to the offering of the old notes, the application of the net proceeds from the offering of the old notes, the exchange offer and related recapitalization and separation transactions described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information,” the total outstanding consolidated debt of the issuer, excluding unused commitments made by lenders, would have been approximately $1.2 billion (of which the $437.5 million of our indebtedness related to the equity security units will rank pari passu with the notes).

 

Lazard Group only has a stockholder’s claim on the assets of its subsidiaries. This stockholder’s claim is junior to the claims that creditors of those subsidiaries have against those subsidiaries. As is the case with the old notes, holders of the exchange notes will only be creditors of the issuer, and not of our subsidiaries. As is the case with the old notes, neither Lazard Ltd nor any of our or Lazard Ltd’s subsidiaries will guarantee the exchange notes. As a result, all the existing and future liabilities of Lazard Group’s subsidiaries, including any claims of trade creditors and preferred stockholders, will be effectively senior to the notes.

 

The total balance sheet liabilities of Lazard Group’s subsidiaries after giving effect to the offering of the old notes, the application of the net proceeds from the offering of the old notes, the exchange offer and the related recapitalization and separation transactions described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information” as of March 31, 2005, excluding unused commitments made by lenders, would have been approximately $1.6 billion, including $249 million of indebtedness. Of this subsidiary indebtedness, a financing subsidiary of Lazard Group issued a $150 million subordinated note that Lazard Group has guaranteed, and Lazard Group’s obligation under the guarantee is subordinated to the notes.

 

Lazard Group’s subsidiaries have other liabilities, including contingent liabilities that may be significant. The indenture does not contain any limitations on the amount of additional debt that Lazard Group and its

 

151


Table of Contents

subsidiaries may incur. The amounts of this debt could be substantial, and this debt may be debt of Lazard Group’s subsidiaries, in which case this debt would be effectively senior in right of payment to the exchange notes.

 

The exchange notes are obligations exclusively of the issuer. All of Lazard Group’s operations are and, will continue to be, conducted through subsidiaries. Therefore, our ability to service our debt, including the notes, is dependent upon the earnings of Lazard Group’s subsidiaries and their ability to distribute those earnings as dividends, loans or other payments to Lazard Group. Certain laws and regulations, including minimum regulatory net capital requirements, restrict the ability of Lazard Group’s subsidiaries to pay dividends and make loans and advances to Lazard Group. In addition, such subsidiaries have entered into and may enter into contractual arrangements that limit their ability to pay dividends and make loans and advances to Lazard Group.

 

Certain Covenants

 

Limitation on Liens

 

The issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Significant Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur or suffer to exist, any Lien, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “Initial Lien,” other than Permitted Liens, securing Debt upon any Capital Stock of any Significant Subsidiary of the issuer that is owned, directly or indirectly, by the issuer or any of its subsidiaries, in each case whether owned at the date of the original issuance of the notes or thereafter acquired, or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom unless it has made or will make effective provision whereby the notes will be secured by such Lien equally and ratably with (or prior to) all other Debt of the issuer or any subsidiary secured by such Lien. Any Lien created for the benefit of the holders of the notes pursuant to the preceding sentence shall provide by its terms that such Lien will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon release and discharge of the Initial Lien.

 

Limitation on Dispositions of Capital Stock of Designated Subsidiaries

 

This paragraph summarizes the covenant described below, which should be read in its entirety by note holders. This covenant requires that if the issuer or a subsidiary consummates a sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of a Designated Subsidiary or a Designated Subsidiary issues Capital Stock, in each case to a person other than the issuer or a subsidiary of the issuer, then:

 

    the issuer or such subsidiary must receive consideration at the time of such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition at least equal to the fair market value of such Capital Stock, and

 

    the issuer or its subsidiaries may be required to offer to redeem, repay or reduce commitments in respect of certain indebtedness or invest in additional assets as follows:

 

Ownership of class or series of capital

stock after giving effect to transaction


  

Required Action


greater than 65%

  

•   none

greater than 50% and less than 65%

  

•   redeem or repay debt secured by such capital stock, or

•   reduce commitments under credit facility, or

•   invest in additional assets, or

•   offer to purchase notes and other pari passu debt

50% or less

  

•   if issuer’s senior unsecured debt does not have at least one investment grade rating:

•   redeem or repay debt secured by such capital stock, or

•   reduce commitments under credit facility, or

•   offer to purchase notes and other pari passu debt

•   investment in additional assets not permitted

 

152


Table of Contents

The amount the issuer must use as described above is limited to the fair market value of the consideration attributable to the portion of Capital Stock disposed of in excess of 35% of such class or series of capital stock.

 

The issuer will not, and will not permit any subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, consummate any Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition unless the issuer or such subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition at least equal to the fair market value of the Capital Stock included in such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition as determined by our board of directors (acting in good faith).

 

If the issuer or any subsidiary engages in a Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition, the issuer or any subsidiary may apply, at its option, no later than six months following the consummation thereof (or, if later, six months after the execution of any agreement with respect to such application, which agreement is signed within six months of the date of such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition) an amount equal to the Disposition Amount to:

 

(1) redeem or repay any Debt which was secured by the Capital Stock sold or otherwise transferred in such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition,

 

(2) permanently reduce the amount of the loan commitments under the Credit Agreement, or

 

(3) reinvest in Additional Assets.

 

The amount of the Disposition Amount not applied or invested as provided in this paragraph will constitute the “Excess Disposition Amount.”

 

When the aggregate Excess Disposition Amount equals or exceeds $25.0 million, the issuer will be required to make an offer to purchase for cash the notes from all holders and, if applicable, redeem or repay (or make an offer to do so) any other Debt of the issuer that is pari passu in payment in right of the notes, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “Pari Passu Debt,” and the provisions of which require the issuer to redeem or repay such Debt with the proceeds from or as a result of any Designated Subsidiary Stock Dispositions (or offer to do so), in an aggregate principal amount of notes and such Pari Passu Debt equal to the Excess Disposition Amount as follows:

 

(1) the issuer will (a) make an offer to purchase for cash (a “Stock Disposition Offer”) the notes to all holders in accordance with the procedures set forth in the indenture, and (b) redeem (or make an offer to do so) any such other Pari Passu Debt, pro rata in proportion to the respective principal amounts of the notes and such other Pari Passu Debt required to be redeemed, the maximum principal amount of notes and Pari Passu Debt that may be redeemed out of the amount (the “Payment Amount”) of such Excess Disposition Amount,

 

(2) the offer price for the notes will be payable in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes tendered pursuant to a Stock Disposition Offer, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date such Stock Disposition Offer is consummated (the “Offered Price”), in accordance with the procedures set forth in the indenture and the redemption price for such Pari Passu Debt (the “Pari Passu Debt Price”) shall be as set forth in the related documentation governing such Debt,

 

(3) if the aggregate Offered Price of notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by holders thereof exceeds the pro rata portion of the Payment Amount allocable to the notes, notes to be purchased will be selected on a pro rata basis, and

 

(4) upon completion of such Stock Disposition Offer in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the Excess Disposition Amount with respect to which such Stock Disposition Offer was made shall be reset to zero.

 

To the extent that the sum of the aggregate Offered Price of notes tendered pursuant to a Stock Disposition Offer and the aggregate Pari Passu Debt Price paid to the holders of such Pari Passu Debt is less than the Payment Amount relating thereto, the issuer may use such excess amount for general corporate purposes, subject to the provisions of the indenture.

 

153


Table of Contents

The issuer will not, and will not permit any subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, consummate any Deconsolidating Disposition unless:

 

(1) the issuer or such subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Deconsolidating Disposition at least equal to the fair market value of the Capital Stock as determined by the issuer’s board of directors (acting in good faith) included in such Deconsolidating Disposition, and

 

(2) if, immediately after giving effect to such Deconsolidating Disposition and the application of the proceeds therefrom, none of the ratings assigned to the senior unsecured debt securities of the issuer by Moody’s, Fitch and S&P are Investment Grade, then no later than 30 business days following the consummation of such Deconsolidating Disposition or, if later, 30 business days following the related ratings action, the issuer applies an amount equal to the Disposition Amount to:

 

(A) redeem or repay any Debt which was secured by the Capital Stock sold or otherwise transferred in such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition,

 

(B) permanently reduce the amount of the loan commitments under the Credit Agreement, or

 

(C) conduct a Stock Disposition Offer in accordance with the terms of the indenture described above.

 

In the event of the transfer of substantially all (but not all) of the assets of the issuer as an entirety to a person in a transaction covered by and effected in accordance with the covenant described under “—Merger, Consolidations or Sale of Assets,” the Surviving Person shall be deemed to have sold for cash at fair market value the Capital Stock of the Designated Subsidiaries not so transferred for purposes of this covenant, and shall comply with the provisions of this covenant with respect to such deemed sale as if it were an Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition or Deconsolidating Disposition (with such fair market value being deemed to be the Disposition Amount for such purpose).

 

The issuer will comply with applicable tender offer rules, including the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the purchase of notes pursuant to a Stock Disposition Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the “Limitation on Dispositions of Capital Stock of Designated Subsidiaries” provisions of the indenture, the issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the “—Limitation on Dispositions of Capital Stock of Designated Subsidiaries” provisions of the indenture by virtue of this compliance.

 

Certain Definitions

 

Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the indenture. Reference is made to the indenture for the full definition of all such terms as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

 

“Additional Assets” means Capital Stock of an entity primarily engaged in or related to, or property used or useful in, the investment banking or asset management businesses engaged in by the issuer and its subsidiaries on May 10, 2005, which is the date of the indenture, and described in the offering memorandum of the old notes.

 

“Capital Stock” means, with respect to any person, any shares or other equivalents (however designated) of any class of corporate stock or partnership interests or any other participations, rights, warrants, options or other interests in the nature of an equity interest in such person, including preferred stock (other than, solely for the purposes of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Dispositions of Capital Stock of Designated Subsidiaries,” preferred stock that is nonparticipating, nonvoting and nonconvertible), including any debt security convertible or exchangeable into such equity interest. For the avoidance of doubt, the equity units of Lazard Asset Management LLC issued pursuant to the Lazard Asset Management LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement and described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Financial Measures and Indicators—Minority Interest” shall not constitute a class of Capital Stock of Lazard Asset Management LLC.

 

154


Table of Contents

“Credit Agreement” means the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and among Lazard Group LLC, Citibank, N.A., The Bank of New York, New York Branch, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, as amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any agreement governing Debt incurred to refinance, in whole or in part, the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such Credit Agreement or a successor Credit Agreement.

 

“Debt” means, with respect to any person (without duplication):

 

(a) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of any obligation of such person for money borrowed, and any obligation evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such person is responsible or liable,

 

(b) all obligations of such person as lessee under leases required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of the lessee under generally accepted accounting principles and leases of property or assets made as part of any sale and leaseback transaction entered into by such person,

 

(c) all obligations of such person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of such person and all obligations of such person under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business),

 

(d) all obligations of such person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction,

 

(e) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (d) of other persons and all dividends of other persons for the payment of which, in either case, such person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any guarantee,

 

(f) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (d) of other persons secured by any Lien on any property of such person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such person), and

 

(g) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, obligations pursuant to any interest rate agreement, currency exchange protection agreement, commodity price protection agreement or any other similar agreement or arrangement of such person.

 

“Deconsolidating Disposition” means the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of a Designated Subsidiary by the issuer or a subsidiary of the issuer or the issuance of Capital Stock by a Designated Subsidiary if, after giving effect thereto, the issuer and its subsidiaries own 50% or less of any series or class of the Capital Stock of such Designated Subsidiary.

 

“Designated Subsidiary” means Lazard Frères & Co. LLC, Lazard Asset Management LLC, Lazard & Co., Limited and Lazard Frères SAS and each of their respective successors.

 

“Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition” means the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock by a Designated Subsidiary by the issuer or a subsidiary of the issuer or the issuance of Capital Stock by a Designated Subsidiary if, after giving effect thereto, the issuer and its subsidiaries own less than 65% of each series or class of the Capital Stock of such Designated Subsidiary but greater than 50% of each series or class of the Capital Stock of such Designated Subsidiary.

 

“Disposition Amount” means the amount of cash and the fair market value of any other consideration received in a Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition or Deconsolidating Disposition, in each case net of:

 

(1) brokerage commissions and other fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of legal counsel, accountants and investment banks) attributable to the portion of the Capital Stock constituting such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition or Deconsolidating Disposition,

 

(2) provisions for taxes payable as a result of such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition or Deconsolidating Disposition attributable to the portion of the Capital Stock constituting such Designated

 

155


Table of Contents

Subsidiary Stock Disposition or Deconsolidating Disposition (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), and

 

(3) the amount of any payments that the issuer estimates in good faith will be required to be made in respect of contingent liabilities directly attributable to such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition or Deconsolidating Disposition and retained by the issuer or any subsidiary after such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition or Deconsolidating Disposition, provided that any amount remaining after adjustments, revaluations or liquidations of such contingent liabilities shall constitute a Disposition Amount,

 

provided, however , that if immediately prior to giving effect to such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition or Deconsolidating Disposition, the issuer and its subsidiaries own in excess of 65% of the class or series of Capital Stock that is the subject of such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition or Deconsolidating Disposition, the “Disposition Amount” shall be limited to the portion of the amount of cash and the fair market value of any other consideration attributable to the Capital Stock sold, otherwise disposed of or issued that corresponds to the difference between 65% and the percentage of such class or series of Capital Stock owned by the issuer and its subsidiaries after giving effect to such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition. Accordingly, if immediately prior to giving effect to a Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition, the issuer and its subsidiaries own 75% of the class or series of Capital Stock that is the subject of such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition and after giving effect to such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition, the issuer and its subsidiaries own 60% of such class or series of Capital Stock, the Disposition Amount shall equal one-third of the amount of cash and the fair market value of any other consideration received in such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition, in each case reduced by the one-third of the amounts referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above.

 

“Investment Grade” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof, which we refer to in this prospectus as “Moody’s,” BBB- (or the equivalent) by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, or any successor to the rating agency business thereof, which we refer to in this prospectus as “S&P,” or BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch Ratings, or any successor to the rating agency business thereof, which we refer to in this prospectus as “Fitch.”

 

“Lien” means, with respect to any property of any person, any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, security interest, lien, charge, encumbrance, preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect to such property (including any capital lease obligation, conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing or any sale and leaseback transaction).

 

“Permitted Liens” means:

 

(a) Liens on the Capital Stock of a person at the time such person becomes a subsidiary of the issuer; provided that any such Lien may not extend to any other property of the issuer or any other subsidiary of the issuer that is not a direct subsidiary of such person; provided further that any such Lien was not incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such person became a subsidiary of the issuer,

 

(b) Liens on the Capital Stock of any subsidiary of the issuer to secure any refinancing, in whole or in part, of any Debt secured by Liens referred to in clause (a) above; provided that any such Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same Capital Stock that secured the original Lien and the aggregate principal amount of Debt that is secured by such Lien shall not be increased to an amount greater than the sum of:

 

(1) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, the committed amount, of the Debt secured by Liens described under clause (a) above at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the indenture, and

 

(2) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums and defeasance costs, incurred in connection with such refinancing, and

 

(c) Liens securing Debt of any subsidiary of the issuer owing to the issuer.

 

156


Table of Contents

“Significant Subsidiary” means any subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the issuer within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

 

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

 

The indenture provides that the issuer shall not merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or into any other person (other than a merger of a wholly owned subsidiary into the issuer) or sell, transfer, assign, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its property in any one transaction or series of related transactions unless:

 

(a) the issuer shall be the surviving person (the “Surviving Person”) or the Surviving Person (if other than the issuer) formed by such merger, consolidation or amalgamation or to which such sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or disposition is made shall be a corporation or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the U.S., any State thereof, the District of Columbia, Australia, Bermuda Canada, Japan, Sweden, the U.K. or any country that is a member of the European Monetary Union and was a member of the European Monetary Union on January 1, 2004,

 

(b) the Surviving Person (if other than the issuer) expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture in form satisfactory to the trustee, executed and delivered to the trustee by such Surviving Person, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, all the notes, according to their tenor, and the due and punctual performance and observance of all the covenants and conditions of the indenture to be performed by the issuer,

 

(c) in the case of a sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all the property of the issuer, such property shall have been transferred as an entirety or virtually as an entirety to one person and/or such person’s subsidiaries,

 

(d) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of related transactions, no default or event of default shall have occurred and be continuing,

 

(e) the issuer shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the trustee, an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such transaction and the supplemental indenture, if any, in respect thereto comply with this covenant and that all conditions precedent in the indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with, and

 

(f) the issuer shall have delivered to the trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that the holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such transaction or series of transactions and will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such transaction or series of transactions had not occurred.

 

For the purposes of this covenant, the sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all the property of one or more subsidiaries of the issuer, which property, if held by the issuer instead of such subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all the property of the issuer on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all the property of the issuer.

 

Additional Amounts

 

If, following a transaction to which the provisions of the indenture described above under “—Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets” applies, the Surviving Person is organized other than under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof or the District of Columbia, all payments made by the Surviving Person under, or with respect to, the notes will be made free and clear of, and without withholding or deduction for or on account of, any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto), which we collectively refer to in this prospectus as the “Taxes,” imposed or levied by or on behalf of the jurisdiction of organization of the Surviving Person or any political subdivision

 

157


Table of Contents

thereof or taxing authority therein, which we refer to in this prospectus as a “Taxing Jurisdiction,” unless the Surviving Person is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the official interpretation or administration thereof.

 

If the Surviving Person is so required to withhold or deduct any amount for, or on account of, such Taxes from any payment made under or with respect to the notes, the Surviving Person will pay such additional amounts, which we refer to in this prospectus as “Additional Amounts,” as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each holder (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount such holder would have received if such Taxes had not been required to be withheld or deducted.

 

The foregoing provisions will survive any termination or discharge of the indenture and any defeasance of the notes.

 

Events of Default

 

Each of the following constitutes an event of default with respect to the notes:

 

(1) a default in payment of the principal amount or redemption price with respect to any note when such amount becomes due and payable,

 

(2) the issuer’s failure to pay interest (including additional interest, if applicable) on any note within 30 days of when such amount becomes due and payable,

 

(3) the issuer’s failure to comply with any of its covenants or agreements in the indenture or the notes (other than a failure that is subject to the foregoing clause (1) or (2)) and our failure to cure (or obtain a waiver of) such default and such failure continues for 60 days after written notice is given to the issuer as provided below,

 

(4) a default under any debt for money borrowed by the issuer or any subsidiary that results in acceleration of the maturity of such debt, or failure to pay any such debt at maturity, in an aggregate amount greater than $25.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent at the time without such debt having been discharged or acceleration having been rescinded or annulled within 10 days after receipt by us of notice of the default by the trustee or holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding,

 

(5) any judgment or judgments for the payment of money (to the extent not insured by a reputable and creditworthy insurer that has not contested coverage with respect to the underlying claim) in an aggregate amount in excess of $25.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent at the time) that shall be rendered against the issuer or any subsidiary and that shall not be waived, satisfied or discharged for any period of 60 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement shall not be in effect, and

 

(6) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization affecting the issuer or any Significant Subsidiary.

 

A default under clause (3) is not an event of default until the trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding notify the issuer of the default and the issuer does not cure such default within the time specified after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “Notice of Default.”

 

The issuer shall deliver to the trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an officers’ certificate of any event that with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both would become an event of default, its status and what action the issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

If an event of default (other than an event of default resulting from certain events involving bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to the issuer) shall have occurred and be continuing, the trustee or the

 

158


Table of Contents

registered holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding may declare, by notice to the issuer in writing (and to the trustee, if given by holders of such notes) specifying the event of default, to be immediately due and payable the principal amount of all the notes then outstanding, plus accrued but unpaid interest to the date of acceleration. In case an event of default resulting from certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to the issuer shall occur, such amount with respect to all the notes shall be due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee or the holders of the notes. After any such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration is obtained by the trustee, the registered holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration and waive such event of default if all events of default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal, premium or interest, have been cured or waived as provided in the indenture.

 

Subject to the provisions of the indenture relating to the duties of the trustee, in case an event of default shall occur and be continuing, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of the notes, unless such holders shall have offered to the trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Subject to such provisions for the indemnification of the trustee, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the trustee with respect to the notes.

 

No holder of notes will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to the indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any remedy thereunder, unless:

 

(a) such holder has previously given to the trustee written notice of a continuing event of default,

 

(b) the registered holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding have made written request and offered reasonable indemnity to the trustee to institute such proceeding as trustee, and

 

(c) the trustee shall not have received from the registered holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days.

 

However, such limitations do not apply to a suit instituted by a holder of any note for enforcement of payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, such note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such note.

 

The indenture provides that if a default with respect to the notes occurs and is continuing and is known to the trustee, the trustee must mail to each noteholder notice of the default within 90 days after it occurs. The trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its trust officers in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the holders of the notes.

 

The indenture requires us to furnish to the trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a statement of an officer regarding compliance with the indenture. Within 30 days after the occurrence of any default or event of default, the issuer is required to deliver to the trustee written notice in the form of an officer’s certificate a statement specifying its status and what actions the issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Modification and Waiver

 

Modifications and amendments of the indenture may be made by us and the trustee with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes affected by such modification or amendment.

 

159


Table of Contents

No such modification or amendment may, without the consent of the holder of each outstanding note affected thereby,

 

    make any change to the percentage of principal amount of notes the holders of which must consent to an amendment, modification, supplement or waiver,

 

    reduce the rate of or extend the time of payment for interest on any note,

 

    reduce the principal amount or extend the stated maturity of any note,

 

    reduce the redemption price of any note or add redemption provisions to the notes,

 

    make any note payable in money other than that stated in the indenture or the note, or

 

    impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment with respect to the notes.

 

Without the consent of any holder, the issuer and the trustee may amend the indenture to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, to provide for the assumption by a successor of its obligations under the indenture as permitted thereunder, to provide for the issuance of additional notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the indenture or to make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder.

 

The holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes affected may waive compliance by us with certain restrictive provisions of the indenture. The holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes may waive any past default under the indenture, except a default in the payment of principal or interest and certain covenants and provisions of the indenture which cannot be amended without the consent of the holder of each outstanding note.

 

Defeasance

 

The issuer at any time may terminate all its obligations with respect to the notes and the indenture, which we refer to in this prospectus as “legal defeasance,” except for certain obligations, including those respecting the defeasance trust and obligations to register the transfer or exchange of the notes, to replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes and to maintain a registrar and paying agent in respect of the notes. The issuer at any time may also terminate its obligations with respect to the notes under the covenant described under “—Limitation on Dispositions of Capital Stock of Designated Subsidiaries” and the covenant described under “—Limitation on Liens,” which we refer to in this prospectus as “covenant defeasance.” The issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option.

 

If the issuer exercises its legal defeasance option with respect to the notes, payment of the notes may not be accelerated because of an event of default with respect thereto. If the issuer exercises its covenant defeasance option with respect to the notes, payment of the notes may not be accelerated because of an event of default specified in clause (3) under “—Events of Default” with respect to the covenants described under “—Certain Covenants” or “—SEC Reports.”

 

The legal defeasance option or the covenant defeasance option with respect to the notes may be exercised only if:

 

(a) the issuer irrevocably deposits in trust with the trustee money or U.S. Government obligations or a combination thereof for the payment of principal of and interest on the notes to maturity,

 

(b) the issuer delivers to the trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized firm of independent registered public accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due on the deposited U.S. Government obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal and interest when due on all the notes to maturity,

 

160


Table of Contents

(c) 123 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 123-day period no default described in clause (6) under “—Events of Default” occurs with respect to the issuer or any other person making such deposit which is continuing at the end of the period,

 

(d) no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit,

 

(e) such deposit does not constitute a default under any other agreement or instrument binding on the issuer,

 

(f) the issuer delivers to the trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not require registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940,

 

(g) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the issuer delivers to the trustee an opinion of counsel stating that:

 

(1) the issuer has received from the IRS a ruling, or

 

(2) since the date of the indenture there has been a change in the applicable U.S. Federal income tax law, to the effect, in either case, that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the holders of the notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same time as would have been the case if such defeasance has not occurred,

 

(h) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the issuer delivers to the trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that the holders of the notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred, and

 

(i) the issuer delivers to the trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the notes have been complied with as required by the indenture.

 

Discharge of the Indenture

 

When (i) the issuer delivers to the trustee all outstanding notes (other than notes replaced because of mutilation, loss, destruction or wrongful taking) for cancellation or (ii) all outstanding notes have become due and payable, whether at maturity or as a result of the mailing of a notice of redemption as described above, and the issuer irrevocably deposits with the trustee funds sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption all outstanding notes, including interest thereon, and if in either case the issuer pays all other sums related to the notes payable under the indenture by the issuer, then the indenture shall, subject to certain surviving provisions, cease to be of further effect. The trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of the indenture with respect to the notes on demand of the issuer accompanied by an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel of the issuer.

 

Regarding the Trustee

 

The indenture provides that, except during the continuance of an event of default, the trustee will perform only such duties as are specifically set forth in the indenture. During the existence of an event of default, the trustee will exercise such rights and powers vested in it under the indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

The indenture and provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are incorporated by reference therein contain limitations on the rights of the trustee, should it become one of our creditors, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases or to realize on certain property received by it in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The trustee is permitted to engage in other transactions with us or any of our affiliates; provided , however , that if it acquires any conflicting interest (as defined in the indenture or in the Trust Indenture Act), it must eliminate such conflict or resign.

 

161


Table of Contents

Governing Law

 

The indenture and the notes are governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

SEC Reports

 

Notwithstanding that the issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the issuer will file with the SEC and provide the trustee and holders of notes with such annual reports and such information, documents and other reports as are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act and applicable to a registrant that is a U.S. corporation (and not a foreign private issuer) subject to such Sections, such information, documents and reports to be so filed and provided at the times specified for the filing of such information, documents and reports under such Sections; provided , however , that the issuer will not be so obligated to (i) file such information, documents and reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filings or (ii) prior to the earlier of (a) 105 days after the original issuance of the notes and (b) the consummation of the exchange offer file with the SEC and provide the trustee and holders of notes with such information, documents and reports if Lazard Ltd files with the SEC and provides the trustee and holders of notes with such information, documents and reports at the times specified for the filing of such information, documents and reports under such sections.

 

In addition, the issuer will furnish to the holders of notes and to prospective investors, upon request, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act.

 

Book-Entry, Delivery and Form

 

Except as set forth below, the exchange notes will be issued in registered, global form in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $1,000.

 

The exchange notes initially will be represented by one or more notes in registered, global form without interest coupons, which we collectively refer to in this prospectus as the “Global Notes.” The Global Notes will be deposited upon issuance with the trustee as custodian for DTC in New York, New York, and registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, in each case for credit to an account of a direct or indirect participant in DTC as described below.

 

Except as set forth below, the Global Notes may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or its nominee. Beneficial interests in the Global Notes may not be exchanged for Notes in certificated form except in the limited circumstances described below. See “—Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes.” Except in the limited circumstances described below, owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of notes in certificated form.

 

In addition, transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC and its direct or indirect participants (including, if applicable, those of Euroclear and Clearstream), which may change from time to time.

 

Depository Procedures

 

The following description of the operations and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream are provided solely as a matter of convenience. These operations and procedures are solely within the control of the respective settlement systems and are subject to changes by them. The issuer takes no responsibility for these operations and procedures and urges investors to contact the systems or their participants directly to discuss these matters.

 

162


Table of Contents

DTC has advised the issuer that DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold the securities of its participating organizations, which we refer to in this prospectus as “participants,” and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among its participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. DTC’s participants include securities brokers and dealers (which may include the initial purchasers), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations some of whom (or their representatives) have ownership interests in DTC. Access to DTC’s book-entry system is also available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies, which we refer to in this prospectus as “indirect participants,” that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly. Persons who are not participants may beneficially own notes held by or on behalf of DTC only through the participants or the indirect participants. The ownership interests in, and transfers of ownership interests in, each note held by or on behalf of DTC are recorded on the records of the participants and indirect participants.

 

Upon the issuance of a Global Note, DTC or its nominee will credit the accounts of participants with the respective principal amounts of the notes represented by such Global Note exchanged by such participants in this exchange offer. Such accounts shall be designated by the holders of exchange notes. Investors in the Global Notes who are participants in DTC’s system may hold their interests therein directly through DTC. Investors in the Global Notes who are not participants may hold their interests therein indirectly through the organizations (including Euroclear and Clearstream) which are participants in such system. All interests in a Global Note, including those held through Euroclear or Clearstream, may be subject to the procedures and requirements of DTC. Those interests held through Euroclear or Clearstream also may be subject to the procedures and requirements of such systems. Ownership of beneficial interests in a Global Note will be shown on, and the transfer of that ownership interest will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to participants’ interests) or by the participants and the indirect participants (with respect to the owners of beneficial interests in such Global Note other than participants).

 

The laws of some jurisdictions require that certain purchasers of securities take physical delivery of such securities in definitive form. Such limits and such laws may impair the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a Global Note. Because DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream can act only on behalf of their respective participants, which in turn act on behalf of indirect participants and certain banks, the ability of a person having beneficial interests in a Global Note to pledge such interests to persons or entities that do not participate in the DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream system, as applicable, or otherwise take actions in respect of such interests, may be affected by the lack of a physical certificate evidencing such interests.

 

Payment of principal of and interest on notes represented by a Global Note will be made in immediately available funds to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the sole registered owner and the sole holder of the notes represented thereby for all purposes under the indenture. Under the terms of the indenture, the issuer and the trustee will treat the persons in whose names the notes, including the Global Notes, are registered as the owners of the notes for the purpose of receiving payments and for all other purposes. Consequently, neither the issuer, the trustee nor any agent of the issuer or the trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for:

 

(1) any aspect of DTC’s records or any participant’s or indirect participant’s records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interest in the Global Notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any of DTC’s records or any participant’s or indirect participant’s records relating to the beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes, or

 

(2) any other matter relating to the actions and practices of DTC or any of its participants or indirect participants.

 

163


Table of Contents

The issuer has been advised by DTC that upon receipt of any payment of principal of or interest on any Global Note, DTC will immediately credit, on its book-entry registration and transfer system, the accounts of participants with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal or face amount of such Global Note as shown on the records of DTC. The issuer expects that payments by participants or indirect participants to owners of beneficial interests in a Global Note held through such participants or indirect participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices as is now the case with securities held for customer accounts registered in “street name” and will be the sole responsibility of such participants and indirect participants.

 

Neither the issuer nor the trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC or any of its participants in identifying the beneficial owners of the notes, and the issuer and the trustee may conclusively rely on and will be protected in relying on instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes.

 

Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in accordance with DTC’s procedures, and will be settled in same-day funds, and transfers between participants in Euroclear and Clearstream will be effected in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

 

Subject to compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the notes described herein, cross-market transfers between the participants in DTC, on the one hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream participants, on the other hand, will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTC’s rules on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by its respective depositary; however, such cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, by the counterparty in such system in accordance with the rules and procedures and within the established deadlines (Brussels time) of such system. Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its respective depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf of delivering or receiving interests in the relevant Global Note in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear participants and Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly to the depositories for Euroclear or Clearstream.

 

DTC has advised the issuer that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of notes only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account DTC has credited the interests in the Global Notes and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of the notes as to which such participant or participants has or have given such direction. However, if there is an event of default under the notes, DTC reserves the right to exchange the Global Notes for legended notes in certificated form, and to distribute such notes to its participants.

 

So long as DTC or any successor depositary for a Global Note, or any nominee, is the registered owner of such Global Note, DTC or such successor depositary or nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by such Global Note for all purposes under the indenture and the notes. Except as set forth above, owners of beneficial interests in a Global Note will not be entitled to have the notes represented by such Global Note registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated notes in definitive form and will not be considered to be the owners or holders of any notes under such Global Note. Accordingly, each person owning a beneficial interest in a Global Note must rely on the procedures of DTC or any successor depositary, and, if such person is not a participant, on the procedures of the participant through which such person owns its interest, to exercise any rights of a holder under the indenture. The issuer understands that under existing industry practices, in the event that the issuer requests any action of holders or that an owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Note desires to give or take any action which a holder is entitled to give or take under the Indenture, DTC or any successor depositary would authorize the participants holding the relevant beneficial interest to give or take such action and such participants would authorize beneficial owners owning through such participants to give or take such action or would otherwise act upon the instructions of beneficial owners owning through them.

 

164


Table of Contents

Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in Global Notes among participants of DTC, it is under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither the issuer or the trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

 

Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes

 

A Global Note is exchangeable for certificated notes only if:

 

(a) DTC notifies the issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a depositary for such Global Note or if at any time DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, the issuer fails to appoint a successor depository within 90 days after the date of such notice,

 

(b) the issuer in its discretion at any time determines not to have all the notes represented by such Global Note, or

 

(c) there shall have occurred and be continuing a default or an event of default with respect to the notes represented by such Global Note.

 

Any Global Note that is exchangeable for certificated notes pursuant to the preceding sentence will be exchanged for certificated notes in authorized denominations and registered in such names as DTC or any successor depositary holding such Global Note may direct. Subject to the foregoing, a Global Note is not exchangeable, except for a Global Note of like denomination to be registered in the name of DTC or any successor depositary or its nominee. In the event that a Global Note becomes exchangeable for certificated notes,

 

(a) certificated notes will be issued only in fully registered form in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof,

 

(b) payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the certificated notes will be payable, and the transfer of the certificated notes will be registerable, at the office or agency of the issuer maintained for such purposes, and

 

(c) no service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of the certificated notes, although the issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.

 

Exchange of Certificated Notes for Global Notes

 

Certificated notes may not be exchanged for beneficial interests in any Global Note unless the transferor first delivers to the trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in the indenture) to the effect that such transfer will comply with the appropriate transfer restrictions applicable to such notes.

 

165


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE OFFER; REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

In connection with the issuance of the old notes on May 10, 2005, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers, which provides for the exchange offer. The exchange offer will permit eligible holders of notes to exchange the old notes for the exchange notes that are identical in all material respects with the old notes, except that:

 

    the offer and sale of the exchange notes will be registered with the SEC, and thus the exchange notes generally will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer or bear the legends regarding limitations on transferability that the old notes are subject to and bear,

 

    exchange notes represented by one or more Global Notes will only be exchanged for certificated notes under the limited circumstances described above under “Description of the Exchange Notes—Exchange of Global Notes for Certificated Notes,” and

 

    the exchange notes will generally not provide for the payment of additional interest, as described below.

 

The following summary of certain provisions of the registration rights agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the registration rights agreement. You should refer to the exhibits that are a part of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part for a copy of the registration rights agreement. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

 

Exchange Offer

 

General

 

We are making the exchange offer to comply with our contractual obligations under the registration rights agreement. Except under limited circumstances described under “—Shelf Registration,” upon completion of the exchange offer, our obligations with respect to the registration of the old notes will terminate.

 

We agreed, pursuant to the registration rights agreement, to use our reasonable best efforts to:

 

(a) not later than 105 days after the date of original issuance of the old notes, file a registration statement with the SEC with respect to the exchange offer, and

 

(b) cause the exchange offer registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act not later than 150 days after the date of original issuance of the old notes.

 

Upon the effectiveness of the exchange offer registration statement, we will promptly offer the exchange notes in exchange for the surrender of the old notes.

 

We will keep the exchange offer open for not less than 20 business days and not more than 30 business days after the date notice of the exchange offer is mailed to the holders of the old notes (or longer if required by applicable law). For each old note surrendered to us pursuant to the exchange offer, the holder of such old note will receive an exchange note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered old note.

 

Exchange Notes; Transferability

 

Interest on each exchange note will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the old note surrendered in exchange thereof or, if no interest has been paid on the old note, from the date of its original issue. Any holder of old notes (other than certain specified holders) who wishes to exchange their old notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will be required to represent that:

 

(a) any exchange notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business,

 

(b) it has no arrangement, intent or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes (within the meaning of the Securities Act),

 

166


Table of Contents

(c) it is not an “affiliate” of the issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or if it is an affiliate, that it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable,

 

(d) if it is a broker-dealer, it will receive exchange notes for its own account in exchange for old notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes, and

 

(e) if it is a broker-dealer, it is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully and completely make the foregoing representations.

 

Under existing SEC interpretations, the exchange notes would be freely transferable by holders of the exchange notes (in each case, other than affiliates of the issuer) after the exchange offer without further registration under the Securities Act if the holder of the exchange notes makes such representations.

 

Prospectus Delivery Requirements

 

The SEC has taken the position that exchanging broker-dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to the exchange notes (other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the original sale of the notes) with this prospectus. Under the registration rights agreement, we are required to allow exchanging broker-dealers and other persons, if any, with similar prospectus delivery requirements to use this prospectus in connection with the resale of such exchange notes for a period of six months following the consummation of the exchange offer.

 

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for securities, where such securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

Expiration of the Exchange Offer; Extensions; Amendments

 

The exchange offer will expire at 12:00 a.m., midnight, New York City time, on                     , 2005. We can extend the exchange offer in our sole discretion, in which case the term “expiration date” means the latest date and time to which we extend the exchange offer. If we decide to extend the exchange offer period, we will then delay acceptance of any old notes by giving notice of an extension as described below. During any extension period, all old notes previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer and may be accepted for exchange by us. We will return any old notes not accepted for exchange to the tendering holder after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

 

Our obligation to accept old notes for exchange in the exchange offer is subject to the conditions described below under “—Conditions.” We may decide to waive any of the conditions in our discretion. Furthermore, we expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer, and not to accept for exchange any old notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the exchange offer specified below under the same heading. By press release or other public announcement we will give oral or written notice of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination as promptly as practicable. Without limiting the manner in which we may choose to make a public announcement of any delay, extension, amendment or termination of the exchange offer, we will have no obligation to publish, advertise or otherwise communicate any such public announcement, other than by making a timely release to an appropriate news agency.

 

We reserve the right to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner. If we amend the exchange offer in a manner that we determine constitutes a material change, we will disclose the amendment by means of a

 

167


Table of Contents

prospectus supplement. If we make such a material change less than five to ten business days, depending on the significance of the amendment, before the expiration of the exchange offer, we will extend the offer so that you have at least five to ten business days to tender or withdraw.

 

We will notify you of any extension of the exchange offer by means of a press release or other public announcement no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the first business day after the previously scheduled expiration time.

 

Conditions

 

Despite any other term of the exchange offer, or any extension of the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or to exchange, any old notes for any exchange notes and, as described below, may terminate the exchange offer, or may waive any of the conditions to or amend the exchange offer, if due to any change in law or applicable interpretations thereof by the SEC staff, we determine upon advise of outside counsel that we cannot effect the exchange offer.

 

We will not accept for exchange any old notes tendered, and will not issue exchange notes in exchange for any old notes, if at that time a stop order is threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indentures under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

 

If we determine that any of the foregoing events or conditions has occurred or exists, we may, subject to applicable law, terminate the exchange offer, whether or not any old notes have been accepted for exchange, or may waive any such condition or otherwise amend the terms of the exchange offer in any respect. See “—Expiration of the Exchange Offer; Extensions; Amendments” above. If we fail at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights, this failure will not constitute a waiver of that right. Each of these rights will be deemed an ongoing right that we may assert at any time or at various times.

 

In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the old notes of any holder that has not made to us the representations described under “—Terms of the Exchange Offer” and “Plan of Distribution.”

 

Procedures for Tendering

 

We have forwarded to you, along with this prospectus, a letter of transmittal relating to this exchange offer. A holder need not submit a letter of transmittal if the holder tenders old notes in accordance with the procedures mandated by DTC’s ATOP. To tender old notes without submitting a letter of transmittal, the electronic instructions sent to DTC and transmitted to the exchange agent must contain your acknowledgment of receipt of and your agreement to be bound by and to make all of the representations contained in the letter of transmittal. In all other cases, a letter of transmittal must be manually executed and delivered as described in this prospectus.

 

Only a holder of record of old notes may tender old notes in the exchange offer. To tender in the exchange offer, a holder must comply with all applicable procedures of DTC and either:

 

    complete, sign and date the letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, have the signature on the letter of transmittal guaranteed if the letter of transmittal so requires and deliver the letter of transmittal or facsimile to the exchange agent prior to the expiration date, or

 

    in lieu of delivering a letter of transmittal, instruct DTC to transmit on behalf of the holder a computer-generated message to the exchange agent in which the holder of the old notes acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, which computer-generated message must be received by the exchange agent prior to 12:00 a.m., midnight, New York City time, on the expiration date.

 

168


Table of Contents

In addition, either:

 

    the exchange agent must receive the old notes along with the letter of transmittal,

 

    with respect to the old notes, the exchange agent must receive, before expiration of the exchange offer, timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of old notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, according to the procedure for book-entry transfer described below, or

 

    the holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

 

To be tendered effectively, the exchange agent must receive any physical delivery of the letter of transmittal and other required documents at the address set forth below under “—Exchange Agent” before expiration of the exchange offer. To receive confirmation of valid tender of old notes, a holder should contact the exchange agent at the telephone number listed under “—Exchange Agent.”

 

The tender by a holder that is not withdrawn before expiration of the exchange offer will constitute an agreement between that holder and us in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal. Only a registered holder of old notes may tender the old notes in the exchange offer. If a holder completing a letter of transmittal tenders less than all of the old notes held by this holder, this tendering holder should fill in the applicable box of the letter of transmittal. The amount of old notes delivered to the exchange agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated.

 

If old notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents are physically delivered to the exchange agent, the method of delivery is at the holder’s election and risk. Rather than mail these items, we recommend that holders use an overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, holders should allow sufficient time to assure delivery to the exchange agent before expiration of the exchange offer. Holders should not send the letter of transmittal or old notes to us. Holders may request their respective brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or other nominees to effect the above transactions for them.

 

Any beneficial owner whose old notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes to tender should contact the registered holder promptly and instruct it to tender on the owner’s behalf. If the beneficial owner wishes to tender on its own behalf, it must, prior to completing and executing the letter of transmittal and delivering its old notes, either:

 

    make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the old notes in the owner’s name, or

 

    obtain a properly completed bond power from the registered holder of old notes.

 

The transfer of registered ownership may take considerable time and may not be completed prior to the expiration date.

 

If the applicable letter of transmittal is signed by the record holder(s) of the old notes tendered, the signature must correspond with the name(s) written on the face of the old notes without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever. If the applicable letter of transmittal is signed by a participant in DTC, the signature must correspond with the name as it appears on the security position listing as the holder of the old notes.

 

A signature on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution. Eligible guarantor institutions include banks, brokers, dealers, municipal securities dealers, municipal securities brokers, government securities dealers, government securities brokers, credit unions, national securities exchanges, registered securities associations, clearing agencies and savings associations. The signature need not be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution if the old notes are tendered:

 

    by a registered holder who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal, or

 

    for the account of an eligible institution.

 

169


Table of Contents

If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of any old notes, the old notes must be endorsed or accompanied by a properly completed bond power. The bond power must be signed by the registered holder as the registered holder’s name appears on the old notes and an eligible guarantor institution must guarantee the signature on the bond power.

 

If the letter of transmittal or any old notes or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, these persons should so indicate when signing. Unless we waive this requirement, they should also submit evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to deliver the letter of transmittal.

 

We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, including time of receipt, acceptance and withdrawal of the tendered old notes. Our determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to reject any old notes not properly tendered or any old notes the acceptance of which would, in the opinion of our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular old notes. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties.

 

Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of old notes must be cured within the time that we determine. Although we intend to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of old notes, neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of old notes will not be deemed made until those defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any old notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the exchange agent without cost to the tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, as soon as practicable following the expiration date.

 

In all cases, we will issue exchange notes for old notes that we have accepted for exchange under the exchange offer only after the exchange agent timely receives:

 

    the old notes or a timely book-entry confirmation that the old notes have been transferred into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, and

 

    a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal and all other required documents or a properly transmitted agent’s message.

 

Holders should receive copies of the applicable letter of transmittal with the prospectus. A holder may obtain copies of the applicable letter of transmittal for the old notes from the exchange agent at its offices listed under “—Exchange Agent.” By signing the letter of transmittal, or causing DTC to transmit an agent’s message to the exchange agent, each tendering holder of old notes will, among other things, make the representations in the letter of transmittal described under “—Exchange Offer—Exchange Notes; Transferability.”

 

DTC Book-Entry Transfer

 

The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account with respect to the old notes at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer within three business days after the date of this prospectus.

 

With respect to the old notes, the exchange agent and DTC have confirmed that any financial institution that is a participant in DTC may utilize the DTC ATOP procedures to tender old notes.

 

With respect to the old notes, any participant in DTC may make book-entry delivery of old notes by causing DTC to transfer the old notes into the exchange agent’s account in accordance with DTC’s ATOP procedures for transfer.

 

However, the exchange for the old notes so tendered will only be made after a book-entry confirmation of such book-entry transfer of old notes into the exchange agent’s account, and timely receipt by the exchange agent

 

170


Table of Contents

of an agent’s message and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal. The term “agent’s message” means a message, transmitted by DTC and received by the exchange agent and forming part of a book-entry confirmation, which states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from a participant tendering old notes that are the subject of the book-entry confirmation that the participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, and that we may enforce that agreement against the participant.

 

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

 

Holders wishing to tender their old notes but whose old notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their old notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent or cannot comply with the applicable procedures described above before expiration of the exchange offer may tender if:

 

    the tender is made through an eligible guarantor institution,

 

    before expiration of the exchange offer, the exchange agent receives from the eligible guarantor institution either a properly completed and duly executed notice of guaranteed delivery, by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery, or a properly transmitted agent’s message and notice of guaranteed delivery, in each case:

 

    setting forth the name and address of the holder and the registered number(s) and the principal amount of old notes tendered,

 

    stating that the tender is being made by guaranteed delivery, and

 

    guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after expiration of the exchange offer, the letter of transmittal, or facsimile thereof, together with the old notes or a book-entry transfer confirmation, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal will be deposited by the eligible guarantor institution with the exchange agent, and

 

    the exchange agent receives the properly completed and executed letter of transmittal, or facsimile thereof, as well as all tendered old notes in proper form for transfer or a book-entry transfer confirmation, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after expiration of the exchange offer.

 

Upon request to the exchange agent, a notice of guaranteed delivery will be sent to holders who wish to tender their old notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.

 

Withdrawal of Tenders

 

Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, holders of old notes may withdraw their tenders at any time before expiration of the exchange offer.

 

For a withdrawal to be effective, the exchange agent must receive a computer-generated notice of withdrawal transmitted by DTC on behalf of the holder in accordance with the standard operating procedures of DTC, or a written notice of withdrawal, which may be by telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter, at one of the addresses set forth below under “—Exchange Agent”.

 

Any notice of withdrawal must:

 

    specify the name of the person who tendered the old notes to be withdrawn,

 

    identify the old notes to be withdrawn, including the principal amount of the old notes to be withdrawn, and

 

    where certificates for old notes have been transmitted, specify the name in which the old notes were registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder.

 

171


Table of Contents

If certificates for old notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the exchange agent, then, prior to the release of those certificates, the withdrawing holder must also submit:

 

    the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn, and

 

    a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution, unless the withdrawing holder is an eligible guarantor institution.

 

If old notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawn old notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of the facility.

 

We will determine all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of notices of withdrawal, and our determination shall be final and binding on all parties. We will deem any old notes so withdrawn not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer. We will return any old notes that have been tendered for exchange but that are not exchanged for any reason to their holder without cost to the holder. In the case of old notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, according to the procedures described above, those old notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC, for old notes, as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the exchange offer. You may retender properly withdrawn old notes by following one of the procedures described under “—Procedures for Tendering” above at any time on or before expiration of the exchange offer.

 

A holder may obtain a form of the notice of withdrawal from the exchange agent at its offices listed under “—Exchange Agent.”

 

Exchange Agent

 

The Bank of New York has been appointed as exchange agent for the exchange offer. You should direct questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal and requests for the notice of guaranteed delivery or the notice of withdrawal to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

 

To: The Bank of New York (as “Exchange Agent”)

 

By Mail, Overnight Courier or Hand:

The Bank of New York

Corporate Trust Operations

Reorganization Unit

101 Barclay Street - 7 East

New York, New York 10286

Attn: Randolph Holder

 

By Facsimile Transmission (for Eligible Institutions Only):

 

(212) 298-1915

 

Confirm by Telephone:

 

(212) 815-5098

 

Delivery of the letter of transmittal to an address other than as shown above or transmission via facsimile other than as set forth above does not constitute a valid delivery of the letter of transmittal.

 

172


Table of Contents

Fees and Expenses

 

We will bear the expenses of soliciting tenders. The principal solicitation is being made by mail. However, we may make additional solicitations by telegraph, telephone or in person by our officers and regular employees and those of our affiliates.

 

We have not retained any dealer-manager in connection with the exchange offer and will not make any payments to broker-dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. We will, however, pay the exchange agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and reimburse it for its related reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.

 

We will pay the cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer, including the following:

 

    SEC registration fees,

 

    fees and expenses of the exchange agent and trustee,

 

    our accounting and legal fees, and

 

    our printing and mailing costs.

 

Transfer Taxes

 

We will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of old notes under the exchange offer. The tendering holder, however, will be required to pay any transfer taxes, whether imposed on the registered holder or any other person, if:

 

    certificates representing old notes for principal amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of old notes tendered,

 

    exchange notes are to be delivered to, or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the old notes,

 

    tendered old notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing the letter of transmittal, or

 

    a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of old notes under the exchange offer.

 

If satisfactory evidence of payment of transfer taxes is not submitted with the letter of transmittal, the amount of any transfer taxes will be billed to the tendering holder.

 

Accounting Treatment

 

We will record the exchange notes in our accounting records at the same carrying value as the old notes, which is the aggregate principal amount, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes in connection with the exchange offer.

 

Consequences of Failure to Tender

 

All untendered old notes will remain subject to the restrictions on transfer provided for in the old notes and in the indenture. Generally, the old notes that are not exchanged for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer will remain restricted securities. Accordingly, such old notes may be resold only:

 

    to us (upon redemption thereof or otherwise),

 

    pursuant to a registration statement which has been declared effective under the Securities Act,

 

173


Table of Contents
    for so long as the old notes are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a person the holder of the old notes and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A, that purchases for its own account or for the account of another qualified institutional buyer, in each case to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A,

 

    pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 thereunder (if applicable), or

 

    pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act,

 

in each case subject to compliance with any applicable foreign, state or other securities laws.

 

Same-Day Settlement and Payment

 

We will make payments in respect of the exchange notes represented by the global exchange notes (including principal, premium, if any, interest and additional interest, if any) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the global exchange note holder. We will make all payments of principal, interest and premium and additional interest, if any, with respect to any certificated exchange notes by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the holders thereof or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such holder’s registered address. The exchange notes represented by the global exchange notes are expected to trade in DTC’s Same-Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in such exchange notes will, therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds. We expect that secondary trading in any certificated exchange notes will also be settled in immediately available funds.

 

Governing Law

 

The indenture, the exchange notes and old notes are governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

Shelf Registration

 

We also agreed, pursuant to the registration rights agreement, to use our reasonable best efforts to file a shelf registration statement covering resales of the Registrable Notes (as defined below) or the exchange notes, as the case may be, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “shelf registration statement,” cause the shelf registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act and keep the shelf registration statement effective until two years after the latest date on which any notes are originally issued, or earlier if all of the Registrable Notes cease to be Registrable Notes, in the event that any of the following occur:

 

(i) applicable laws or interpretations thereof of the staff of the SEC do not permit us to effect the exchange offer, upon advice of outside counsel,

 

(ii) for any other reason the exchange offer registration statement is not declared effective within 150 days after the date of the original issuance of the old notes or the registered exchange offer is not consummated within 180 days after the original issuance of the old notes but we may terminate this shelf registration statement at any time, without penalty, if the exchange offer is subsequently consummated,

 

(iii) the initial purchasers so request with respect to notes not eligible to be exchanged for exchange notes in the exchange offer, or

 

(iv) any holder of notes (other than an initial purchaser) is not eligible to participate in the exchange offer or in the case of initial purchasers that participate in the exchange offer, such initial purchaser does not receive freely tradeable exchange notes in exchange for old notes constituting any portion of an unsold allotment (it being understood that (x) the requirement that an initial purchaser deliver a prospectus containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act in

 

174


Table of Contents

connection with the sales of exchange notes acquired in exchange for the old notes shall result in such exchange notes being not “freely tradable” and (y) the requirement that an exchanging broker-dealer deliver the prospectus contained in the exchange offer registration statement in connection with sales of exchange notes acquired in the exchange offer in exchange for old notes acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities shall not result in such exchange notes being not “freely tradeable”).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, we may, by notice to holders of Registrable Notes, suspend the availability of a shelf registration statement and the use of the related prospectus, if:

 

    such action is required by applicable law,

 

    our board of directors determines in good faith that suspending the availability of such shelf registration statement is necessary to avoid impeding, delaying or otherwise interfering with any proposed or pending material corporate transaction or is necessary to avoid disclosure of material non-public information, the disclosure of which at such time would not be in our equity holders’ or Lazard Ltd’s stockholders best interests, or

 

    the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the shelf registration statement or the related prospectus untrue or requires the making of any changes in or additions to the shelf registration statement or the related prospectus to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

Any such period of suspension referred to in bullet 2 above shall not:

 

    exceed 45 days in any three-month period, or

 

    exceed 115 days in the aggregate for all three-month periods in any 12-month period.

 

The period for which we are obligated to keep the shelf registration statement continuously effective will be extended by the period of such suspension. Each holder of the Registrable Notes will be required to discontinue disposition of Registrable Notes pursuant to the shelf registration statement upon receipt from us of notice of any events described in the preceding paragraph or certain other events specified in the registration rights agreement.

 

The shelf registration statement will permit only certain holders to resell their Registrable Notes from time to time. In particular, these holders must:

 

    provide certain information in connection with the shelf registration statement, and

 

    agree in writing to be bound by all provisions of the registration rights agreement (including certain indemnification obligations).

 

We will, in the event a shelf registration statement is filed, among other things, provide to each holder for whom such shelf registration statement was filed copies of the prospectus which is a part of the shelf registration statement, notify each such holder when the shelf registration statement has become effective and take certain other actions as are required to permit unrestricted resales of the notes or exchange notes, as the case may be. A holder selling old notes or exchange notes, in each case pursuant to the shelf registration statement, generally would be required to be named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreement which are applicable to such holder (including certain indemnification obligations).

 

“Registrable Notes” means the old notes; provided , however , that any old notes shall cease to be Registrable Notes when:

 

    a registration statement with respect to such notes shall have been declared effective under the Securities Act and such notes shall have been disposed of pursuant to such registration statement,

 

175


Table of Contents
    such notes shall have been sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any similar provision then in force) or shall have become salable pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or any similar provision then in force),

 

    such notes shall have ceased to be outstanding, or

 

    such notes have been exchanged for exchange notes the offer and sale of which have been registered pursuant to the exchange offer registration statement, upon consummation of the exchange offer, subject to certain exceptions.

 

Additional Interest

 

Additional interest, which we refer to in this prospectus as “additional interest,” will accrue on the principal amount of the Registrable Notes and, if applicable, exchange notes (in addition to the stated interest on the Registrable Notes and, if applicable, exchange notes), if any of the following events shall occur (each such event a “registration default”), in each case in accordance with and during the periods specified in the registration rights agreement:

 

(1) on or prior to the 105th day following the date of original issuance of the notes, neither the exchange offer registration statement nor the shelf registration statement has been filed with the SEC,

 

(2) on or prior to the 150th day following the date of original issuance of the notes, the exchange offer registration statement has not been declared effective,

 

(3) on or prior to the 180th day following the date of original issuance of the notes, neither the registered exchange offer has been consummated nor the shelf registration statement has been declared effective, or

 

(4) after the shelf registration statement has been declared effective, such registration statement thereafter ceases to be effective or, except as a result of specified matters relating to selling holders, usable in connection with resales of the old notes or the exchange notes entitled to be registered on the shelf registration statement pursuant to the registration rights agreement, except during limited periods as a result of the exercises by us of our right to suspend the use of the shelf registration statement.

 

Additional interest will accrue from and including the date on which any such registration default shall occur and to, but excluding, the date on which all registration defaults have been cured. Additional Interest will accrue at a rate of 0.25% per annum during the 75-day period immediately following the occurrence of such registration default and will increase by 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 75-day period, but in no event shall such rate exceed 0.50% per annum and we will not be required to pay additional interest for more than one registration default at a time. The additional interest will accrue only for those days a registration default occurs and is continuing. Following the cure of a registration default, no more additional interest will accrue unless a subsequent default occurs. Additional interest shall only be payable on Registrable Notes or the exchange notes held by initial purchasers that are entitled to be registered for resale on a shelf registration statement pursuant to the registration rights agreement, as described in “—Shelf Registration.”

 

176


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF LAZARD GROUP MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS

 

Lazard Group Common Membership Interests

 

There are 100,000,000 Lazard Group common membership interests issued and outstanding, 62,500,000 of which are beneficially owned by LAZ-MD Holdings and 37,500,000 of which are beneficially owned by Lazard Ltd through certain of its wholly owned subsidiaries. The profits and losses of Lazard Group will be allocated to holders of the Lazard Group common membership interests after deducting amounts allocated to the Lazard Group participatory interests described below.

 

The number of outstanding Lazard Group common membership interests owned by Lazard Ltd’s wholly owned subsidiaries currently equals the number of shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock outstanding.

 

We expect that the net cash proceeds received by Lazard Ltd from any issuance of shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock, including with regard to the exercise of options issued under the Equity Incentive Plan and an exchange of any of the exchangeable securities, will be transferred to Lazard Group in exchange for Lazard Group common membership interests equal in number to such number of shares of common stock so issued.

 

Pursuant to the terms of Lazard Ltd’s memorandum of association, Lazard Ltd’s bye-laws and the master separation agreement, each Lazard Group common membership interest owned by LAZ-MD Holdings is exchangeable on a one-for-one basis with Lazard Ltd’s common stock by a holder of a LAZ-MD Holdings exchangeable interest, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments. See “The Lazard Organizational Structure.”

 

Participatory Interests

 

We also granted participatory interests in Lazard Group to certain of our current managing directors in connection with the separation and recapitalization transactions which are described under “Management—Participatory Interests in Lazard Group.”

 

177


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

 

The following are summaries of the material terms and conditions of our principal indebtedness other than the notes.

 

Credit Facilities

 

Concurrently with the equity public offering, Lazard Group entered into a five year, $125 million senior revolving credit facility with a group of lenders. In addition, Lazard Group entered into a commitment letter dated April 14, 2005 that provides that, subject to customary conditions precedent for transactions of this nature, including regulatory approval, a group of lenders will provide a separate $25 million subordinated credit facility for Lazard Frères & Co. LLC, our U.S. broker dealer subsidiary. The Lazard Frères & Co. LLC facility will be a four-year revolving credit facility, and then will continue as a term loan facility for an additional year. This commitment letter expires July 31, 2005. The senior revolving credit facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of default for facilities of this type, and we expect that the Lazard Frères & Co. LLC facility will as well. The senior revolving credit facility, among other things, limits the ability of the borrower to incur debt, grant liens, pay dividends, enter into mergers or to sell all or substantially all of its assets and contains financial covenants that must be maintained. We expect that the Lazard Frères & Co. LLC facility will contain similar restrictions and covenants for a facility of its type. The Lazard Frères & Co. LLC facility is intended to qualify as a satisfactory subordination agreement in accordance with the applicable NASD rules and regulations. We may, to the extent required and subject to restrictions contained in our financing arrangements, use other financing sources in addition to any new credit facilities.

 

Lazard Group Finance Senior Notes

 

Each unit of the equity security units issued by Lazard Ltd in the ESU offering and pursuant to the IXIS Investment Agreement consist of (a) a purchase contract which will obligate the holder to purchase, and Lazard Ltd to sell, for $25 newly issued shares of Lazard Ltd’s common stock on May 15, 2008 and (b) a 1/40, or 2.5%, ownership interest in a 6.120% senior note of Lazard Group Finance with a principal amount of $1,000. The senior notes are senior obligations of Lazard Group Finance.

 

Lazard Group Finance used the proceeds from the issuances of the equity security units to purchase 6.120% senior notes of Lazard Group. The Lazard Group notes were pledged to secure the obligations of Lazard Group Finance under the Lazard Group Finance senior notes. The aggregate principal amount of the Lazard Group notes is $437.5 million, which is equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Lazard Group Finance senior notes. The Lazard Group notes will accrue interest at a rate equivalent to the interest rate applicable from time to time on the Lazard Group Finance senior notes. The Lazard Group notes will mature on the same date as the senior Lazard Group Finance senior notes. The Lazard Group notes are a senior, unsecured obligation of Lazard Group, ranking pari passu with all other senior, unsecured indebtedness of Lazard Group. The Lazard Group notes were issued in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

 

Guaranty of Note Issued to Intesa

 

Lazard Group has guaranteed the $150 million subordinated convertible promissory note issued by a wholly owned subsidiary of Lazard Group to Intesa, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

178


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

 

The exchange of old notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer generally will not constitute a taxable exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, (1) you will not recognize taxable gain or loss as a result of exchanging your old notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer; (2) the holding period of your exchange notes will include the holding period of your old notes; and (3) the tax basis of the exchange notes you receive will be the same as the tax basis of your old notes.

 

THE PRECEDING PARAGRAPH DOES NOT DESCRIBE ALL OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES THAT MAY BE RELEVANT TO A HOLDER IN LIGHT OF ITS PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES OR TO HOLDERS SUBJECT TO SPECIAL RULES. IF YOU ARE CONSIDERING AN EXCHANGE OF YOUR OLD NOTES FOR THE EXCHANGE NOTES, YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR(S) CONCERNING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER STATE, LOCAL, OR FOREIGN LAWS OF SUCH AN EXCHANGE.

 

179


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for old notes where such old notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, starting on the expiration date and ending on the close of business six months after the expiration date, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until                     , 2005, all dealers effecting transactions in the exchange notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.

 

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by brokers-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such exchange notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit of any such resale of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

For a period of six months after the expiration date, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holder of the securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

180


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz will pass upon the validity of the exchange notes and various legal matters for us in connection with the exchange notes offered hereby.

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, included in this prospectus and the related financial statement schedule included elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement, and have been so included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC, in Washington, D.C., a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act with respect to the exchange notes. This prospectus is a part of the registration statement and, as permitted by the SEC’s rules, does not contain all of the information presented in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us, Lazard Ltd and the notes, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and any schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance, if such contract or document is filed as an exhibit, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. A copy of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov , from which interested persons can electronically access the registration statement, including the exhibits and any schedules thereto. The registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, is also available for reading and copying at the offices of the NYSE at 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005.

 

As a result of the exchange offer, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We intend to furnish our members with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements certified by an independent public accounting firm. We also maintain an Internet site at www.lazard.com . Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and you should not rely on any such information in making your decision whether to purchase our securities.

 

181


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Consolidated Financial Statements*

    

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, as of December 31, 2003 and 2004

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and
2004

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

   F-7

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

   F-8

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-9

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)*

    

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of March 31, 2005

   F-40

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income for the three month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2005

   F-42

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2005

   F-43

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Members’ Equity for the three month period ended March 31, 2005

   F-44

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-45

* The consolidated financial statements referred to above reflect the historical results of operations and financial position of Lazard Group LLC (formerly known as Lazard LLC and referred to herein as “Lazard Group”), for all periods presented and include the results of operations and financial condition for certain businesses that Lazard Group no longer owns. Accordingly, the historical consolidated financial statements do not reflect what the results of operations and financial position of Lazard Group would have been had it been a stand-alone, public company for the periods presented. Specifically, the historical results of operations of Lazard Group do not give effect to the following matters:

 

    The separation of Lazard Group’s Capital Markets and Other activities, which consist of equity, fixed income and convertibles sales and trading, broking, research and underwriting services, merchant banking fund management activities outside of France and specified non-operating assets and liabilities. As a result of the separation, these Capital Markets and Other activities are now owned and operated by LFCM Holdings, LLC (“LFCM Holdings”), a newly-formed Delaware limited liability company owned by the current and former managing directors of Lazard Group.

 

    Payment for services rendered by Lazard Group’s managing directors, which, as a result of Lazard Group operating as a limited liability company, historically has been accounted for as distributions from members’ capital, or in some cases as minority interest, rather than as compensation and benefits expense. As a result, Lazard Group’s operating income historically has not reflected payments for services rendered by its managing directors. As a result of the consummation of the equity public offering, as described in Note 18 of the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and Note 9 of the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, Lazard Group will include all payments for services rendered by its managing directors in employee compensation and benefits expense in future periods.

 

F-1


Table of Contents
    U.S. corporate federal income taxes, since Lazard Group has operated in the U.S. as a limited liability company that was treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, Lazard Group’s income has not been subject to U.S. federal income taxes. Taxes related to income earned by partnerships represent obligations of the individual partners. Outside the U.S., Lazard Group historically has operated principally through subsidiary corporations and has been subject to local income taxes. Income taxes shown on Lazard Group’s historical consolidated statements of income are attributable to taxes incurred in non-U.S. entities and to New York City Unincorporated Business Tax (“UBT”) attributable to Lazard Group’s operations apportioned to New York City.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Members of

Lazard Group LLC:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Lazard Group LLC and subsidiaries (formerly known as Lazard LLC) (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows and changes in members’ equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/    Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

March 14, 2005

 

F-3


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

DECEMBER 31, 2003 AND 2004

(in thousands)

 

     December 31,

     2003

   2004

ASSETS

             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 350,891    $ 313,938

Cash and securities segregated for regulatory purposes

     47,663      38,460

Marketable investments

     182,040      112,467

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     166,674      153,681

Securities owned—at fair value:

             

Bonds—Corporate

     379,405      397,258

Non-U.S. Government and agency securities

     49,463      53,528

U.S. Government and agency securities pledged as collateral

     38,755      98,342

Equities

     28,412      48,101
    

  

       496,035      597,229

Swaps and other contractual agreements

     700      666

Securities borrowed

     891,976      852,266

Receivables—net:

             

Fees

     242,340      284,376

Customers

     129,336      130,668

Banks

     127,721      346,285

Brokers and dealers

     77,015      128,979

Other

     14,684      1,216
    

  

       591,096      891,524

Long-term investments

     214,429      202,644

Other investments

     4,009      13,019

Property—net

     192,476      199,453

Goodwill

     16,547      17,205

Other assets

     102,693      106,672
    

  

Total assets

   $ 3,257,229    $ 3,499,224
    

  

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION—(Continued)

DECEMBER 31, 2003 AND 2004

(in thousands)

 

     December 31,

     2003

   2004

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

             

Notes payable

   $ 57,911    $ 70,777

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     109,351      196,338

Securities sold, not yet purchased—at fair value:

             

Bonds—Corporate

     76,480      76,425

U.S. Government and agency securities

     20,575      133,775

Equities

     13,562      22,281
    

  

       110,617      232,481

Swaps and other contractual agreements

     3,222      4,619

Securities loaned

     616,706      624,918

Payables:

             

Banks

     340,464      379,797

Customers

     207,618      178,728

Brokers and dealers

     21,979      43,057
    

  

       570,061      601,582

Accrued employee compensation

     181,043      204,898

Capital lease obligations

     62,167      51,546

Other liabilities

     541,348      652,547

Subordinated loans

     200,000      200,000

Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

     100,000      100,000
    

  

Total liabilities

     2,552,426      2,939,706

Commitments and contingencies

             

Minority interest

     169,078      174,720

Members’ equity (including $49,777 and $18,058 of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax)

     535,725      384,798
    

  

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $ 3,257,229    $ 3,499,224
    

  

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2003 AND 2004

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,

     2002

   2003

   2004

REVENUE

                    

Investment banking and other advisory fees

   $ 521,994    $ 676,001    $ 642,367

Money management fees

     444,114      346,955      430,727

Commissions

     60,896      53,003      65,526

Trading gains and losses—net

     62,231      42,499      35,508

Underwriting

     23,888      27,821      54,585

Investment gains (losses), non-trading—net

     25,796      18,212      31,968

Interest income

     63,973      47,025      47,373

Other

     26,770      22,029      20,126
    

  

  

Total revenue

     1,229,662      1,233,545      1,328,180

Interest expense

     63,383      50,161      53,875
    

  

  

Net revenue

     1,166,279      1,183,384      1,274,305
    

  

  

OPERATING EXPENSES

                    

Employee compensation and benefits

     469,037      481,212      573,779

Premises and occupancy costs

     82,121      98,412      96,668

Professional fees

     67,862      56,121      73,547

Travel and entertainment

     41,225      45,774      50,822

Communications and information services

     30,103      34,199      38,848

Equipment costs

     20,527      21,422      26,239

Other

     79,359      56,890      56,640
    

  

  

Total operating expenses

     790,234      794,030      916,543
    

  

  

OPERATING INCOME

     376,045      389,354      357,762

Provision for income taxes

     38,583      44,421      28,375
    

  

  

INCOME ALLOCABLE TO MEMBERS BEFORE MINORITY INTEREST AND EXTRAORDINARY GAIN

     337,462      344,933      329,387

Minority interest

     40,015      94,550      87,920
    

  

  

INCOME ALLOCABLE TO MEMBERS BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY GAIN

     297,447      250,383      241,467

Extraordinary gain

               5,507
    

  

  

NET INCOME ALLOCABLE TO MEMBERS

   $ 297,447    $ 250,383    $ 246,974
    

  

  

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2003 AND 2004

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

                        

Net income allocable to Members

   $ 297,447     $ 250,383     $ 246,974  

Adjustments to reconcile net income allocable to Members to net cash provided by operating activities:

                        

Noncash charges included in net income allocable to Members:

                        

Depreciation and amortization

     12,156       13,994       16,938  

Minority interest

     40,015       94,550       87,920  

(Increase) decrease in operating assets:

                        

Cash and securities segregated for regulatory purposes

     558,700       15,420       9,203  

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     247,132       (70,911 )     11,444  

Securities owned, at fair value and swaps and other contractual agreements

     676,528       (10,017 )     (71,505 )

Securities borrowed

     (239,570 )     (420,916 )     39,710  

Receivables

     (106,008 )     101,149       (254,382 )

Marketable and long-term investments

     136,058       (190,433 )     97,603  

Other assets

     14,275       8,301       (2,965 )

Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:

                        

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     (510,439 )     27,419       82,919  

Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value and swaps and other contractual agreements

     (288,017 )     40,572       122,743  

Securities loaned

     201,539       415,167       8,212  

Payables

     (610,181 )     (110,948 )     (8,633 )

Accrued employee compensation and other liabilities

     7,429       77,865       45,296  
    


 


 


Net cash provided by operating activities

     437,064       241,595       431,477  
    


 


 


CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

                        

Consolidation of VIEs, net of cash

                 110  

Proceeds from formation of strategic alliance in Italy

           100,000        

Additions to property

     (22,938 )     (56,230 )     (19,012 )

Disposals and retirements of property

     4,995       10,208       8,606  
    


 


 


Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (17,943 )     53,978       (10,296 )
    


 


 


CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

                        

Issuance of subordinated debt relating to strategic alliance in Italy

           200,000        

Distributions to Members and capital withdrawals, net of issuance of interests to LAM Members in 2003 of $27,483 relating to formation of LAM

     (395,017 )     (381,141 )     (366,182 )

Proceeds from notes payable

     19,729       1,636       15,046  

Repayment of notes payable

     (11,844 )     (22,914 )     (2,179 )

Repayment of capital lease obligations

     (7,490 )     (11,647 )     (14,242 )

Repayment of subordinated loans

     (2,968 )     (2,367 )      

Proceeds from subordinated loans

     2,367              

Net capital contributions and distributions from (to) minority interest stockholders

     (14,605 )     (70,862 )     (102,330 )
    


 


 


Net cash used in financing activities

     (409,828 )     (287,295 )     (469,887 )
    


 


 


EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH

     9,538       10,100       11,753  
    


 


 


NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     18,831       18,378       (36,953 )

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of year

     313,682       332,513       350,891  
    


 


 


CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of year

   $ 332,513     $ 350,891     $ 313,938  
    


 


 


SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

                        

Cash paid during the year for:

                        

Interest

   $ 59,448     $ 39,722     $ 41,639  
    


 


 


Income taxes

   $ 89,885     $ 19,458     $ 61,877  
    


 


 


 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS’ EQUITY

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2003 AND 2004

(in thousands)

 

     Capital and
Retained
Earnings


    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss),
Net of Tax


    Total
Members’
Equity


 

BALANCE—January 1, 2002

   $ 741,759     $ (37,062 )   $ 704,697  
    


 


 


Comprehensive income (loss):

                        

Net income allocable to Members

     297,447             297,447  

Other comprehensive income—net of tax:

                        

Currency translation adjustments

           46,923       46,923  

Minimum pension liability adjustments

           (5,139 )     (5,139 )
    


 


 


Comprehensive income

     297,447       41,784       339,231  

Distributions and withdrawals to Members

     (395,017 )           (395,017 )
    


 


 


BALANCE—December 31, 2002

     644,189       4,722       648,911  
    


 


 


Comprehensive income (loss):

                        

Net income allocable to Members

     250,383             250,383  

Other comprehensive income—net of tax:

                        

Currency translation adjustments

           51,042       51,042  

Minimum pension liability adjustments

           (5,987 )     (5,987 )
    


 


 


Comprehensive income

     250,383       45,055       295,438  

Distributions and withdrawals to Members

     (408,624 )           (408,624 )
    


 


 


BALANCE—December 31, 2003

     485,948       49,777       535,725  
    


 


 


Comprehensive income (loss):

                        

Net income allocable to Members

     246,974             246,974  

Other comprehensive income—net of tax:

                        

Currency translation adjustments

           29,890       29,890  

Minimum pension liability adjustments

           (61,609 )     (61,609 )
    


 


 


Comprehensive income (loss)

     246,974       (31,719 )     215,255  

Distributions and withdrawals to Members

     (366,182 )           (366,182 )
    


 


 


BALANCE—December 31, 2004

   $ 366,740     $ 18,058     $ 384,798  
    


 


 


 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

1.    ORGANIZATION

 

Lazard Group LLC (formerly known as Lazard LLC and collectively referred to with its subsidiaries as the “Company” or “Lazard Group”) is a Delaware limited liability company. The Company is governed by its Amended and Restated Operating Agreement dated as of January 1, 2002 (the “Operating Agreement”).

 

The Company’s principal activities are divided into three business segments:

 

    Financial Advisory, which includes providing advice on mergers, acquisitions, restructurings and other financial matters,

 

    Asset Management, which includes the management of equity and fixed income securities and merchant banking funds, and

 

    Capital Markets and Other, which consists of equity, fixed income and convertibles sales and trading, broking, research and underwriting services, merchant banking fund management activities outside of France and specified non-operating assets and liabilities.

 

In addition, the Company records selected other activities in Corporate, including cash and marketable investments, certain long-term investments, and the commercial banking activities of the Company’s Paris-based Lazard Frères Banque SA (“LFB”). LFB is a registered bank regulated by the Banque de France. LFB’s primary operations include the management of the treasury positions of the Company’s Paris House through its money market desk and, to a lesser extent, credit activities relating to securing loans granted to clients of Lazard Frères Gestion SAS (“LFG”) and custodial oversight over assets of various clients. In addition, LFB also operates many support functions of the Paris House. The Company also allocates outstanding indebtedness to Corporate.

 

The consolidated financial statements include the Company’s principal operating subsidiaries, Lazard Frères & Co. LLC (“LFNY”), a New York limited liability company, along with its subsidiaries, including Lazard Asset Management LLC and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “LAM”); Lazard Frères SAS and Maison Lazard SAS, along with its subsidiaries, including LFB and LFG (collectively referred to as “LFP”), French limited liability companies; and Lazard & Co., Limited (“LCL”), through Lazard & Co., Holdings Limited, an English private limited company (“LCH”); together with their jointly-owned affiliates and subsidiaries.

 

See Note 18 for information regarding a contemplated equity public offering and separated businesses.

 

2.    SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Presentation— The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The Company’s policy is to consolidate all majority-owned subsidiaries in which it has a controlling financial interest as well as variable interest entities where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary (Note 3). All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

 

The consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars. Many of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries have a functional currency ( i.e. , the currency in which operational activities are primarily conducted) that is other than the U.S. dollar, generally the currency of the country in which such subsidiaries are domiciled. Such subsidiaries’ assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at year-end exchange rates, while revenue and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the year. Adjustments that result from translating amounts from a subsidiary’s functional currency are reported as a component of Members’ equity . Foreign currency remeasurement gains and losses on transactions in non-functional currencies are included on the consolidated statements of income.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Use of Estimates— The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions regarding certain trading inventory valuations, compensation liabilities and other matters that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents— The Company defines cash equivalents as short-term, highly liquid securities and cash deposits with original maturities of 90 days or less, other than those used for trading purposes.

 

Cash and Securities Segregated for Regulatory Purposes— At December 31, 2003 and 2004, cash and securities with a market value of $35,971 and $27,200, respectively, were deposited in a special reserve account for the exclusive benefit of customers pursuant to Rule 15c3-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The remaining balance at December 31, 2003 and 2004 of $46,766 and $55,431, respectively, relates to restricted cash deposits made by the Company to satisfy the requirements of various non-U.S. regulatory authorities.

 

Marketable and Long-Term Investments— “Marketable investments” and “long-term investments” consist principally of investments in exchange traded funds, merchant banking and alternative investment funds, and other privately managed investments. These investments are carried at fair value on the consolidated statements of financial condition, with unrealized gains and losses reflected net on the consolidated statements of income. Where applicable, the fair value of a publicly traded investment is determined by quoted market prices. Most of the Company’s investments included in “long-term investments,” however, are not publicly traded and, as a result, are valued based upon management’s best estimate. The fair value of such investments is based upon an analysis of the investee’s financial results, condition, cash flows and prospects. The carrying value of such investments is adjusted when changes in the underlying fair values are readily ascertainable, generally as evidenced by third party transactions or transactions that directly affect the value of such investments. The Company’s investments in partnership interests, including general partnership and limited partnership interests in real estate funds, are recorded at fair value based on changes in the fair value of the partnerships’ underlying net assets. Because of the inherent uncertainty in the valuation of investments that are not readily marketable, estimated values may differ significantly from the values that would have been reported had a ready market for such investments existed.

 

The Company’s gross non-trading investment gains and (losses) of $52,465 and $(26,669), $23,948 and $(5,736), and $39,808 and $(7,840) for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, are included in “investment gains (losses), non-trading-net” on the consolidated statements of income.

 

Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase— Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financing transactions. The agreements provide that the transferor will receive substantially the same securities in return at the maturity of the agreement and the transferor will obtain from the transferee sufficient cash or collateral to purchase such securities during the term of the agreement. These securities are carried at the amounts at which they will be subsequently resold or repurchased plus accrued interest. The Company’s policy is to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell. As these transactions are short-term in nature, their carrying amounts are a reasonable estimate of fair value.

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities purchased under agreements to resell with the same counterparty are reported net by the counterparty in accordance with Financial Interpretation No. (“FIN”) 41, Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Repurchase and Reverse Repurchase Agreements .

 

F-10


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Securities Owned and Securities Sold, Not Yet Purchased— Securities owned and securities sold, not yet purchased, are stated at quoted market values with realized and unrealized trading and investment gains and losses reflected in “trading gains and losses—net” on the consolidated statements of income. Securities transactions and the related revenue and expenses are recorded on a trade date basis.

 

Swaps and Other Contractual Agreements— A derivative is typically defined as an instrument whose value is “derived” from an underlying instrument or index, such as a future, forward, swap, or option contract, or other financial instrument with similar characteristics. Derivative contracts often involve future commitments to exchange interest payment streams or currencies based on a notional or contractual amount ( i.e. , interest rate swaps or currency forwards) or to purchase or sell other financial instruments at specified terms on a specified date ( i.e. , options to buy or sell securities or currencies).

 

Derivatives are reported separately as assets and liabilities unless a legal right of set-off exists under a master netting agreement enforceable by law. Balances related to the fair value of trading and non-trading derivative transactions are included in “swaps and other contractual agreements” on the consolidated statements of financial condition. There are no non-trading derivative transactions to which hedge accounting under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , is applied, and, as such, the related gains and losses are reported in the consolidated statements of income.

 

The Company periodically enters into transactions principally for the purchase or sale of government and agency securities with customers that do not settle during the normal settlement cycle, generally three business days (extended settlement or delayed delivery transactions). Accordingly, such delayed delivery transactions are treated in a manner consistent with forward contracts and are recorded on the consolidated statement of financial condition on a settlement date basis with the related gains and losses in value between the trade and settlement date reported as a component of “trading gains and losses—net” on the consolidated statements of income.

 

Securities Borrowed and Securities Loaned— Securities borrowed and securities loaned are recorded at the amount of cash collateral advanced or received. Securities borrowed transactions facilitate the settlement process and require the Company to deposit cash or other collateral with the lender. With respect to securities loaned, the Company receives collateral in the form of cash or other collateral. The amount of collateral required to be deposited for securities borrowed, or received for securities loaned, is an amount generally in excess of the market value of the applicable securities borrowed or loaned. The Company monitors the market value of securities borrowed and loaned, with additional collateral obtained, or excess collateral recalled, when deemed appropriate. As the majority of such financing activities are short-term in nature, the carrying value of securities borrowed and securities loaned approximates fair value. Interest related to securities loaned and securities borrowed is included in interest income and interest expense, respectively, on the consolidated statements of income.

 

Collateral— As described above, the Company accepts and pledges collateral in secured financing and securities borrowing and lending transactions. Agreements covering these transactions may permit the secured party to sell or repledge the collateral. Collateral accepted under reverse repurchase agreements, securities lending agreements and margin loans are used to cover short positions, to enter into secured financing transactions and to satisfy reserve requirements under SEC Rule 15c3-3. At December 31, 2003 and 2004, the market value of collateral accepted under reverse repurchase agreements, in securities borrowed transactions and for customer margin loans was $985,669 and $995,525, respectively, of which $688,877 and $747,056 at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, was sold or repledged.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Customer Transactions— Customer securities transactions are recorded on a settlement date basis with the related commissions recorded on a trade date basis and included in “commissions” on the consolidated statements of income. Receivables from and payables to customers include amounts due on cash and margin transactions. Securities owned by customers, including those that collateralize margin or other similar transactions, are not reflected on the consolidated statements of financial condition. Receivables from and payables to customers are short-term in nature, and accordingly, their carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

 

Receivables—net— Receivables are stated net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of approximately $19,960 and $16,444 at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The estimate is derived by management of the Company by utilizing past client transaction history and an assessment of the client’s creditworthiness. The Company recorded bad debt expense of approximately $13,245, $3,391 and $4,093 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The Company recorded recoveries, charge-offs and other adjustments to the allowance for doubtful accounts of approximately $616, $(4,724) and $(7,609) for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

Property—net— At December 31, 2003 and 2004 property-net consists of the following:

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2004

 

Buildings

   $ 159,302     $ 171,821  

Leasehold improvements

     130,161       111,658  

Furniture and equipment

     40,206       67,283  
    


 


Total

     329,669       350,762  

Less—Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (137,193 )     (151,309 )
    


 


Property-net

   $ 192,476     $ 199,453  
    


 


 

Buildings, leasehold improvements, and furniture and equipment are stated at cost, or in the case of buildings under capital leases, the present value of the future minimum lease payments, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Buildings represent amounts recorded pursuant to capital leases (Note 11), with the related obligations recorded as capital lease obligations. Such buildings are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which approximate 33 years. Leasehold improvements are capitalized and are amortized over the lesser of the economic useful life of the improvement or the term of the lease. Depreciation of furniture and equipment is determined using estimated useful lives, generally between two to five years. Amortization expense on buildings and leasehold improvements of $7,991, $9,147 and $11,972 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, is included in “premises and occupancy costs” on the consolidated statements of income. Depreciation expense on furniture and equipment of $4,165, $4,847 and $4,966 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively, is included in “equipment costs” on the consolidated statements of income. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

 

Goodwill— In accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer amortized, but instead are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. In connection with the implementation of SFAS No. 142, the Company was required to assess goodwill for impairment. It was determined that there was no impairment of goodwill at January 1, 2002. The Company has selected December 31 as the date to perform the annual impairment test. At December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, the Company compared the fair value of the

 

F-12


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

reporting unit with its carrying amount including goodwill and determined that the fair value exceeded its carrying value. Therefore, the Company determined that no impairment existed. Goodwill reflected on the consolidated statements of financial condition relates to the Financial Advisory business segment.

 

Minority Interest— Minority interest recorded on the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2002 and for the year then ended relates primarily to minority interests in various LAM-related general partnership interests. The Company consolidates various LAM related general partnership interests that it controls but does not wholly own. As a result, the Company includes on its consolidated statements of income all of the general partnerships’ net revenue with an appropriate minority interest expense.

 

As of December 31, 2003 and 2004 and for the years then ended, minority interest principally relates to minority interests in (i) various LAM-related general partnership interests, (ii) the Company’s business in Italy (Note 5) and (iii) LAM (Note 6).

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Investment Banking and Other Advisory Fees— Fees for mergers and acquisitions advisory services and financial restructuring advisory services are recorded when billed, which is generally the date the related transactions are consummated. Transaction related expenses, which are directly related to such transactions and billable to clients, are deferred to match revenue recognition. Client reimbursements of expenses are presented net in “investment banking and other advisory fees” on the Company’s consolidated statements of income. The Company also includes receivables related to client reimbursement of expenses in “fees receivable” on the consolidated statements of financial condition. The amounts of expenses reimbursed by clients for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are $9,655, $11,041 and $11,583, respectively.

 

Money Management Fees— Money management fees are derived from fees for investment management and advisory services provided to institutional and private clients. Revenue is recorded on an accrual basis primarily based on the contractual investment advisory fee applied to the level of client assets under management. Fees vary with the type of assets managed, with higher fees earned on actively managed equity assets, alternative investment (such as hedge funds) and merchant banking products, and lower fees earned on fixed income and money market products. The Company also earns performance-based incentive fees on some investment products, such as hedge funds and merchant banking funds. Incentive fees on hedge funds generally are recorded at the end of the year and typically are calculated based on a specified percentage of a fund’s net appreciation during the year. Incentive fees on hedge funds generally are subject to loss carry-forward provisions in which losses incurred by the funds in any year are applied against future period net appreciation before any incentive fees can be earned. The Company makes merchant banking investments with its own capital, usually alongside capital of qualified institutional and individual investors. These activities typically are organized in funds that make investments in private or public companies, generally through privately negotiated transactions. With respect to merchant banking funds, the Company also may earn incentive fees in accordance with the terms of the funds’ respective agreements. These fees are in the form of a carried interest and are recognized when realized or unrealized gains relating to the underlying investments of the fund exceed a specified threshold. Accordingly, revenue from merchant banking incentive fees are recorded when the return on the underlying investments have exceeded certain contractually established thresholds. Any future underperformance by the merchant banking funds would reduce the Company’s incentive fee revenue, money management fees (since revenue is based on the value of assets under management) and the value of the Company’s merchant banking investments. Receivables

 

F-13


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

relating to money management fees are reported in “fees receivable” on the consolidated statements of financial condition. There are no unrecorded merchant banking incentive fees as of December 31, 2004.

 

Commissions— Commissions charged for executing customer transactions are accrued on a trade date basis and are included in current period earnings.

 

Trading Gains and Losses—net Changes in the fair value ( i.e. , unrealized gains and losses) of securities owned and securities sold, not yet purchased are recognized in trading gains and losses—net in the current period. Realized gains and losses and any related interest amounts are included in trading gains and losses—net and interest income and interest expense, respectively, depending on the nature of the instrument. Trading gains and losses are recorded on a trade date basis. Dividend income and expense incurred on trading long and short securities is reported net in trading gains and losses—net.

 

Underwriting— Underwriting revenue is accrued on a trade date basis and represents fees earned, net of estimated transaction related expenses, on primary offerings of debt and equity securities.

 

Soft Dollar Arrangements— The Company’s Asset Management business obtains research and other services through “soft dollar” arrangements. Consistent with the “soft dollar” safe harbor established by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Asset Management business does not have any contractual obligation or arrangement requiring it to pay for research and other services obtained through soft dollar arrangements with brokers. Instead, the broker is obligated to pay for the services. Consequently, the Company does not incur any liability and does not accrue any expenses in connection with any research or other services obtained by the Asset Management business pursuant to such soft dollar arrangements. If the use of soft dollars is limited or prohibited in the future by regulation, we may have to bear the costs of research and other services.

 

Income Taxes— The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , which requires the recognition of tax benefits or expenses on the temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. The Company operates in the U.S. as a limited liability company that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, the Company’s income is not subject to U.S. federal income taxes. Taxes related to income earned by partnerships represent obligations of the individual partners. Outside the U.S. the Company principally operates through subsidiary corporations and is subject to local income taxes. Income taxes shown on the Company’s historical consolidated statements of income are attributable to taxes incurred in non-U.S. entities and to New York City Unincorporated Business Tax (“UBT”) attributable to the Company’s operations apportioned to New York City.

 

Net Income Allocable to Members Payment for services rendered by the Company’s managing directors, as a result of the Company operating as a limited liability company, historically has been accounted for as distributions from members’ capital, or in some cases as minority interest, rather than as compensation and benefits expense. As a result, the Company’s operating income historically has not reflected payments for services rendered by its managing directors.

 

Reclassifications— Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the manner of presentation in the current year. Lazard Group’s December 31, 2004 consolidated statement of financial condition includes a reclassification of $44,171 from cash and securities segregated for regulatory purposes to cash and cash equivalents and other investments of $40,270 and $3,901, respectively. The December 31, 2003 consolidated statement of financial condition includes a reclassification of $35,074 from cash and securities segregated for regulatory purposes to cash and cash equivalents. Each of these reclassifications were also reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows for the applicable periods.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

3.    RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

 

Effective January 1, 2003, the Company adopted FIN 45, Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others—an Interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and Rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34. FIN 45 requires certain disclosures to be made by a guarantor about its obligations under certain guarantees issued. It also requires a guarantor to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The adoption of FIN 45 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

In December 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FIN 46R, Consolidation of Certain Variable Interest Entities—an interpretation of ARB No. 51, that further clarifies FIN 46 which was issued on January 17, 2003. FIN 46R clarifies when an entity should consolidate a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”), more commonly referred to as a special purpose entity (“SPE”). A VIE is an entity in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, and may include many types of SPEs. FIN 46R requires that an entity shall consolidate a VIE if that entity has a variable interest that will absorb a majority of the VIE’s expected losses if they occur, receive a majority of the VIE’s expected residual returns if they occur, or both. FIN 46R does not apply to certain qualifying SPEs (“QSPEs”), the accounting for which is governed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financing Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities. FIN 46R is effective for newly created VIEs beginning January 1, 2004 and for existing VIEs as of the first reporting period beginning after March 15, 2004.

 

Effective January 1, 2004, the Company adopted FIN 46R for VIEs created after December 31, 2003 and for VIEs in which the Company obtained an interest after December 31, 2003. The Company adopted FIN 46R in the second quarter of 2004 for VIEs in which it holds a variable interest that it acquired on or before December 31, 2003.

 

The Company is involved with various entities in the normal course of business that are VIEs and hold variable interests in such VIEs. Transactions associated with these entities primarily include investment management, real estate and private equity investments. Those VIEs for which the Company is the primary beneficiary were consolidated in the second quarter of 2004 in accordance with FIN 46R. Those VIEs include company sponsored venture capital investment vehicles established in connection with the Company’s compensation plans (Note 7).

 

The Company’s merchant banking activities consist of making private equity, venture capital and real estate investments on behalf of customers. At December 31, 2003 and 2004, in connection with its merchant banking activities, the net assets of entities for which the Company has a significant variable interest was approximately $148,398 and $96,733, respectively. The Company’s variable interests associated with these entities, consisting of investments, carried interest and management fees, were approximately $24,449 and $23,983 at such dates which represent the maximum exposure to loss, only if total assets declined 100% at December 31, 2003 and 2004. At December 31, 2004, the consolidated statement of financial condition included $21,013 of incremental assets relating to the consolidation of VIEs for such merchant banking activities in which the Company was deemed to be the primary beneficiary.

 

In connection with its Capital Markets and Other segment activities, the Company holds a significant variable interest in an entity with assets of $3,600 and liabilities of $15,800 at December 31, 2003 and with assets

 

F-15


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

of $2,000 and liabilities of $14,600 at December 31, 2004. The Company’s variable interests associated with this entity, primarily paid-in-kind notes, were approximately $15,800 and $14,600 at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. As the noteholders have sole recourse only to the underlying assets, the Company has no exposure to loss at December 31, 2003 and 2004. Also, as the Company is not the primary beneficiary, the entity has not been consolidated.

 

In connection with its Asset Management business, the Company was the asset manager and held a significant variable interest in a hedge fund, where the aggregate net assets at December 31, 2003 was approximately $8,222. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss at December 31, 2003 was $7,019. This fund was liquidated as of December 31, 2004.

 

In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities . SFAS No. 149 clarifies the circumstances under which a contract with an initial investment meets the characteristics of a derivative under SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities . SFAS No. 149 also amended other existing pronouncements to result in more consistent reporting of derivative contracts. This pronouncement is effective for all contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003. The Company adopted SFAS No. 149 as required, with no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued the SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity . SFAS No. 150 requires that the issuer classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability. The initial recognition of SFAS No. 150 applies to financial instruments entered into or modified after May 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The Company’s classification of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock (Note 10) is in accordance with SFAS No. 150.

 

In December 2003, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 132R, Employers’ Disclosure about Pensions and Other Post-Retirement Benefits . The Statement requires additional disclosures to those in the original SFAS 132 about assets, obligations, cash flows and net periodic benefit costs of defined benefit pension plans and other defined benefit post-retirement plans.

 

In March 2004, the EITF reached a final consensus on Issue 03-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments . EITF 03-1 requires that when the fair value of an investment security is less than its carrying value, an impairment exists for which the determination must be made as to whether the impairment is other-than-temporary. The EITF 03-1 impairment model applies to all investment securities accounted for under SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities and to investment securities accounted for under the cost method to the extent an impairment indicator exists. Under the guidance, the determination of whether an impairment is other-than-temporary and therefore would result in a recognized loss depends on market conditions and management’s intent and ability to hold the securities with unrealized losses. Subsequent to its issuance, the FASB deferred certain provisions of EITF 03-1; however, the disclosure requirements remain effective. The adoption of EITF 03-1 did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations since the Company does not have any securities accounted for under SFAS No. 115.

 

4.    TRADING ACTIVITIES AND RELATED RISKS

 

The Company’s trading activities include providing securities brokerage and underwriting services. Trading activities are primarily related to proprietary positions taken by the Company based on expectations of future market movements and conditions as well as to facilitate client order flow.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Market Risk— Market risk is the potential change in an instrument’s value caused by fluctuations in interest and currency exchange rates, equity prices, or other risks. The level of market risk is influenced by the volatility and the liquidity in the markets in which financial instruments are traded.

 

The Company seeks to mitigate market risk associated with trading inventories by employing hedging strategies that correlate rate, price, and spread movements of trading inventories and related financing and hedging activities. The Company uses a combination of cash instruments and derivatives to hedge its market exposure. The following discussion describes the types of market risk faced by the Company.

 

Interest Rate Risk— Interest rate risk arises from the possibility that changes in interest rates will affect the value of financial instruments, primarily the Company’s securities owned and securities sold but not yet purchased. The Company typically uses U.S. Treasury securities to manage interest rate risk relating to interest bearing deposits of non-U.S. banking operations as well as certain non-U.S. securities owned. The Company often hedges its interest rate risk by using interest rate swaps and forward rate agreements. Interest rate swaps generally involve the exchange of fixed and floating interest payment obligations without the exchange of the underlying principal amounts. Forward rate agreements are contracts under which two counterparties agree on the interest to be paid on a notional deposit of a specified maturity at a specific future settlement date with no exchange of principal.

 

Currency Risk Currency risk arises from the possibility that fluctuations in foreign exchange rates will impact the value of financial instruments. The Company uses currency forwards and options to manage currency risk. Exchange rate contracts include cross-currency swaps and foreign exchange forwards. Currency swaps are agreements to exchange future payments in one currency for payments in another currency. These agreements are used to transform the assets or liabilities denominated in different currencies. Foreign exchange forwards are contracts for delayed delivery of currency at a specified future date.

 

Equity Price Risk— Equity price risk arises from the possibility that equity security prices will fluctuate, affecting the value of equity securities. The Company is subject to equity price risk primarily in securities owned and securities sold, not yet purchased, as well as for equity swap contracts entered into for trading purposes.

 

Credit Risk— The Company is exposed to the risk of loss if an issuer or counterparty fails to perform its obligations under contractual terms and the collateral held, if any, is insufficient or worthless. Both cash instruments and derivatives expose the Company to this type of credit risk. The Company has established policies and procedures for mitigating credit risk on principal transactions, including establishing and reviewing limits for credit exposure, maintaining collateral and continually assessing the creditworthiness of counterparties.

 

In the normal course of business, the Company executes, settles and finances various customer securities transactions. Execution of securities transactions includes the purchase and sale of securities by the Company that exposes the Company to default risk arising from the potential that customers or counterparties may fail to satisfy their obligations. In these situations, the Company may be required to purchase or sell financial instruments at unfavorable market prices to satisfy obligations to other customers or counterparties. The Company seeks to control the risks associated with its customer margin activities by requiring customers to maintain collateral in compliance with regulatory and internal guidelines.

 

Liabilities to other brokers and dealers related to unsettled transactions ( i.e. , securities failed-to-receive) are recorded at the amount for which the securities were acquired and are paid upon receipt of the securities from other brokers or dealers. In the case of aged securities failed-to-receive, the Company may purchase the underlying security in the market and seek reimbursement for losses from the counterparty.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk— The Company’s exposure to credit risk associated with its trading and other activities is measured on the individual counterparty basis, as well as by groups of counterparties that share similar attributes. To reduce the potential for risk concentration, credit limits are established and monitored in light of changing counterparty and market conditions.

 

At December 31, 2003 and 2004, the Company’s most significant concentration of credit risk was with the U.S. Government and its agencies. This concentration consists of both direct and indirect exposures. Direct exposure primarily results from securities owned that are issued by the U.S. Government and its agencies. The Company’s indirect exposure results from maintaining U.S. Government and agency securities as collateral for resale agreements and securities borrowed transactions. The Company’s direct exposure on these transactions is with the counterparty; thus, the Company has credit exposure to the U.S. Government and its agencies only in the event of the counterparty’s default.

 

Trading and Non-Trading Derivatives— The Company enters into forward foreign exchange contracts, interest rate swaps and other trading contracts for trading purposes and non-trading derivative contracts, including forward foreign exchange rate contracts, interest rate swaps, cross- currency interest rate swaps and other derivative contracts to hedge exposures to interest rate and currency fluctuations. These trading and non-trading contracts are recorded at their fair values on the statements of financial condition. The related gains and losses on trading contracts are included in “trading gains and losses—net” on the consolidated statements of income. The Company’s hedging strategy is an integral part of its trading strategy, and therefore the related gains and losses on the Company’s hedging activities also are recorded in “trading gains and losses—net” on the consolidated statements of income.

 

The table below presents the fair values of the Company’s trading and non-trading derivatives as of December 31, 2003 and 2004:

 

     December 31,

     2003

   2004

Assets

             

Trading Derivatives:

             

Interest rate swap contracts

   $ 695    $ 377

Exchange rate contracts

     5      289
    

  

Total

   $ 700    $ 666
    

  

Liabilities

             

Trading Derivatives:

             

Interest rate swap contracts

   $    $ 1,124

Exchange rate contracts

          291
    

  

Total trading derivatives

          1,415
    

  

Non-Trading Derivatives:

             

Interest rate swap contracts

     3,222      3,204
    

  

Total

   $ 3,222    $ 4,619
    

  

 

Off-Balance Sheet Risks— The Company may be exposed to a risk of loss not reflected on the consolidated financial statements for securities sold, not yet purchased, should the value of such securities rise.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

For transactions in which the Company extends credit to others, the Company seeks to control the risks associated with these activities by requiring the counterparty to maintain margin collateral in compliance with various regulatory and internal guidelines. Counterparties include customers who are generally institutional investors and brokers and dealers that are members of major exchanges. The Company monitors required margin levels daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requests counterparties to deposit additional collateral or reduce securities positions when necessary.

 

It is the Company’s policy to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell. The Company monitors the market value of the assets acquired to ensure their adequacy as compared to the amount at which the securities will be subsequently resold, as specified in the respective agreements. The agreements provide that, where appropriate, the Company may require the delivery of additional collateral.

 

In connection with securities sold under agreements to repurchase, the Company monitors the market value of assets delivered to ensure that the collateral value is not excessive as compared to the amount at which the securities will be subsequently repurchased.

 

5.    STRATEGIC ALLIANCE IN ITALY

 

In September 2002, the Company and Banca Intesa S.p.A. (“Intesa”) announced their agreement to form a strategic alliance (the “Strategic Alliance”). Pursuant to the terms of the Strategic Alliance, effective January 2003, Intesa became a 40% partner in the Company’s business in Italy (“Lazard Italy”), and the Company and Intesa agreed to work to grow the investment banking business in Italy. Lazard Italy is consolidated in the consolidated financial statements, with Intesa’s 40% share recorded as minority interest.

 

The initial term of the Strategic Alliance ends December 31, 2007, and, unless terminated by either of the parties in connection with the end of any term, will automatically extend for additional five-year terms. Both the Company and Intesa have the right to terminate the Strategic Alliance arrangement at the end of each five-year term or at any other time should certain defined events occur, such as changes in control involving either party, transfers of either party’s interest in Lazard Italy or the removal of the chairman of that business under certain circumstances.

 

In connection with the Strategic Alliance, Intesa became an economic partner of the Company through an aggregate financial investment of $300,000. The investments made by Intesa consist of (i) a March 2003 purchase from a subsidiary of the Company of a $150,000 Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note (the “Subordinated Convertible Note”), convertible into a contractual right that entitles the holder to receive payments that would be equivalent to those that a holder of a three percent equity goodwill interest (see Note 12) in the Company would be entitled to in certain fundamental events and (ii) $150,000 invested in Lazard Italy in June 2003, comprised of an investment of euro then equal to $100,000 for 40% of the capital stock in Lazard Italy and the purchase of a $50,000 Subordinated Promissory Note issued by Lazard Italy (the “Subordinated Promissory Note”). The Subordinated Promissory Note has a scheduled maturity date in the year 2078 (subject to extension), with interest payable annually at the rate of 3.0% per annum. The Subordinated Convertible Note, which is guaranteed by the Company, has a scheduled maturity date in the year 2018 and has interest payable annually at a variable interest rate of not less than 3%, and not more than 3.25%, per annum (with such annual interest rate for the years ending March 2004 and March 2005 being 3.0%). Under certain circumstances, including a termination of the Strategic Alliance, the Subordinated Convertible Note and the Subordinated Promissory Note could be redeemed earlier than its stated maturity, and in connection with a termination of the Strategic Alliance, the Company has the obligation to repurchase Intesa’s capital stock of Lazard Italy and the Subordinated Promissory Note and may be obligated to redeem the Subordinated Convertible Note at face value. The proceeds from the

 

F-19


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

sale of capital stock in Lazard Italy exceeded the underlying book value of the net assets purchased by Intesa by approximately $55,000. This amount has been deferred and included in “other liabilities” on the consolidated statement of financial condition as Lazard Italy could be required to repurchase such amount of capital stock held by Intesa in the event of a termination of the Strategic Alliance.

 

The Company has provided financial advisory services to Intesa.

 

6.    FORMATION OF LAM

 

On January 1, 2003, in connection with the formation of the Company’s LAM subsidiary, certain Members of the Company (the managing directors of LAM) who provide services to LAM exchanged their Members’ equity in the Company in the amount of $27,483 for membership interests in LAM of a like amount. As a result, these managing directors ceased being Members of the Company and became exclusively Members of LAM. Following the formation of LAM, the Company continues to control, and thereby consolidates, the operations of LAM with the membership interest held by the LAM managing directors included in “minority interest” on the consolidated statement of financial condition.

 

Pursuant to the formation of LAM, the LAM managing directors also were granted equity units in LAM. In addition, certain other key LAM employees were granted equity units in LAM. The LAM equity units entitle holders to payments only in connection with selected fundamental transactions affecting the Company or LAM, including a dissolution or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or LAM, a merger of or sale of all of the interests in LAM whereby the Company ceases to own a majority of, or have the right to appoint a majority of the board of directors of, LAM or a non-ordinary course sale of assets by LAM that exceeds $50,000 in value. As a general matter, in connection with a fundamental transaction that triggers the LAM equity units, the holders of the LAM equity units would be entitled in the aggregate to 21.75% of the net proceeds or imputed valuation of LAM in such a transaction after deductions for payment of creditors of LAM and the return of LAM capital, with the remaining 78.25% being retained by the Company. The LAM equity units are not entitled to share in the operating results of LAM. A separate class of interests in LAM is entitled to the ordinary profit and losses of LAM, all of which is owned by the Company. Accordingly, in the absence of a fundamental transaction that triggers the LAM equity units, all of LAM’s net income is allocable to the Company. The equity units granted to LAM managing directors are a part of the LAM managing directors’ membership interest in LAM, and, therefore, all transactions related to the equity units are treated as equity transactions among members. The equity units granted to LAM employees are considered to be compensation for financial accounting purposes. As a fundamental transaction has not yet been considered probable of occurrence, no compensation cost has been recognized to date. The Company has no current intention to cause or otherwise trigger a fundamental transaction that would give rise to payment obligations to the holders of interests in LAM.

 

Commencing in 2003, payments for services rendered by LAM managing directors and other key LAM employees were accounted for as minority interest expense on the consolidated statement of income. The substantial portion of such payments related to compensation of LAM managing directors, which, in prior years, had been accounted for as “distributions to Members” and, therefore, was not reported in prior years’ consolidated statements of income. Such amount was approximately $89,000 for the year ended December 31, 2002. The remainder of such payments, which related to compensation of employee members of LAM, was recorded as employee compensation and benefits expense in prior years’ consolidated statements of income.

 

On and after January 1, 2006, the board of directors of LAM (a majority of which are appointed by the Company) may, in its discretion, grant LAM equity interests that include profit rights to managing directors of,

 

F-20


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

and other persons providing services to, LAM, as a portion of their ongoing compensation. If granted, these equity interests will be subject to specified vesting conditions with 50% of the equity interests vesting on the second anniversary of the date of issuance and the remaining 50% of the equity interests vesting on the third anniversary of the date of issuance.

 

7.    EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

The Company, through its subsidiaries, provides certain retirement and other post-employment benefits to certain of its employees through defined contribution and defined benefit pension plans and other post-retirement benefit plans. The retirement and post-employment benefit plans costs incurred for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are included in “employee compensation and benefits” on the consolidated statements of income. The Company has the right to amend or terminate its benefit plans at any time subject to the terms of such plans. Expenses incurred related to the defined benefit pension plans amounted to $12,011, $20,319 and $21,609 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Expenses (benefits) incurred related to the defined benefit pension plan supplement amounted to $355, $418 and $(60) for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Expenses (benefits) incurred related to the post-retirement health care plans amounted to $3,848, $5,007 and $(1,444) for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

The Company also has an incentive compensation plan (the “Plan”) pursuant to which amounts are invested in a Company sponsored investment vehicle for certain key employees. The Company records expenses for the Plan on the dates on which capital calls from such vehicle are funded. Net costs related to the Plan for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 amounted to approximately $2,000, $2,000 and $100, respectively, and are included in “employee compensation and benefits” on the consolidated statements of income. At December 31, 2004, the Company had remaining commitments of approximately $9,400 under the Plan.

 

LFNY Pension and Post-Retirement Benefits— LFNY has two non-contributory defined benefit pension plans—the Employees’ Pension Plan (“EPP”), which provides benefits to substantially all employees based on certain averages of compensation, as defined, and the Employees’ Pension Plan Supplement (“EPPS”), which provides benefits to certain employees whose compensation exceeds a defined threshold. It is LFNY’s policy to fund EPP to meet the minimum funding standard as prescribed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). At December 31, 2003 and 2004, the pension plan assets were invested in a portfolio consisting primarily of equity and fixed-income mutual fund investments managed by LAM. EPPS is a non-qualified supplemental plan and was unfunded at December 31, 2004. LFNY utilizes the “projected unit credit” actuarial method for financial reporting purposes.

 

LFNY also has a non-funded contributory post-retirement medical plan (the “Medical Plan”) covering substantially all of its employees. The Medical Plan pays stated percentages of most necessary medical expenses incurred by retirees, after subtracting payments by Medicare or other providers and after stated deductibles have been met. Participants become eligible for benefits if they retire from the Company after reaching age 62 and completing 10 years of service.

 

LFNY Defined Contribution Plan— LFNY sponsors a defined contribution plan, which covers substantially all of its employees. The Company historically has not matched employee contributions to the plan. On December 14, 2004, the plan was amended to provide for certain matching contributions by the Company, as described below. LFNY also sponsors a profit sharing plan, which covers eligible Managing Directors of LFNY who are also Members of the Company. LFNY makes contributions to the profit sharing plan from funds that would have otherwise been distributable profits. As such, contributions to the profit sharing plan are included in “distributions and withdrawals to Members” on the consolidated statement of changes in Members’ equity.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Amendments to LFNY Employee Benefit Plans— On December 14, 2004, LFNY announced the following amendments to its defined benefit pension plan, defined benefit pension plan supplement, defined contribution plan and post-retirement medical plan, all of which will be implemented subsequent to December 31, 2004:

 

    LFNY Defined Benefit Pension Plan and Pension Plan Supplement— Effective as of January 31, 2005, the LFNY Employees’ Pension Plan and the Employees’ Pension Plan Supplement were amended to cease future benefit accruals and future participation. As a result of such amendment, active participants will continue to receive credit for service completed after January 31, 2005 for purposes of vesting; however, future service will not count for purposes of future benefit accruals under the plans. Vested benefits for active participants as of January 31, 2005 will be retained.

 

    LFNY Defined Contribution Plan— Effective January 1, 2005, the LFNY Defined Contribution Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) was amended to implement an employer match to participant pre-tax contributions. LFNY will match 100% of pre-tax contributions, excluding catch-up contributions, to the 401(k) Plan up to 4% of eligible compensation. Participants will be 100% vested in all employer-matching contributions after three years of service. Any service accrued prior to January 1, 2005 will count toward this three-year vesting requirement.

 

    LFNY Post-Retirement Medical Plan— Effective December 31, 2005, post-retirement health care benefits will no longer be offered to those Members and employees hired on or after the effective date and for those Members and employees hired before the effective date who attain the age of 40 after December 31, 2005. In addition, effective January 1, 2006, the cost sharing policy will change for those who qualify for the benefit.

 

LCH Pension and Post-Retirement Benefits— LCH also has two defined benefit pension plans and, in addition, makes contributions to personal pension plans for certain individuals. Each of the defined benefit plans has had a valuation by independent actuaries at December 31, 2003 and 2004, using the “projected unit funding” method.

 

LCH has a non-funded post-retirement medical plan, which is provided, at LCH’s discretion, to certain retired employees. The costs of private medical insurance are provided for these individuals, their spouses and eligible dependents.

 

Termination of LCH’s Post-Retirement Medical Plan— In April 2004, LCH announced a plan to terminate its Post-Retirement Medical Plan. As a result of such action, benefits available to eligible active employees and retirees will cease on February 28, 2007. In accordance with SFAS No. 106, Employers’ Accounting for Post-Retirement Benefits Other Than Pensions , the Company is recognizing the effect of such termination, which resulted in a reduction in the Company’s accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation of approximately $24,000, the effect of which reduced employee compensation and benefits expense by approximately $4,500 for the year ended December 31, 2004 and is expected to reduce employee compensation and benefits expense by approximately $9,000, $9,000 and $1,500 for the years ending December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

The following table summarizes LFNY’s and LCH’s benefit obligations, the fair value of the assets and the funded status at December 31, 2003:

 

     Pension
Plans


    Pension
Plan
Supplement


   

Post-Retirement

Medical Plans


 

Change in benefit obligation

                        

Benefit obligation at January 1, 2003

   $ 384,484     $ 2,363     $ 38,625  

Service cost

     14,692       246       2,233  

Interest cost

     22,295       121       2,324  

Plan participants’ contributions

                        

Amendments

     1,723       (88 )        

Actuarial gain

     (3,955 )     (23 )     (620 )

Benefits paid

     (17,750 )     (333 )     (1,322 )

Curtailment gain

     (1,482 )                

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     39,662               2,613  
    


 


 


Benefit obligation at December 31, 2003

     439,669       2,286       43,853  
    


 


 


Change in plan assets

                        

Fair value of plan assets at January 1, 2003

     294,598                  

Actual return on plan assets

     36,748                  

Employer contribution

     25,294       333       1,322  

Plan participants’ contributions

                        

Benefits paid

     (17,750 )     (333 )     (1,322 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     32,494                  
    


 


 


Fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2003

     371,384              
    


 


 


Funded status

     (68,285 )     (2,286 )     (43,853 )

Unrecognized net transition (asset)/obligation

     (115 )                

Unrecognized net prior service cost

     (2,185 )     712          

Unrecognized net actuarial (gain)/loss

     80,141       (423 )     2,932  
    


 


 


Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost recognized on the consolidated statement of financial condition

   $ 9,556     $ (1,997 )   $ (40,921 )
    


 


 


Amounts recognized on the consolidated statement of financial condition consist of:

                        

Prepaid benefit cost (included in “other assets”)

   $ 11,857                  

Accrued benefit liability (included in “other liabilities”)

     (16,743 )   $ (1,997 )   $ (40,921 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     14,442                  
    


 


 


Net amount recognized

   $ 9,556     $ (1,997 )   $ (40,921 )
    


 


 


Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31, 2003:

 

Discount rate

     5.6%       6.3%       5.8%  

Rate of annual compensation increase

     3.8% - 6.3%       5.5%       N/A      

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for year ended December 31, 2003:

 

Discount rate

     5.6%       6.5%       6.0%  

Expected long-term return on plan assets

     7.4%       N/A           N/A      

Rate of annual compensation increase

     3.8% - 6.3%       5.5%       N/A      

 

As of December 31, 2003, the fair value of plan assets and the accumulated benefit obligation within the LFNY plan was $31,178 and $30,373, respectively, and the fair value of plan assets and the accumulated benefit obligation within the LCH plan was $340,206 and $346,767, respectively.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

The following table summarizes LFNY’s and LCH’s benefit obligations, the fair value of the assets and the funded status at December 31, 2004:

 

     Pension
Plans


    Pension
Plan
Supplement


   

Post-Retirement

Medical Plans


 

Change in benefit obligation

                        

Benefit obligation at January 1, 2004

   $ 439,669     $ 2,286     $ 43,853  

Service cost

     16,143       341       1,926  

Interest cost

     24,911       138       1,088  

Plan participants’ contributions

                     46  

Amendments

     5,292       41       (15,556 )

Actuarial loss

     27,869       72       442  

Benefits paid

     (17,061 )     (131 )     (1,342 )

Curtailment gain

     (5,759 )     (1,275 )        

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     34,373               1,974  
    


 


 


Benefit obligation at December 31, 2004

     525,437       1,472       32,431  
    


 


 


Change in plan assets

                        

Fair value of plan assets at January 1, 2004

     371,384                  

Actual return on plan assets

     33,951                  

Employer contribution

     13,024       131       1,296  

Plan participants’ contributions

                     46  

Benefits paid

     (17,061 )     (131 )     (1,342 )

Foreign currency translation adjustment

     29,361                  
    


 


 


Fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2004

     430,659              
    


 


 


                          

Funded status

     (94,778 )     (1,472 )     (32,431 )

Unrecognized net prior service cost

     (2,697 )             (11,068 )

Unrecognized net actuarial (gain)/loss

     98,056       (334 )     3,344  
    


 


 


Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost recognized on the consolidated statement of financial condition

   $ 581     $ (1,806 )   $ (40,155 )
    


 


 


Amounts recognized on the consolidated statement of financial condition consist of:

                        

Prepaid benefit cost (included in “other assets”)

   $ 7,099                  

Accrued benefit liability (included in “other liabilities”)

     (82,568 )   $ (1,806 )   $ (40,155 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     76,050                  
    


 


 


Net amount recognized

   $ 581     $ (1,806 )   $ (40,155 )
    


 


 


Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31, 2004:

 

Discount rate

     5.4%       6.0%       5.0%  

Rate of annual compensation increase

     3.8% - 6.3%       5.5%       N/A      

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for year ended December 31, 2004:

 

Discount rate

     5.8%       6.3%       5.3%  

Expected long-term return on plan assets

     7.4%       N/A           N/A      

Rate of annual compensation increase

     3.8% - 6.3%       5.5%       N/A      

 

As of December 31, 2004, the fair value of plan assets and the accumulated benefit obligation within the LFNY plan was $34,919 and $34,703, respectively, and the fair value of plan assets and the accumulated benefit obligation within the LCH plan was $395,740 and $478,308, respectively.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

In selecting the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, the Company considered the average rate of earnings expected on the funds invested or to be invested to provide for the benefits of the plan. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is based on expected returns on different asset classes held by the plan in light of prevailing economic conditions as well as historic returns. This included considering the trusts’ asset allocation and the expected returns likely to be earned over the life of the plan. This basis is consistent with the prior year.

 

For measurement purposes, an 8.8% and 9.8% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed for the computation of the December 31, 2003 and 2004 benefit obligations, respectively. The rate was assumed to decrease gradually to 6.7% through 2006 and remain at that level thereafter.

 

The assumed cost of healthcare has an effect on the amounts reported for the firm’s post-retirement plans. A 1% change in the assumed healthcare cost trend rate would have the following effects:

 

     1% Increase

   1% Decrease

 
     2003

   2004

   2003

    2004

 

Cost

   $ 1,322    $ 899    $ (968 )   $ (652 )

Obligation

     10,586      1,176      (8,072 )     (988 )

 

F-25


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

The following table summarizes the components of benefit costs, return on plan assets, benefits paid and contributions for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 for LFNY and LCH:

 

     Pension
Plans


    Pension
Plan
Supplement


    Post-
Retirement
Medical
Plans


 

Year Ended December 31, 2002

                        

Components of net periodic benefit costs:

                        

Service cost

   $ 13,243     $ 265     $ 1,742  

Interest cost

     19,518       148       2,065  

Expected return on plan assets

     (22,950 )                

Amortization of transition (asset)/obligation

     (63 )                

Amortization of net:

                        

Prior service cost

     (301 )     96          

Recognized actuarial (gain) loss

     387       (46 )     41  
    


 


 


Net periodic benefit cost

     9,834       463       3,848  

Settlements

     2,177       (108 )        
    


 


 


Total benefit cost

   $ 12,011     $ 355     $ 3,848  
    


 


 


Actual return on plan assets

   $ (24,204 )                

Employer contribution

     24,341     $ 587     $ 975  

Plan participants’ contributions

                        

Benefits paid

     25,729       587       975  

Year Ended December 31, 2003

                        

Components of net periodic benefit costs:

                        

Service cost

   $ 14,692     $ 246     $ 2,233  

Interest cost

     22,295       121       2,324  

Expected return on plan assets

     (20,930 )                

Amortization of transition (asset)/obligation

     (13 )                

Amortization of net:

                        

Prior service cost

     (240 )     87          

Recognized actuarial (gain) loss

     4,515       (36 )     450  
    


 


 


Net periodic benefit cost

     20,319       418       5,007  

Settlements

                        
    


 


 


Total benefit cost

   $ 20,319     $ 418     $ 5,007  
    


 


 


Actual return on plan assets

   $ 36,749                  

Employer contribution

     25,294     $ 333     $ 1,285  

Plan participants’ contributions

                     37  

Benefits paid

     17,750       333       1,322  

Year Ended December 31, 2004

                        

Components of net periodic benefit costs:

                        

Service cost

   $ 16,998     $ 341     $ 1,926  

Interest cost

     25,373       138       1,088  

Expected return on plan assets

     (27,422 )                

Amortization of transition (asset)/obligation

     (116 )                

Amortization of net:

                        

Prior service cost

     532       87          

Recognized actuarial (gain) loss

     2,588       (17 )     30  
    


 


 


Net periodic benefit cost

     17,953       549       3,044  

Settlements (curtailments)

     3,656       (609 )     (4,488 )
    


 


 


Total benefit cost (benefit)

   $ 21,609     $ (60 )   $ (1,444 )
    


 


 


Actual return on plan assets

   $ 33,951                  

Employer contribution

     13,024     $ 131     $ 1,297  

Plan participants’ contributions

                 46  

Benefits paid

     17,061       131       1,343  

 

F-26


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Expected Benefit Payments— The following table summarizes the expected benefit payments for each of the Company’s plans for the next five fiscal years and in the aggregate for the five fiscal years thereafter:

 

     Pension
Plans


   Pension Plan
Supplement


  

Post-Retirement

Medical Plans


2005

   $ 16,289    $ 23    $ 1,302

2006

     17,587      26      1,348

2007

     18,469      35      438

2008

     19,283      40      446

2009

     20,093      43      472

2010-2014

     114,869      325      3,159

 

Plan Assets— The Company’s pension plan weighted-average asset allocations at December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2004 by asset category are as follows:

 

     Plan Assets at December 31

 
     2003

    2004

 

Asset Category

            

Equity Securities

   53 %   53 %

Debt Securities

   38     41  

Other

   9     6  
    

 

Total

   100 %   100 %
    

 

 

The “Other” asset category includes cash, annuities and accrued dividends.

 

Investment Policies and Strategies—The Company’s Employees’ Pension Trust— The primary investment goal is to ensure that the plan remains well funded, taking account of the likely future risks to investment returns and contributions. As a result, a portfolio of assets is maintained with appropriate liquidity and diversification that can be expected to generate long-term future returns that minimize the long-term costs of the pension plan without exposing the trust to an unacceptable risk of under funding. The Company’s likely future ability to pay such contributions as are required to maintain the funded status of the plan over a reasonable time period is considered when determining the level of risk that is appropriate.

 

Measurement Date— The measurement date for the Company’s employee benefit plans was December 31, 2004.

 

Cash Flows

 

Employer Contributions— The Company is expected to make a pension contribution during fiscal year 2005 in the amount of $7,300.

 

Employee Contributions— Employee pension contributions are neither required nor allowed.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

8.    BORROWINGS AND INDEBTEDNESS

 

Notes Payable— The Company’s principal notes payable at December 31, 2003 and 2004 are described below:

 

In May 2001, the Company issued $50,000 of Senior Notes due 2011 (the “Notes”). The Notes, which are unsecured obligations, bear interest at an annual rate of 7.53%. Under certain circumstances the interest rate could be increased to 8.03% if a rating downgrade were to occur, with the interest rate returning to 7.53% if a rating upgrade were to occur subsequent to a rating downgrade. A rating downgrade would be deemed to have occurred if the rating most recently assigned to the Notes by a designated rating agency is below investment grade. If, at any time after a rating downgrade has occurred the Notes are assigned a rating of at least investment grade by a designated rating agency, a rating upgrade would have been deemed to have occurred. The Notes are redeemable from time to time in whole or in part at the option of the Company, with payment of a make-whole amount, and the Company is required to offer to redeem the Notes upon a change of control. The proceeds from the Notes were used for general corporate purposes.

 

The remaining balance at December 31, 2003 and 2004 consists of overdrafts of $3,512 and $18,310, respectively, and borrowings under credit arrangements of approximately $4,399 and $2,467, respectively, at various interest rates ranging from approximately 3.0% to 8.6% per year, maturing through 2005. Of such arrangements, $3,067 and $1,535 at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, relates to a non-recourse term loan, which is collateralized solely by certain fixed assets and leasehold improvements of an equal amount.

 

The carrying value of borrowings described above approximates fair value.

 

Subordinated Loans— Subordinated loans at December 31, 2003 and 2004 amounted to $200,000 and consist of amounts due to Intesa in connection with the Strategic Alliance transaction in Italy (Note 5).

 

LFNY can borrow up to $150,000 of subordinated debt under a Revolving Credit Agreement, which, based on an approval obtained from LFNY’s regulators, qualifies as additional net capital. The interest rate on such borrowings is based upon the prevailing market rate on the dates issued. There were no borrowings outstanding under this agreement as of December 31, 2003 and 2004.

 

Debt maturities relating to notes payable and subordinated loans outstanding at December 31, 2004 for the five years in the period ending December 31, 2009 and thereafter are set forth below:

 

Year Ending December 31,


   Amount

2005

   $ 20,777

2006

    

2007

    

2008

    

2009

    

Thereafter

     250,000
    

     $ 270,777
    

 

In regard to notes payable and subordinated loans, as of December 31, 2004, the Company is in compliance with all obligations under its various borrowing arrangements.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Also see Note 10 below regarding the Company’s mandatorily redeemable preferred stock.

 

9.    OTHER ASSETS AND OTHER LIABILITIES

 

Other assets, at December 31, 2003 and 2004, primarily include prepaid pension assets, current and deferred tax assets, deferred expenses, advances and prepayments and deposits.

 

Other liabilities, at December 31, 2003 and 2004, primarily include pension and post-retirement medical plan liabilities, deferred income, current and deferred tax liabilities, deferred compensation, liabilities for certain lease commitments relating to abandoned leases (Note 11), accrued expenses and other payables. Additionally, the Company reclassified amounts principally related to tax liabilities from customer payables to other liabilities at December 31, 2003. This reclassification was to conform to the current year presentation.

 

No individual amount within other assets or other liabilities was greater than 5% of total assets or total liabilities.

 

10.    MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

 

In 2001, the Company issued mandatorily redeemable preferred stock (“Class C Preferred Interests”) for an aggregate amount of $100,000. The Class C Preferred Interests are subject to mandatory redemption by the Company in March 2011 and, prior to such date, are redeemable in whole or in part, at the Company’s option. The Class C Preferred Interests are entitled to receive distributions out of the profits of the Company at a rate of 8% per annum, which distributions must be paid prior to any distributions of profits to holders of any other existing class of interests in the Company. Unpaid distributions on the Class C Preferred Interests accrue but are not compounded. Upon liquidation of the Company, the Class C Preferred Interests rank senior to Members’ equity. Interest on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 of $8,000 per year is included in “interest expense” on the consolidated statements of income.

 

11.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Leases— The Company leases office space under non-cancelable lease agreements, which expire on various dates through 2022.

 

Occupancy lease agreements, in addition to base rentals, generally are subject to escalation provisions based on certain costs incurred by the landlord. Included in “premises and occupancy costs” on the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 is $39,520, $48,503 and $54,689, respectively, of rental expense relating to operating leases. The Company subleases office space under agreements, which expire on various dates through March 2013. Sublease income from such agreements was $2,208, $2,437 and $3,201 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

In June 2002, the Company determined that it would no longer utilize certain operating leases in the U.K., which were abandoned in April 2003. In accordance with EITF 88-10, Costs Associated with Lease Modification or Termination , the Company has recorded a liability for operating lease commitments, which expire in 2008, that will continue to be incurred for the remaining term of the lease without substantive future use or benefit to the Company. The liability is based on the discounted future commitment net of expected sublease income. The liability approximated $39,000 at December 31, 2003 and 2004, and is included in “other liabilities” on the consolidated statements of financial condition. Approximately $25,000 was recorded as “premises and

 

F-29


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

occupancy costs” on the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2002. During the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, due to the deterioration in the market for rentals relating to the abandoned lease and the resulting reduction in the expected sublease income, and increases in costs relating to the abandoned space, the Company recorded approximately $16,000 and $6,000 as “premises and occupancy costs” on the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

Capital lease obligations recorded under sale/leaseback transactions are payable through 2017 at a weighted average interest rate of approximately 6.2%. Such obligations are collateralized by certain assets with a net book value of approximately $109,400 and $114,024 at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The carrying value of capital lease obligations approximates fair value.

 

At December 31, 2004, minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable leases, net of sublease income, are approximately as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31


   Minimum Rental Commitments

         Capital      

         Operating      

2005

   $ 26,558    $ 50,145

2006

     2,885      48,218

2007

     2,885      46,138

2008

     2,885      44,789

2009

     2,885      43,625

Thereafter

     28,456      309,209
    

  

Total minimum lease payments

     66,554    $ 542,124
           

Less amount representing interest

     15,008       
    

      

Present value of capital lease commitments

   $ 51,546       
    

      

 

Other Commitments— At December 31, 2004, the Company has commitments for capital contributions of $14,031 to Company-sponsored investment funds through 2006 (including $9,400 in connection with the Company’s compensation plans—see Note 7) and for guaranteed compensation arrangements with advisors aggregating $1,644 through 2005. In addition, the Company has agreements relating to future minimum distributions to certain Members or compensation to certain employees of $62,801 and $8,128, respectively, through 2007 and 2009, respectively, incurred for the purpose of recruiting and retaining these senior professionals. The future minimum distributions relating to Members and employees are $36,364, $28,403, $5,180, $619 and $363 for the years ending December 31, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Such agreements are cancelable under certain circumstances. Payments to Members relating to these commitments have been accounted for as distributions from Members’ capital. Amounts relating to employees have been reflected as “employee compensation and benefits,” on the consolidated statements of income in the period such expenses are incurred. See Note 18 for information relating to a commitment made subsequent to December 31, 2004.

 

The Company has various other contractual commitments arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the consummation of such commitments will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

Exchange/Clearinghouse Member Guarantees— The Company is a member of various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities or futures contracts. Associated with its membership,

 

F-30


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

the Company may be required to pay a proportionate share of the financial obligations of another member who may default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. To mitigate these performance risks, the exchanges and clearinghouses often require members to post collateral as well as meet minimum financial standards. While the rules governing different exchange or clearinghouse memberships vary, the Company’s guarantee obligations generally would arise only if the exchange or clearinghouse had previously exhausted its resources. In addition, any such guarantee obligation would be apportioned among the other non-defaulting members of the exchange or clearinghouse. Any potential contingent liability under these membership agreements cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote.

 

Legal— The Company’s businesses, as well as the financial services industry generally, are subject to extensive regulation throughout the world. The Company is involved in a number of judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of our businesses. Management believes, based on currently available information, that the results of such proceedings, in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on its financial condition but might be material to its operating results for any particular period, depending, in part, upon the operating results for such period. As of December 31, 2004, the Company has recorded an accrual for losses for one matter that was settled subsequent thereto.

 

The Company has received a letter from the NASD as part of what it understands to be an industry investigation relating to gifts and gratuities. In addition, the Company has received a subpoena from the SEC similarly seeking information concerning gifts and entertainment involving a mutual fund company. The Company believes that other broker-dealers have received similar subpoenas. The investigations primarily are focused on the capital markets business that will be part of the separated businesses. These investigations are in their early stages and the Company cannot predict their potential outcomes or estimate any potential loss or range of losses related to them. Accordingly, the Company has not recorded an accrual for losses related to any such judicial, regulatory or arbitration proceedings.

 

12.    MEMBERS’ EQUITY

 

Pursuant to the Company’s Operating Agreement, the Company allocates and distributes to its Members a substantial portion of its distributable profits in three monthly installments, as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year. Such installment distributions usually begin in February. In addition, other periodic distributions to Members include, as applicable, capital withdrawals, fixed return on Members’ equity and income tax advances made on behalf of Members. Fixed return on Members’ equity includes (i) a fixed rate on Class C Preferred Interests of 8% per annum, (ii) a defined annual rate of return at the broker’s call rate for undistributed payments for services rendered, and (iii) a fixed rate of return of 6% per annum on all other capital excluding certain preferences of Members, as agreed to by all Members. The return on Class C Preferred Interests has been reflected in the consolidated statements of income as “interest expense” (see Note 10). The returns on capital (which, exclusive of the interest on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, aggregated $19,677, $22,061 and $23,991 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively) have been reflected as “distributions and withdrawals to Members” on the consolidated statements of changes in Members’ equity.

 

In addition, Members of the Company (other than in respect of their Class C Preferred Interests) also generally are entitled to participate in goodwill of the Company. The right to participate in goodwill represents the right to share (after payments or reserve for existing preferences of creditors, holders of the Class C Preferred Interests and the capital or capital equivalents of the Members) in the net proceeds of fundamental corporate events, such as a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or a disposition of a line of business.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

At December 31, 2004, the aggregate preferences of Members exceeds the amount shown on the consolidated statement of financial condition as Members’ equity by approximately $587,000. This amount consists of (i) amounts allocated to the historical partners in respect of the revaluation of the Company’s business as a result of the formation of the predecessor entity to Lazard Group in 1984, (ii) amounts allocated to Members in fiscal years 2002, 2003 and 2004 to reflect the value of additional intangibles not previously recognized in the capital accounts of Lazard Group prior to such years and (iii) the cumulative effect of other charges to Members’ equity reflected in the consolidated statement of financial condition (such as minimum pension liability adjustments) that were not charged to individual Members’ capital accounts. The amounts related to the revaluation and additional intangibles in clauses (i) and (ii) in the preceding sentence are not reflected in the consolidated statement of financial condition. These aggregate preferences, when added together with Members’ equity as shown on the consolidated statement of financial condition, equal the total amount of capital associated with the historical partner interest and working member interests.

 

13.    REGULATORY AUTHORITIES

 

LFNY is a U.S. registered broker-dealer and is subject to the net capital requirements of Rule 15c3-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the alternative method permitted by this rule, the minimum required net capital, as defined, is 2% of aggregate debit items arising from customer transactions or $1,500, whichever is greater. LFNY’s regulatory net capital at December 2002, 2003 and 2004 was $74,875, $146,761 and $83,165, respectively, which exceeded the minimum requirement by $73,375, $145,261 and $81,665, respectively.

 

Certain U.K. subsidiaries of the Company, LCL, Lazard Brothers & Co., Limited, Lazard Fund Managers Limited, Lazard Asset Management Limited and in 2004, Lazard European Private Equity Partners LLP (the “U.K. Subsidiaries”) are regulated by the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”). At December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, the aggregate regulatory net capital of the U.K. subsidiaries was $308,515, $320,312 and $179,963, respectively, which exceeded the minimum requirement by approximately $170,083, $201,603 and $52,578, respectively.

 

The Financial Advisory activities of Lazard Frères SAS (“LF”) and its wholly owned subsidiaries, including LFB, are authorized by the Comité des Etablissements de Crédit et des Entreprises d’Investissement and are regulated by the Comité de la Réglementation Bancaire et Financière. Supervision is exercised by the Commission Bancaire, which is responsible, in liaison with the Banque de France, for ensuring compliance with the regulations. In this context LF has the status of a bank holding company (“Compagnie Financière”) and LFB is a registered bank (“Etablissement de Crédit”). In addition, the investment services activities of the Paris group, exercised through LFB and other subsidiaries, primarily LFG (asset management) and Fonds Partenaires Gestion (private equity, merchant banking), are subject to regulation and supervision by the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. At December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, the consolidated regulatory net capital of LF was $94,300, $137,800 and $149,000, respectively, which exceeded the minimum requirement set for regulatory capital levels by approximately $17,600, $45,000 and $49,000, respectively.

 

Certain other U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to various other capital adequacy requirements promulgated by various regulatory and exchange authorities in the countries in which they operate. At December 31, 2002, 2003, and 2004, for those subsidiaries with regulatory capital requirements, aggregate net capital of those subsidiaries were $18,612, $28,125 and $26,126, respectively, which exceeded the minimum required capital by $7,508, $14,466 and $15,544, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, each of these subsidiaries individually were in compliance with its regulatory requirements.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

14.    INCOME TAXES

 

Income taxes reflected on the consolidated statements of income are attributable to taxes incurred in non-U.S. entities and to New York City Unincorporated Business Tax (“UBT”) attributable to the Company’s operations apportioned to New York City.

 

The provisions for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 consist of:

 

     2002

    2003

   2004

 

Current expense:

                       

Foreign

   $ 43,018     $ 33,505    $ 23,750  

U.S. (UBT)

     2,421       5,070      4,665  
    


 

  


Total current

     45,439       38,575      28,415  
    


 

  


Deferred expense (benefit):

                       

Foreign

     (6,856 )     5,846      (40 )
    


 

  


Total deferred

     (6,856 )     5,846      (40 )
    


 

  


Total

   $ 38,583     $ 44,421    $ 28,375  
    


 

  


 

UBT attributable to certain Member distributions has been reimbursed by the Members under an agreement with the Company.

 

A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rates is set forth below:

 

     2002

    2003

    2004

 

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

   35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

Rate benefit for U.S. partnership operations

   (35.0 )   (35.0 )   (35.0 )

Impact of Foreign operations

   9.6     10.1     6.6  

State and local (UBT)—net

   0.7     1.3     1.3  
    

 

 

Effective Income Tax Rate

   10.3 %   11.4 %   7.9 %
    

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse. Such temporary differences are reflected in deferred tax assets and liabilities and are included in “other assets” and “other liabilities,” respectively, on the consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the level of historical taxable income, scheduled reversals of deferred taxes, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies that can be implemented by the Company in making this assessment. At December 31, 2003 and 2004, deferred tax assets of $60,278 and $88,007, respectively, have been offset by a valuation allowance primarily due to the uncertainty of realizing the benefit of certain foreign net operating loss carry-forwards. Considering the cumulative recent historical losses incurred in the U.K., there is uncertainty related to the potential for future taxable profits to be recognized in the U.K., and there are various limitations under U.K. tax law applied to carry-forward losses. Therefore,

 

F-33


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

management has determined that it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized. As of December 31, 2004, the Company’s foreign subsidiaries have net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $196,000, which may be carried forward indefinitely, subject to various limitations on use which affect the ability to apply such loss carry-forwards to future taxable profits.

 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2003 and 2004 are as follows:

 

     2003

    2004

 

Deferred Tax Assets:

                

Compensation and benefits

   $ 2,483     $ 5,308  

Pensions

     7,411       15,919  

Depreciation and amortization

     878       17  

Other

     1,669       6,409  

Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards

     47,837       64,672  
    


 


Gross deferred tax assets

     60,278       92,325  

Valuation allowance

     (60,278 )     (88,007 )
    


 


Total deferred tax assets (net of valuation allowance)

   $     $ 4,318  
    


 


Deferred Tax Liabilities:

                

Compensation and benefits

   $ 1,085     $  

Unrealized gains on long-term investments

     4,924       3,998  

Other

           40  

Depreciation and amortization

     15,760       21,158  
    


 


Total deferred tax liabilities

   $ 21,769     $ 25,196  
    


 


 

15.    SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS

 

The Company’s reportable segments offer different products and services and are managed separately as different levels and types of expertise are required to effectively manage the segments’ transactions. Each segment is reviewed to determine the allocation of resources and to assess its performance. In reporting to management, the Company’s business results are categorized into the following three segments: Financial Advisory, Asset Management and Capital Markets and Other. Financial Advisory includes providing advice on mergers, acquisitions, restructurings and other financial matters. Asset Management includes the management of equity and fixed income securities and merchant banking funds. Capital Markets and Other consists of equity, fixed income and convertibles sales and trading, broking, research and underwriting services, merchant banking fund management activities outside of France and specified non-operating assets and liabilities. In addition, the Company records selected other activities in Corporate, including cash and marketable investments, certain long-term investments, and LFB. LFB is a registered bank regulated by the Banque de France. LFB’s primary operations include commercial banking, the management of the treasury positions of the Company’s Paris House through its money market desk and, to a lesser extent, credit activities relating to securing loans granted to clients of LFG and custodial oversight over assets of various clients. In addition, LFB also operates many support functions of the Paris House. The Company also allocates outstanding indebtedness to Corporate.

 

The accounting policies of the segments are consistent with those described in the summary of significant accounting policies in Note 2.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

The Company’s segment information for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 is prepared using the following methodology:

 

    Revenue and expenses directly associated with each segment are included in determining operating income.

 

    Expenses not directly associated with specific segments are allocated based on the most relevant measures applicable, including headcount, square footage and other factors.

 

    Segment assets are based on those directly associated with each segment, and include an allocation of certain assets relating to various segments, based on the most relevant measures applicable, including headcount, square footage and other factors.

 

The Company allocates trading gains and losses, investment gains and losses, interest income and interest expense among the various segments based on the segment in which the underlying asset or liability is reported.

 

Each segment’s operating expenses include (i) employee compensation and benefits expenses that are incurred directly in support of the businesses and (ii) other operating expenses, which include directly incurred expenses for premises and occupancy, professional fees, travel and entertainment, communications and information services, equipment and indirect support costs (including compensation and other operating expenses related thereto) for administrative services. Such administrative services include, but are not limited to, accounting, tax, legal, facilities management and senior management activities.

 

The Company evaluates segment results based on net revenue and operating income.

 

There were no clients for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 that individually constituted more than 10% of total revenue.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Management believes that the following information provides a reasonable representation of each segment’s contribution to net revenue, operating expenses, operating income and total assets . Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the manner of presentation in the current year.

 

          As of or for the Year Ended December 31,

 
          2002

   2003

    2004

 

Financial Advisory

   Net Revenue    $ 532,896    $ 690,967     $ 655,200  
     Operating Expenses (a)      330,802      380,250       443,682  
         

  


 


     Operating Income    $ 202,094    $ 310,717     $ 211,518  
         

  


 


     Total Assets    $ 222,653    $ 339,454     $ 380,331  
         

  


 


Asset Management

   Net Revenue    $ 454,683    $ 350,348     $ 417,166  
     Operating Expenses (a)      298,617      239,888       282,029  
         

  


 


     Operating Income    $ 156,066    $ 110,460     $ 135,137  
         

  


 


     Total Assets    $ 252,629    $ 198,692     $ 245,449  
         

  


 


Capital Markets and Other

   Net Revenue    $ 174,309    $ 135,534     $ 188,100  
     Operating Expenses (a)      158,411      182,195       192,471  
         

  


 


     Operating Income (Loss)    $ 15,898    $ (46,661 )   $ (4,371 )
         

  


 


     Total Assets    $ 1,037,493    $ 1,422,758     $ 1,488,675  
         

  


 


Corporate

   Net Revenue    $ 4,391    $ 6,535     $ 13,839  
     Operating Expenses (a)      2,404      (8,303 )     (1,639 )
         

  


 


     Operating Income    $ 1,987    $ 14,838     $ 15,478  
         

  


 


     Total Assets    $ 947,950    $ 1,296,325     $ 1,384,769  
         

  


 


Total

   Net Revenue    $ 1,166,279    $ 1,183,384     $ 1,274,305  
     Operating Expenses (a)      790,234      794,030       916,543  
         

  


 


     Operating Income    $ 376,045    $ 389,354     $ 357,762  
         

  


 


     Total Assets    $ 2,460,725    $ 3,257,229     $ 3,499,224  
         

  


 



(a) Operating expenses include depreciation and amortization as set forth in table below.

 

     Year Ended December 31,

     2002

   2003

   2004

Financial Advisory

   $ 4,138    $ 5,686    $ 4,792

Asset Management

     4,475      1,638      1,871

Capital Markets and Other

     434      2,082      2,295

Corporate

     3,109      4,588      7,980
    

  

  

Total

   $ 12,156    $ 13,994    $ 16,938
    

  

  

 

Geographic Information

 

Due to the highly integrated nature of international financial markets, the Company manages its business based on the profitability of the enterprise as a whole. The Company’s revenue and identifiable assets are generally allocated based on the country or domicile of the legal entity providing the service.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

The following table sets forth the net revenue and identifiable assets of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries by geographic region allocated on the basis described above.

 

     As of or for the Year Ended December 31,

     2002

   2003

   2004

Net Revenue:

                    

North America

   $ 652,090    $ 675,223    $ 675,736

United Kingdom

     189,426      136,599      212,522

France

     169,053      164,669      188,507

Other Western Europe

     118,567      178,424      175,065

Rest of World

     37,143      28,469      22,475
    

  

  

Total

   $ 1,166,279    $ 1,183,384    $ 1,274,305
    

  

  

Identifiable Assets:

                    

North America

   $ 1,085,657    $ 1,763,544    $ 1,804,346

United Kingdom

     358,212      330,461      396,873

France

     874,818      942,930      1,082,432

Other Western Europe

     119,416      194,250      182,144

Rest of World

     22,622      26,044      33,429
    

  

  

Total

   $ 2,460,725    $ 3,257,229    $ 3,499,224
    

  

  

 

16.    PANMURE GORDON—ASSET ACQUISITION

 

In January 2004, a subsidiary of the Company acquired certain assets, net of certain liabilities, of West LB Panmure Limited, an unrelated entity in the U.K. Subsequent to the acquisition, the acquired business became part of the Company’s Capital Markets and Other segment, operating as Panmure Gordon, a division of LCL. Panmure Gordon provides clients with corporate finance advisory services, corporate broking capabilities and equity sales and trading. The total purchase price allocated to the net assets of the business acquired was $1,580 related to legal costs incurred to complete the transaction. The fair value of the net assets acquired over the purchase price of those net assets amounted to $5,658. In accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations , the Company recognized an extraordinary gain of $5,507 after reducing long-lived assets principally representing property to $0. See Note 18 for further information relating to Panmure Gordon.

 

17.    FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

The majority of the Company’s assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value or at amounts that approximate fair value. Such assets and liabilities include: cash and cash equivalents, cash and securities segregated for regulatory purposes, marketable investments and long-term investments, securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities owned and securities sold, not yet purchased, swaps and other contractual agreements, receivables and payables, and other short-term borrowings and payables (also see discussion in Note 2).

 

The fair value of certain of the Company’s other assets and liabilities are disclosed below.

 

Subordinated Loans— The Company’s subordinated loans are recorded at historical amounts. The fair value of the Company’s subordinated loans was estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis based on the Company’s current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements. At December 31, 2004, the carrying value of the Company’s subordinated loans approximated fair value.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

Mandatorily Redeemable Preferred Stock— The Company’s mandatorily redeemable preferred stock is recorded at $100,000 which approximates fair value. The fair value was estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis based on the Company’s current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements and the Company’s ability to redeem the preferred stock at its option. At December 31, 2003 and 2004, the estimated fair value of the Company’s mandatorily redeemable preferred stock approximated the carrying value.

 

18.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Equity Public Offering It is currently contemplated that the Company will cause Lazard Ltd, a Bermuda company, to proceed with an equity public offering involving a portion of the Company’s business as well as certain financing transactions. The historical consolidated financial statements reflect the historical results of operations and financial position of the Company, including the separated businesses, for all years presented. Accordingly, the historical financial statements do not reflect what the results of operations and financial position of the Company would have been had it been a stand-alone, public company for the years presented. Specifically, the historical results of operations do not give effect to the following matters:

 

    The separation of the Company’s Capital Markets and Other activities, which consists of equity, fixed income and convertibles sales and trading, broking, research and underwriting services, merchant banking fund management activities outside of France and specified non-operating assets and liabilities.

 

    Payment for services rendered by Lazard Group’s managing directors, which, as a result of the Lazard Group operating as a limited liability company, historically has been accounted for as distributions from members’ capital, or in some cases as minority interest, rather than as compensation and benefits expense. As a result, Lazard Group’s operating income historically has not reflected payments for services rendered by its managing directors. After the consummation of the equity public offering, Lazard Group will include all payments for services rendered by its managing directors in compensation and benefits expense in future periods.

 

    U.S. corporate federal income taxes, since the Company has operated in the U.S. as a limited liability company that was treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, the Company’s income has not been subject to U.S. federal income taxes. Taxes related to income earned by partnerships represent obligations of the individual partners. Outside the U.S., the Company historically has operated principally through subsidiary corporations and has been subject to local income taxes. Income taxes shown on the Company’s historical consolidated statements of income are attributable to taxes incurred in non-U.S. entities and to UBT attributable to the Company’s operations apportioned to New York City.

 

In addition, the business alliance agreement to be entered into between the Company and LFCM Holdings LLC, a newly-formed Delaware limited liability company that will hold the business to be separated from Lazard Group in connection with the equity public offering, or “LFCM Holdings,” will grant the Company the option to acquire the North American and European fund management activities of Lazard Alternative Investments Holdings LLC (“LAI”), the subsidiary of LFCM Holdings that will own and operate all of LFCM Holdings’ merchant banking activities, exercisable at any time prior to the ninth anniversary of the consummation of this offering for a total price of $10,000. The option may be exercised by Lazard Group in two parts, consisting of an $8,000 option to purchase the North American merchant banking activities and a $2,000 option to purchase the European merchant banking activities. LAI’s merchant banking activities initially will consist of the merchant banking management and general partner entities, together with the Company’s direct investments in related funds, that were transferred to LFCM Holdings pursuant to or in anticipation of the separation.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

On February 25, 2005, Lazard Group formed a new private equity fund, Corporate Partners II Limited, with $1 billion of institutional capital commitments and a $100 million capital commitment from Lazard Group, the principal portion of which may require funding at any time through 2010. Pursuant to the master separation and business alliance agreements, following the completion of the separation, this fund will be managed by a subsidiary of LFCM Holdings, and Lazard Group will retain a capital commitment to the fund and will be entitled to receive the carried interest distributions made by the fund (other than the carried interest distributions made to investment professionals who manage the fund).

 

The business alliance agreement will provide the Company with certain governance rights with respect to LAI and provide for support by LFCM Holdings of the business of LAI. With respect to historic investments and funds transferred to LFCM Holdings as part of the separation, profits realized prior to the option exercise would be for the account of LFCM Holdings whereas profits realized after the exercise of the option would be for the account of Lazard Group. Lazard Group intends to invest capital in future funds to be managed by LFCM Holdings’ subsidiaries and will be entitled to receive incentive fee payments from such funds, as well as profits related to such investments, if any, irrespective of whether it exercises its purchase option.

 

If the equity public offering and financing transactions are consummated, the Company intends to use the net proceeds primarily to (i) redeem membership interests held by the historical partners based on their total capital, including preferences (Note 12), (ii) capitalize the separated businesses, and (iii) repay the 7.53% Senior Notes due 2011 in aggregate principal amount of $50,000 (Note 8).

 

Panmure Gordon— On February 1, 2005, Lazard Group announced that it had entered into a non-binding memorandum of understanding with Durlacher Corporation PLC, an unaffiliated U.K. broking firm focused on the small and mid cap sector, for the acquisition by Durlacher of Panmure Gordon. The Company expects that if consummated, the combined company would be owned one-third by former Durlacher stockholders, one-third by the Company (or upon completion of the separation, LFCM Holdings) and one-third by the employees of the combined company. The transaction is subject to entry into definitive agreements and customary closing conditions, including approval of the Durlacher stockholders. Pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement, Lazard Group and LFCM Holdings will share any cash proceeds to be derived from the sale of Panmure Gordon to Durlacher if the separation is completed and such sale occurs within six months of the date of the letter agreement.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

(UNAUDITED)

MARCH 31, 2005

($ in thousands)

 

ASSETS

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $234,227

Cash and securities segregated for regulatory purposes

   39,650

Marketable investments

   95,281

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   131,164

Securities owned—at fair value:

    

Bonds—Corporate

   406,966

Non-U.S. Government and agency securities

   38,077

U.S. Government and agency securities pledged as collateral

   165,931

Equities

   24,718
    
     635,692

Swaps and other contractual agreements

   —  

Securities borrowed

   1,194,668

Receivables—net:

    

Fees

   240,412

Customers

   204,053

Banks

   323,752

Brokers and dealers

   226,849

Other

   1,013
    
     996,079

Long-term investments

   196,892

Other investments

   13,069

Property—net of accumulated amortization and depreciation of $151,029

   188,587

Goodwill

   16,786

Other assets

   108,246
    

Total assets

   $3,850,341
    

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION—(Continued)

(UNAUDITED)

MARCH 31, 2005

($ in thousands)

 

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

      

Notes payable

   $ 55,496

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     214,405

Securities sold, not yet purchased—at fair value:

      

Bonds—Corporate

     61,207

U.S. Government and agency securities

     128,407

Equities

     24,484
    

       214,098

Swaps and other contractual agreements

     3,576

Securities loaned

     1,123,507

Payables:

      

Banks

     461,738

Customers

     251,803

Brokers and dealers

     104,558
    

       818,099

Accrued employee compensation

     67,721

Capital lease obligations

     45,098

Other liabilities

     579,765

Subordinated loans

     200,000

Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

     100,000
    

Total liabilities

     3,421,765

Commitments and contingencies

      

Minority interest

     141,308

Members’ equity (including $5,091 of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax)

     287,268
    

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $ 3,850,341
    

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(UNAUDITED)

THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2005

($ in thousands)

 

    

Three Month Period Ended

March 31,


     2004

     2005

REVENUE

           

Investment banking and other advisory fees

   $110,221      $158,135

Money management fees

   95,455      106,059

Commissions

   18,366      16,396

Trading gains and losses—net

   7,248      8,915

Underwriting

   8,316      4,840

Investment gains and losses, non-trading—net

   2,554      2,413

Interest income

   11,112      14,066

Other

   5,187      3,304
    

  

Total revenue

   258,459      314,128

Interest expense

   12,870      16,150
    

  

Net revenue

   245,589      297,978
    

  

OPERATING EXPENSES

           

Employee compensation and benefits

   140,860      127,487

Premises and occupancy costs

   22,227      27,531

Professional fees

   13,656      13,332

Travel and entertainment

   13,839      10,501

Communications and information services

   9,941      10,989

Equipment costs

   5,101      5,450

Other

   12,068      11,016
    

  

Total operating expenses

   217,692      206,306
    

  

OPERATING INCOME

   27,897      91,672

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

   (2,121 )    8,056
    

  

INCOME ALLOCABLE TO MEMBERS BEFORE MINORITY INTEREST

   30,018      83,616

Minority interest

   14,965      10,260
    

  

NET INCOME ALLOCABLE TO MEMBERS

   $15,053      $73,356
    

  

 

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(UNAUDITED)

THREE MONTH PERIODS ENDED MARCH 31, 2004 AND 2005

($ in thousands)

 

   

Three Month Period Ended

March 31,


 
    2004

    2005

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

           

Net income allocable to members

  $15,053     $73,356  

Adjustments to reconcile net income allocable to members to net cash provided by operating activities:

           

Noncash charges included in net income allocable to members:

           

Depreciation and amortization

  2,782     3,934  

Minority interest

  14,965     10,260  

(Increase) decrease in operating assets:

           

Cash and securities segregated for regulatory purposes

  11,711     (1,190 )

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

  (186,945 )   22,384  

Securities owned, at fair value and swaps and other contractual agreements

  (318,509 )   (56,486 )

Securities borrowed

  (147,650 )   (342,402 )

Receivables

  (297,426 )   (128,666 )

Marketable and long-term investments

  10,473     20,819  

Other assets

  (24,263 )   (3,704 )

Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:

           

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  239,781     20,449  

Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value and swaps and other contractual agreements

  358,366     (19,208 )

Securities loaned

  353,034     498,589  

Payables

  256,439     241,012  

Accrued employee compensation and other liabilities

  (130,732 )   (197,723 )
   

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  157,079     141,424  
   

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

           

Additions to property

  (2,093 )   (849 )

Disposals and retirements of property

  2,625     767  
   

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  532     (82 )
   

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

           

Distributions to members and capital withdrawals

  (193,296 )   (157,919 )

Proceeds from notes payable

  1,318     —    

Repayment of notes payable

  (314 )   (15,281 )

Repayment of capital lease obligations

  (3,584 )   (4,005 )

Net capital contributions and distributions relating to minority interest stockholders

  (51,929 )   (42,634 )
   

 

Net cash used in financing activities

  (247,805 )   (219,839 )
   

 

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH

  13,841     (1,214 )
   

 

NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

  (76,353 )   (79,711 )

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—January 1

  350,891     313,938  
   

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—March 31

  $274,538     $234,227  
   

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

           

Cash paid during the period for:

           

Interest

  $14,916     $20,331  

Income taxes

  $1,261     $2,367  

 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS’ EQUITY

(UNAUDITED)

THREE MONTH PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 2005

($ in thousands)

 

     Capital and
Retained
Earnings


    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss),
Net of Tax


    Total
Members’
Equity


 

BALANCE—January 1, 2005

   $ 366,740     $ 18,058     $ 384,798  
    


 


 


Comprehensive income (loss):

                        

Net income allocable to members

     73,356               73,356  

Other comprehensive income—net of tax:

                        

Currency translation adjustments

             (12,967 )     (12,967 )
    


 


 


Comprehensive income (loss)

     73,356       (12,967 )     60,389  

Distributions and withdrawals to members

     (157,919 )             (157,919 )
    


 


 


BALANCE—March 31, 2005

   $ 282,177     $ 5,091     $ 287,268  
    


 


 


 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

 

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ORGANIZATION

 

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of Lazard Group LLC (formerly known as Lazard LLC and collectively referred to with its subsidiaries as “Lazard Group”) have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) regarding interim financial reporting. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”) for complete financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the interim periods presented. Preparing financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts that are reported in the financial statements and the accompanying disclosures. Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of current events and actions that Lazard Group may undertake in the future, actual results may be different than the estimates. The consolidated results of operations for the three month period ended March 31, 2005 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period or the full fiscal year.

 

Lazard Group is a Delaware limited liability company, and is governed by its Amended and Restated Operating Agreement, which was amended and restated in its entirety on May 10, 2005 (the “Operating Agreement”).

 

Lazard Group’s principal activities are divided into three business segments:

 

    Financial Advisory, which includes providing advice on mergers, acquisitions, restructurings and other financial matters,

 

    Asset Management, which includes the management of equity and fixed income securities and merchant banking funds, and

 

    Capital Markets and Other, which consists of equity, fixed income and convertibles sales and trading, broking, research and underwriting services, merchant banking fund management activities outside of France and specified non-operating assets and liabilities.

 

In addition, Lazard Group records selected other activities in Corporate, including cash and marketable investments, certain long-term investments, and the commercial banking activities of Lazard Group’s Paris-based Lazard Frères Banque SA (“LFB”). LFB is a registered bank regulated by the Banque de France. LFB’s primary operations include the management of the treasury positions of Lazard Group’s Paris House through its money market desk and, to a lesser extent, credit activities relating to securing loans granted to clients of Lazard Frères Gestion SAS (“LFG”) and custodial oversight over assets of various clients. In addition, LFB also operates many support functions of the Paris House. Lazard Group also allocates outstanding indebtedness to Corporate.

 

The condensed consolidated financial statements include Lazard Group’s principal operating subsidiaries, Lazard Frères & Co. LLC (“LFNY”), a New York limited liability company, along with its subsidiaries, including Lazard Asset Management LLC and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “LAM”); Lazard Frères SAS and Maison Lazard SAS, French limited liability companies, along with their respective subsidiaries, including LFB and LFG (collectively referred to as “LFP”); and Lazard & Co., Limited (“LCL”), through Lazard & Co., Holdings Limited, an English private limited company (“LCH”); together with their jointly-owned affiliates and subsidiaries.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

 

 

See Note 9 for information regarding the equity public offering, the financing transactions and certain separated businesses (each as defined in Note 9). The separated businesses became a part of LFCM Holdings, effective as of May 10, 2005.

 

2. STRATEGIC ALLIANCE IN ITALY

 

In September 2002, Lazard Group and Banca Intesa S.p.A. (“Intesa”) announced an agreement to form a strategic alliance (the “Strategic Alliance”), pursuant to which, in January 2003, Intesa effectively became a 40% partner in Lazard Group’s business in Italy. Pursuant to the terms of the Strategic Alliance, Intesa made a $100,000 investment in Lazard Group’s business in Italy, and purchased a $50,000 subordinated promissory note issued by Lazard Group’s business in Italy. The subordinated promissory note has a scheduled maturity in 2078 (subject to extension), with interest payable annually at the rate of 3.0% per annum.

 

From time to time, Lazard Group has considered appropriate modifications to its relationship with Intesa. Lazard Group has held various discussions with Intesa in connection with the separation and recapitalization transactions, and Intesa has notified Lazard Group of its intention not to extend the term of the joint venture relationship beyond the expiration date of December 31, 2007. As a result, under the terms of the Strategic Alliance, unless Lazard Group and Intesa otherwise agree, Lazard Group will repurchase Intesa’s 40% interest in Lazard Group’s business in Italy and repay the $50,000 subordinated promissory note for an aggregate amount not to exceed $150,000, less certain distributions received by Intesa in connection with the joint venture, on or prior to February 4, 2008. Based on the current performance of the joint venture, Lazard Group does not currently expect the expiration of the joint venture to have a material adverse effect on its operating results.

 

3. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

Lazard Group, through its subsidiaries, provides certain retirement and other post-employment benefits to certain of its employees through defined contribution and defined benefit pension plans and other post-retirement benefit plans. Expenses incurred related to the defined benefit pension plans, the defined benefit pension plan supplement and the post-retirement health care plans for the three month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 are shown in the table below.

 

     Pension
Plans


    Pension Plan
Supplement


    Post-
Retirement
Medical Plans


Three month period ended March 31, 2004

                      

Service cost

   $ 4,602     $ 85     $ 481

Interest cost

     6,960       35       390

Expected return on plan assets

     (7,520 )              

Amortization of transition (asset) obligation

     (30 )              

Amortization of prior service cost

     136       22        

Recognized actuarial (gain) loss

     702       (5 )     8
    


 


 

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 4,850     $ 137     $ 879
    


 


 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

 

     Pension
Plans


    Pension Plan
Supplement


    Post-
Retirement
Medical Plans


 

Three month period ended March 31, 2005

                        

Service cost

   $ 1,998             $ 89  

Interest cost

     6,774     $ 22       135  

Expected return on plan assets

     (6,973 )                

Amortization of prior service cost

     (115 )             (482 )

Recognized actuarial (gain) loss

     844       (3 )     111  
    


 


 


Net periodic benefit cost (credit)

     2,528       19       (147 )

Settlements (curtailments)

                     (2,302 )
    


 


 


Total benefit cost (credit)

   $ 2,528     $ 19       $(2,449 )
    


 


 


 

Lazard Group has the right to amend or terminate its benefit plans at any time, subject to the terms of such plans and applicable law. Recent amendments and terminations are described below.

 

Amendments to LFNY Employee Benefit Plans

 

    LFNY Defined Benefit Pension Plan and Pension Plan Supplement— Effective as of January 31, 2005, the LFNY Employees’ Pension Plan and the Employees’ Pension Plan Supplement were amended to cease future benefit accruals and future participation. As a result of such amendment, active participants will continue to receive credit for service completed after January 31, 2005 for purposes of vesting; however, future service will not count for purposes of future benefit accruals under the plans. Vested benefits for active participants as of January 31, 2005 will be retained.

 

    LFNY Defined Contribution Plan— Effective January 1, 2005, the LFNY Defined Contribution Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) was amended to implement an employer match to participant pre-tax contributions. LFNY will match 100% of pre-tax contributions to the 401(k) Plan, excluding catch-up contributions, up to 4% of eligible compensation. Participants will be 100% vested in all employer-matching contributions after three years of service. Any service accrued prior to January 1, 2005 will count toward this three-year vesting requirement.

 

    LFNY Post-Retirement Medical Plan— Effective December 31, 2005, post-retirement health care benefits will no longer be offered to those members and employees hired on or after the effective date and for those members and employees hired before the effective date who attain the age of 40 after December 31, 2005. In addition, effective January 1, 2006, the cost sharing policy will change for those who qualify for the benefit.

 

Termination of LCH’s Post-Retirement Medical Plan— In April 2004, LCH announced a plan to terminate its Post-Retirement Medical Plan. As a result of such action, benefits available to eligible active employees and retirees will cease on February 28, 2007. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 106, Employers’ Accounting for Post-Retirement Benefits Other Than Pensions , Lazard Group is recognizing the effect of such termination, which resulted in a reduction in Lazard Group’s accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation of approximately $24,000, the effect of which will reduce employee compensation and benefits expense over the period ending February 2007. For the three month period ended March 31, 2005, employee compensation and benefits expense was reduced by approximately $2,300 related to the effect of such termination.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

 

Employer Contributions and Indemnities from LFCM Holdings— As reflected in Lazard Group’s December 31, 2004 consolidated financial statements, Lazard Group’s principal U.K. pension plans had a combined deficit of approximately $95,000 (or approximately 49,200 British pounds). This deficit would ordinarily be funded over time. Lazard Group has been in discussions with the trustees of the pension plans aimed at reaching agreement regarding a deficit reduction plan. In May 2005, “Heads of Terms” have been agreed between Lazard Group and the trustees of the plans dealing with a plan for future funding of the deficit as well as with asset allocation. In the third quarter of 2005, Lazard Group expects to execute a final agreement with the trustees. Irrespective of the terms in the final executed agreement, in considering their duties to beneficiaries, the trustees also have the power to change the asset allocation. Any changes in the asset allocation could increase or decrease the unfunded liability that would be funded over time, depending on asset mix, any increase in liabilities and investment returns. It is also the case that the pensions regulator in the U.K. may have the power to require contributions to be made to plans, and to impose support in respect of the funding of plans by related companies other than the direct obligors. As part of the separation (see Note 9), Lazard Group made a contribution to LFCM Holdings of $55,000 in connection with the provision by LFCM Holdings of support relating to U.K. pension liabilities and other indemnities.

 

Approximately $31,000 (or 16,400 British pounds) of contributions were made to Lazard Group’s defined benefit pension plans in 2005 in the U.K. Of such amount, approximately $1,600 was contributed during the three month period ended March 31, 2005 and the remainder was contributed on June 1, 2005 when LFCM Holdings also satisfied its obligation to reimburse 15,000 British pounds to Lazard Group.

 

Lazard Group will make further payments amounting to 16,400 British pounds on June 1, 2006, 8,200 British pounds on June 1, 2007 and 8,200 British pounds on June 1, 2008, 15,000 British pounds of which LFCM Holdings is obligated to reimburse Lazard Group.

 

4. VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

 

In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Financial Interpretation No. (“FIN”) 46, which provides additional guidance on the application of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements, for enterprises that have interests in entities that meet the definition of a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”). On December 24, 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46R, Consolidation of Certain Variable Interest Entities—an interpretation of ARB No. 51, which requires that an entity consolidate a VIE if that enterprise has a variable interest that will absorb a majority of the VIE’s expected losses, receive a majority of the VIE’s expected residual returns, or both.

 

Lazard Group is involved with various entities in the normal course of business that are VIEs and hold variable interests in such VIEs. Transactions associated with these entities primarily include investment management, real estate and private equity investments. Those VIEs for which Lazard Group is the primary beneficiary were consolidated beginning in 2004 in accordance with FIN 46R. Those VIEs include company sponsored venture capital investment vehicles established in connection with Lazard Group’s compensation plans.

 

Lazard Group’s merchant banking activities consist of making private equity, venture capital and real estate investments on behalf of customers. At March 31, 2005, in connection with its merchant banking activities, the net assets of entities for which Lazard Group has a significant variable interest was approximately $102,000. Lazard Group’s variable interests associated with these entities, consisting of investments, carried interest and management fees, were approximately $24,350, which represents the maximum exposure to loss, only if total

 

F-48


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

 

assets declined 100% at March 31, 2005. At March 31, 2005, the consolidated statement of financial condition included $22,552 of incremental assets relating to the consolidation of VIEs for such merchant banking activities in which Lazard Group was deemed to be the primary beneficiary.

 

In connection with its Capital Markets and Other segment activities, Lazard Group holds a significant variable interest in an entity with liabilities of $12,800 at March 31, 2005. Lazard Group’s variable interests associated with this entity, primarily paid-in-kind notes, were approximately $12,800 at March 31, 2005. As the noteholders have sole recourse only to the underlying assets, Lazard Group has no exposure to loss at March 31, 2005. Also, as Lazard Group is not the primary beneficiary, the entity has not been consolidated.

 

5. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Commitments— Lazard Group has various leases and other contractual commitments arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the fulfillment of such commitments in accordance with their terms will not have a material adverse effect on Lazard Group’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

In the three month period ended March 31, 2005, Lazard Group recorded a provision of approximately $6,300 for abandoned leased space. In accordance with SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities , this provision, recorded on the cease-use date, was determined based on the fair value of the liability for costs that will continue to be incurred for the remaining term of the lease without economic benefit to Lazard Group, based on the remaining lease rentals, reduced by estimated sublease rentals. Such amount was recorded as “premises and occupancy costs” on the condensed consolidated statement of income for the three month period ended March 31, 2005.

 

See Note 9 with regard to formation of new private equity fund, Corporate Partners II Limited.

 

Legal— Lazard Group’s businesses, as well as the financial services industry generally, are subject to extensive regulation throughout the world. Lazard Group is involved in a number of judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of our businesses. Management believes, based on currently available information, that the results of such proceedings, in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on Lazard Group’s financial condition but might be material to its operating results for any particular period, depending, in part, upon the operating results for such period.

 

Lazard Group has received a request for information from the NASD as part of what it understands to be an industry investigation relating to gifts and gratuities, which is focused primarily on the Capital Markets business that is part of the separated businesses now owned and operated by LFCM Holdings. In addition, Lazard Group has received requests for information from the SEC and the U.S. Attorney’s Office for the District of Massachusetts seeking information concerning gifts and entertainment involving an unaffiliated mutual fund company, which are also focused on the Capital Markets business that is part of the separated businesses. Lazard Group believes that other broker-dealers have also received requests for information. These investigations are continuing and Lazard Group cannot predict their potential outcomes, which outcomes, if any, could include regulatory consequences, nor can Lazard Group estimate any potential loss or range of losses related to them. Accordingly, Lazard Group has not recorded an accrual for losses related to any such judicial, regulatory or arbitration proceedings.

 

Lazard Ltd and Goldman Sachs & Co., the lead underwriter of Lazard Ltd’s equity public offering of its common stock, as well as several members of Lazard Ltd’s management and board of directors, have been named as defendants in several putative class action lawsuits and a putative stockholder derivative lawsuit

 

F-49


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

 

filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, and in a putative class action lawsuit and a putative stockholder derivative lawsuit filed in the Supreme Court of the State of New York. The defendants have moved to remove the putative class action lawsuit filed in the Supreme Court of the State of New York to the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York. The putative class action lawsuits purport to have been filed on behalf of persons who purchased securities of Lazard Ltd in connection with the equity public offering or in the open market. The putative class actions allege various violations of the federal securities laws and seek, inter alia, compensatory damages, rescission or rescissory damages and other unspecified equitable, injunctive or other relief. The putative derivative actions purport to be brought on behalf of Lazard Ltd against its directors and Goldman Sachs & Co. and allege, among other things, that the directors breached their fiduciary duties to Lazard Ltd in connection with matters related to the equity public offering and seek compensatory damages, punitive damages and other unspecified equitable or other relief. We believe that the suits are without merit and intend to defend them vigorously.

 

6. MEMBERS’ EQUITY

 

Pursuant to Lazard Group’s Operating Agreement as in effect on March 31, 2005 and prior to the amendment and restatement of such agreement on May 10, 2005, Lazard Group allocates and distributes to its members a substantial portion of its distributable profits in three monthly installments, as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year. Such installment distributions usually begin in February. In addition, other periodic distributions to members include, as applicable, capital withdrawals, fixed return on members’ equity and income tax advances made on behalf of members.

 

In connection with the consummation of the equity public offering (see Note 9), during the three month period ended March 31, 2005, members’ equity was reduced by approximately $18,000 for the repurchase of working member interests. Additional repurchases of working member interests and redemptions of working members’ capital made subsequent to March 31, 2005, in connection with the consummation of the equity public offering, approximated $126,000 with all such payments having been made by May 9, 2005.

 

7. REGULATORY AUTHORITIES

 

LFNY is a U.S. registered broker-dealer and is subject to the net capital requirements of Rule 15c3-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Under the alternative method permitted by this rule, the minimum required net capital, as defined, is 2% of aggregate debit items arising from customer transactions or $1,500, whichever is greater. LFNY’s regulatory net capital at March 31, 2005 was $70,982, which exceeded the minimum requirement by $69,482.

 

Certain U.K. subsidiaries of Lazard Group, namely LCL, Lazard Brothers & Co., Limited, Lazard Fund Managers Limited, Lazard Asset Management Limited, and Lazard European Private Equity Partners LLP (the “U.K. Subsidiaries”) are regulated by the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”). At March 31, 2005, the aggregate regulatory net capital of the U.K. subsidiaries was $181,741, which exceeded the minimum requirement by $76,078. As a result of the separation, Lazard European Private Equity Partners LLP is now owned by LFCM Holdings.

 

The Financial Advisory activities of Lazard Frères SAS (“LF”) and its wholly owned subsidiaries, including LFB, are authorized by the Comité des Etablissements de Crédit et des Entreprises d’Investissement and are regulated by the Comité de la Réglementation Bancaire et Financière. Supervision is exercised by the Commission Bancaire, which is responsible, in liaison with the Banque de France, for ensuring compliance with the regulations. In this context LF has the status of a bank holding company (“Compagnie Financière”) and LFB is a registered bank (“Etablissement de Crédit”). In addition, the investment services activities of the Paris group, exercised through LFB and other subsidiaries, primarily LFG (asset management) and Fonds Partenaires Gestion (private equity, merchant banking), are subject to regulation and supervision by the Autorité des Marchés

 

F-50


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

 

Financiers. At March 31, 2005, the consolidated regulatory net capital of LF was $148,183, which exceeded the minimum requirement set for regulatory capital levels by $53,318.

 

Certain other U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to various other capital adequacy requirements promulgated by various regulatory and exchange authorities in the countries in which they operate. At March 31, 2005, for those subsidiaries with regulatory capital requirements, aggregate net capital of those subsidiaries were $35,787, which exceeded the minimum required capital by $25,137.

 

At March 31, 2005, each of these subsidiaries individually were in compliance with its regulatory capital requirements.

 

8. SEGMENT OPERATING RESULTS

 

Lazard Group’s reportable segments offer different products and services and are managed separately as different levels and types of expertise are required to effectively manage the segments’ transactions. Each segment is reviewed to determine the allocation of resources and to assess its performance. In reporting to management, Lazard Group’s business results are categorized into the following three segments: Financial Advisory, Asset Management and Capital Markets and Other. Financial Advisory includes providing advice on mergers, acquisitions, restructurings and other financial matters. Asset Management includes the management of equity and fixed income securities and merchant banking funds. Capital Markets and Other consists of equity, fixed income and convertibles sales and trading, broking, research and underwriting services, merchant banking fund management activities outside of France and specified non-operating assets and liabilities. In addition, Lazard Group records selected other activities in Corporate, including cash and marketable investments, certain long-term investments, and the commercial banking activities of LFB. Lazard Group also allocates outstanding indebtedness to Corporate.

 

Lazard Group’s segment information for the three month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 is prepared using the following methodology:

 

    Revenue and expenses directly associated with each segment are included in determining operating income.

 

    Expenses not directly associated with specific segments are allocated based on the most relevant measures applicable, including headcount, square footage and other factors.

 

    Segment assets are based on those directly associated with each segment, and include an allocation of certain assets relating to various segments, based on the most relevant measures applicable, including headcount, square footage and other factors.

 

Lazard Group allocates trading gains and losses, investment gains and losses, interest income and interest expense among the various segments based on the segment in which the underlying asset or liability is reported.

 

Each segment’s operating expenses include (i) employee compensation and benefits expenses that are incurred directly in support of the businesses and (ii) other operating expenses, which include directly incurred expenses for premises and occupancy, professional fees, travel and entertainment, communications and information services, equipment and indirect support costs (including compensation and other operating expenses related thereto) for administrative services. Such administrative services include, but are not limited to, accounting, tax, legal, facilities management and senior management activities.

 

Lazard Group evaluates segment results based on net revenue and operating income.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

 

Management believes that the following information provides a reasonable representation of each segment’s contribution to net revenue, operating income and total assets:

 

     For the three month period ended March 31, 2004

Net Revenue and Operating Income (Loss)


  

Financial

Advisory


   

Asset

Management


   Corporate

  

Capital Markets

and Other


    Total

Net Revenue

   $105,494     $96,826    $1,135    $42,134     $245,589
    

 
  
  

 

Operating Income (Loss)

   $(7,107 )   $31,924    $3,461    $(381 )   $27,897
    

 
  
  

 
     For the three month period ended March 31, 2005

Net Revenue and Operating Income (Loss)


  

Financial

Advisory


  

Asset

Management


   Corporate

   

Capital Markets

and Other


    Total

Net Revenue

   $157,259    $106,863    $(4,023 )   $37,879     $297,978
    
  
  

 

 

Operating Income (Loss)

   $59,862    $36,881    $1,526     $(6,597 )   $91,672
    
  
  

 

 

Total Assets


  

Financial

Advisory


  

Asset

Management


   Corporate

  

Capital Markets

and Other


   Total

At December 31, 2004

   $380,331    $245,449    $1,384,769    $1,488,675    $3,499,224
    
  
  
  
  

At March 31, 2005

   $322,358    $242,703    $1,247,962    $2,037,318    $3,850,341
    
  
  
  
  

 

9. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Equity Public Offering, Separation, Financing Transactions and Recapitalization— On May 10, 2005, pursuant to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 declared effective by the SEC on May 4, 2005 (the “Registration Statement”) for the equity public offering of shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), Lazard Ltd completed its initial public offering of its Class A common stock (the “equity public offering”) that involved substantially all of Lazard Group’s business and completed certain financing transactions. The historical consolidated financial statements reflect the historical results of operations and financial position of Lazard Group, including the separated businesses for all periods presented, including the results of operations and financial condition for certain businesses that Lazard Group no longer owns. Accordingly, the historical financial statements do not reflect what the results of operations and financial position of Lazard Group would have been had it been a stand-alone, public company for the periods presented. Specifically, the historical results of operations do not give effect to the following matters:

 

    The separation of Lazard Group’s Capital Markets and Other activities (the “separation”), which consists of equity, fixed income and convertibles sales and trading, broking, research and underwriting services, merchant banking fund management activities outside of France and specified non-operating assets and liabilities (the “separated businesses”). As a result of the separation, the Capital Markets and Other activities are now owned and operated by LFCM Holdings.

 

    Payment for services rendered by Lazard Group’s managing directors, which, as a result of Lazard Group operating as a limited liability company, historically has been accounted for as distributions from members’ capital, or in some cases as minority interest, rather than as compensation and benefits expense. As a result, Lazard Group’s operating income historically has not reflected payments for services rendered by its managing directors. As a result of the consummation of the equity public offering, Lazard Group will include all payments for services rendered by its managing directors in compensation and benefits expense in future periods.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

 

    U.S. corporate federal income taxes, since Lazard Group has operated in the U.S. as a limited liability company that was treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, Lazard Group’s income has not been subject to U.S. federal income taxes. Taxes related to income earned by partnerships represent obligations of the individual partners. Outside the U.S., Lazard Group historically has operated principally through subsidiary corporations and has been subject to local income taxes. Income taxes shown on Lazard Group’s historical consolidated statements of income are attributable to taxes incurred in non-U.S. entities and to UBT attributable to Lazard Group’s operations apportioned to New York City.

 

As more fully described in the Registration Statement, the separated businesses were separated from Lazard Group in connection with Lazard Ltd’s equity public offering of Class A common stock and Lazard Ltd’s additional public offering of equity security units (the “ESU offering”), the private placement of senior unsecured notes of Lazard Group (the “debt offering”) and the investment agreement with IXIS—Corporate & Investment Bank (the “IXIS placements,” together with the ESU offering and the debt offering, the “financing transactions,” together with the equity public offering, the “recapitalization”). The equity public offering, the ESU offering and the debt offering were each completed on May 10, 2005. The separated businesses became a part of LFCM Holdings LLC effective as of May 10, 2005.

 

Equity Public Offering —On May 10, 2005, Lazard Ltd issued, at $25 per share, 34,183,162 shares of its Class A common stock in a registered public offering pursuant to the Registration Statement. The aggregate gross proceeds relating to the offering amounted to $854,579, and net proceeds to Lazard Ltd, after approximately $66,000 of expenses incurred by Lazard Ltd in connection with the issuance and distribution of the common stock (including underwriting discounts and commission, expenses paid to the underwriters and certain other expenses), was approximately $788,579. Lazard Ltd contributed all the net proceeds from this offering to Lazard Group in exchange for a controlling interest in Lazard Group.

 

Financing Transactions —On May 10, 2005, Lazard Ltd and Lazard Group also completed several financing transactions, which are described below.

 

ESU Offering —Concurrently with the equity public offering, Lazard Ltd issued, for $25 per unit, equity security units for an aggregate offering amount of $287,500 in the ESU offering. Each unit consists of (a) a contract which obligates holders to purchase, and Lazard Ltd to sell, on May 15, 2008, a number of newly-issued shares of Lazard Ltd Class A common stock equal to a settlement rate based on the trading price of Lazard Ltd Class A common stock during a period preceding that date and (b) a 1/40, or 2.5%, ownership interest in a senior note of an affiliate, Lazard Group Finance LLC (“Lazard Group Finance”), with a principal amount of $1 (the “Lazard Group Finance senior notes”).

 

Lazard Ltd will make quarterly contract adjustment payments on the purchase contracts at an annual rate of 0.505% commencing August 15, 2005, subject to its right to defer these payments. In general, during any period in which it defers contract adjustment payments, Lazard Ltd cannot declare or pay dividends on, make distributions with respect to, or redeem, purchase or acquire, or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of its capital stock.

 

The Lazard Group Finance senior notes are senior obligations of Lazard Group Finance. The Lazard Group Finance senior notes bear interest, payable quarterly, at an annual interest rate of 6.12%, and will mature on May 15, 2035, or on such earlier date as Lazard Ltd may elect in connection with the remarketing. In no event, however, will Lazard Ltd reset the maturity date to be prior to May 15, 2010. Lazard Group Finance used the net proceeds from the ESU offering to purchase senior notes from Lazard Group (the “Lazard Group notes”). The Lazard Group notes, which have substantially similar terms to the Lazard Group Finance senior notes, are pledged to secure the

 

F-53


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

 

obligations of Lazard Group Finance under the Lazard Group Finance senior notes. The ability of Lazard Group Finance to pay its obligations under the Lazard Group Finance senior notes depends on its ability to obtain interest and principal payments on the Lazard Group notes.

 

In connection with the above-mentioned use of proceeds from the ESU offering and Lazard Group Finance’s purchase of the Lazard Group notes, Lazard Group also issued purchase contracts to two indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of Lazard Ltd that have terms substantially similar to the contract portion of the unit described above and require Lazard Group to make quarterly contract adjustment payments to such subsidiaries in the same amount that Lazard Ltd is required to make as described above.

 

Upon a remarketing of the Lazard Group Finance senior notes, in which the applicable interest rate, payment dates and maturity date on the notes will be reset and the notes remarketed, the interest rate, payment dates and maturity date on the Lazard Group notes also will be reset on the same terms such that the interest rate, payment dates and maturity date on the Lazard Group notes are the same as those for the Lazard Group Finance senior notes.

 

The IXIS Placements —Under the IXIS placements, IXIS—Corporate & Investment Bank (“IXIS”), which is a subsidiary of Caisse Nationale des Caisses d’Epargne, purchased an aggregate of $200,000 of Lazard Ltd securities on May 10, 2005, $150,000 of which were equity security units (the “IXIS ESU placement”) and $50,000 of which were shares of Lazard Ltd Class A common stock. The terms of the equity security units issued in connection with the IXIS ESU placement are the same as the equity security units described above. The price per security paid by IXIS was equal, in the case of shares of Lazard Ltd Class A common stock, to the price per share in the equity public offering and, in the case of equity security units, the price per unit in the ESU offering. Lazard Group Finance used the net proceeds from the IXIS ESU placement to purchase Lazard Group notes. Lazard Ltd contributed the net proceeds from the sale of Lazard Ltd Class A Common Stock to Lazard Group. In addition, as described above with respect to the ESU offering, Lazard Group also issued contracts to the same two indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of Lazard Ltd that have terms substantially similar to the contract portion of the IXIS ESU placement.

 

Lazard Group Senior Notes —Concurrent with the equity public offering, Lazard Group issued, in a private placement, $550,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.125% senior notes due May 15, 2015 (the “Lazard Group senior notes”). The Lazard Group senior notes were issued net of original issue discount of $435. Interest on the Lazard Group senior notes is due May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on November 15, 2005. The notes are unsecured.

 

The indenture governing the Lazard Group senior notes contains covenants that limit Lazard Group’s ability and that of its subsidiaries, subject to important exceptions and qualifications, to, among other things, create a lien on any shares of capital stock of any designated subsidiary, and consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of its assets and the assets of its subsidiaries. The indenture governing the Lazard Group senior notes also contains a customary make-whole provision in the event of early redemption.

 

In connection with the issuance of the Lazard Group senior notes, on April 1, 2005, Lazard Group entered into an interest rate forward agreement with a bank for a notional amount of $650,000. By entering into this interest rate forward agreement, Lazard Group was able to ensure that the base rate (excluding market-driven credit spreads) on the Lazard Group senior notes would be no greater than 4.5%. Lazard Group settled the interest rate forward agreement with the bank as of May 9, 2005, which required a payment by Lazard Group of approximately $13,000. Of this amount, approximately $11,000 was deemed to be the effective portion of the hedge and has been recorded as other comprehensive income and will be amortized as a charge to interest expense over the ten year term of the Lazard Group senior notes.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

 

Recapitalization —In connection with the consummation of the equity public offering and financing transactions, Lazard Group used the net proceeds primarily to (a) redeem membership interests, including Lazard Group’s mandatorily redeemable preferred stock, held by the historical partners for $1,616,411, (b) capitalize the separated businesses in the amount of $150,000, (c) repay the $50,000, 7.53% Senior Notes due 2011 in aggregate principal amount of $50,000 as well as a related “make-whole” payment of $7,650 and (d) pay transaction fees and expenses.

 

Lazard Alternative Investments —The business alliance agreement entered into between Lazard Group and LFCM Holdings, granted Lazard Group the option to acquire the North American and European fund management activities of Lazard Alternative Investments Holdings LLC (“LAI”), the subsidiary of LFCM Holdings that owns and operates LFCM Holdings’ merchant banking activities, exercisable at any time prior to the ninth anniversary of the consummation of the equity public offering, for a total price of $10,000. The option may be exercised by Lazard Group in two parts, consisting of an $8,000 option to purchase the North American merchant banking activities and a $2,000 option to purchase the European merchant banking activities. LAI’s merchant banking activities initially consist of the merchant banking management and general partner entities, together with Lazard Group’s direct investments in related funds that were transferred to LFCM Holdings pursuant to or in anticipation of the separation.

 

On February 25, 2005, Lazard Group formed a new private equity fund, Corporate Partners II Limited, with $1,000,000 of institutional capital commitments and a $100,000 capital commitment from Lazard Group, the principal portion of which may require funding at any time through 2010. Pursuant to the master separation and business alliance agreements entered into between Lazard Group and LFCM Holdings, following the completion of the separation, this fund is managed by a subsidiary of LFCM Holdings, and Lazard Group retained a capital commitment to the fund and is entitled to receive the carried interest distributions made by the fund (other than the carried interest distributions made to investment professionals who manage the fund). In addition, in July 2005 LFCM Holdings formed a new private equity fund. The first closing of the fund has the ability to raise up to a maximum of $550 million of capital commitments, including a minimum and maximum capital commitment from us of $10 million to approximately $27 million, respectively, the principal portion of which will require funding at any time through 2008. As discussed above, all of these merchant banking fund management activities, except for the existing merchant banking business in France and specified operating assets and liabilities, were transferred to LFCM Holdings in the separation.

 

The business alliance agreement provides Lazard Group with certain governance rights with respect to LAI and provides for support by LFCM Holdings of the business of LAI. With respect to historic investments and funds transferred to LFCM Holdings as part of the separation, profits realized prior to the option exercise are for the account of LFCM Holdings, whereas profits realized after the exercise of the option are for the account of Lazard Group. Lazard Group intends to invest capital in future funds to be managed by LFCM Holdings’ subsidiaries and is entitled to receive incentive fee payments from such funds, as well as profits related to such investments, if any, irrespective of whether it exercises its purchase option.

 

Panmure Gordon— On April 26, 2005, Lazard Group completed the sale of Panmure Gordon & Co., Limited (“Panmure Gordon”) to Durlacher Corporation PLC, a U.K. broking firm (“Durlacher”). Panmure Gordon, acquired in 2004 by Lazard Group, operated as part of Lazard Group’s Capital Markets and Other segment in the U.K. As part of the April 2005 transaction, Lazard Group received an ownership interest of 32.8% in Durlacher, which was transferred to LFCM Holdings in connection with the separation. Lazard Group and LFCM Holdings have agreed to share any cash proceeds, to be derived prior to May 2013, from any subsequent sale by LFCM Holdings of the shares it owns in Durlacher.

 

F-55


Table of Contents


 

$550,000,000

 

 

7.125% Senior Notes due 2015

 

LOGO

 


 

OFFER TO EXCHANGE

 

July 21, 2005

 


 




Table of Contents

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

The operating agreement of the Registrant provides for indemnification of Lazard Group’s officers and directors against all liabilities and losses, incurred or suffered by such party as an officer or director of Lazard Group to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, if Lazard Group were a Delaware corporation.

 

The directors and officers of the Registrant are covered by directors’ and officers’ insurance policies maintained by Lazard Group.

 

Subject to limitations imposed by Delaware law, the Registrant may enter into agreements that provide indemnification to its directors, officers and all other persons requested or authorized by its board of directors to take actions on behalf of the Registrant for all losses, damages, costs and expenses incurred by the indemnified person arising out of such person’s service in such capacity.

 

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

Exhibit
Number


    
3.1    The Registrant’s Certificate of Formation.
3.2    The Registrant’s Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Formation of the Registrant, changing name to Lazard Group LLC.
3.3    Operating Agreement of the Registrant, dated as of May 10, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
4.1    Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and between the Registrant and The Bank of New York, as Trustee.
4.2    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and between the Registrant and The Bank of New York, as Trustee.
4.3    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and between the Registrant, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as representatives for the Initial Purchasers.
4.4    Purchase Contract Agreement, by and among the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of Lazard Ltd and Lazard Ltd, as guarantor.*
5.1    Form of opinion of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz.
10.1    Master Separation Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and among Lazard Ltd, the Registrant, LAZ-MD Holdings LLC and LFCM Holdings LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.2    Class B-1 and Class C Members Transaction Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1 filed on December 17, 2004).
10.3    Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and among LAZ-MD Holdings LLC, Lazard Ltd and certain members of LAZ-MD Holdings LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


    
10.4    Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and among Ltd Sub A, Ltd Sub B and LFCM Holdings LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.5    Employee Benefits Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and among Lazard Ltd, the Registrant, LAZ-MD Holdings LLC and LFCM Holdings LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.6    Insurance Matters Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and between the Registrant and LFCM Holdings LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.7    License Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and among Lazard Strategic Coordination Company, LLC, Lazard Frères & Co. LLC, Lazard Frères S.A.S., Lazard & Co. Holdings Limited and LFCM Holdings LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.8    Administrative Services Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and among LAZ-MD Holdings LLC, LFCM Holdings LLC and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.9    Business Alliance Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and between the Registrant and LFCM Holdings LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.10    First Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Lazard Asset Management LLC, dated as of January 10, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on February 11, 2005).
10.11    Master Transaction and Relationship Agreement, dated as of March 26, 2003, by and among Banca Intesa S.p.A., the Registrant and Lazard & Co. S.r.l. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on February 11, 2005).
10.12    Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 26, 2003, by and among Lazard Funding LLC, the Registrant and Banca Intesa S.p.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on February 11, 2005).
10.13    $150 Million Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note due 2018, issued by Lazard Funding LLC to Banca Intesa S.p.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on February 11, 2005).
10.14    $50 Million Subordinated Non-Transferable Promissory Note due 2078, issued by Lazard & Co. S.r.l. to Banca Intesa S.p.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on February 11, 2005).
10.15    Guaranty of the Registrant to Banca Intesa S.p.A., dated as of March 26, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on February 11, 2005).
10.16    Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Lazard Strategic Coordination Company LLC, dated as of January 1, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on February 11, 2005).
10.17    Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 11, 2001, by and between Lazard Funding Limited LLC, the Registrant, and the purchasers thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on February 11, 2005).

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


    
10.18    Amendment No. 1, dated as of August 27, 2003, to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 11, 2001, by and between Lazard Funding Limited LLC, the Registrant and the purchasers thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on February 11, 2005).
10.19    Lease, dated as of January 27, 1994, by and between Rockefeller Center Properties and Lazard Frères & Co. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on February 11, 2005).
10.20    Lease with an Option to Purchase, dated as of July 11, 1990, by and between Sicomibail and Finabail and SCI du 121 Boulevard Hausmann (English translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on February 11, 2005).
10.21    Occupational Lease, dated as of August 9, 2002, Burford (Stratton) Nominee 1 Limited, Burford (Stratton) Nominee 2 Limited, Burford (Stratton) Limited, Lazard & Co., Limited and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on February 11, 2005).
10.22    Lazard Ltd’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on May 2, 2005).
10.23    Lazard Ltd’s 2005 Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on March 21, 2005).
10.24    Agreement Relating to Retention and Noncompetition and Other Covenants, dated as of May 4, 2005, by and among Lazard Ltd, the Registrant and Bruce Wasserstein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.25    Agreement Relating to Reorganization of Lazard, dated as of May 4, 2005, by and between the Registrant and Bruce Wasserstein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.26    Agreement Relating to Retention and Noncompetition and Other Covenants, dated as of May 4, 2005, by and among Lazard Ltd, the Registrant and Steven J. Golub (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.27    Agreement Relating to Retention and Noncompetition and Other Covenants, dated as of May 10, 2005, applicable to, and related Schedule I for, each of Michael J. Castellano, Scott D. Hoffman and Charles G. Ward III (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.28    Agreements relating to Retention and Noncompetition and Other Covenants (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-121407) filed on April 11, 2005).
10.29    Amended and Restated Letter Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2004, between Vernon E. Jordan, Jr. and Lazard Frères & Co. LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.30    Letter Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2005, from IXIS Corporate and Investment Bank to the Registrant and Lazard Ltd (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on March 21, 2005).

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


    
10.31    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and among Lazard Group Finance LLC, Lazard Ltd, the Registrant and IXIS Corporate and Investment Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.32    Letter Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, with Bruce Wasserstein family trusts (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.33    Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and among the Registrant, the Banks from time to time parties thereto, Citibank, N.A., The Bank of New York, New York Branch, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.34    Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and between Lazard Group Finance LLC and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.35    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and between Lazard Group Finance LLC and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.36    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and between the Lazard Group Finance LLC and The Bank of New York, as Trustee.
10.37    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and between the Registrant and The Bank of New York, as Trustee.
10.38    Purchase Contract Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and between the Registrant and The Bank of New York, as Purchase Contract Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.39    Pledge Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and among Lazard Ltd, The Bank of New York, as Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary and The Bank of New York, as Purchase Contract Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.40    Pledge Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and among Lazard Group Finance LLC, The Bank of New York, as Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
12.1    Condensed Financial Information of Registrant for the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004.
12.2    Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
21.1    List of Subsidiaries of Registrant.

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


    
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
23.2    Consent of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (included in the signature page to this Registration Statement).
25.1    Statement of Eligibility of Trustee.
99.1    Letter of Transmittal.
99.2    Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
99.3    Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Issuer Companies and Other Nominees.
99.4    Form of Letter from Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Issuer Companies and Other Nominees to their Clients.
99.5    Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9.

* To be filed by amendment.

 

Item 22. Undertakings

 

(i) (1) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes as follows: that prior to any public reoffering of the securities registered hereunder through use of a prospectus which is a part of this registration statement, by any person or party who is deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Rule 145(c), the issuer undertakes that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called for by the applicable registration form with respect to reofferings by persons who may be deemed underwriters, in addition to the information called for by the other items of the applicable form.

 

(2) The Registrant undertakes that every prospectus: (i) that is filed pursuant to paragraph (1) immediately preceding, or (ii) that purports to meet the requirements of Section 10(a)(3) of the Act and is used in connection with an offering of securities subject to Rule 415, will be filed as a part of an amendment to the registration statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(ii) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

(iii) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

 

(2) To supply by means of a posteffective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signatures

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Lazard Group LLC has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on July 21, 2005.

 

LAZARD GROUP LLC

By:  

/s/    Bruce Wasserstein


Name:   Bruce Wasserstein
Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

Power of Attorney

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Bruce Wasserstein and Scott D. Hoffman, and each of them (with full power to act alone), his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, of and supplements to this registration statement, or any related registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto any such attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, to all intents and purposes and as fully as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of their respective substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signature


  

Title


 

Date


/s/    Bruce Wasserstein        


Bruce Wasserstein

   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)   July 21, 2005

/s/    Michael J. Castellano         


Michael J. Castellano

   Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)   July 21, 2005

/s/    Robert Charles Clark         


Robert Charles Clark

   Director   July 21, 2005

/s/    Steven J. Heyer         


Steven J. Heyer

   Director   July 21, 2005

/s/    Ellis Jones         


Ellis Jones

   Director   July 21, 2005

/s/    Vernon E. Jordan, Jr.         


Vernon E. Jordan, Jr.

   Director   July 21, 2005

/s/    Anthony Orsatelli         


Anthony Orsatelli

   Director   July 21, 2005

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number


    
3.1    The Registrant’s Certificate of Formation.
3.2    The Registrant’s Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Formation of the Registrant, changing name to Lazard Group LLC.
3.3    Operating Agreement of the Registrant, dated as of May 10, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
4.1    Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and between the Registrant and The Bank of New York, as Trustee.
4.2    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and between the Registrant and The Bank of New York, as Trustee.
4.3    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and between the Registrant, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., as representatives for the Initial Purchasers.
4.4    Purchase Contract Agreement, by and among the Registrant, certain subsidiaries of Lazard Ltd and Lazard Ltd, as guarantor.*
5.1    Form of opinion of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz.
10.1    Master Separation Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and among Lazard Ltd, the Registrant, LAZ-MD Holdings LLC and LFCM Holdings LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.2    Class B-1 and Class C Members Transaction Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1 filed on December 17, 2004).
10.3    Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and among LAZ-MD Holdings LLC, Lazard Ltd and certain members of LAZ-MD Holdings LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.4    Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and among Ltd Sub A, Ltd Sub B and LFCM Holdings LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.5    Employee Benefits Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and among Lazard Ltd, the Registrant, LAZ-MD Holdings LLC and LFCM Holdings LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.6    Insurance Matters Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and between the Registrant and LFCM Holdings LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.7    License Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and among Lazard Strategic Coordination Company, LLC, Lazard Frères & Co. LLC, Lazard Frères S.A.S., Lazard & Co. Holdings Limited and LFCM Holdings LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).

 

II-7


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


    
10.8    Administrative Services Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and among LAZ-MD Holdings LLC, LFCM Holdings LLC and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.9    Business Alliance Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and between the Registrant and LFCM Holdings LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.10    First Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Lazard Asset Management LLC, dated as of January 10, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on February 11, 2005).
10.11    Master Transaction and Relationship Agreement, dated as of March 26, 2003, by and among Banca Intesa S.p.A., the Registrant and Lazard & Co. S.r.l. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on February 11, 2005).
10.12    Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 26, 2003, by and among Lazard Funding LLC, the Registrant and Banca Intesa S.p.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on February 11, 2005).
10.13    $150 Million Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note due 2018, issued by Lazard Funding LLC to Banca Intesa S.p.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on February 11, 2005).
10.14    $50 Million Subordinated Non-Transferable Promissory Note due 2078, issued by Lazard & Co. S.r.l. to Banca Intesa S.p.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on February 11, 2005).
10.15    Guaranty of the Registrant to Banca Intesa S.p.A., dated as of March 26, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on February 11, 2005).
10.16    Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Lazard Strategic Coordination Company LLC, dated as of January 1, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on February 11, 2005).
10.17    Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 11, 2001, by and between Lazard Funding Limited LLC, the Registrant, and the purchasers thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on February 11, 2005).
10.18    Amendment No. 1, dated as of August 27, 2003, to the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 11, 2001, by and between Lazard Funding Limited LLC, the Registrant and the purchasers thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on February 11, 2005).
10.19    Lease, dated as of January 27, 1994, by and between Rockefeller Center Properties and Lazard Frères & Co. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on February 11, 2005).
10.20    Lease with an Option to Purchase, dated as of July 11, 1990, by and between Sicomibail and Finabail and SCI du 121 Boulevard Hausmann (English translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on February 11, 2005).

 

II-8


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


    
10.21    Occupational Lease, dated as of August 9, 2002, Burford (Stratton) Nominee 1 Limited, Burford (Stratton) Nominee 2 Limited, Burford (Stratton) Limited, Lazard & Co., Limited and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on February 11, 2005).
10.22    Lazard Ltd’s 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on May 2, 2005).
10.23    Lazard Ltd’s 2005 Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on March 21, 2005).
10.24    Agreement Relating to Retention and Noncompetition and Other Covenants, dated as of May 4, 2005, by and among Lazard Ltd, the Registrant and Bruce Wasserstein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.25    Agreement, Relating to Reorganization of Lazard, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and between the Registrant and Bruce Wasserstein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.26    Agreement Relating to Retention and Noncompetition and Other Covenants, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and among Lazard Ltd, the Registrant and Steven J. Golub (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.27    Agreement Relating to Retention and Noncompetition and Other Covenants, dated as of May 10, 2005, applicable to, and related Schedule I for, each of Michael J. Castellano, Scott D. Hoffman and Charles G. Ward III (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.28    Agreements Relating to Retention and Noncompetition and Other Covenants (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-121407) filed on April 11, 2005).
10.29    Amended and Restated Letter Agreement, effective as of January 1, 2004, between Vernon E. Jordan, Jr. and Lazard Frères & Co. LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.30    Letter Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2005, from IXIS Corporate and Investment Bank to the Registrant and Lazard Ltd (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Lazard Ltd’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-121407) on Form S-1/A filed on March 21, 2005).
10.31    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and among Lazard Group Finance LLC, Lazard Ltd, the Registrant and IXIS Corporate and Investment Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.32    Letter Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, with Bruce Wasserstein family trusts (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.33    Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and among the Registrant, the Banks from time to time parties thereto, Citibank, N.A., The Bank of New York, New York Branch, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).

 

II-9


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


    
10.34    Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and between Lazard Group Finance LLC and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.35    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and between Lazard Group Finance LLC and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.36    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and between the Lazard Group Finance LLC and The Bank of New York, as Trustee.
10.37    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and between the Registrant and The Bank of New York, as Trustee.
10.38    Purchase Contract Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and between the Registrant and The Bank of New York, as Purchase Contract Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.39    Pledge Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and among Lazard Ltd, The Bank of New York, as Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary and The Bank of New York, as Purchase Contract Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
10.40    Pledge Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, by and among Lazard Group Finance LLC, The Bank of New York, as Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Lazard Ltd’s Quarterly Report (File No. 001-32492) on Form 10-Q filed on June 16, 2005).
12.1    Condensed Financial Information of Registrant for the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004.
12.2    Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
21.1    List of Subsidiaries of Registrant.
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
23.2    Consent of Wachtell Lipton Rosen & Katz (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (included in the signature page to this Registration Statement).
25.1    Statement of Eligibility of Trustee.
99.1    Letter of Transmittal.
99.2    Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
99.3    Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Issuer Companies and Other Nominees.
99.4    Form of Letter from Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Issuer Companies and Other Nominees to their Clients.
99.5    Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9.

* To be filed by amendment.

 

II-10

Exhibit 3.1

 

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

LAZARD LLC

 

This Certificate of Formation is being executed as of March 2, 2000, for the purpose of forming a limited liability company pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. §§ 18-101 at seq. (the “Delaware LLC Act”)

 

The undersigned, being duly authorized to execute and file this Certificate of Formation, does hereby certify as follows:

 

1. Name. The name of the limited liability company is “Lazard LLC” (the “Company”).

 

2. Registered Office and Registered Agent. The Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is located at 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware. The registered agent of the company for service of prooass at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

3. Conversion. The Company has been converted to a Delaware limited liability company pursuant to Section 18-214 of the Delaware LLC Act. The company constitutes a continuation of the existence of the converted other entity in the form of a Delaware limited liability company.

 

4. Effective Time. This Certificate shall be effective at 5:00 a.m. on March 3, 2000.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Certificate of Formation, as of the day and year first above written.

 

/s/ Scott D. Hoffman

An Authorized Person

Name: Scott D. Hoffman

 

        STATE OF DELAWARE
        SECRETARY OF STATE
        DIVISION OF CORPORATIONS
        FILED 04:00 PM 03/02/2000
        001107263 – 2037506

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

LAZARD LLC

 

THIS Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Formation of Lazard LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “LLC”), dated as of May 10, 2005, is being duly executed and filed by Scott Hoffman, as an authorized person, in accordance with the provisions of 6 Del. C. §§ 18-202 and 18-204, to amend the original Certificate of Formation of the LLC, which was filed on March 2, 2000 (the “Certificate of Formation”), to form a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act ( 6 Del. C. §§ 18-101, et seq. ).

 

1. Name . The name of the limited liability company is Lazard LLC.

 

2. Amendment . The Certificate of Formation is hereby amended by changing the name of the LLC to Lazard Group LLC.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Formation as of the date first-above written.

 

/s/ Scott D. Hoffman

Name:

 

Scott D. Hoffman

Title:

 

Authorized Person

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

 


 

LAZARD LLC

 


 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of May 10, 2005

 


 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

 

Trustee

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE ONE
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01.

  

Definitions

   1

SECTION 1.02.

  

Other Definitions

   9

SECTION 1.03.

  

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

   9

SECTION 1.04.

  

Rules of Construction

   10
ARTICLE TWO
THE SECURITIES

SECTION 2.01.

  

Issuable in Series

   10

SECTION 2.02.

  

Establishment of Terms of Series of Securities

   10

SECTION 2.03.

  

Denominations; Provisions for Payment

   13

SECTION 2.04.

  

Execution and Authentication

   14

SECTION 2.05.

  

Registrar and Paying Agent

   15

SECTION 2.06.

  

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

   15

SECTION 2.07.

  

Holder Lists

   16

SECTION 2.08.

  

Transfer and Exchange

   16

SECTION 2.09.

  

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities

   17

SECTION 2.10.

  

Outstanding Securities

   18

SECTION 2.11.

  

Treasury Securities

   18

SECTION 2.12.

  

Temporary Securities

   18

SECTION 2.13.

  

Cancellation

   19

SECTION 2.14.

  

Defaulted Interest

   19

SECTION 2.15.

  

Global Securities

   19

SECTION 2.16.

  

CUSIP Numbers

   20

SECTION 2.17.

  

Benefits of Indenture

   20
ARTICLE THREE
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

SECTION 3.01.

  

Notices to Trustee

   21

SECTION 3.02.

  

Selection of Securities to be Redeemed

   21

SECTION 3.03.

  

Notice of Redemption

   22

SECTION 3.04.

  

Effect of Notice of Redemption

   23

SECTION 3.05.

  

Deposit of Redemption Price

   23

SECTION 3.06.

  

Securities Redeemed in Part

   23

 

i


ARTICLE FOUR
COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01.

  

Payment of Securities

   23

SECTION 4.02.

  

SEC Reports

   24

SECTION 4.03.

  

Compliance Certificate

   24

SECTION 4.04.

  

Further Instruments and Acts

   24

SECTION 4.05.

  

Corporate Existence

   24

SECTION 4.06.

  

Calculation of Original Issue Discount

   25

SECTION 4.07.

  

Limitations on Liens

   25

SECTION 4.08.

  

Limitations on Dispositions of Capital Stock of Designated Subsidiaries

   25

SECTION 4.09.

  

Additional Amounts

   29
ARTICLE FIVE
SUCCESSOR COMPANIES

SECTION 5.01.

  

Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

   30

SECTION 5.02.

  

Surviving Person Substituted

   31
ARTICLE SIX
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01.

  

Events of Default

   32

SECTION 6.02.

  

Acceleration

   34

SECTION 6.03.

  

Other Remedies

   34

SECTION 6.04.

  

Waiver of Past Defaults

   35

SECTION 6.05.

  

Control by Majority

   35

SECTION 6.06.

  

Limitation on Suits

   35

SECTION 6.07.

  

Rights of Holders to Receive Payment

   36

SECTION 6.08.

  

Collection Suit by Trustee

   36

SECTION 6.09.

  

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

   36

SECTION 6.10.

  

Priorities

   36

SECTION 6.11.

  

Undertaking for Costs

   37

SECTION 6.12.

  

Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws

   37
ARTICLE SEVEN
TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01.

  

Duties of Trustee

   37

SECTION 7.02.

  

Rights of Trustee

   38

 

ii


SECTION 7.03.

  

Individual Rights of Trustee

   40

SECTION 7.04.

  

Trustee’s Disclaimer

   40

SECTION 7.05.

  

Notice of Defaults

   40

SECTION 7.06.

  

Reports by Trustee to Holder

   40

SECTION 7.07.

  

Compensation and Indemnity

   41

SECTION 7.08.

  

Replacement of Trustee

   41

SECTION 7.09.

  

Successor Trustee by Merger

   42

SECTION 7.10.

  

Eligibility; Disqualification

   42

SECTION 7.11.

  

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company

   42
ARTICLE EIGHT
LEGAL DEFEASANCE, COVENANT DEFEASANCE AND SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 8.01.

  

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

   43

SECTION 8.02.

  

Legal Defeasance and Discharge

   43

SECTION 8.03.

  

Covenant Defeasance

   43

SECTION 8.04.

  

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

   44

SECTION 8.05.

  

Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

   45

SECTION 8.06.

  

Repayment to Company

   46

SECTION 8.07.

  

Reinstatement

   46

SECTION 8.08.

  

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

   47
ARTICLE NINE
AMENDMENTS

SECTION 9.01.

  

Without Consent of Holders

   48

SECTION 9.02.

  

With Consent of Holders

   49

SECTION 9.03.

  

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

   50

SECTION 9.04.

  

Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers

   50

SECTION 9.05.

  

Notation on or Exchange of Securities

   50

SECTION 9.06.

  

Trustee to Sign Amendments

   50

SECTION 9.07.

  

Payment for Consent

   51
ARTICLE TEN
MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 10.01.

  

Trust Indenture Act Controls

   51

SECTION 10.02.

  

Notices

   51

SECTION 10.03.

  

Communication by Holders with Other Holders

   52

SECTION 10.04.

  

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

   52

 

iii


SECTION 10.05.

  

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

   52

SECTION 10.06.

  

Acts of Holders

   52

SECTION 10.07.

  

Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar

   54

SECTION 10.08.

  

Legal Holidays

   54

SECTION 10.09.

  

Governing Law

   54

SECTION 10.10.

  

No Recourse Against Others

   54

SECTION 10.11.

  

Successors

   54

SECTION 10.12.

  

Multiple Originals

   55

SECTION 10.13.

  

Table of Contents; Headings

   55

SECTION 10.14.

  

Severability

   55

SECTION 10.15.

  

Force Majeure

   55

 

iv


 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

 

Trust Indenture Act Section

   Indenture Section

310   

(a)(1)

   7.10
    

(a)(2)

   7.10
    

(a)(3)

   Not Applicable
    

(a)(4)

   Not Applicable
    

(a)(5)

   7.10
    

(b)

   7.10
    

(c)

   Not Applicable
311   

(a)

   7.11
    

(b)

   7.11
    

(c)

   Not Applicable
312   

(a)

   2.06
    

(b)

   10.03
    

(c)

   10.03
313   

(a)

   7.06
    

(b)(1)

   Not Applicable
    

(b)(2)

   7.06
    

(c)

   7.06
    

(d)

   7.06
314   

(a)

   4.02;4.03
    

(b)

   Not Applicable
    

(c)(1)

   10.04
    

(c)(2)

   10.04
    

(c)(3)

   Not Applicable
    

(d)

   Not Applicable
    

(e)

   10.05
    

(f)

   Not Applicable
315   

(a)

   7.01
    

(b)

   7.05
    

(c)

   7.01
    

(d)

   7.01
    

(e)

   6.11
316   

(a) (last sentence)

   2.10
    

(a)(1)(A)

   6.05
    

(a)(1)(B)

   6.04
    

(a)(2)

   Not Applicable
    

(b)

   6.07
    

(c)

   2.13
    

317 (a)(1)

   6.08
    

(a)(2)

   6.09
    

(b)

   2.05
    

318 (a)

   10.01
    

(b)

   Not Applicable
    

(c)

   10.01

 

* This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

 


INDENTURE dated as of May 10, 2005, between LAZARD LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a New York corporation, as trustee.

 

The Company and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the securities issued under this Indenture (the “Securities”):

 

ARTICLE ONE

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

SECTION 1.01. Definitions .

 

For all purposes under this Indenture and any supplemental indenture hereto, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“Additional Assets” means Capital Stock of an entity primarily engaged in or related to, or property used or useful in, the investment banking or asset management businesses engaged in by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the date of this Indenture and described in the Offering Memorandum dated May 4, 2005.

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), when used with respect to any Person, shall mean the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

 

“Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.

 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 

“Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company, or any authorized committee of the Board of Directors.

 

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been adopted by the Board of Directors or pursuant to authorization by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of the certificate and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

 

1


“Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any shares or other equivalents (however designated) of any class of corporate stock or partnership interests or any other participations, rights, warrants, options or other interests in the nature of an equity interest in such Person, including preferred stock (other than, solely for the purposes of Section 4.08, preferred stock that is nonparticipating, nonvoting and nonconvertible), including any debt security convertible or exchangeable into such equity interest. For the avoidance of doubt, the equity units of Lazard Asset Management LLC issued pursuant to the Lazard Asset Management LLC Limited Liability Company Agreement as described in the Offering Memorandum dated May 4, 2005 (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto) under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Key Financial Measures and Indicators - Minority Interest”, shall not constitute a class of Capital Stock of Lazard Asset Management LLC.

 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, or any successor thereto.

 

“Commodity Price Protection Agreement” means, in respect of a Person, any forward contract, commodity swap agreement, commodity option agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in commodity prices.

 

“Company” means Lazard LLC, and any and all successors thereto.

 

“Company Order” means a written order signed in the name of the Company by two Officers, one of whom must be the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer.

 

“Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be the address of the Trustee specified in Section 10.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

 

“Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement to be entered into on May 10, 2005, among the Company, the lenders referred to therein and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent, as amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms, conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any agreement governing Debt incurred to refinance, in whole or in part, the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be outstanding under such Credit Agreement or a successor Credit Agreement.

 

“Currency Exchange Protection Agreement” means, in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, currency option or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

 

“Debt” means, with respect to any Person (without duplication):

 

2


(a) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of any obligation of such Person for money borrowed, and any obligation evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable;

 

(b) all obligations of such Person as lessee under leases required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of the lessee under generally accepted accounting principles and leases of Property made as part of any sale and leaseback transaction entered into by such Person;

 

(c) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of Property, all conditional sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business);

 

(d) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction;

 

(e) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (d) of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any Guarantee;

 

(f) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) through (d) of other Persons secured by any Lien on any Property of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person); and

 

(g) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, obligations pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Exchange Protection Agreement, Commodity Price Protection Agreement or any other similar agreement or arrangement of such Person.

 

“Deconsolidating Disposition” means the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of a Designated Subsidiary by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or the issuance of Capital Stock by a Designated Subsidiary if, after giving effect thereto, the Company and its Subsidiaries own 50% or less of any series or class of the Capital Stock of such Designated Subsidiary.

 

“Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

“Definitive Security” means a certificated Security registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.08 hereof.

 

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Securities issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.15 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Securities, and any and all successors thereto appointed as

 

3


depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

 

“Designated Subsidiary” means Lazard Frères & Co. LLC, Lazard Asset Management LLC, Lazard & Co., Limited and Lazard Frères SAS and each of their respective successors.

 

“Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition” means the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock by a Designated Subsidiary by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or the issuance of Capital Stock by a Designated Subsidiary if, after giving effect thereto, the Company and its Subsidiaries own less than 65% of each series or class of the Capital Stock of such Designated Subsidiary but greater than 50% of each series or class of the Capital Stock of such Designated Subsidiary.

 

“Disposition Amount” means the amount of cash and the fair market value of any other consideration received in a Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition or Deconsolidating Disposition, in each case net of:

 

(1) brokerage commissions and other fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of legal counsel, accountants and investment banks) attributable to the portion of the Capital Stock constituting such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition or Deconsolidating Disposition,

 

(2) provisions for taxes payable as a result of such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition or Deconsolidating Disposition attributable to the portion of the Capital Stock constituting such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition or Deconsolidating Disposition (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), and

 

(3) the amount of any payments that the Company estimates in good faith will be required to be made in respect of contingent liabilities directly attributable to such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition or Deconsolidating Disposition and retained by the Company or any Subsidiary after such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition or Deconsolidating Disposition, provided that any amount remaining after adjustments, revaluations or liquidations of such contingent liabilities shall constitute a Disposition Amount,

 

provided , however , that if immediately prior to giving effect to such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition or Deconsolidating Disposition, the Company and its Subsidiaries own in excess of 65% of the class or series of Capital Stock that is the subject of such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition or Deconsolidating Disposition, the “Disposition Amount” shall be limited to the portion of the amount of cash and the fair market value of any other consideration attributable to the Capital Stock sold, otherwise disposed of or issued that corresponds to the difference between 65% and the percentage of such class or series of Capital Stock owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries after giving effect to such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition. Accordingly, if immediately prior to giving effect to a Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition, the Company and its Subsidiaries own

 

4


75% of the class or series of Capital Stock that is the subject of such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition and after giving effect to such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition, the Company and its Subsidiaries own 60% of such class or series of Capital Stock, the Disposition Amount shall equal one-third of the amount of cash and the fair market value of any other consideration received in such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition, in each case reduced by the one-third of the amounts referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above.

 

“Dollar” means a dollar or other equivalent unit in such coin or currency of the United States as at the time shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debt.

 

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System, or any successor thereto.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Fitch” means Fitch Ratings or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

“Foreign Currency” means any currency or currency unit issued by a government other than the government of The United States of America.

 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as determined by the Public Company Accounting Principles Oversight Board.

 

“Global Security” when used with respect to any Series of Securities issued hereunder, means a Security which is executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary’s instruction, all in accordance with this Indenture and an indenture supplemental hereto, if any, or Board Resolution and pursuant to a Company Order, which shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and which shall represent, and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of, all the outstanding Securities of such Series or any portion thereof, in either case having the same terms, including, without limitation, the same original issue date, date or dates on which principal is due, and interest rate or method of determining interest and which shall bear the legend as prescribed by Section 2.15(c).

 

“Global Security Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.15(c), which is required to be placed on all Global Securities issued under this Indenture.

 

“Guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Debt. The term “Guarantor” shall mean any Person Guaranteeing any obligation.

 

5


“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Security is registered on the Registrar’s books.

 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Interest Payment Date” when used with respect to any Series of Securities, means the date specified in such Securities for the payment of any installment of interest on those Securities.

 

“Interest Rate Agreement” means, for any Person, any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement designed to protect against fluctuations in interest rates.

 

“Investment Grade” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s, BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch.

 

“Lien” means, with respect to any Property of any Person, any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, security interest, lien, charge, encumbrance, preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect to such Property (including any capital lease obligation, conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing or any sale and leaseback transaction).

 

“Maturity,” when used with respect to any Security or installment of principal thereof, means the date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption, notice of option to elect repayment or otherwise.

 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

“Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.

 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Section 10.04 and 10.05 hereof.

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel, that meets the requirements of Section 10.04 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee.

 

6


“Original Issue Discount Security” means any Security that provides for an amount less than the stated principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.02.

 

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to the Depository Trust Company, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

 

“Permitted Liens” means:

 

(a) Liens on the Capital Stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company; provided that any such Lien may not extend to any other Property of the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a direct Subsidiary of such Person; provided further that any such Lien was not incurred in anticipation of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Subsidiary of the Company,

 

(b) Liens on the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Company to secure any refinancing, in whole or in part, of any Debt secured by Liens referred to in clause (a) above; provided that any such Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same Capital Stock that secured the original Lien and the aggregate principal amount of Debt that is secured by such Lien shall not be increased to an amount greater than the sum of:

 

(1) the outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, the committed amount, of the Debt secured by Liens described under clause (a) above at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and

 

(2) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums and defeasance costs, incurred in connection with such refinancing, and

 

(c) Liens securing Debt of any Subsidiary of the Company owing to the Company.

 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

“Property” means, with respect to any Person, any interest of such Person in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible, including Capital Stock in, and other securities of, any other Person.

 

“Responsible Officer” with respect to the Trustee, means any Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Assistant Treasurer or any other officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters and who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by such Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of

 

7


such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for administration of this Indenture.

 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Securities” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture.

 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Series” or “Series of Securities” means each series of debentures, notes or other debt instruments of the Company created pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 2.02 hereof.

 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

 

“Stated Maturity,” when used with respect to any Security, means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which an amount equal to the principal amount of such Security is due and payable.

 

“Subsidiary” of any Person means any corporation, limited liability company, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of snares of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person, (ii) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (iii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) and the rules and regulations thereunder as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, except as provided in Section 9.03.

 

“Trustee” means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

 

“U.S. Government Obligations” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option.

 

“U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

 

8


“Voting Stock” of any Person means all classes of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof.

 

SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions.

 

Term


   Defined in Section

“Additional Amounts”

   4.09

“Covenant Defeasance”

   8.03

“Event of Default”

   6.01

“Legal Defeasance”

   8.02

“Legal Holiday”

   10.08

“Offer Amount”

   4.08

“Offered Period”

   4.08

“Offered Price”

   4.08

“Pari Passu Debt Price”

   4.08

“Paying Agent”

   2.05

“Payment Amount”

   4.08

“Purchase Date”

   4.08

“Registrar”

   2.05

“Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”

   4.09

“Service Agent”

   2.05

“Stock Disposition Offer”

   4.08

“Surviving Person”

   5.01

“Taxes”

   4.09

 

SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA, which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

 

“indenture securities” means the Securities;

 

“indenture security Holder” means a Holder of a Security;

 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and

 

“obligor” on the Securities means the Company and any successor obligor upon the Securities.

 

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by the TIA’s reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

 

SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

9


(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(3) “or” is not exclusive;

 

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

(5) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

 

(6) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.

 

ARTICLE TWO

 

THE SECURITIES

 

SECTION 2.01. Issuable in Series. The aggregate principal amount of Securities that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Securities may be issued in one or more Series. All Securities of a Series shall be identical except as may be set forth in a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture or an Officers’ Certificate detailing the adoption of the terms thereof pursuant to the authority granted under a Board Resolution. In the case of Securities of a Series to be issued from time to time, the Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or Officers’ Certificate may provide for the method by which specified terms (such as interest rate, maturity date, record date or date from which interest shall accrue) are to be determined. Securities may differ between Series in respect of any matters.

 

SECTION 2.02. Establishment of Terms of Series of Securities. At or prior to the issuance of any Securities within a Series, the following shall be established (as to the Series generally, in the case of Subsection 2.02(a) and either as to such Securities within the Series or as to the Series generally in the case of Subsections 2.02(b) through 2.02(w)) by a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture or an Officers’ Certificate pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution:

 

(a) the title of the Securities of the Series (which shall distinguish the Securities of that particular Series from the Securities of any other Series);

 

(b) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of the Series which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the Series);

 

10


(c) the date or dates on which the principal and premium of the Securities of the Series are payable;

 

(d) the rate or rates (which may be fixed or variable) at which the Securities of the Series shall bear interest, if any, or the method of determining such rate or rates, the date or dates from which such interest, if any, shall accrue, the Interest Payment Dates on which such interest, if any, shall be payable or the method by which such dates will be determined, the record dates for the determination of Holders thereof to whom such interest is payable (in the case of Securities in registered form), and the basis upon which such interest will be calculated if other than that of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months;

 

(e) the currency or currencies, including composite currencies in which Securities of the Series shall be denominated, if other than Dollars, the place or places, if any, in addition to or instead of the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee (in the case of Securities in registered form) or the principal New York office of the Trustee (in the case of Securities in bearer form), where the principal, premium and interest with respect to Securities of such Series shall be payable or the method of such payment, if by wire transfer, mail or other means;

 

(f) the price or prices at which, the period or periods within which, and the terms and conditions upon which, Securities of the Series may be redeemed, in whole or in part at the option of the Company or otherwise;

 

(g) the form of the Securities of the Series and whether Securities of the Series are to be issued in registered form or bearer form or both and, if Securities are to be issued in bearer form, whether coupons will be attached to them, whether Securities of the Series in bearer form may be exchanged for Securities of the Series issued in registered form, and the circumstances under which and the places at which any such exchanges, if permitted, may be made;

 

 

(h) if any Securities of the Series are to be issued in bearer form or as one or more Global Securities representing individual Securities of the Series in bearer form, whether certain provisions for the payment of additional interest or tax redemptions shall apply; whether interest with respect to any portion of a temporary Security of the Series in bearer form payable with respect to any Interest Payment Date prior to the exchange of such temporary Security in bearer form for definitive Securities of the Series in bearer form shall be paid to any clearing organization with respect to the portion of such temporary Security in bearer form held for its account and, in such event, the terms and conditions (including any certification requirements) upon which any such interest payment received by a clearing organization will be credited to the Persons entitled to interest payable on such Interest Payment Date; and the terms upon which a temporary Security in bearer form may be exchanged for one or more definitive Securities of the Series in bearer form;

 

(i) the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem, purchase or repay the Securities of the Series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof and the price or prices at which, the period or periods within

 

11


which, and the terms and conditions upon which, Securities of the Series shall be redeemed, purchased or repaid, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligations;

 

(j) the terms, if any, upon which the Securities of the Series may be convertible into or exchanged for any of the Company’s common stock, preferred stock or other equity interests, other debt securities or warrants for common stock, preferred stock or other securities of any kind, and the terms and conditions upon which such conversion or exchange shall be effected, including the initial conversion or exchange price or rate, the conversion or exchange period and any other additional provisions;

 

(k) if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the denominations in which the Securities of the Series shall be issuable;

 

(l) if the amount of principal, premium or interest with respect to the Securities of the Series may be determined with reference to an index or pursuant to a formula, the manner in which such amounts will be determined;

 

(m) if the principal amount payable at the Stated Maturity of Securities of the Series will not be determinable as of any one or more dates prior to such Stated Maturity, the amount that will be deemed to be such principal amount as of any such date for any purpose, including the principal amount thereof which will be due and payable upon any Maturity other than the Stated Maturity and which will be deemed to be outstanding as of any such date (or, in any such case, the manner in which such deemed principal amount is to be determined), and if necessary, the manner of determining the equivalent thereof in Dollars;

 

(n) the applicability of or any changes or additions to the defeasance and discharge provisions of Article Eight;

 

(o) if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of the Securities of the Series that shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.02;

 

(p) the terms, if any, of the transfer, mortgage, pledge or assignment as security for the Securities of the Series of any properties, assets, moneys, proceeds, securities or other collateral, including whether certain provisions of the TIA are applicable and any corresponding changes to provisions of this Indenture as then in effect;

 

(q) any addition to or change in the Events of Default which applies to any Securities of the Series and any change in the right of the Trustee or the requisite Holders of such Series of Securities to declare the principal amount of, premium, if any, and interest on such Series of Securities due and payable pursuant to Section 6.02;

 

(r) if the Securities of the Series shall be issued in whole or in part in the form of a Global Security, the terms and conditions, if any, upon which such Global Security may be exchanged in whole or in part for other individual Definitive Securities of such Series, the Depositary for such Global Security and the form of any legend or legends

 

12


to be borne by any such Global Security in addition to or in lieu of the Global Securities Legend;

 

(s) any Trustee, authenticating agent, Paying Agent, transfer agent, Service Agent or Registrar;

 

(t) the applicability of, and any addition to or change in, the covenants (and the related definitions) set forth in Articles Four or Five which applies to Securities of the Series;

 

(u) with regard to Securities of the Series that do not bear interest, the dates for certain required reports to the Trustee;

 

(v) the terms applicable to Original Issue Discount Securities, including the rate or rates at which original issue discount will accrue;

 

(w) any other terms of Securities of the Series (which terms shall not be prohibited by the provisions of this Indenture).

 

All Securities of any one Series need not be issued at the same time and may be issued from time to time, consistent with the terms of this Indenture, if so provided by or pursuant to the Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or Officers’ Certificate referred to above, and the authorized principal amount of any Series may not be increased to provide for issuances of additional Securities of such Series, unless otherwise provided in such Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or Officers’ Certificate.

 

SECTION 2.03. Denominations; Provisions for Payment. The Securities shall be issuable, except as otherwise provided with respect to any series of Securities pursuant to Section 2.02, as registered Securities in the denominations of one thousand Dollars ($1,000) or any integral multiple thereof, subject to Sections 2.02(e) and 2.02(k). The Securities of any Series shall bear interest payable on the dates and at the rate specified with respect to that Series. Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 2.02 with respect to Securities of any Series, the principal of and the interest on the Securities of any Series, as well as any premium thereon in case of redemption thereof prior to maturity, shall be payable in Dollars. Such payment shall be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York. Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 2.02, interest on the Securities shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months.

 

The interest installment on any Security that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for Securities of that Series shall be paid to the Person in whose name said Security (or one or more predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest installment.

 

Unless otherwise set forth in a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture or an Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of any Series of Securities pursuant to Section 2.02 hereof, the term “regular record date” as used in this Section with respect to

 

13


Securities of any Series with respect to any Interest Payment Date for such Series shall mean (i) either the fifteenth day of the month immediately preceding the month in which an Interest Payment Date established for such series pursuant to Section 2.02 hereof shall occur, if such Interest Payment Date is the first day of a month or (ii) the first day of the month in which an Interest Payment Date established for such Series pursuant to Section 2.02 hereof shall occur, if such Interest Payment Date is the fifteenth day of a month, whether or not such date is a Business Day.

 

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security of a Series delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security of such Series shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Security.

 

SECTION 2.04. Execution and Authentication. One or more Officers shall sign the Securities for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that office at the time the Security is authenticated, the Security shall nevertheless be valid. A Security shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security has been authenticated under this Indenture. The Securities may contain such notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage.

 

The Trustee shall at any time, and from time to time, authenticate Securities for original issue in the principal amount provided in the Board Resolution, supplemental indenture hereto or Officers’ Certificate, upon receipt by the Trustee of a Company Order. Such Company Order may authorize authentication and delivery pursuant to oral or electronic instructions from the Company or its duly authorized agent or agents, which oral instructions shall be promptly confirmed in writing. Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication unless otherwise provided by a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an Officers’ Certificate.

 

The aggregate principal amount of Securities of any Series outstanding at any time may not exceed any limit upon the maximum principal amount for such Series set forth in the Board Resolution, supplemental indenture hereto or Officers’ Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.02, except as provided in Section 2.09.

 

Prior to the issuance of Securities of any Series, the Trustee shall have received and (subject to Section 7.02) shall be fully protected in relying on: (a) the Board Resolution, supplemental indenture hereto or Officers’ Certificate establishing the form of the Securities of that Series or of Securities within that Series and the terms of the Securities of that Series or of Securities within that Series, (b) an Officers’ Certificate complying with Section 10.04 and 10.05, and (c) an Opinion of Counsel complying with Section 10.04 and 10.05.

 

The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Securities of such Series: (a) if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken; or (b) if the Trustee in good faith by its board of directors

 

14


or trustees, executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or vice-presidents shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to Holders of any then outstanding Series of Securities.

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Securities. An authenticating agent may authenticate Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

 

SECTION 2.05. Registrar and Paying Agent. So long as Securities of any Series remaining outstanding, the Company agrees to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York (or any other place or places specified with respect to such Series pursuant to Section 2.02), where Securities of such Series may be presented or surrendered for payment (“ Paying Agent ”), where Securities of such Series may be presented for registration of transfer or exchange (“ Registrar ”) and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of such Series and this Indenture may be served (“ Service Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register with respect to each Series of Securities and to their transfer and exchange. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the name and address, and any change in the name or address, of each office or agency, Registrar, Paying Agent or Service Agent. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency, Registrar, Paying Agent or Service Agent or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the name and address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more co-registrars, additional paying agents or additional service agents and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligations to maintain a Registrar, Paying Agent and Service Agent in each place so specified pursuant to Section 2.02 for Securities of any Series for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the name or address of any such co-registrar, additional paying agent or additional service agent. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar; the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent; and the term “Service Agent” includes any additional service agent.

 

The Company hereby appoints the Trustee as the initial Registrar, Paying Agent and Service Agent for each Series unless another Registrar, Paying Agent or Service Agent, as the case may be, is appointed prior to the time Securities of that Series are first issued.

 

SECTION 2.06. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. The Company shall require each Paying Agent, other than the Trustee, to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust, for the benefit of Holders of any Series of Securities, or the

 

15


Trustee, all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest on the Series of Securities, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, (i) the agreement to hold sums in trust as provided in this Section 2.06 is subject to the provisions of Section 8.06, and (ii) the Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or direct any paying agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same terms and conditions as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall be released from all further liability with respect to the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of Holders of any Series of Securities all money held by it as Paying Agent.

 

SECTION 2.07. Holder Lists . (a) The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders of each Series of Securities and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least ten days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list, in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of Holders of each Series of Securities.

 

(b) The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 2.07(a) upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

 

SECTION 2.08. Transfer and Exchange. When Securities of a Series are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer or to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Securities of the same Series, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange if its requirements for such transactions are met. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Trustee shall authenticate Securities at the Registrar’s request. No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein), but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 2.12, 3.06 or 9.05).

 

Neither the Company nor the Registrar shall be required (a) to issue, register the transfer of, or exchange Securities of any Series during the period beginning at the opening of business fifteen days immediately preceding the mailing of a notice of redemption of Securities of that Series selected for redemption and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (b) to register the transfer or exchange of Securities of any Series selected, called or being called for redemption as a whole or the portion being redeemed of any such Securities selected, called or being called for redemption in part.

 

16


All Securities presented or surrendered for exchange or registration of transfer, as provided in this Section, shall be accompanied (if so required by the Company or the Registrar) by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company or the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder or by such Holder’s duly authorized attorney in writing.

 

The provisions of this Section 2.08 are, with respect to any Global Security, subject to Section 2.15 hereof.

 

SECTION 2.09. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities. If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of the same Series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its request the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of the same Series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Security) if the applicant for such payment shall furnish to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, and, in case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Security and of the ownership thereof.

 

Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section 2.09, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

 

Every new Security of any Series issued pursuant to this Section 2.09 in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of that Series duly issued hereunder.

 

The provisions of this Section 2.09 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) any and all other rights and remedies, notwithstanding any law or statute

 

17


existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary, with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities, negotiable instruments or other securities.

 

SECTION 2.10. Outstanding Securities. The Securities outstanding at any time are all the Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest on a Global Security effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof and those described in this Section 2.10 as not outstanding.

 

If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.09, it ceases to be outstanding until the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Security is held by a bona fide purchaser.

 

If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary of the Company or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds on the Maturity of Securities of a Series money sufficient to pay such Securities payable on that date, then on and after that date such Securities of the Series cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

 

A Security does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate holds the Security.

 

In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, the principal amount of an Original issue Discount Security that shall be deemed to be outstanding for such purposes shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of such determination upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.02.

 

SECTION 2.11. Treasury Securities. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities of a Series have concurred in any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, Securities of a Series owned by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver only Securities of a Series that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Securities outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

 

SECTION 2.12. Temporary Securities. Until Definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Securities upon a Company Order. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Securities but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee upon request shall authenticate Definitive Securities of the same Series and date of maturity in exchange for temporary Securities. Until so exchanged, temporary Securities shall have the same rights under this Indenture as the Definitive Securities.

 

18


SECTION 2.13. Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee shall cancel all Securities surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such canceled Securities according to its normal operating procedures (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act) and deliver a certificate of such disposition to the Company. The Company may not issue new Securities to replace Securities that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

SECTION 2.14. Defaulted Interest. If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on a Series of Securities, it shall pay the defaulted interest, plus, to the extent permitted by law, any interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the persons who are Holders of the Series on a subsequent special record date. The Company shall fix the record date and payment date. At least 30 days before the record date, the Company shall mail to the Trustee and to each Holder of the Series a notice that states the record date, the payment date and the amount of interest to be paid. The Company may pay defaulted interest in any other lawful manner.

 

SECTION 2.15. Global Securities.

 

(a) Terms of Securities. A Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an Officers’ Certificate shall establish whether the Securities of a Series shall be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities and the Depositary for such Global Security or Securities.

 

(b) Transfer and Exchange. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in Section 2.08 of the Indenture and in addition thereto, any Global Security shall be exchangeable pursuant to Section 2.08 of the Indenture for Securities registered in the names of Holders other than the Depositary for such Security or its nominee only if (i) such Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Security or if at any time such Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and, in either case, the Company fails to appoint a successor Depositary within 90 days of such event, (ii) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that such Global Security shall be so exchangeable or (iii) an Event of Default with respect to the Securities represented by such Global Security shall have occurred and be continuing. Any Global Security that is exchangeable pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be exchangeable for Securities registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct in writing in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Security with like tenor and terms.

 

Except as provided in this Section 2.15(b), a Global Security may only be transferred in whole but not in part (i) by the Depositary with respect to such Global Security to a nominee of such Depositary, (ii) by a nominee of such Depositary to such Depositary or another nominee of such Depositary or (iii) by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such a successor Depositary.

 

19


(c) Legend. Any Global Security issued hereunder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS SECURITY IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS SECURITY) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (A) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.04 OF THE INDENTURE, (B) THIS SECURITY MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.15(B) OF THE INDENTURE, (C) THIS SECURITY MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.13 OF THE INDENTURE AND (D) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 2.15(B) OF THE INDENTURE, THIS SECURITY MAY BE TRANSFERRED, IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART, ONLY (X) BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, (Y) BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR (Z) BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR TO A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.”

 

(d) Payments. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Indenture, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.02, payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on any Global Security shall be made to the Holder thereof.

 

(e) Consents, Declaration and Directions. Except as provided in Section 2.15(d), the Company, the Trustee and any Agent shall treat a person as the Holder of such principal amount of outstanding Securities of such Series represented by a Global Security as shall be specified in a written statement of the Depositary with respect to such Global Security, for purposes of obtaining any consents, declarations, waivers or directions required to be given by the Holders pursuant to this Indenture.

 

SECTION 2.16. CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing the Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that neither the Company nor the Trustee shall have any responsibility for any defect in the “CUSIP” number that appears on any Security, check, advice of payment or redemption notice, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other elements of identification printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in CUSIP numbers.

 

SECTION 2.17. Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give or be construed to give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and the holders of the Securities, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Indenture, or under any covenant, condition or provision

 

20


herein contained; all such covenants, conditions and provisions being for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and of the Holders of the Securities.

 

ARTICLE THREE

 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 

SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee. The Company may, with respect to any Series of Securities, reserve the right to redeem and pay the Series of Securities or may covenant to redeem and pay the Series of Securities or any part thereof prior to the Stated Maturity thereof at such time and on such terms as provided for in such Series of Securities. If a Series of Securities is redeemable and the Company wants or is obligated to redeem prior to the Stated Maturity thereof all or part of the Series of Securities pursuant to the terms of such Securities, it shall notify the Trustee of the redemption date and the principal amount of Securities of the Series to be redeemed and the redemption price. The Company shall give such notice to the Trustee at least 30 but no more that 60 days before the redemption date (or such shorter notice as may be acceptable to the Trustee).

 

SECTION 3.02. Selection of Securities to be Redeemed. Unless otherwise indicated for a particular Series of Securities by a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture or an Officers’ Certificate, if less than all of the Securities are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed or purchased as follows:

 

(1) if the Securities are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Securities are listed; or

 

(2) if the Securities are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate.

 

Unless otherwise indicated for a particular Series of Securities by a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture or an Officers’ Certificate, no Securities of $1,000 of principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Securities called for redemption also apply to portions of Securities called for redemption. The Trustee shall make the selection at least 25 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date from outstanding Securities of a Series not previously called for redemption.

 

If any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Security shall state the portion of the principal amount of that Security to be redeemed. A new Security in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Security presented for redemption will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Security. Securities called for redemption become irrevocably due on the date fixed for redemption at the applicable redemption price, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. On and after the redemption date,

 

21


unless the Company defaults in making the applicable redemption payment, interest ceases to accrue or accrete on Securities or portions of them called for redemption.

 

SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption. Unless otherwise provided for a particular Series of Securities by a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture or an Officers’ Certificate, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Securities are to be redeemed at its registered address.

 

The notice shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and shall state:

 

(1) the redemption date;

 

(2) the redemption price or the appropriate calculation of the redemption price, which in each case will include interest accrued and unpaid to the date fixed for redemption;

 

(3) if any Security is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Security to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Security, a new Security or Securities in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Security;

 

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(5) that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

 

(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

 

(7) the paragraph of the Securities and/or provision of this Indenture or any supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Securities called for redemption are being redeemed; and

 

(8) the CUSIP number, if any, printed on the Securities being redeemed; and

 

(9) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Securities.

 

At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided , however , that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as required by this Section 3.03.

 

22


SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Securities called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional.

 

Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.

 

SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. Prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all Securities to be redeemed on that date, other than Securities or portions of Securities called for redemption that have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall as promptly as practicable return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all Securities to be redeemed. If such money is then held by the Company in trust and is not required for such purpose it shall be discharged from such trust.

 

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Securities or the portions of Securities called for redemption. If a Security is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Security was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and, to the extent lawful, on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Securities.

 

SECTION 3.06. Securities Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and, upon the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Company’s expense) a new Security equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.

 

ARTICLE FOUR

 

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Securities. The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders of each Series of Securities that it will duly and punctually make all payments in respect of each Series of Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in such Series of Securities and this Indenture. Such payments shall be considered made on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds, in

 

23


accordance with this Indenture, money sufficient to make all payments with respect to such Securities then due.

 

SECTION 4.02. SEC Reports. Unless otherwise indicated in a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an Officers’ Certificate, notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, so long as any Securities are outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee and the Holders copies of such annual reports and such information, documents and other reports as are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act and applicable to a U.S. corporation (and not a foreign private issuer) subject to such Sections, at the times specified for the filing of such information, documents and reports under such Sections. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of the covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). The Company also shall comply with the other provisions of TIA § 314(a).

 

In addition, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Company shall file a copy of all such information and reports with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. The Company shall at all times comply with TIA § 314(a).

 

Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

 

SECTION 4.03. Compliance Certificate. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company an Officers’ Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Company they would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default that occurred during such period. If they do, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or propose to take with respect thereto. The Company also shall comply with TIA § 314(a)(4).

 

SECTION 4.04. Further Instruments and Acts. The Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 4.05. Corporate Existence. Subject to Article Five hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect:

 

24


(1) its limited liability company, corporate, partnership or other existence in accordance with its organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) and

 

(2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Securities.

 

SECTION 4.06. Calculation of Original Issue Discount. The Company shall file with the Trustee promptly at the end of each calendar year (i) a written notice specifying the amount of original issue discount (including daily rates and accrual periods) accrued on outstanding Securities as of the end of such year and (ii) such other specific information relating to such original issue discount as may then be relevant under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

SECTION 4.07. Limitations on Liens. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Significant Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur or suffer to exist, any Lien, which is referred to herein as an “Initial Lien”, other than Permitted Liens, securing Debt upon any Capital Stock of any Significant Subsidiary of the Company that is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case whether owned at the date of this Indenture or thereafter acquired, or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom unless it has made or will make effective provision whereby the Securities of each Series will be secured by such Lien equally and ratably with (or prior to) all other Debt of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company secured by such Lien. Any Lien created for the benefit of Holders of the Securities pursuant to the preceding sentence shall provide by its terms that such Lien will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon release and discharge of the Initial Lien.

 

SECTION 4.08. Limitations on Dispositions of Capital Stock of Designated Subsidiaries. (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary of the Company to, directly or indirectly, consummate any Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition unless the Company or such Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition at least equal to the fair market value of the Capital Stock included in such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition as determined by the Board of Directors (acting in good faith).

 

If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company engages in a Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company may apply, at its option, no later than six months following the consummation thereof (or, if later, six months after the execution of any agreement with respect to such application, which agreement is signed within six months of the date of such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition) an amount equal to the Disposition Amount to:

 

25


(1) redeem or repay any Debt which was secured by the Capital Stock sold or otherwise transferred in such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition,

 

(2) permanently reduce the amount of the loan commitments under the Credit Agreement, or

 

(3) reinvest in Additional Assets.

 

The amount of the Disposition Amount not applied or invested as provided in this paragraph will constitute the “Excess Disposition Amount.”

 

When the aggregate Excess Disposition Amount equals or exceeds $25.0 million, the Company will be required to make an offer to purchase for cash each Series of the Securities from all Holders and, if applicable, redeem or repay (or make an offer to do so) any other Debt of the Company that is pari passu in payment in right of the notes, which is referred to as the “Pari Passu Debt,” and the provisions of which require the Company to redeem or repay such Debt with the proceeds from or as a result of any Designated Subsidiary Stock Dispositions (or offer to do so), in an aggregate principal amount of Securities and such Pari Passu Debt equal to the Excess Disposition Amount as follows:

 

(1) the Company will (a) make an offer to purchase for cash (a “ Stock Disposition Offer ”) the Securities to all Holders in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture, and (b) redeem (or make an offer to do so) any such other Pari Passu Debt, pro rata in proportion to the respective principal amounts of the notes and such other Pari Passu Debt required to be redeemed, the maximum principal amount of notes and Pari Passu Debt that may be redeemed out of the amount (the “ Payment Amount ”) of such Excess Disposition Amount,

 

(2) the offer price for the Securities will be payable in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Securities tendered pursuant to a Stock Disposition Offer, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date such Stock Disposition Offer is consummated (the “ Offered Price ”), in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Indenture and the redemption price for such Pari Passu Debt (the “ Pari Passu Debt Price ”) shall be as set forth in the related documentation governing such Debt,

 

(3) if the aggregate Offered Price of Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn by Holders thereof exceeds the pro rata portion of the Payment Amount allocable to the Securities, Securities to be purchased will be selected on a pro rata basis, and

 

(4) upon completion of such Stock Disposition Offer in accordance with the foregoing provisions, the Excess Disposition Amount with respect to which such Stock Disposition Offer was made shall be reset to zero.

 

To the extent that the sum of the aggregate Offered Price of Securities tendered pursuant to a Stock Disposition Offer and the aggregate Pari Passu Debt Price

 

26


paid to the holders of such Pari Passu Debt is less than the Payment Amount relating thereto, the Company may use such excess amount for general corporate purposes, subject to the provisions of this Indenture.

 

(b) The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary of the Company to, directly or indirectly, consummate any Deconsolidating Disposition unless:

 

(1) the Company or such Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Deconsolidating Disposition at least equal to the fair market value of the Capital Stock as determined by the Board of Directors (acting in good faith) included in such Deconsolidating Disposition, and

 

(2) if, immediately after giving effect to such Deconsolidating Disposition and the application of the proceeds therefrom, none of the ratings assigned to the senior unsecured debt securities of the Company by Moody’s, Fitch and S&P are Investment Grade, then no later than 30 Business Days following the consummation of such Deconsolidating Disposition or, if later, 30 Business Days following the related ratings action, the Company applies an amount equal to the Disposition Amount to:

 

(A) redeem or repay any Debt which was secured by the Capital Stock sold or otherwise transferred in such Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition,

 

(B) permanently reduce the amount of the loan commitments under the Credit Agreement, or

 

(C) conduct a Stock Disposition Offer in accordance with the terms of the indenture described below.

 

(c) In the event of the transfer of substantially all (but not all) of the assets of the Company as an entirety to a person in a transaction covered by and effected in accordance with Article Five, the Surviving Person shall be deemed to have sold for cash at fair market value the Capital Stock of the Designated Subsidiaries not so transferred for purposes of this covenant, and shall comply with the provisions of this Section 4.08 with respect to such deemed sale as if it were Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition or Deconsolidating Disposition (with such fair market value being deemed to be the Disposition Amount for such purpose).

 

(d) (1) Within five Business Days after the Company is obligated to make a Stock Disposition Offer as described in the preceding paragraph, the Company shall send a written notice, by first-class mail, to the Holders of each Series of Securities, accompanied by such information regarding the Company and its Subsidiaries as the Company in good faith believes will enable such Holders to make an informed decision with respect to such Stock Disposition Offer. Such notice shall state, among other things, the purchase price and the purchase date (the “ Purchase Date ”), which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, a Business Day no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed.

 

27


(2) Not later than the date upon which written notice of a Stock Disposition Offer is delivered to the Trustee as provided above, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate as to (i) the amount of the Stock Disposition Offer( the “ Offer Amount ”), (ii) the allocation of the Excess Disposition Amount from the Designated Subsidiary Stock Disposition pursuant to which such Stock Disposition Offer is being made and (iii) the compliance of such allocation with the provisions of this Section 4.08. On or before the Purchase Date, the Company shall also irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) in Dollars an amount equal to the Offer Amount to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.08. Upon the expiration of the period for which the Stock Disposition Offer remains open (the “ Offer Period ”), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancelation the Securities or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Company. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall, on the Purchase Date, mail or deliver payment to each tendering Holder in the amount of the purchase price. In the event that the aggregate purchase price of the Securities delivered by the Company to the Trustee is less than the Offer Amount, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall deliver the excess to the Company immediately after the expiration of the Offer Period for application in accordance with this Section.

 

(3) Holders electing to have a Security purchased shall be required to surrender the Security, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company or its agent at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the Purchase Date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Company receives not later than one Business Day prior to the Purchase Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Security that was delivered for purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Security purchased. If at the expiration of the Offer Period the aggregate principal amount of Securities surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Securities to be purchased on pro rata basis for all Securities, (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Securities in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased). Holders whose Securities are purchased only in part shall be issued new Securities equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Securities surrendered.

 

(4) At the time the Company delivers Securities to the Trustee that are to be accepted for purchase, the Company shall also deliver an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Securities are to be accepted by the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.08. A Security shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the Trustee or the Paying Agent mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering Holder.

 

The Company will comply with applicable tender offer rules, including the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable laws and

 

28


regulations in connection with the purchase of Securities pursuant to a Stock Disposition Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.08, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.08 by virtue of this compliance.

 

SECTION 4.09. Additional Amounts. if, following any transactions permitted by Section 5.01, the Surviving Person is organized other than under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, all payments made by the Surviving Person under or with respect to the Securities shall be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto) (hereinafter “ Taxes ”) imposed or levied by or on behalf of the government of the Surviving Person’s country of incorporation or any political subdivision or any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax, or within any other jurisdiction in which the Surviving Person is organized or is otherwise resident for tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made (each a “ Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction ”), unless the Surviving Person is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof.

 

If the Surviving Person is so required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes imposed by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction from any payment made under or with respect to the Securities, the Surviving Person shall pay such additional amounts (“ Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by the Holders (including Additional Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount the Holders would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided , however , that the foregoing obligation to pay Additional Amounts does not apply to (1) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between the relevant Holder (or between a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of, or possessor of power over the relevant Holder, if the relevant Holder is an estate, nominee, trust or corporation) and the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (other than the mere receipt of such payment or the ownership or holding outside of the Surviving Person’s country of incorporation of such Security); or (2) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, excise, transfer, personal property tax or similar tax, assessment or governmental charge; nor shall the Surviving Person be required to pay Additional Amounts (a) if the payment could have been made without such deduction or withholding if the beneficiary of the payment had presented the Security for payment within 30 days after the date on which such payment or such Security became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for, whichever is later (except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Security been presented on the last day of such 30 day period), or (b) with respect to any payment of principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest on such Security to any Holder who is a fiduciary or partnership or any person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment, to the extent that a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, a member of such a partnership or the beneficial owner of such payment would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner been the actual Holder of such Security.

 

29


Upon request, the Surviving Person shall provide the Trustee with official receipts or other documentation satisfactory to the Trustee evidencing the payment of the Taxes with respect to which Additional Amounts are paid.

 

Whenever in this Indenture, a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an Officers’ Certificate, or in any Security there is mentioned, in any context: (1) the payment of principal; (2) purchase prices in connection with a purchase of Securities; (3) interest; or (4) any other amount payable on or with respect to any of the Securities, such reference shall be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts provided for in this Section 4.09 to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

The obligations described under this Section 4.09 shall survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and shall apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Company or any Surviving Person is organized or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.

 

ARTICLE FIVE

 

SUCCESSOR COMPANIES

 

SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets. Unless otherwise provided for a particular Series of Securities by a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture or an Officers’ Certificate, the Company shall not merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or into any other Person (other than a merger of a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company into the Company) or sell, transfer, assign, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its Property in one transaction or series of related transactions unless:

 

(a) the Company shall be the surviving Person (the “ Surviving Person ”) or the Surviving Person (if other than the Company) formed by such merger, consolidation or amalgamation or to which such sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or disposition is made shall be a corporation or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof, the District of Columbia, Australia, Bermuda, Canada, Japan, Sweden, the United Kingdom or any country that is a member of the European Monetary Union and was a member of the European Monetary Union on January 1, 2004;

 

(b) the Surviving Person (if other than the Company) expressly assumes, by supplemental indenture in form satisfactory to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee by such Surviving Person, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, all the Securities of all Series outstanding, according to their tenor, and the due and punctual performance and

 

30


observance of all the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Company;

 

(c) in the case of a sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all the Property of the Company, such Property shall have been transferred as an entirety or virtually as an entirety to one Person and/or such Person’s Subsidiaries;

 

(d) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of related transactions, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(e) the Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such transaction and the supplemental indenture, if any, in respect thereto comply with this Section 5.01 and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with; and

 

(f) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such transaction or series of transactions and will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such transaction or series of transactions had not occurred.

 

For the purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all the Property of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which Property, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all the Property of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all the Property of the Company.

 

SECTION 5.02. Surviving Person Substituted . (a) In case of any such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition and upon the assumption by the successor entity, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all of the Securities of all series outstanding and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture or established with respect to each series of the Securities pursuant to Section 2.02 to be performed by the Company with respect to each series, such successor entity shall succeed to and be substituted for and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if it had been named as the Company herein, and thereupon the predecessor entity shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities.

 

(b) In case of any such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition such changes in phraseology

 

31


and form (but not in substance) may be made in the Securities thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.

 

(c) Nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Securities shall prevent the Company from merging into itself or acquiring by purchase or otherwise all or any part of the Property of any other Person (whether or not affiliated with the Company).

 

ARTICLE SIX

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. Unless otherwise indicated for a particular Series of Securities by a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto, or an Officers’ Certificate, each of the following constitutes an “Event of Default” with respect to each Series of Securities:

 

(1) default in the payment of the principal or redemption price with respect to any Security of such Series when such amount becomes due and payable;

 

(2) default in the payment of interest (including additional interest, if any,) when due on the Securities of such Series within 30 days of when such amount becomes due and payable;

 

(3) the Company fails to comply with any of its covenants or agreements in the Securities of such Series or this Indenture (other than a failure that is subject to the foregoing clauses (1) or (2)) and such failure continues for 60 days after the notice specified below;

 

(4) Debt of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company is not paid within any applicable grace period after final maturity or is accelerated by the holders thereof because of a default and the total amount of such Debt unpaid or accelerated exceeds $25.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent at the time without such Debt having been discharged or acceleration having been rescinded or annulled within 10 days after receipt by the Company of notice of the default by the Trustee or Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such Series then outstanding;

 

(5) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(A) commences a voluntary case;

 

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

 

(C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its Property; or

 

32


(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency;

 

(6) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(A) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company in an involuntary case;

 

(B) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company or for any substantial part of its Property; or

 

(C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company;

 

or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or

 

(7) any judgment or judgments for the payment of money (to the extent not insured by a reputable and creditworthy issuer that has not contested coverage with respect to the underlying claim) in an aggregate amount in excess of $25.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent at the time is entered against the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company and that shall not be waived, satisfied or discharged for any period of 60 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement shall not be in effect.

 

The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

 

The term “Custodian” means, for the purposes of this Article Six, any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

A Default under clause (3) is not an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities notify the Company of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “Notice of Default.”

 

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any Event of Default and any event which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time would become an Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

33


SECTION 6.02. Acceleration . (a) If an Event of Default with respect to any Series of Securities at the time outstanding (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(5) or (6) with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities of that Series by notice to the Company in writing (and to the Trustee, if given by Holders of such Securities of such Series), may declare the principal amount of (or, in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities of that Series, the portion thereby specified in the terms of such Security), premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Securities of that Series to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such amounts shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(5) or (6) with respect to the Company occurs, the principal amount of (or, in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities of that Series, the portion thereby specified in the terms of such Security), premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Securities of each Series of Security shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

 

(b) At any time after the principal of the Securities of any Series of Securities shall have been so declared due and payable (or have become immediately due and payable), and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities of that Series then outstanding hereunder, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, and waive such Event of Default, if: (i) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest upon all the Securities of that Series and the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any and all Securities of that Series that shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest upon such principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent that such payment is enforceable under applicable law, upon overdue installments of interest, at the rate per annum expressed in the Securities of that Series to the date of such payment or deposit) and the amount payable to the Trustee under Section 7.07, and (ii) any and all Events of Default under the Indenture with respect to such Series of Securities, other than the nonpayment of principal (or, in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities of that Series, the portion thereby specified in the terms of such Security) on Securities of that Series that shall not have become due by their terms, shall have been remedied or waived as provided in Section 6.04. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

 

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default with respect to any Series of Securities occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of the principal amount of (or, in the case of Original issue Discount Securities of that Series, the portion thereby specified in the terms of such Security), premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on the Securities of that Series or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities of that Series or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may institute and maintain a suit or legal proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Securities of a Series or does not produce any of them in the

 

34


proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default with respect to any Series of Securities shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative.

 

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities of any Series by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default and its consequences except (i) a Default in the payment of the principal amount of (or, in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities of that Series, the portion thereby specified in the terms of such Security), premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on a Security of that Series, or (ii) a Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder of that Series affected. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right.

 

SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of any Series may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to that Series. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder of that Series or that would subject the Trustee to personal liability; provided , however , that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnity satisfactory to it against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

 

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of the principal amount of (or, in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities, the portion thereby specified in the terms of such Security), premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on a Security of any Series when due, no Holder of a Security of that Series may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Securities of that Series unless:

 

(i) the Holder previously gave the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default with respect to that Series is continuing;

 

(ii) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities of that Series make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(iii) such Holder or Holders of that Series offer to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to it to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(iv) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 

35


(v) the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities of that Series do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request during such 60-day period.

 

A Holder of Securities of any Series may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of that Series or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of that Series (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).

 

SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of the principal amount of (or, in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities, the portion thereby specified in the terms of such Security), premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on the Securities held by such Holder, on or after their Maturity, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after their Maturity, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.07.

 

SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, its creditors or its Property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.

 

SECTION 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or Property pursuant to this Article Six with respect to any Series of Securities, it shall pay out the money or Property in the following order:

 

FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;

 

SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Securities of that Series for the principal amount of (or, in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities of that Series, the portion thereby specified in the terms of such Security), premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable

 

36


on the Securities of that Series for the principal amount of (or, in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities of that Series, the portion thereby specified in the terms of such Security), premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, respectively; and

 

THIRD: to the Company.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder and the Company a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

 

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing, by any party litigant in the suit, of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Securities of any Series.

 

SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Company (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim to take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

ARTICLE SEVEN

 

TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to any Series of Securities, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise thereof as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.

 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default with respect to any Series of Securities:

 

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture with respect to the Securities of that Series, as modified or supplemented by a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an

 

37


Officers’ Certificate and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may, with respect to Securities of that Series, conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own grossly negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;

 

(2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

 

(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.

 

(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.

 

(f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(g) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

(h) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA.

 

SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

38


(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

 

(c) The Trustee may act through agents or attorneys and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

 

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided , however , that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its choice, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Securities, shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

(f) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

 

(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Securities of any Series unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references such Securities and this Indenture.

 

(h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

(i) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by the Trustee in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(j) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or

 

39


attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

(k) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

 

(l) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

(m) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

 

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

 

SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Securities, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Securities, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture, in the Securities, or in any document executed in connection with the sale of the Securities, other than those set forth in the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.

 

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default with respect to Securities of any Series occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder of that Series notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. The Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.

 

SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holder. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Board Resolution, supplemental indenture hereto or Officers’ Certificate, as promptly as practicable after each April 15 beginning with April 15, 2006, for so long as Securities remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with § 313(a) of the TIA. The Trustee shall also comply with § 313(b) of the TIA.

 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Securities are listed. The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee in writing whenever the Securities become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

 

40


SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its services as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Company shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by or in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder. The Trustee shall notify the Company of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided , however , that any failure so to notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its indemnity obligations hereunder. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by an indemnified party through such party’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

 

To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities on all money or Property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or Property held in trust to pay the principal of and interest and any additional payments on particular Securities.

 

The Company’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(5) or (6) with respect to the Company, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law.

 

SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Securities of any Series by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities of any Series may remove the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee with respect to such Series of Securities. The Company shall remove the Trustee if:

 

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its Property; or

 

(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities of any Series and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 

41


A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders of that Series of Securities. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all Property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Securities of that Series may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder of that Series of Securities may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Securities so authenticated; and if at that time any of the Securities shall not have been authenticated, any such successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Securities or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

 

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA § 310(a). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA §310(b)(1) are met.

 

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA

 

42


§ 311 (b). A Trustee who has resigned or has been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311 (a) to the extent indicated.

 

ARTICLE EIGHT

 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE, COVENANT DEFEASANCE AND SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

SECTION 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The Company may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Securities of any Series upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article Eight.

 

SECTION 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Securities of that Series on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Debt represented by the outstanding Securities, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Securities and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

 

(a) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Securities of that Series under Article Two;

 

(b) the Company’s agreements set forth in Section 5.01 and 5.02;

 

(c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith under Article Two and Article Seven (including, but not limited to, the rights of the Trustee and the duties of the Company under Section 7.07, which shall survive despite the satisfaction in full of all obligations hereunder); and

 

(d) this Article Eight.

 

Subject to compliance with this Article Eight, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

SECTION 8.03. Covenant Defeasance . Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 with respect to any

 

43


Series of Securities, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Section 4.07 and Section 4.08 of this Indenture (if applicable to such Series of Securities) and any covenants made applicable to the Series of Securities which are subject to defeasance under the terms of a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture hereto or an Officers’ Certificate with respect to the outstanding Securities of that Series on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Securities of that Series shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Securities shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Securities of that Series, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof with respect to any Series of Securities, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Section 6.01(3) hereof (solely with respect to the covenants described in Sections 4.02, 4.07 and 4.08) shall not constitute an Event of Default with respect to such Securities.

 

SECTION 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Securities:

 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to any Series of Securities:

 

(1) the Company must irrevocably deposit in trust with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof for the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities of such Series to the Stated Maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

 

(2) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized firm of independent registered public accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal and interest when due on all the Securities of such Series to the Stated Maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

 

44


(3) 123 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 123 day period no Default specified in Section 6.01(5) or (6) with respect to the Company occurs that is continuing at the end of the period;

 

(4) no Default or Event of Default with respect to that Series of Securities shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default with respect to that Series of Securities resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit);

 

(5) such deposit does not constitute a default under any other agreement binding on the Company;

 

(6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not require registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

 

(7) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of such Series of Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred;

 

(8) in the case of the Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of such Series of Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred; and

 

(9) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Securities as contemplated by this Article Eight have been complied with.

 

SECTION 8.05. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and noncallable U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Securities of the Series shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Securities of all sums due and to become due thereon in

 

45


respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or noncallable U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Securities of that Series.

 

Anything in this Article Eight to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or noncallable U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(2) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

SECTION 8.06. Repayment to Company. Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Security and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or, if then held by the Company, shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

 

SECTION 8.07. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any Dollars or noncallable U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided , however , that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Security following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

46


SECTION 8.08. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. If at any time: (a) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee for cancellation all Securities of a Series theretofore authenticated (other than any Securities that shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.09 and Securities for whose payment money and/or U.S. Government Obligations have theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereupon repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 8.06); or (b) all such Securities of a particular Series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable, or are by their terms to become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption, and the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of that Series of Securities, cash in United States Dollars, noncallable U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay at maturity or upon redemption all Securities of that Series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal of, premium, if any, and interest due or to become due to such date of maturity or date fixed for redemption, as the case may be, and if the Company shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder with respect to such Series by the Company, and shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to such Series have been complied with, then this Indenture shall thereupon cease to be of further effect with respect to such Series except for:

 

(i) (a) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Securities of that Series under Article Two;

 

(b) the Company’s agreements set forth in Section 5.01 and 5.02;

 

(c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith (including, but not limited to, the rights of the Trustee and the duties of the Company under Section 7.07, which shall survive despite the satisfaction in full of all obligations hereunder); and

 

(d) this Article Eight,

 

each of which shall survive until the Securities of such Series have been paid in full (thereafter, the Company’s obligations in Section 7.07 only shall survive) and (ii) this Article Eight.

 

Upon the Company’s exercise of this Section 8.08, the Trustee, on demand of the Company and at the cost and expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture with respect to such Series of Securities.

 

47


ARTICLE NINE

 

AMENDMENTS

 

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders. The Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities without the consent of any Holder:

 

(1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company pursuant to Article Five and the assumption by such successor of the Company’s covenants, agreements and obligations in this Indenture and in the Securities;

 

(2) to provide for the issuance of additional Securities in accordance with the limitations set forth herein;

 

(3) to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company by this Indenture, to add to the covenants of the Company such further covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions for the protection of the Holders of all or any Series of Securities as the Board of Directors of the Company shall consider to be for the protection of the Holders of such Securities, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of a default in respect of any such additional covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions a Default or an Event of Default under this Indenture; provided , however , that with respect to any such additional covenant, restriction, condition or provision, such amendment may provide for a period of grace after default, which may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other Defaults, may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such Default, may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such Default or may limit the right of Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of any Series to waive such default;

 

(4) to cure any ambiguity or correct or supplement any provision contained in this Indenture, in any supplemental indenture or in any Securities that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained therein;

 

(5) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any Property to or with the Trustee, or to make such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Indenture as shall not adversely affect the interests of any Holders of Securities of any Series;

 

(6) to modify or amend this Indenture in such a manner as to permit the qualification of this Indenture or any supplemental indenture hereto under the TIA as then in effect;

 

(7) to add or to change any of the provisions of this Indenture to provide that Securities in bearer form may be registrable as to principal, to change or eliminate any restrictions on the payment of principal or premium with respect to Securities in registered form or of principal, premium or interest with respect to Securities in bearer form, or to permit Securities in registered form to be exchanged

 

48


for Securities in bearer form, so as to not adversely affect the interests of the Holders or any coupons of any Series in any material respect or permit or facilitate the issuance of Securities of any Series in uncertificated form;

 

(8) to secure the Securities;

 

(9) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;

 

(10) to add to, change, or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture with respect to one or more Series of Securities, so long as any such addition, change or elimination not otherwise permitted under this Indenture shall (A) neither apply to any Security of any Series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture and entitled to the benefit of such provision nor modify the rights of the Holders of any such Security with respect to the benefit of such provision or (B) become effective only when there is no such Security outstanding;

 

(11) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor or separate Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more Series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of this Indenture by more than one Trustee; or

 

(12) to establish the form or terms of Securities and coupons of any Series pursuant to Article Two.

 

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders. The Company and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Securities of any Series without notice to any Holder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities of each Series then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities) affected by such amendment. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment may not:

 

(1) reduce the principal amount of Securities whose Holders must consent to an amendment, modification, supplement or waiver;

 

(2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Security;

 

(3) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Security;

 

(4) reduce the amount payable upon the redemption of any Security or add redemption provisions to any Security;

 

(5) make any Security payable in money other than that stated in this Indenture or the Security; or

 

49


(6) make any change in Section 4.09, 6.04 or 6.07 hereof or in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to all affected Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all such Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section.

 

SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Securities shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

 

SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Security shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Security or portion of the Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Security, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Security. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Security or portion of the Security if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective once both (i) the requisite number of consents have been received by the Company or the Trustee and (ii) such amendment or waiver has been executed by the Company and the Trustee.

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date.

 

SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Securities. If an amendment changes the terms of a Security, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Security to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Security regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Security shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Security that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Security shall not affect the validity of such amendment.

 

SECTION 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article Nine if the amendment does not adversely

 

50


affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and to receive, and (subject to Section 7.02) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

 

SECTION 9.07. Payment for Consent. Neither the Company nor any Affiliate of the Company shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Securities unless such consideration is offered to be paid to all Holders, ratably, that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

ARTICLE TEN

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 10.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the required provision shall control.

 

SECTION 10.02. Notices. Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:

 

If to the Company:

 

Lazard LLC

30 Rockefeller Plaza

New York, NY 10020

 

If to the Trustee:

 

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay Street – 8W

New York, NY 10286

Attn: Corporate Trust Administration

Telecopy: (212) 815-5707

 

The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

 

51


Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

SECTION 10.03. Communication by Holders with Other Holders. Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

 

SECTION 10.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

 

SECTION 10.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

(1) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

 

SECTION 10.06. Acts of Holders. (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action

 

52


embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

 

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to such officer the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than such signer’s individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of such signer’s authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

 

(c) The ownership of bearer securities may be proved by the production of such bearer securities or by a certificate executed by any trust company, bank, banker or other depositary, wherever situated, if such certificate shall be deemed by the Trustee to be satisfactory, showing that at the date therein mentioned such Person had on deposit with such depositary, or exhibited to it, the bearer securities therein described; or such facts may be proved by the certificate or affidavit of the Person holding such bearer securities, if such certificate or affidavit is deemed by the Trustee to be satisfactory. The Trustee and the Company may assume that such ownership of any bearer security continues until (i) another such certificate or affidavit bearing a later date issued in respect of the same bearer security is produced, (ii) such bearer security is produced to the Trustee by some other Person, (iii) such bearer security is surrendered in exchange for a registered security or (iv) such bearer security is no longer outstanding. The ownership of bearer securities may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

 

(d) The ownership of registered securities shall be proved by the register maintained by the Registrar.

 

(e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.

 

(f) If the Company shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Company may, at its option, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of

 

53


record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of outstanding Securities have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the outstanding Securities shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date.

 

(g) The Depositary, as a Holder, may appoint agents and otherwise authorize Participants to give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action which a Holder is entitled to give or take under the Indenture.

 

SECTION 10.07. Rules by Trustee, Paving Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Holders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

 

SECTION 10.08. Legal Holidays. A “ Legal Holiday ” is a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York State are authorized or required by law to close. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

 

SECTION 10.09. Governing Law. THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

SECTION 10.10. No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, employee or shareholder, as such, of any Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Security, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability. This waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issuance of the Securities.

 

SECTION 10.11. Successors. All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

54


SECTION 10.12. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy of the Indenture is enough to prove this Indenture.

 

SECTION 10.13. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

SECTION 10.14. Severability. If any provision in this Indenture is deemed unenforceable, it shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision set forth herein, or of the Indenture as a whole.

 

SECTION 10.15. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

55


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

LAZARD LLC,

By:  

/s/ Scott D. Hoffman

   

Name: Scott D. Hoffman

   

Title: Authorized Person

 


THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Julie Salovitch-Miller

   

Name: Julie Salovitch-Miller

   

Title: Vice President

 

 

Exhibit 4.2

 

 


 

LAZARD LLC

 


 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of May 10, 2005

 


 

to the

 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of May 10, 2005

 

between

 

LAZARD LLC

 

and

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

 

as Trustee

 



 

Table of Contents

 

         Page

ARTICLE I
Definitions
ARTICLE II
Designation and Terms of the Securities

SECTION 2.01.

 

Title and Aggregate Principal Amount

   5

SECTION 2.02.

 

Execution

   5

SECTION 2.03.

 

Other Terms and Form of the 7.125% Senior Notes

   5

SECTION 2.04.

 

Further Issues

   5

SECTION 2.05.

 

Interest and Principal

   5

SECTION 2.06.

 

Place of Payment

   6

SECTION 2.07.

 

Global Notes

   6

SECTION 2.08.

 

Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable

   7

SECTION 2.09.

 

Depositary; Registrar

   7

SECTION 2.10.

 

Optional Redemption

   7

SECTION 2.11.

 

Redemption at the Option of Holder; Sinking Fund

   8
ARTICLE III
Covenants

SECTION 3.01.

 

Rule 144A Information; SEC Reports

   8
ARTICLE IV
Transfer and Exchange

SECTION 4.01.

 

Transfers of Restricted Global Notes and IAI Global Notes

   9

SECTION 4.02.

 

Transfers of Regulation S Global Notes

   9

SECTION 4.03.

 

Exchanges of Global Note for Non Global Note

   10

SECTION 4.04.

 

Interests in Regulation S Global Note to be Held Through Euroclear or Clearstream

   10

SECTION 4.05.

 

Legends

   11

SECTION 4.06.

 

Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes

   13

 

ARTICLE V
Defeasance

 

i


SECTION 5.01.

 

Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

   14
ARTICLE VI
Miscellaneous

SECTION 6.01.

 

Ratification of Original Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Original Indenture

   14

SECTION 6.02.

 

Concerning the Trustee

   14

SECTION 6.03.

 

Counterparts

   14

SECTION 6.04.

 

GOVERNING LAW

   14

 

Exhibit A

  

Form of Note

 

ii


FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of May 10, 2005 (this “ First Supplemental Indenture ”), to the Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005 (the “ Original Indenture ”), between LAZARD LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered the Original Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of Securities (as defined in the Original Indenture) of the Company, to be issued in one or more Series;

 

WHEREAS, Sections 2.02 and 9.01 of the Original Indenture provide, among other things, that the Company and the Trustee may enter into indentures supplemental to the Original Indenture for, among other things, the purpose of establishing the designation, form, terms and conditions of Securities of any Series permitted by Sections 2.01 and 9.01 of the Original Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Company (i) desires the issuance of a Series of Securities to be designated as hereinafter provided and (ii) has requested the Trustee to enter into this First Supplemental Indenture for the purpose of establishing the designation, form, terms and conditions of the Securities of such Series;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the creation of (1) an issue of its 7.125% Senior Notes Due 2015 (the “ Original 7.125% Senior Notes ”), (2) pursuant to the Exchange Offer (as herein defined), its 7.125% Senior Notes Due 2015 to be issued in exchange for the Original 7.125% Senior Notes (the “ Exchange Notes ”) and (3) its 7.125% Senior Notes Due 2015 to be issued in a private exchange for the Original 7.125% Senior Notes (the “ Private Exchange Notes ” and collectively with the Original 7.125% Senior Notes and the Exchange Notes, the “ 7.125% Senior Notes ,” which expression includes any further notes issued pursuant to Section 2.04 hereof and forming a single series therewith) of substantially the tenor and amount hereinafter set forth. The Original 7.125% Senior Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Private Exchange Notes shall rank pari passu; and

 

WHEREAS, all action on the part of the Company necessary to authorize the issuance of the 7.125% Senior Notes under the Original Indenture and this First Supplemental Indenture (the Original Indenture, as supplemented by this First Supplemental Indenture, being hereinafter called the “ Indenture ”) has been duly taken.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

 

That, in order to establish the designation, form, terms and conditions of, and to authorize the authentication and delivery of, the 7.125% Senior Notes, and in consideration of the acceptance of the 7.125% Senior Notes by the Holders thereof and of

 


other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions

 

(a) Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Original Indenture.

 

(b) The rules of interpretation set forth in the Original Indenture shall be applied hereto as if set forth in full herein.

 

(c) For all purposes of this First Supplemental Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings (such meanings shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the respective terms):

 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

 

“Closing Date” means the day on which the Closing Date for the Original 7.125% Senior Notes occurs pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

 

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the U.S. Treasury security selected by the Trustee as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the 7.125% Senior Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the 7.125% Senior Notes.

 

“Comparable Treasury Price” means (1) the average of five Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date, after excluding the highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Trustee obtains fewer than five such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

 

“Definitive Note” means a 7.125% Senior Note in definitive registered form without coupons.

 

“DTC Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 4.05(c), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes, for which DTC is acting as the Depositary.

 

“Exchange Notes” means the 7.125% Senior Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

 

“Exchange Offer” means the Exchange Offer as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

2


“Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 4.05(b), which is required to be place on all Global Notes.

 

“Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes, the IAI Global Notes, the Regulation S Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.15 of the Original Indenture and Section 2.07 hereof.

 

“Initial Purchasers” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

 

“Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited advisor” as that term is defined in Rule 50l(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

 

“Lead Managers” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

 

“Original 7.125% Senior Notes” means all 7.125% Senior Notes, other than Exchange Notes and the Private Exchange Notes.

 

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear or Clearstream) as indirect participants.

 

“Private Exchange” means the offer by the Company, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, to issue and deliver to the Initial Purchasers, in exchange for the Original 7.125% Senior Notes held by such Initial Purchasers as part of their initial distribution, a like aggregate principal amount of Private Exchange Notes.

 

“Private Exchange Notes” means the 7.125% Senior Notes issued in connection with a Private Exchange pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 4.05(a) hereof.

 

“Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2005, between the Company and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., BNY Capital Markets, Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Lazard Frères & Co. LLC, as the initial purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

“QIB” means any “qualified institutional buyer,” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each

 

3


case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Trustee at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such Redemption Date.

 

“Reference Treasury Dealers” means (a) Citigroup Global Markets Inc., (b) J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and (c) one or more of BNY Capital Markets, Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Lazard Fréres & Co. LLC that the Company appoints to act as a Reference Treasury Dealer from time to time, in each case and their respective successors; provided , however , that if any of the foregoing ceases to be a primary dealer of U.S. government securities in New York City, the Company shall substitute another primary dealer of U.S. government securities.

 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, between the Company and the Initial Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

“Shelf Registration Statement” means a registration statement issued by the Company in connection with the offer and sale of Original 7.125% Senior Notes or Private Exchange Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any Redemption Date: (a) the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H.15 (519)” or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue (if no maturity is within three months before or after the remaining life (as defined below), yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue will be determined and the Treasury Rate will be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month); or (b) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date. The Treasury Rate will be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the date fixed as a Redemption Date.

 

Other Definitions

 

Term


   Defined in Section

“7.125% Senior Notes”

   2.01

“DTC”

   2.09

 

4


Term


   Defined in Section

“IAI Global Note”

   2.07

“Interest Payment Date”

   2.05

“Record Date”

   2.05

“Redemption Price”

   2.10

“Regulation S Global Note”

   2.07

“Resale Restriction Termination Date”

   4.01

“Restricted Global Note”

   2.07

“Restricted Notes”

   2.07

“Unrestricted Global Notes”

   2.07

“Unrestricted Notes”

   2.07

 

ARTICLE II

 

Designation and Terms of the Securities

 

SECTION 2.01. Title and Aggregate Principal Amount . There is hereby created one Series of Securities designated: 7.125% Senior Notes Due 2015 (the “ 7.125% Senior Notes ”).

 

SECTION 2.02. Execution . The 7.125% Senior Notes may forthwith be executed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee for authentication and delivery by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.04 of the Original Indenture.

 

SECTION 2.03. Other Terms and Form of the 7.125% Senior Notes . The 7.125% Senior Notes shall have and be subject to such other terms as provided in the Original Indenture and this First Supplemental Indenture and shall be evidenced by one or more Global Notes in the form of Exhibit A hereof and as set forth in Section 2.07 hereof.

 

SECTION 2.04. Further Issues . The Company may from time to time, without the consent of the Holders of the 7.125% Senior Notes and in accordance with the Original Indenture and this First Supplemental Indenture, create and issue further notes having the same terms and conditions as the 7.125% Senior Notes in all respects (or in all respects except for the first payment of interest) so as to form a single series with the 7.125% Senior Notes.

 

SECTION 2.05. Interest and Principal . The 7.125% Senior Notes will mature on May 15, 2015 and will bear interest at the rate of 7.125% per annum. The Company will pay interest on the 7.125% Senior Notes on each May 15 and November 15 (each an “ Interest Payment Date ”), beginning on November 15, 2005, to the holders of record on the immediately preceding May 1 or November 1 (each a “ Record Date ”), respectively. Interest on the 7.125% Senior Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance. Payments of the principal of and interest on the 7.125% Senior Notes shall be made in Dollars, and the 7.125% Senior Notes shall be denominated in Dollars.

 

5


SECTION 2.06. Place of Payment . The place of payment where the 7.125% Senior Notes issued in the form of Definitive Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where the principal of and interest and any other payments due on the 7.125% Senior Notes issued in the form of Definitive Notes are payable, where the 7.125% Senior Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to and upon the Company in respect of the 7.125% Senior Notes and the Indenture may be served shall be in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and the office or agency maintained by the Company for such purpose shall initially be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. All payments on 7.125% Senior Notes issued in the form of Global Notes shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Depositary and, at the option of the Company, payment of interest on the 7.125% Senior Notes issued in the form of Definitive Notes may be made by check mailed to registered Holders.

 

SECTION 2.07. Global Notes .

 

(a) Regulation S and Unrestricted Global Notes . Original 7.125% Senior Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance on Regulation S shall be initially issued in the form of one or more Global Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons with such applicable legends as are provided for in Section 4.05, except as otherwise permitted herein. Such Global Notes shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and deposited with the Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office, as custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in the Original Indenture, for credit to the respective accounts at the Depositary of the depositories for Euroclear or for Clearstream. Until such time as the Restricted Period (as defined below) shall have terminated, such Global Notes shall be referred to herein collectively as the “ Regulation S Global Note .” After such time as the Restricted Period shall have terminated, such Global Notes shall be referred to herein collectively as the “ Unrestricted Global Notes. ” The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note or the Unrestricted Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Restricted Global Note or the IAI Global Note, as provided herein. As used herein, the term “ Restricted Period ” means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the first day after the later of (i) the day that the Lead Managers advise the Company and the Trustee is the day on which the 7.125% Senior Notes are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S and (ii) the Closing Date. The Regulation S Global Note, the Unrestricted Global Note and all other 7.125% Senior Notes that are not Restricted Notes or IAI Global Notes shall collectively be referred to herein as the “Unrestricted Notes.”

 

(b) Restricted Notes. Original 7.125% Senior Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued in the form of one or more Global Notes (collectively, the “ Restricted Global Note ”) in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons with such applicable legends as are provided for in Section 4.05, except as otherwise permitted herein. Such Restricted Global Note shall

 

6


be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and deposited with the Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office, as custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in the Original Indenture. The aggregate principal amount of the Restricted Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note or the Unrestricted Global Note or the IAI Global Note, as provided herein. The Restricted Global Note and all other 7.125% Senior Notes evidencing the debt, or any portion of the debt, initially evidenced by such Note, other than (x) 7.125% Senior Notes transferred or exchanged upon certification as provided in Sections 4.01 or 4.02, (y) Exchange Notes and (z) 7.125% Senior Notes no longer required to bear the Private Placement Legend as provided in Section 4.05, shall collectively be referred to herein as the “ Restricted Notes.

 

(c) IAI Global Notes. Original 7.125% Senior Notes transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor following the initial distribution of the Original 7.125% Senior Notes shall be issued in the form of one or more Global Notes (collectively, the “ IAI Global Note ”) in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons with such applicable legends as are provided for in Section 3.05, except as otherwise permitted herein. Such IAI Global Note shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and deposited with the Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office, as custodian for the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in the Original Indenture. The aggregate principal amount of the IAI Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Restricted Global Note or the Regulation S Global Note or Unrestricted Global Note, as provided herein.

 

SECTION 2.08. Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System,” the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and the “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream, in each case, as in effect from time to time, shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes sold in reliance on Regulation S and that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

 

SECTION 2.09. Depositary; Registrar. The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and the paying agent and designates the Trustee’s New York office as the office or agency referred to in Section 2.05(b) of the Original Indenture.

 

SECTION 2.10. Optional Redemption. The Company at its option may, at any time, redeem the 7.125% Senior Notes, in whole or in part, upon payment of a redemption price equal to (A) the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the 7.125% Senior Notes to be redeemed on the Redemption Date; or (ii) the sum of the

 

7


present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the 7.125% Senior Notes being redeemed on that Redemption Date (not including any portion of any payment of interest accrued to the Redemption Date) discounted to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis at the Treasury Rate, plus 50 basis points, as determined by the Reference Treasury Dealer, plus (B) in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the 7.125% Senior Notes to the Redemption Date (the “ Redemption Price ”‘). Notwithstanding the foregoing, installments of interest on 7.125% Senior Notes that are due and payable on Interest Payment Dates falling on or prior to a Redemption Date will be payable on the Interest Payment Date to the Holders as of the close of business on the relevant Record Date. The Redemption Price shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The actual Redemption Price, calculated as described above, must be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee no later than two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date.

 

SECTION 2.11. Redemption at the Option of Holder; Sinking Fund. The 7.125% Senior Notes shall not be redeemable at the option of any Holder thereof, upon the occurrence of any particular circumstances or otherwise. The 7.125% Senior Notes will not have the benefit of any sinking fund.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Covenants

 

SECTION 3.01. Rule 144A Information: SEC Reports . The Company will furnish to Holders of the 7.125% Senior Notes and to prospective investors, upon request, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as the 7.125% Senior Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act.

 

The Company will not be obligated to (i) file the information, documents and reports specified in Section 4.02 of the Original Indenture with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filings or (ii) prior to the earlier of (a) 105 days after the date of the issuance of the 7.125% Senior Notes under this Supplemental Indenture and (b) the consummation of the exchange offer described in the registration rights agreement dated as of May 10, 2005, between the Company and the initial purchasers named therein, file with the SEC and provide the Trustee and Holders of the 7.125% Senior Notes with the information, documents and reports specified in Section 4.02 of the Original Indenture if Lazard Ltd files with the SEC and provides the Trustee and Holders of the 7.125% Senior Notes with such information, documents and reports at the times specified for the filing of such information, documents and reports under such Sections.

 

8


ARTICLE IV

 

Transfer and Exchange

 

SECTION 4.01. Transfers of Restricted Global Notes and IAI Global Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of Restricted Global Notes or IAI Global Notes prior to the date which is two years after the later of the date of its original issue and the last date on which the Company or any Affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Global Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “ Resale Restriction Termination Date ”):

 

(A) a transfer of a Restricted Global Note or IAI Global Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee, in the form of an assignment on the reverse of the certificate, that it is purchasing the 7.125% Senior Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as such transferee has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A;

 

(B) a transfer of a Restricted Global Note or an IAI Global Note or a beneficial interest therein to an Institutional Accredited Investor shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Annex 1 to Exhibit A from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them; and

 

(C) a transfer of a Restricted Global Note or an IAI Global Note or a beneficial interest therein to a non-United States Person shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Annex 2 to Exhibit A from the proposed transferor and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them.

 

SECTION 4.02. Transfers of Regulation S Global Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Regulation S Global Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period:

 

9


(A) a transfer of a Regulation S Global Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee, in the form of assignment on the reverse of the certificate, that it is purchasing the 7.125% Senior Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as such transferee has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A;

 

(B) a transfer of a Regulation S Global Note or a beneficial interest therein to an Institutional Accredited Investor shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Annex 1 to Exhibit A from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them; and

 

(C) a transfer of a Regulation S Global Note or a beneficial interest therein to a non-United States Person shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Annex 2 to Exhibit A hereof from the proposed transferor and, if requested by the Company or the Trustee, receipt by the Trustee or its agent of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them.

 

After the expiration of the Restricted Period, interests in a Regulation S Security may be transferred without requiring certification set forth in Annex 1 to Exhibit A, Annex 2 to Exhibit A or any additional certification.

 

SECTION 4.03. Exchanges of Global Note for Non Global Note. In the event that a Global Note or any portion thereof is exchanged for 7.125% Senior Notes other than Global Notes pursuant to Section 2.11 of the Original Indenture, such other Notes may in turn be exchanged (on transfer or otherwise) for 7.125% Senior Notes that are not Global Notes or for beneficial interests in a Global Note (if any is then Outstanding) only in accordance with such procedures, which shall be substantially consistent with the provisions of Sections 4.01, 4.02 and 4.04 of this First Supplemental Indenture (including the certification requirements intended to insure that transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in a Global Note comply with Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Regulation S, as the case may be) and any Applicable Procedures, as may be from time to time adopted by the Company and the Trustee.

 

SECTION 4.04. Interests in Regulation S Global Note to be Held Through Euroclear or Clearstream. Until the termination of the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S Global Note may be held only through DTC Participants acting for and on

 

10


behalf of Euroclear and Clearstream, provided that this Section 4.04 shall not prohibit any transfer in accordance with Section 4.02 hereof.

 

SECTION 4.05. Legends. The following legends shall, as indicated below, appear on the face of 7.125% Senior Notes issued under the Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

 

(a) Private Placement Legend.

 

(1) Except as permitted by subparagraph (2) below, each Restricted Note, IAI Global Note and Regulation S Global Note (and all 7.125% Senior Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS SECURITY, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED (X) PRIOR TO THE SECOND ANNIVERSARY OF THE ISSUANCE HEREOF (OR ANY PREDECESSOR SECURITY HERETO) OR (Y) BY ANY HOLDER THAT WAS AN AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY AT ANY TIME DURING THE THREE MONTHS PRECEDING THE DATE OF SUCH TRANSFER, IN EITHER CASE OTHER THAN (1) TO THE COMPANY, (2) SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A, PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE RESALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (3) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A TRANSACTION INVOLVING A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF $250,000 OF SECURITIES, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, (4) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (5) PURSUANT TO ANY EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (6) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES; (B) THE HOLDER WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF NOTES

 

11


FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE, IF THEN APPLICABLE; AND (C) WITH RESPECT TO ANY TRANSFER OF NOTES PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (A)(3), (A)(4) or (A)(5), THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS THE COMPANY OR THE TRUSTEE MAY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER BY IT COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.”

 

(2) Exchange Notes shall not bear the Private Placement Legend. The Private Placement Legend required for the Regulation S Global Note may be removed when such Note becomes an Unrestricted Global Note as provided in Section 2.07. The Private Placement Legend required for a Restricted Note and an IAI Global Note may be removed from a 7.125% Senior Note if there is delivered to the Company such satisfactory evidence, which may include an opinion of independent counsel licensed to practice law in the State of New York, as may be reasonably required by the Company that neither such legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers of such 7.125% Senior Note will not violate the registration requirements of the Securities Act. In addition, after a transfer of any Original 7.125% Senior Notes or Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Original 7.125% Senior Notes or Private Exchange Notes, all requirements pertaining to the Private Placement Legend on such Original 7.125% Senior Note or Private Exchange Note will cease to apply. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence or upon such transfer pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, the Trustee, at the direction of the Company, shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for such 7.125% Senior Note another 7.125% Senior Note or 7.125% Senior Notes having an equal aggregate principal amount that does not bear such legend. If such a legend required for a Restricted Note has been removed from a 7.125% Senior Note as provided above, it shall not be a Restricted Note and no other 7.125% Senior Note issued in exchange for all or any part of such 7.125% Senior Notes shall bear such legend, unless the Company has reasonable cause to believe that such other 7.125% Senior Note is a “restricted security” within the meaning of Rule 144 and instructs the Trustee to cause a legend to appear thereon.

 

(3) Exchange Notes shall not contain language regarding additional interest in certain cases of noncompliance with the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

(b) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS SECURITY IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS SECURITY) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (A) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH

 

12


NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.04 OF THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE, (B) THIS SECURITY MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.15(B) OF THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE, (C) THIS SECURITY MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.13 OF THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE AND (D) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 2.15(B) OF THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE, THIS SECURITY MAY BE TRANSFERRED, IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART, ONLY (X) BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, (Y) BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR (Z) BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR TO A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.”

 

(c) PTC Legend. Each Global Note for which DTC is acting as the Depositary shall bear a legend in the following form:

 

“UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OR TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

 

SECTION 4.06. Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.13 of the Original Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly

 

13


and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Defeasance

 

SECTION 5.01. Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance. Article Eight of the Original Indenture shall be applicable to the 7.125% Senior Notes.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Miscellaneous

 

SECTION 6.01. Ratification of Original Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Original Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Original Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This First Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Original Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

 

SECTION 6.02. Concerning the Trustee. The recitals contained herein and in the 7.125% Senior Notes, except with respect to the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this First Supplemental Indenture or of the 7.125% Senior Notes.

 

SECTION 6.03. Counterparts. This First Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 6.04. GOVERNING LAW. THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND EACH NOTE OF THE SERIES CREATED HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this First Supplemental indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

LAZARD LLC,
by   /s/ Scott D. Hoffman
   

Name:

 

Scott D. Hoffman

   

Title:

 

Authorized Person

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this First Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

as Trustee,

By:   /s/    Julie Salovitch-Miller

Name:

  Julie Salovitch-Miller

Title:

  Vice President

 


EXHIBIT A

 

[Face of Note]

 

LAZARD LLC

 

7.125% Senior Notes Due 2015

 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OR TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS SECURITY, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED (X) PRIOR TO THE SECOND ANNIVERSARY OF THE ISSUANCE HEREOF (OR ANY PREDECESSOR SECURITY HERETO) OR (Y) BY ANY HOLDER THAT WAS AN AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY AT ANY TIME DURING THE THREE MONTHS PRECEDING THE DATE OF SUCH TRANSFER, IN EITHER CASE OTHER THAN (1) TO THE COMPANY, (2) SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A, PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE RESALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (3) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A TRANSACTION INVOLVING A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF $250,000 OF SECURITIES, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE

 

A-1


SECURITIES ACT, (4) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (5) PURSUANT TO ANY EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (6) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES; (B) THE HOLDER WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF NOTES FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE, IF THEN APPLICABLE; AND (C) WITH RESPECT TO ANY TRANSFER OF NOTES PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (A)(3), (A)(4) or (A)(5), THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS THE COMPANY OR THE TRUSTEE MAY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER BY IT COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

THIS SECURITY IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS SECURITY) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (A) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.04 OF THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE, (B) THIS SECURITY MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.15(B) OF THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE, (C) THIS SECURITY MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.13 OF THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE AND (D) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 2.15(B) OF THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE, THIS SECURITY MAY BE TRANSFERRED, IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART, ONLY (X) BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, (Y) BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR (Z) BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR TO A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.

 

A-2


CUSIP: [52107Q AA 3] 1 [U51391 AA 5] 2

ISIN: [US52107QAA31] 3 [USU51391 AA50] 4

 

7.125% Senior Notes Due 2015

 

No.            $550,000,000

 

LAZARD LLC

 

promises to pay to [CEDE & CO.] 5 or registered assigns, the principal sum [of [        ] Dollars ($[    ])] 6 [as such amount may be adjusted as set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges, Redemptions, Repurchases, Cancellations and Transfers annexed hereto] 5 on May 10,2015.

 

Interest Payment Dates: May 15 and November 15, commencing on November 15, 2005.

 

Records Dates: May 1 and November 1.


1 Insert for Rule 144A Global Note.

 

2 Insert for Reg. S Global Note.

 

3 Insert for Rule 144A Global Note.

 

4 Insert for Reg. S Global Note.

 

5 Insert for Global Securities.

 

6 Insert for Definitive Securities.

 

A-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

LAZARD LLC,
by    
   

Name:

   

Title:

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
Dated:
THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
by    
   

Authorized Signatory

 

A-4


[Reverse of Note]

 

LAZARD LLC

 

7.125% Senior Notes Due 2015

 

1. Indenture

 

This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of Securities of the Company, designated as its 7.125% Senior Notes Due 2015 (herein called the “Notes,” which expression includes any further notes issued pursuant to Section 2.04 of the Supplemental Indenture (as hereinafter defined) and forming a single series therewith), issued and to be issued under an indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005 (herein called the “Original Indenture”), as supplemented by a supplemental indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005 (the “Supplemental Indenture,” and together with the Original Indenture, the “Indenture”), between LAZARD LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (such company, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Company”) and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as trustee (the “Trustee”), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto relevant to the Notes reference is hereby made for a complete description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the Holders of the Notes. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Note shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

 

The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to create or incur Liens and to dispose of shares of Capital Stock of Designated Subsidiaries. The Indenture also imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company to merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or into any other person (other than a merger of a wholly owned subsidiary into the Company) or sell, transfer, assign, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the property of the Company in any one transaction or series of related transactions.

 

Each Note is subject to, and qualified by, all such terms as set forth in the Indenture certain of which are summarized herein and each Holder of a Note is referred to the corresponding provisions of the Indenture for a complete statement of such terms. To the extent that there is any inconsistency between the summary provisions set forth in the Notes and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern.

 

2. Interest

 

(a) The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above. The Company will pay interest semiannually on Ma 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing November 15, 2005. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from May 10, 2005. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 


(b) Additional Interest . The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, between the Company and the initial purchasers named therein (the “Registration Agreement”). Capitalized terms used in this paragraph (b) but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Registration Agreement. In the event that (i) neither the Exchange Offer Registration Statement nor the Shelf Registration Statement has been filed with the Securities and Commission on or prior to the 105th day following the date of the original issuance of the Notes, (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has not been declared effective on or prior to the 150th day following the date of the original issuance of the Notes, (iii) neither the Registered Exchange Offer has been consummated nor the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective on or prior to the 180th day following the date of the original issuance of the Notes, or (iv) after the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective, such Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of the Notes at any time that the Company is obligated to maintain the effectiveness thereof pursuant to the Registration Agreement (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above being referred to herein as a “Registration Default”), interest (the “Additional Interest”) shall accrue (in addition to stated interest on the Notes) from and including the date on which the first such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured, at a rate per annum equal to 0.25% of the principal amount of the Notes; provided , however , that such rate per annum shall increase by 0.25% per annum from and including the 76th day after the first such Registration Default (and each successive 76th day thereafter) unless and until all Registration Defaults have been cured; provided further , however , that in no event shall the Additional Interest accrue at a rate in excess of 0.50% per annum. The Additional Interest will be payable in cash semiannually in arrears each May 15 and November 15.

 

3. Paying Agent, Registrar and Service Agent

 

Initially, THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a New York corporation (the “Trustee”), will act as paying agent, registrar and service agent. The Company may appoint and change any paying agent, registrar or co-registrar and service agent without notice. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as paying agent, registrar, co-registrar or service agent.

 

4. Defaults and Remedies; Waiver

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, subject to certain limitations, may declare all the Notes due and payable immediately. In the case of an Event of Default resulting from certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization, the principal (or such specified amount) and premium, if any, of all outstanding Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act by the Trustee or any Holder of outstanding Notes.

 

Holders of Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes

 

A-6


unless it receives reasonable indemnification. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power under the Indenture.

 

At any time after the principal of the Notes shall have been so declared due and payable (or have become immediately due and payable), and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys due shall have been obtained or entered, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding under the Indenture, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if (i) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest upon all the Notes and the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any and all Notes that shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest upon such principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent that such payment is enforceable under applicable law, upon overdue installments of interest, at the rate per annum expressed in the Notes to the date of such payment or deposit) and the amount payable to the Trustee under Section 7.07 of the Original Indenture and (ii) any and all existing Events of Default under the Indenture with respect to the Notes, other than the nonpayment of principal on Notes that shall not have become due by their terms, shall have been remedied or waived as provided in Section 6.04 of the Original Indenture. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

 

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default and its consequences except a Default in the payment of the principal amount of premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on a Note. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right.

 

5. Amendment

 

In addition to any supplemental indenture otherwise authorized by the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into supplemental indentures (which shall conform to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect), without the consent of any Holder of Notes, for one or more of the following purposes: (i) to evidence the succession of another person to the Company and the assumption by such successor of the Company’s covenants, agreements and obligations; (ii) to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company by the Indenture, to add to the covenants of the Company such further covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions for the protection of the Holders of all or any Notes as the Board of Directors of the Company shall consider to be for the protection of the Holders of such Notes, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of a default in respect of any such additional covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions a Default or an Event of Default under the Indenture; provided , however , that with respect to any such additional covenant, restriction, condition or provision, such amendment may provide for a period of grace after default, which may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other Defaults, may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such Default, may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such Default or may

 

A-7


limit the right of Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes to waive such default; (iii) to cure any ambiguity or correct or supplement any provision contained in the Indenture, in any supplemental indenture or in any Notes that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained therein; (iv) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to or with the Trustee, or to make such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under the Indenture as shall not adversely affect the interests of any Holders of Notes; (v) to modify or amend the Indenture in such a manner as to permit the qualification of the Indenture or any supplemental indenture thereto under the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect; (vi) to add or to change any of the provisions of the Indenture to provide that Notes in bearer form may be registrable as to principal, to change or eliminate any restrictions on the payment of principal or premium with respect to Notes in registered form or of principal, premium or interest with respect to Notes in bearer form, or to permit Notes in registered form to be exchanged for Notes in bearer form, so as to not adversely affect the interests of the Holders or any coupons in any material respect or permit or facilitate the issuance of Notes in uncertificated form; (vii) to secure the Notes; (viii) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder; (ix) to add to, change, or eliminate any of the provisions of the Indenture with respect to the Notes, so long as any such addition, change or elimination not otherwise permitted under the Indenture shall (A) neither apply to any Note created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture and entitled to the benefit of such provision nor modify the rights of the Holders of any such Note with respect to the benefit of such provision or (B) become effective only when there is no such Note outstanding; (x) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by a successor or separate Trustee with respect to the Notes and to add to or change any of the provisions of the Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the Indenture by more than one Trustee.

 

With the written consent (as evidenced as provided in Section 9.02 of the Original Indenture) of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding affected by such amendment (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), the Company and the Trustee, may amend the Indenture without notice to any Holder; provided that no such amendment shall, without the consent of the Holders of each Note then outstanding and affected thereby, (i) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, modification, supplement or waiver; (ii) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note; (iii) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note; (iv) reduce the amount payable upon the redemption of any Note or add redemption provisions to any Note; (v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note; or (vi) make any change in the Sections of the Indenture relating to waivers of past defaults and the rights of Holders to receive payments, or in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions. It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

Any consent to an amendment or a waiver by the Holder of this Note (unless revoked as provided in the Indenture) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders and owners of this Note and any Notes that may be

 

A-8


issued in exchange or substitution hereof, irrespective of whether or not any notation thereof is made upon this Note or such other Notes. Any Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke its consent if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective. Neither the Company nor any Affiliate of the Company shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid to all Holders, ratably, that so consent, waive or agree to amend.

 

6. Obligations Absolute

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on this Note at the place, at the respective times, at the rate and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

7. Sinking Fund

 

The Notes shall not be redeemable at the option of any Holder thereof, upon the occurrence of any particular circumstances or otherwise. The Notes will not have the benefit of any sinking fund.

 

8. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

 

The Notes are issuable in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples thereof. When Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer or to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Securities of the same Series, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Indenture, without payment of any service charge but with payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration or exchange of Notes.

 

The Company and the Registrar shall not be required (a) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes of that Series selected for redemption and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (b) to register the transfer or exchange of Notes of any Series selected, called or being called for redemption as a whole or the portion being redeemed of any such Securities selected, called or being called for redemption in part.

 

9. Further Issues

 

The Company may from time to time, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes and in accordance with the Indenture, create and issue further notes having the same terms and conditions as the Notes in all respects (or in all respects except for the first payment of interest) so as to form a single series with the Notes.

 

A-9


10. Optional Redemption

 

The Notes may be redeemed at the Company’s option, upon notice as set forth in the Indenture, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, at a Redemption Price equal to (A) the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed on the Redemption Date or (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Notes being redeemed on that Redemption Date (not including any portion of any payment of interest accrued to the Redemption Date) discounted to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis at the Treasury Rate, plus 50 basis points, as determined by the Reference Treasury Dealer, plus (B) in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to the Redemption Date; provided that if the date fixed for redemption is on a date or after the Record Date and on or before the next following Interest Payment Date, then the interest payable on such date shall be paid to the Holder of record on the relevant Record Date.

 

11. Persons Deemed Owners

 

The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the register maintained by the Registrar.

 

12. No Recourse Against Others

 

A director, officer, employee or shareholder, as such, of any Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability. This waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

 

13. Discharge and Defeasance

 

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money and/or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 

14. Unclaimed Money

 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or, if then held by the Company, shall be discharged from such trust. Thereafter the Holder of such Note shall look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The

 

A-10


Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

 

15. Trustee Dealings with the Company

 

Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights.

 

16. Abbreviations

 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 

17. CUSIP Numbers

 

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

The Company will furnish to any Holder of Notes upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture.

 

A-11


ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

For value received                              hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto                              (please insert social security or other identifying number of assignee) the within Note, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                              attorney to transfer the said Note on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

In connection with any transfer of the within Note occurring prior to the second anniversary of the date of original issuance of such Note, the undersigned confirms that such Note is being transferred:

 

(1)

   ¨      To Lazard LLC; or

(2)

   ¨      So long as this Note is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a person whom the seller reasonably believes is a Qualified Institutional Buyer within the meaning of Rule l44A, purchasing for its own account or for the account of a Qualified Institutional Buyer to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or other transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A; or

(3)

   ¨      To an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(l), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act that is acquiring this Note for its own account, or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case in a transaction involving a minimum principal amount of $250,000 of Notes, for investment purposes and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection with any distribution in violation of the Securities Act; or

(4)

   ¨      In an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; or

(5)

   ¨      Pursuant to any exemption from registration under the Securities Act; or

(6)

   ¨      Pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

 

Unless one of the boxes above is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the within Notes in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof (or hereof); provided , however , that the Trustee may, in its sole discretion, register the transfer of such Notes if it has received such certifications, legal opinions and/or other information as the Company has required to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

A-12


In addition, if box (3), (4) or (5) above is checked, the Holder must furnish to the Trustee certifications, legal opinions or other information as it or the Company may require to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Dated:________________

 

_____________________

 

_____________________

 

Signature(s)

 

Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an eligible Guarantor Institution (banks, stock brokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions) with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 17Ad-15.

 

   
Signature Guarantee

 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is aware that the sale is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

   

Signature

 

Dated: _______________

 

A-13


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES, REDEMPTIONS, REPURCHASES

CANCELLATIONS AND TRANSFERS

 

The initial principal amount of this Global Note is $550,000,000. The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of increase or
Decrease


   Amount of Decrease in
Principal Amount of
this Global Note


   Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of
this Global Note


   Remaining Principal
Amount of this
Global Note Following
such Decrease or
Increase


   Signature of
Authorized Signatory
of Trustee or
Custodian


                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

 

A-14


Annex 1 to

Exhibit A

 

Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with

Transfers to Institutional Accredited Investors

 

[Date]

 

[Trustee]

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

Dear Sirs:

 

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $              principal amount of the 7.125% Senior Notes Due 2015 (the “Securities”) of Lazard LLC (the “Company”).

 

Upon transfer, the Securities would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows:

 

Name:                                                                                               

 

Address:                                                                                           

 

Taxpayer ID Number:                                                                    

 

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

 

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Securities, and we are acquiring the Securities not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risk of our investment in the Securities and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Securities in the normal course of our business. We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

 

2. We understand that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Securities to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Securities prior to the date which is two years after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Securities (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (a) to the Company, (b) so long as this Security is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”), to a person whom we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of Rule l44A, purchasing for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or other transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (c)

 

A-15


to an institutional accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act that is acquiring the security for its own account, or for the account of such an institutional accredited investor, in each case in a transaction involving a minimum principal amount of $250,000 of securities, for investment purposes and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection with any distribution in violation of the Securities Act, (d) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) pursuant to any exemption from registration under the Securities Act or (f) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Securities is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (c) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional accredited investor (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and that it is acquiring such Securities for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Securities pursuant to clauses (c), (d) or (e) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee. [We certify that we are not, and have not been, an affiliate of the Company.][We certify that we were not an affiliate of the Company at any time during the three months preceding the date of any offer, sale or other transfer of Securities.]

 

TRANSFEREE:

   
BY:    

 

A-16


Annex 2 to

Exhibit A

 

Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with

Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S

 

[Trustee]

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

Re: Lazard LLC

7.125% Senior Notes Due 2015 (the “Securities”)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In connection with our proposed sale of $              aggregate principal amount of the Securities, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that:

 

(a) the offer of the Securities was not made to a person in the United States;

 

(b) either (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States;

 

(c) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable; and

 

(d) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

In addition, if the sale is being made during a restricted period, we represent that the sale is not being made to a United States person or for the account or benefit of a United States person.

 

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

Very truly yours,

TRANSFEREE:

   
BY    
    Signature Medallion Guaranteed

 

A-17

Exhibit 4.3

 

 

LAZARD LLC

 

$550,000,000

7.125% Senior Notes Due 2015

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

May 10, 2005

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

 

c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10013

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Lazard LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to those certain purchasers named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement (the “Initial Purchasers”), for whom you (the “Representatives”) are acting as representatives, its 7.125% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Securities”), upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement between the Company and the Initial Purchasers dated May 4, 2005 (the “Purchase Agreement”) relating to the initial placement (the “Initial Placement”) of the Securities. To induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to satisfy a condition to your obligations thereunder, the Company agrees with you for your benefit and the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Securities (including the Initial Purchasers) (each a “Holder” and, collectively, the “Holders”), as follows:

 

1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have their respective meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

“Affiliate” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 405 under the Act and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

 

“Broker-Dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered as such under the Exchange Act.

 

“Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York City.

 

“Closing Date” shall mean the date of the first issuance of the Securities.

 


“Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Deferral Period” shall have the meaning indicated in Section 4(k)(ii) hereof.

 

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

“Exchange Offer Registration Period” shall mean the six-month period following the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, exclusive of any period during which any stop order shall be in effect suspending the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

 

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean a registration statement of the Company on an appropriate form under the Act with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments thereto, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, and all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein, if any (it being understood that any representations and warranties contained in any such incorporated materials shall not constitute representations and warranties for any purpose herein).

 

“Exchanging Dealer” shall mean any Holder (which may include any Initial Purchaser) that is a Broker-Dealer and elects to exchange for New Securities any Securities that it acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (but not directly from the Company or any Affiliate of the Company) for New Securities.

 

“Final Memorandum” shall mean the offering memorandum, dated May 4, 2005 relating to the Securities, including any and all exhibits thereto and any information incorporated by reference therein as of such date (it being understood that any representations and warranties contained in any such incorporated materials shall not constitute representations and warranties for any purpose herein).

 

“Holder” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

“Indenture” shall mean the Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture relating to the Securities, each dated as of May 10, 2005, between the Company and The Bank of New York, as trustee, as each may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

“Initial Placement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

“Initial Purchaser” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

“Losses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.

 

“Majority Holders” shall mean, on any date, Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Securities registered under a Registration Statement.

 

2


“Managing Underwriters” shall mean the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that administer an underwritten offering, if any, under a Registration Statement.

 

“NASD Rules” shall mean the Conduct Rules and the By-Laws of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

 

“New Securities” shall mean debt securities of the Company identical in all material respects to the Securities (except that the transfer restrictions shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate) to be issued under the New Securities Indenture.

 

“New Securities Indenture” shall mean an indenture between the Company and the New Securities Trustee, identical in all material respects to the Indenture (except that the transfer restrictions shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate), which may be the Indenture if in the terms thereof appropriate provision is made for the New Securities.

 

“New Securities Trustee” shall mean the Trustee or a bank or trust company reasonably satisfactory to the initial Purchasers, as trustee with respect to the New Securities under the New Securities Indenture.

 

“Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Securities or the New Securities covered by such Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto, including any information incorporated by reference therein (it being understood that any representations and warranties contained in any such incorporated materials shall not constitute representations and warranties for any purpose herein).

 

“Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

“Registered Exchange Offer” shall mean the proposed offer of the Company to issue and deliver to the Holders of the Securities that are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in such offer, in exchange for the Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of the New Securities.

 

“Registrable Securities” shall mean (i) Securities other than those (A) that have been registered under a Registration Statement and disposed of in accordance therewith, (B) that have been distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act or any successor rule or regulation thereto that may be adopted by the Commission, (C) that have become distributable to the public pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Act or any successor rule or regulation thereto that may be adopted by the Commission or (D) that have ceased to be outstanding and (ii) any New Securities the resale of which by the Holder thereof requires compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Act.

 

“Registration Default Damages” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8 hereof.

 

3


“Registration Statement” shall mean any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement that covers any of the Securities or the New Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, any amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments (in each case including the Prospectus contained therein), and all exhibits thereto, if any.

 

“Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

“Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

 

“Shelf Registration Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.

 

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf registration statement of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 hereof which covers some or all of the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein, if any (it being understood that any representations and warranties contained in any such incorporated materials shall not constitute representations and warranties for any purpose herein).

 

“Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.

 

“Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

“underwriter” shall mean any underwriter of Securities in connection with an offering thereof under a Shelf Registration Statement.

 

2. Registered Exchange Offer . (a) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to prepare and, not later than 105 days following the Closing Date, file with the Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the Act within 150 days of the Closing Date.

 

(b) Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing to exchange Securities for New Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an Affiliate of the Company, acquires the New Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business, has no arrangements with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such New Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of a substantial proportion of the several states of the United States.

 

(c) In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:

 

4


(i) mail to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

 

(ii) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 Business Days and not more than 30 Business Days after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders (or, in each case, longer if required by applicable law);

 

(iii) use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective under the Act, supplemented and amended as required under the Act, to ensure that it is available for sales of New Securities by Exchanging Dealers during the Exchange Offer Registration Period;

 

(iv) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City, which may be the Trustee, the New Securities Trustee or an Affiliate of either of them;

 

(v) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on which the Registered Exchange Offer is open; and

 

(vi) otherwise comply in all material respects with all laws applicable to the Registered Exchange Offer.

 

(d) As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:

 

(i) accept for exchange all Securities tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;

 

(ii) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Securities so accepted for exchange; and

 

(iii) cause the New Securities Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder of Securities a principal amount of New Securities equal to the principal amount of the Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

 

(c) Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Registered Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the New Securities (x) could not, under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement, rely on the position of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988) and Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993 and similar no-action letters; and (y) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction, which must be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K under the Act if the resales arc of New Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Company

 

5


or one of its Affiliates. Accordingly, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company that:

 

(i) any New Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business;

 

(ii) at the time of the commencement of the Registered Exchange Offer, such Holder has no arrangement, intent or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Securities or the New Securities within the meaning of the Act;

 

(iii) such Holder is not an Affiliate of the Company or if it is an Affiliate of the Company, that it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act to the extent applicable;

 

(iv) if such Holder is a Broker-Dealer, that it meets the definition of an “Exchanging Dealer”; and

 

(v) if such Holder is a Broker-Dealer, that it is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully and completely make the foregoing representations.

 

(f) If any Initial Purchaser determines that it is not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the exchange of Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, at the request of such Initial Purchaser, the Company shall issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser or the person purchasing New Securities registered under a Shelf Registration Statement as contemplated by Section 3 hereof from such Initial Purchaser, in exchange for such Securities, a like principal amount of New Securities. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the CUSIP Service Bureau to issue the same CUSIP number for such New Securities as for New Securities issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer.

 

3. Shelf Registration . (a) If (i) due to any change in law or applicable interpretations thereof by the Commission’s staff, the Company determines upon advice of its outside counsel that it is not permitted to effect the Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 2 hereof, (ii) for any other reason the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective within 150 days of the date of original issuance of the Securities or the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated within 180 days of the date hereof, provided that the Company may terminate such obligation if the Exchange Offer is subsequently consummated, (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests with respect to Securities that arc not eligible to be exchanged for New Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and that arc held by it following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, or (iv) any Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) is not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer or in the case of any Initial Purchaser that participates in the Registered Exchange Offer or acquires New Securities pursuant to Section 2(f) hereof, such Initial Purchaser does not receive freely tradeable New Securities in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment (it being understood that (x) the requirement that an Initial Purchaser deliver a Prospectus containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Act in connection with

 

6


sales of New Securities acquired in exchange for such Securities shall result in such New Securities being not “freely tradeable” and (y) the requirement that an Exchanging Dealer deliver a Prospectus in connection with sales of New Securities acquired in the Registered Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities shall not result in such New Securities being not “freely tradeable”), the Company shall effect a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with subsection (b) below.

 

(b) (i) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to file as promptly as practicable after so required or requested pursuant to this Section 3 with the Commission and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective under the Act as promptly as practicable after so required or requested, a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the Securities or the New Securities, as applicable, by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by such Holders and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement; provided , however , that no Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) shall be entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder; provided further , that with respect to New Securities received by an Initial Purchaser in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, the Company may, if permitted by current interpretations by the Commission’s staff, file a post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in satisfaction of its obligations under this subsection with respect thereto, and any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as so amended, shall be referred to herein as, and governed by the provisions herein applicable to, a Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(ii) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the Act, in order to permit the Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable by Holders for a period the “Shelf Registration Period”) from the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission until (A) the second anniversary of the Closing Date or (B) the date upon which all the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, covered by the Shelf Registration Statement cease to be Registerable Securities. The Company shall be deemed not to have used its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the Shelf Registration Period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in Holders of Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Securities at any time during the Shelf Registration Period, unless such action is (x) required by applicable law or otherwise undertaken by the Company in good faith and for valid business reasons (not including avoidance of the Company’s obligations hereunder), including the acquisition or divestiture of assets, and (y) permitted pursuant to Section 4(k)(ii) hereof.

 

(iii) The Company shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or such amendment or supplement, (A) to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act; and (B) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a

 

7


material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

 

4. Additional Registration Procedures . In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement and, to the extent applicable, any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the following provisions shall apply.

 

(a) The Company shall:

 

(i) furnish to each of the Representatives and to counsel for the Holders, not less than five Business Days prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any Shelf Registration Statement, and each amendment thereof and each amendment or supplement, if any, to the Prospectus included therein (including, if any Holder so requests in writing, all documents incorporated by reference therein after the initial filing) and shall use its reasonable best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as the Representatives reasonably propose;

 

(ii) include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the facing page of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, in Annex B hereto in the forepart of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in a section setting forth details of the Exchange Offer, in Annex C hereto in the underwriting or plan of distribution section of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and in Annex D hereto in the letter of transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;

 

(iii) if requested by an Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; and

 

(iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include the names of the Holders that propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement as selling security holders.

 

(b) The Company shall ensure that:

 

(i) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming part thereof and any amendment or supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Act; and

 

(ii) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

8


(c) The Company shall advise the Representatives, the Holders of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement and any Exchanging Dealer under any Exchange Offer Registration Statement that has provided in writing to the Company a telephone or facsimile number and address for notices, and, if requested by any Representative or any such Holder or Exchanging Dealer, shall confirm such advice in writing (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(vi) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the Company shall have remedied the basis for such suspension):

 

(i) when a Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective;

 

(ii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information;

 

(iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose;

 

(iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the securities included therein for sale in any jurisdiction or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose;

 

(v) of the Company’s determination, and the Company determines upon advice of its outside counsel that, due to any change in law or applicable interpretations thereof by the Commission’s staff, it is necessary to suspend the availability of the Shelf Registration Statement; and

 

(vi) of the happening of any event that requires any change in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus so that, as of such date, they (A) do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and (B) do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

 

(d) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the qualification of the securities therein for sale in any jurisdiction and, if issued, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

 

(e) The Company shall furnish to each Holder of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, at least one copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including, if the Holder so requests in writing, all material incorporated therein by reference, and all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein).

 

9


(f) The Company shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary Prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request. The Company consents to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(g) The Company shall furnish to each Exchanging Dealer which so requests, without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including, if the Exchanging Dealer so requests in writing, all material incorporated by reference therein, and all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein).

 

(h) The Company shall promptly deliver to each Initial Purchaser, each Exchanging Dealer and each other person required to deliver a Prospectus during the Exchange Offer Registration Period, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as any such person may reasonably request. The Company consents to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Initial Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer and any such other person that may be required to deliver a Prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the New Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement during the Exchange Offer Registration Period.

 

(i) Prior to the Registered Exchange Offer or any other offering of Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Company shall arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Securities or the New Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder shall reasonably request and shall maintain such qualification in effect so long as required; provided that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the Initial Placement, the Registered Exchange Offer or any offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

 

(j) The Company shall cooperate with the Holders of Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing New Securities or Securities to be issued or sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as Holders may request.

 

(k) (i) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by subsections (c)(ii) through (vi) above, the Company shall promptly (or within the time period provided for by clause (ii) hereof, if applicable) prepare a post-effective amendment to the applicable Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the related Prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the securities included therein, the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material

 

10


fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. In such circumstances, the period of effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in Section 2 shall be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of a notice of suspension pursuant to Section 4(c) to and including the date when the initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any known Exchanging Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented Prospectus pursuant to this Section.

 

(ii) If the Company’s board of directors determines in good faith that suspending the availability of the Shelf Registration Statement is necessary to avoid (A) impeding, delaying or otherwise interfering with any proposed or pending material corporate transaction or (B) disclosure of material non-public information, the disclosure of which at such time would not be in the best interests of the Company’s equity holders or Lazard Ltd’s stockholders, the Company shall give notice (without notice of the nature or details of such events) to the Holders that the availability of the Shelf Registration is suspended and, upon actual receipt of any such notice, each Holder agrees not to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration until such Holder’s receipt of copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus, or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the Prospectus may be used, and has received, if the Holder so requests in writing, copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.

 

The period during which the availability of the Shelf Registration and any Prospectus is suspended (the “Deferral Period”) shall not exceed 45 days in any three-month period or 115 days in any twelve-month period.

 

(l) Not later than the effective date of any Registration Statement, the Company shall provide a CUSIP number for the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, registered under such Registration Statement and provide the Trustee with printed certificates for such Securities or New Securities, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.

 

(m) The Company shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and shall make generally available to its security holders an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act as soon as practicable after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement and in any event no later than 45 days after the end of a 12-month period (or 90 days, if such period is a fiscal year) beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement.

 

(n) The Company shall cause the New Securities Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in a timely manner.

 

(o) The Company may require each Holder of securities to be sold pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably

 

11


require for inclusion in such Registration Statement and to agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement applicable to Holders. The Company may exclude from such Shelf Registration Statement the Securities of any Holder that unreasonably fails to furnish such information or agreement within a reasonable time after receiving such request.

 

(p) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall enter into customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all other appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of the Securities, and in connection therewith, if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than those set forth in Section 6 hereof.

 

(q) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall:

 

(i) make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of Securities to be registered thereunder, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders or any such underwriter all relevant financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents of the Company and its subsidiaries;

 

(ii) cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations;

 

(iii) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement;

 

(iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Underwriters, if any) addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters;

 

(v) obtain “comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to each selling Holder of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in customary form and covering matters of the type

 

12


customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings; and

 

(vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Majority Holders or the Managing Underwriters, if any, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(k) and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company.

 

The actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this paragraph (q) shall be performed at (A) the effectiveness of such Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment thereto; and (B) each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder.

 

(r) In the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company shall, if requested by an Initial Purchaser or by a broker dealer that holds Securities that were acquired as a result of market making or other trading activities:

 

(i) make reasonably available for inspection by the requesting party, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the requesting party, all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries;

 

(ii) cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the requesting party or any such attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations;

 

(iii) make such representations and warranties to the requesting party, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement;

 

(iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the requesting party and its counsel, addressed to the requesting party, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the requesting party or its counsel;

 

(v) obtain “comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or arc required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to the requesting party, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with primary

 

13


underwritten offerings, or if requested by the requesting party or its counsel in lieu of a “comfort” letter, an agreed-upon procedures letter under Statement on Auditing Standards No. 35, covering matters requested by the requesting party or its counsel; and

 

(vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the requesting party or its counsel, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(k) and with conditions customarily contained in underwriting agreements.

 

The foregoing actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this Section shall be performed at the close of the Registered Exchange Offer and the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

 

(s) In the event that any Broker-Dealer shall underwrite any Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of the NASD Rules) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Company shall assist such Broker-Dealer in complying with the NASD Rules.

 

(t) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement.

 

5. Registration Expenses . The Company shall bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof and, in the event of any Shelf Registration Statement, will reimburse the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm or counsel (which shall initially be Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, but which may be another nationally recognized law firm experienced in securities matters designated by the Majority Holders) to act as counsel for the Holders in connection therewith, and, in the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers for the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel acting in connection therewith.

 

6. Indemnification and Contribution . (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Registration Statement, each Initial Purchaser and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer, the directors, officers, employees, Affiliates and agents of each such Holder, Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer and each person who controls any such Holder, Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be

 

14


stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified holder, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the party claiming indemnification specifically for inclusion therein; provided further , that with respect to any untrue statement or omission of a material fact made in a preliminary Prospectus, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 6(a) shall not inure to the benefit of any person to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such person occurs under the circumstance where it shall have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment that (i) the untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained in the preliminary Prospectus was corrected in the final Prospectus or in an amendment or supplement thereto, (ii) the Company had previously furnished copies of the final Prospectus, amendment or supplement to such person and (iii) such loss, claim, damage or liability results from the fact that there was not sent or given by such person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Securities, a copy of the final Prospectus, amendment or supplement. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability that the Company may otherwise have.

 

The Company also agrees to indemnify as provided in this Section 6(a) or contribute as provided in Section 6(d) hereof to Losses of each underwriter, if any, of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, registered under a Shelf Registration Statement, their directors, officers, employees, Affiliates or agents and each person who controls such underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Initial Purchasers and the selling Holders provided in this Section 6(a) and shall, if requested by any Holder, enter into an underwriting agreement reflecting such agreement, as provided in Section 4(p) hereof.

 

(b) Each Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement (including each Initial Purchaser that is a Holder, in such capacity) severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signs such Registration Statement and each person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each such Holder, but only with reference to written information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that any such Holder may otherwise have.

 

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified holder under this Section 6 or notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified holder will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; provided , however , the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses; and (ii) will not, in any event,

 

15


relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified holder other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel (including local counsel) of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified holder in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified holder or parties except as set forth below); provided , however , that such counsel shall be satisfactory to the indemnified holder. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel (including local counsel) to represent the indemnified holder in an action, the indemnified holder shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall only bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified holder would present such counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified holder and the indemnifying party and the indemnified holder shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified holder to represent the indemnified holder within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified holder to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. Should the indemnifying party assume the defense of the indemnified holder, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified holder under this Section for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such party, in connection with the defense thereof, other than reasonable costs of investigation. In no event shall the indemnifying party be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties arc actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified holder from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

 

(d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified holder for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party shall have a joint and several obligation to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, liability, damage or action) (collectively “Losses”) to which such indemnified holder may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified holder, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement and the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses; provided , however , that in no case shall any Initial Purchaser be responsible, in the aggregate, for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission applicable to such Security, or in the case of a New Security, applicable to the Security that was exchangeable into such New Security, as set forth in

 

16


the Final Memorandum, nor shall any underwriter be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the securities purchased by such underwriter under the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the indemnifying party and the indemnified holder shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified holder, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Company shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the Initial Placement (before deducting expenses) as set forth in the Final Memorandum. Benefits received by the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions as set forth in the Purchase Agreement, and benefits received by any other Holders shall be deemed to be equal to the value of receiving Securities or New Securities, as applicable, registered under the Act. Benefits received by any underwriter shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by the indemnifying party, on the one hand, or by the indemnified holder, on the other hand, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section, each person who controls a Holder within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of such Holder shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, and each person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer, director, employee or agent of the Company who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d).

 

(c) The provisions of this Section will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or the Company or any of the indemnified persons referred to in this Section 6, and will survive the sale by a Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement.

 

7. Underwritten Registrations . If any of the Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the Managing Underwriters shall be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Securities included in such offering, subject to the consent of the Company (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and such Holders shall be responsible for all underwriting commissions and discounts in connection therewith.

 

17


No person may participate in any underwritten offering pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement, unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements; and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

8. Registration Defaults . (a) If any of the following events (“Registration Defaults”) shall occur, then the Company shall pay liquidated damages (“Registration Default Damages”) to the Holders of Registrable Securities in respect of such Registrable Securities:

 

(i) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement is not filed with the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such filing in this Agreement;

 

(ii) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement is not declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such effectiveness under this Agreement;

 

(iii) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement has been declared effective but ceases to be effective or usable at any time at which it is required to be effective under this Agreement, except as permitted by Section 4(k); or

 

(iv) the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated within 180 days of the date hereof.

 

(b) Registration Default Damages shall accrue on the Registrable Securities at a rate of 0.25% per annum during the 75-day period immediately following the occurrence of such specified date and will increase by 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 75-day period, but in no event shall such rate exceed 0.50% per annum; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay Registration Default Damages for more than one Registration Default at a time. Registration Default Damages will accrue from and include the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur and to, but excluding, the date on which (1) in the case of clause (i) above, the Registration Statement is filed, (2) in the case of clause (ii) above, the Registration Statement is declared effective, (3) in the case of clause (iii) above, the Registration Statement which had ceased to remain effective or usable is declared effective or usable and (4) in the case of clause (iv) above, the Registered Exchange Offer is consummated. Registration Default Damages shall accrue in addition to the stated interest on such Registrable Securities.

 

9. No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company has not entered into, and agrees not to enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or that otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

 

10. Amendments and Waivers . The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the

 

18


provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities outstanding; provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser against which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent is to be effective; provided , further , that no amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent with respect to Section 8 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder; provided , further , that the provisions of this Section 10 may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written consent of the Initial Purchasers and each Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing (except the foregoing provisos), a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by the Majority Holders, determined on the basis of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, being sold rather than registered under such Registration Statement.

 

11. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telex, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

 

(a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such holder to the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11, which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the Registrar under the Indenture;

 

(b) if to the Representatives, initially at the addresses set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and

 

(c) if to the Company, initially at its address set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when received.

 

The Initial Purchasers or the Company by notice to the other parties may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

12. Remedies . Each Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided to it herein, in the Indenture or in the Purchase Agreement or granted by law, including recovery of liquidated or other damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agrees to waive in any action for specific performance the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

19


13. Successors . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns, including, without the need for an express assignment or any consent by the Company thereto, subsequent Holders of Securities and the New Securities, and the indemnified persons referred to in Section 6 hereof. The Company hereby agrees to extend the benefits of this Agreement to any Holder of Securities and the New Securities, and any such Holder may specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement as if an original party hereto.

 

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

15. Headings . The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

16. Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of New York. The parties hereto each hereby waive any right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

17. Severability . In the event that any one of more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

18. Securities Held by the Company, etc. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities or New Securities is required hereunder, Securities or New Securities, as applicable, held by the Company or its Affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities or New Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be Affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities or New Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

 

20


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement between the Company and the several Initial Purchasers.

 

Very truly yours,
Lazard LLC,
By:   /s/ Scott D. Hoffman
   

Name:

 

Scott D. Hoffman

   

Title:

 

Authorized Person

 


The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

By:   Citigroup Global Markets Inc.,
By  

/s/ Kevin Deignan

   

Name:

 

Kevin Deignan

   

Title:

 

Director

 

22


By:   J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.,
By:  

/s/ Maria Sramek

   

Name:

 

Maria Sramek

   

Title:

 

Vice President

 

For themselves and the other several Initial Purchasers named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement.

 

23


ANNEX A

 

Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new securities received in exchange for securities where such securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The company has agreed that, starting on the expiration date and ending on the close of business six months after the expiration date, it will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution”.

 

24


ANNEX B

 

Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account in exchange for securities, where such securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new securities. See “Plan of Distribution”.

 

25


ANNEX C

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new securities. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new securities received in exchange for securities where such securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The company has agreed that, starting on the expiration date and ending on the close of business six months after the expiration date, it will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until [insert date on which dealer prospectus delivery requirement under the Act expires], all dealers effecting transactions in the new securities may be required to deliver a prospectus.

 

The company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new securities by brokers-dealers. New securities received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the new securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such new securities. Any broker-dealer that resales new securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such new securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act and any profit of any such resale of new securities and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act.

 

For a period of six months after the expiration date, the company will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holder of the securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Act.

 

[If applicable, add information required by Regulation S-K Items 507 and/or 508.]

 

26


ANNEX D

 

Rider A

 

  ¨ CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

 

Name:                                                                              

Address:                                                                      

 

Rider B

 

If the undersigned is not a Broker-Dealer, the undersigned represents that it acquired the New Securities in the ordinary course of its business, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Securities and it has no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in a distribution of the New Securities. If the undersigned is a Broker-Dealer that will receive New Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, it represents that the Securities to be exchanged for New Securities were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

27

Exhibit 5.1

 

 

[FORM OF OPINION OF WACHTELL, LIPTON, ROSEN & KATZ]

 

 

 

Lazard Group LLC

30 Rockefeller Plaza

New York, New York 10020

 

 

    Re:   Exchange Offer for up to $550,000,000
7.125% Senior Notes Due 2015
        Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-                        )

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as special counsel to Lazard Group LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation and filing of the above referenced Registration Statement on Form S-4 (as it may be amended or supplemented, the “Registration Statement”), relating to an offer to exchange in a transaction registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Exchange Offer”) an aggregate principal amount of up to $550,000,000 7.125% Senior Notes Due 2015 (collectively, the “Exchange Notes”) for an equal principal amount of its outstanding $550,000,000 7.125% Senior Notes Due 2015 (the “Old Notes”).

 

The Exchange Notes will be issued under an Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005 (the “Indenture”), between the Company and The Bank of New York, a New York corporation, as trustee (the “Trustee”), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture to the Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005 (the “First Supplemental Indenture”), between the Company and the Trustee.

 

In rendering this opinion, we have examined such corporate records and other documents, including without limitation the Indenture, the First Supplemental Indenture, the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005, between the Company and the Trustee, the Registration Statement, the form of the Old Notes and the form of the Exchange Notes, and we have reviewed such matters of law, in each case as we have deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with giving the opinions set forth herein. In rendering the opinions set forth herein, we have, with your consent, relied upon representations of officers of the Company and certificates of public officials with respect to the accuracy of the factual matters addressed in such representations and certificates. In addition, in rendering the opinions set forth herein we have, with your consent, assumed the genuineness of all signatures or instruments relied upon by us, and the conformity of certified copies submitted to us with the original documents to which such certified copies relate.

 

 

 


WACHTELL, LIPTON, ROSEN & KATZ

 

 

                                , 2005

Page 2

 

 

Members of our firm are admitted to the Bar in the State of New York, and the opinions expressed in this letter are limited to the effects of the federal laws of the United States of America normally applicable, in our experience to transactions of the type contemplated by the Exchange Offer, the internal laws of the State of New York (excluding any political subdivision), and the Limited Liability Company Act of the State of Delaware, and are based upon such law (as such law is presently interpreted by regulations or published judicial opinions) and the state of facts that exist as of the date of this letter.

 

Based on and subject to the foregoing, and assuming that each of the Indenture and the First Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Trustee, we are of the opinion that the Exchange Notes have been duly authorized and, when the Indenture has been duly qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and when the Exchange Notes are executed, authenticated and delivered in accordance with the Indenture and the First Supplemental Indenture, the Exchange Notes will be legally and validly issued and binding obligations of the Company and will entitle the holders thereof to the benefits of the Indenture and the First Supplemental Indenture, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, in each case subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, from time to time in effect, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and including, without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing) and, except with respect to the rights of indemnification and contribution thereunder, which enforcement thereof may be limited by federal or state securities laws or the policies underlying such laws.

 

We hereby consent to be named in the Registration Statement and in the related prospectus contained therein as the attorneys who passed upon the Exchange Notes and to the filing of a copy of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

Very truly yours,

Exhibit 10.36

 


 

LAZARD GROUP FINANCE LLC

 


 

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of May 10, 2005

 


 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

 

as Trustee

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I
Definitions
ARTICLE II
Designation and Terms of the Securities

SECTION 2.01.

  

Title and Aggregate Principal Amount

   6

SECTION 2.02.

  

Execution

   6

SECTION 2.03.

  

Stated Maturity

   6

SECTION 2.04.

  

Other Terms and Form of the Notes

   6

SECTION 2.05.

  

Further Issues

   6

SECTION 2.06.

  

Interest and Principal

   6

SECTION 2.07.

  

Issuance of Notes

   7

SECTION 2.08.

  

Place of Payment

   7

SECTION 2.09.

  

Depositary; Registrar

   7

SECTION 2.10.

  

Special Event Redemption

   8

SECTION 2.11.

  

Redemption at the Option of Holder; Sinking Fund

   8

SECTION 2.12.

  

Listing

   8

SECTION 2.13.

  

Registration Statement

   8

SECTION 2.14.

  

Remarketing

   8

SECTION 2.15.

  

Optional Remarketing

   9
ARTICLE III
Covenants

SECTION 3.01.

  

Payment of Additional Amounts

   10
ARTICLE IV
Transfer and Exchange

SECTION 4.01.

  

Exchanges of Global Note for Non Global Note

   10

SECTION 4.02.

  

Legends

   10

SECTION 4.03.

  

Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes

   12
ARTICLE V
Defeasance

 

-i-


SECTION 5.01.

  

Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

   12
ARTICLE VI
Miscellaneous

SECTION 6.01.

  

Ratification of Original Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Original Indenture

   12

SECTION 6.02.

  

Concerning the Trustee

   12

SECTION 6.03.

  

Tax Treatment

   13

SECTION 6.04.

  

Counterparts

   13

SECTION 6.05.

  

GOVERNING LAW; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

   13

SECTION 6.06.

  

Judgment Currency

   13

 

Exhibit A    Form of Note

 

-ii-


SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of May 10, 2005 (this “ Second Supplemental Indenture ”), to the Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005 (the “ Original Indenture ”), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005 (the “ First Supplemental Indenture ”), between LAZARD GROUP FINANCE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered the (i) Original Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of Securities (as defined in the Original Indenture) of the Company, to be issued in one or more Series and (ii) the First Supplemental Indenture for the purpose of establishing the designation, form, terms and conditions of the Securities which comprise a part of the Unit and are purchased in a public offering;

 

WHEREAS, Sections 2.02 and 9.01 of the Original Indenture provide, among other things, that the Company and the Trustee may enter into indentures supplemental to the Original Indenture for, among other things, the purpose of establishing the designation, form, terms and conditions of Securities of any Series of Securities permitted to be issued pursuant to the Original Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Company (i) desires the issuance of a Series of Securities to be designated as hereinafter provided and (ii) has requested the Trustee to enter into this Second Supplemental Indenture for the purpose of establishing the designation, form, terms and conditions of the Securities of such Series which are to be purchased by the Private Purchaser pursuant to the Investment Letter;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the creation of an issue of its 6.120% Senior Notes initially due 2035 (the “ 6.120% Senior Notes ” or the “ Notes ”, which expression includes any further notes issued pursuant to Section 2.05 hereof and forming a single series therewith) of substantially the tenor and amount hereinafter set forth; and WHEREAS, all action on the part of the Company necessary to authorize the issuance of the 6.120% Senior Notes under the Original Indenture, the First Supplemental Indenture and this Second Supplemental Indenture (the Original Indenture, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture and this Second Supplemental Indenture, being hereinafter called the “ Indenture ”) has been duly taken.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

 

That, in order to establish the designation, form, terms and conditions of, and to authorize the authentication and delivery of, the 6.120% Senior Notes to the Private Purchaser, and in consideration of the acceptance of the 6.120% Senior Notes by the Private Purchaser thereof and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

-3-


ARTICLE I

 

Definitions

 

(a) Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Original Indenture.

 

(b) The rules of interpretation set forth in the Original Indenture shall be applied hereto as if set forth in full herein;

 

(c) the following terms shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Purchase Contract Agreement: Business Day; Depository Participant; Last Failed Remarketing; Normal Units; Private Purchaser, Purchase Contract Agent; Remarketing Agreement; Remarketing Date; Remarketing Fee; Reset Date; Separate Notes; Special Event; Stock Purchase Date; Subsequent Remarketing Date; and Treasury Portfolio Purchase Price; and

 

(d) For all purposes of this Second Supplemental Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings (such meanings shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the respective terms):

 

6.120% Senior Note ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

 

Definitive Note ” means a 6.120 % Senior Note in definitive registered form without coupons.

 

DTC ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07 hereof.

 

DTC Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 4.02(b), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes, for which DTC is acting as the Depositary.

 

Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 4.02(a), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes.

 

Global Notes ” means the Notes substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.15 of the Original Indenture and Section 2.07 hereof.

 

Interest Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06 hereof.

 

Issue Date ” means May 10, 2005.

 

Investment Letter ” means that certain Letter Agreement dated as of March 15, 2005, by and between the Private Purchaser, Lazard Ltd and Lazard LLC.

 

-4-


Lazard LLC ” means Lazard LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear or Clearstream) as indirect participants.

 

Pledge Agreement ” means the Pledge Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, between the Company, The Bank of New York, as Purchase Contract Agent, and as attorney-in-fact for Holders of the Units, and The Bank of New York, as Collateral Agent, Custodial Agent and Securities Intermediary.

 

Private Purchaser Legend ” shall mean the legend restricting transfer provided by Section 3.19 of the Purchase Contract Agreement set forth in Section 4.2 (c).

 

Purchase Contract Agreement ” shall mean the Purchase Contract Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, between the Company and The Bank of New York, as purchase contract agent.

 

Relevant Date ” means, in respect of any payment, the date on which such payment first becomes due and payable, but if the full amount of the moneys payable has not been received by the Trustee on or prior to such due date, it means the first date on which, the full amount of such moneys having been so received and being available for payment to Holders, notice to that effect shall have been duly given to the Holders of the Notes.

 

Reset Rate ” means the interest rate applicable to the Notes following a Successful Remarketing, which shall be the rate of interest that, as determined by the Remarketing Agent, will, when applied to the outstanding Notes, enable the then current aggregate market value of the Notes to have a value equal to 100.5% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes as of the Remarketing Date or as of any Subsequent Remarketing Date, as the case may be.

 

Special Event Redemption Amount ” means for each Note, whether or not included in a Normal Unit, the greater of (a) the principal amount of such Note and (b) the product of (i) the principal amount of such Note and (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is the Treasury Portfolio Purchase Price and the denominator of which is (x) in the case of a Special Event redemption occurring prior to a Successful Remarketing, the aggregate principal amount of the Notes included in Normal Units and (y) in the case of a Special Event redemption occurring after a Successful Remarketing or after the Stock Purchase Date, the aggregate principal amount of the Notes.

 

Stated Maturity Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03 hereof.

 

Successful Remarketing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06 hereof.

 

-5-


ARTICLE II

 

Designation and Terms of the Securities

 

SECTION 2.01. Title and Aggregate Principal Amount . There is hereby authorized one series of Securities designated the 6.120% Senior Notes initially due 2035, limited in aggregate principal amount to $150,000,000, which amount to be issued shall be as set forth in any Company Order for the authentication and delivery of Notes pursuant to the Original Indenture. The Notes shall constitute senior, unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of the Company and shall rank pari passu with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company from time to time outstanding. The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form and without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiples thereof except that an interest in a Note held as part of a Normal Unit represents an ownership interest of 1/40th, or 2.5%, of a Note in aggregate principal amount of $1,000 and will therefore correspond to the stated amount of $25 per Normal Unit.

 

SECTION 2.02. Execution . The Notes may forthwith be executed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee for authentication and delivery by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.04 of the Original Indenture.

 

SECTION 2.03. Stated Maturity . The Notes shall mature (a) in the event of a Successful Remarketing, on any date no earlier than May 15, 2010 and no later than May 15, 2035, (b) in the event of a Last Failed Remarketing, on the Stock Purchase Date, and (c) otherwise on May 15, 2035 (the “ Stated Maturity Date ”). Any change in the Stated Maturity Date pursuant to clause (a) shall be effected pursuant to a Company Order.

 

SECTION 2.04. Other Terms and Form of the Notes . The Notes shall have and be subject to such other terms as provided in the Original Indenture and this Second Supplemental Indenture and shall be evidenced by one or more Global Notes in the form of Exhibit A hereof and as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof.

 

SECTION 2.05. Further Issues . Subject to Section 2.01 of the Original Indenture, the Company may from time to time, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes and in accordance with the Original Indenture and this Second Supplemental Indenture, create and issue further notes having the same terms and conditions as the Notes in all respects (or in all respects except for the first payment of interest) so as to form a single series with the Notes.

 

SECTION 2.06. Interest and Principal . (a) Each Note shall bear interest from its Issue Date or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, as the case may be, initially at the rate of 6.120% per annum (the “ Initial Interest Rate ”). In the event the Notes are successfully remarketed (“ Successful Remarketing ”) pursuant to the Purchase Contract Agreement and the Remarketing Agreement, each Note shall bear interest at the Reset Rate from and including the Reset Date to the date on which the principal of the Notes is paid or made available for payment. Interest on the Notes initially shall be payable quarterly in arrears on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year commencing August 15, 2005. After the Stock Purchase Date, interest on the Notes shall be payable, semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, until the principal

 

-6-


thereof is paid or made available for payment. Each such date of interest payment referred to above as “ Interest Payment Date .” The interest so payable, on any such Interest Payment Date, will be paid to the Holder in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest, which shall be the 15th calendar day (whether or not a Business Day) prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date (the “ Regular Record Date ”).

 

(b) The amount of interest payable for any period on any Interest Payment Date shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. Except as provided in the following sentence, the amount of interest payable for any period shorter than a full quarterly or semi-annual, as applicable, period for which interest is computed shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in such a 90-day or 180-day period, as applicable. In the event that any date on which interest is payable on the Notes is not a Business Day, then payment of interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on such date. Payments of the principal of and interest on the Notes shall be made in Dollars, and the Notes shall be denominated in Dollars.

 

SECTION 2.07. Issuance of Notes . The Notes, on original issuance, shall be issued in the form of (i) one or more definitive, fully registered Notes registered initially in the name of The Bank of New York, as Purchase Contract Agent, and (ii) with respect to any Notes that are no longer a component of Normal Units and released from the lien of the Pledge Agreement and the restrictions on transfer contained in the Investment Letter, one fully registered Global Note registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”), as Depositary, or its nominee, and deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, for credit by DTC to the respective accounts of beneficial owners of the Separate Notes represented thereby (or such other accounts as they may direct).

 

SECTION 2.08. Place of Payment . The place of payment where the Notes issued in the form of Definitive Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where the principal of and interest and any other payments due on the Notes issued in the form of Definitive Notes are payable, where the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to and upon the Company in respect of the Notes and the Indenture may be served shall be in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and the office or agency maintained by the Company for such purpose shall initially be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. All payments on Notes issued in the form of Global Notes shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Depositary and, at the option of the Company, payment of interest on the Notes issued in the form of Definitive Notes may be made by check mailed to registered Holders.

 

SECTION 2.09. Depositary; Registrar .

 

(a) The Company initially appoints DTC to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and the paying agent and designates the Trustee’s New York office as the office or agency referred to in Section 2.05 of the Original Indenture.

 

-7-


(b) Unless and until it is exchanged for definitive Notes in accordance with the terms of the Original Indenture, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole but not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary, or to a successor Depositary selected or approved by the Company or to a nominee of such successor Depositary.

 

SECTION 2.10. Special Event Redemption . If a Special Event shall have occurred and be continuing (as of the time of giving notice of redemption), the Company, at its option, may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, upon payment of the aggregate Special Event Redemption Amounts. Proceeds from such redemption relating to Notes that form a part of Normal Units will be applied as described in the Purchase Contract Agreement and the Pledge Agreement.

 

SECTION 2.11. Redemption at the Option of Holder; Sinking Fund . The Notes shall not be redeemable at the option of any Holder thereof, upon the occurrence of any particular circumstances or otherwise. The Notes will not have the benefit of any sinking fund.

 

SECTION 2.12. Listing . In the event that the Notes become separately traded from the Normal Units, to the extent that applicable exchange listing requirements are met, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Notes to be listed on the securities exchange on which the Normal Units are then listed.

 

SECTION 2.13. Registration Statement . The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that, if required by applicable law, a registration statement with regard to the full amount of the Notes to be remarketed in the remarketing shall be effective with the Securities and Exchange Commission in a form that will enable the Remarketing Agent to rely on it in connection with such remarketing.

 

SECTION 2.14. Remarketing . (a) The Notes may be remarketed at a specified price on certain dates, as specified in Section 5.04 of the Purchase Contract Agreement and in Section 4.05 of the Pledge Agreement and the remarketing procedures set forth in such sections shall apply to the Notes, which provisions are hereby incorporated into this Second Supplemental Indenture, mutatis mutandis.

 

(b) The right of each Holder of Notes to have its Notes tendered for purchase will be limited to the extent that (i) the Remarketing Agent conducts a remarketing pursuant to the terms of the Remarketing Agreement, (ii) the Notes included in the remarketing have not been called for redemption upon the occurrence of a Special Event; (iii) the Remarketing Agent is able to find a purchaser or purchasers for the remarketed Notes at a Reset Rate such that the aggregate value of such remarketed Notes is equal to 100.5% of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes and (iv) such purchaser or purchasers deliver the purchase price therefor to the Remarketing Agent.

 

(c) If a Successful Remarketing occurs, the Remarketing Agent shall, as soon as practicable on the Remarketing Date or on the Subsequent Remarketing Date, as the case may be, advise, by telephone:

 

-8-


(i) the Depositary and the Company of the Reset Rate determined in the Remarketing and the aggregate principal amount of Notes sold in the Remarketing;

 

(ii) each purchaser (or the Depository Participant thereof) of the Reset Rate and the aggregate principal amount of remarketed Notes such purchaser is to purchase; and

 

(iii) each purchaser to give instructions to its Depository Participant to pay the purchase price on the date of settlement for such Remarketing in same day funds against delivery of the remarketed Notes purchased through the facilities of DTC.

 

(d) In the event of a Last Failed Remarketing, the interest rate payable on the Notes will not be reset.

 

(e) In accordance with DTC’s normal procedures, on the date of settlement of such Remarketing, the transactions described above with respect to each Note remarketed in the remarketing shall be executed through DTC, if the Notes are registered in the name of DTC, and in that case the accounts of the respective Depository Participants shall be debited and credited and such remarketed Notes delivered by book-entry as necessary to effect purchases and sales of such remarketed Notes. DTC shall make payment in accordance with its normal procedures.

 

(f) The Remarketing Agent is not obligated to purchase any Notes that otherwise would remain unsold in the remarketing. Neither the Company nor the Remarketing Agent shall be obligated in any case to provide funds to make payment upon tender of the Notes for remarketing.

 

(g) Under the Remarketing Agreement, the Company, in its capacity as issuer of the Notes, shall be liable for, and shall pay, any and all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the remarketing, other than the Remarketing Fee.

 

(h) The settlement procedures set forth herein, including provisions for payment by purchasers of the remarketed Notes in the Remarketing, shall be subject to modification to the extent required by DTC or if the book-entry system is not available for the remarketed Notes at the time of the remarketing, to facilitate the remarketing of the remarketed Notes in certificated form, and shall provide for the authentication and delivery of Notes in a principal amount equal to the unremarketed portion of such Notes. In addition, the Remarketing Agent may modify the settlement procedures set forth herein in order to facilitate the settlement process.

 

SECTION 2.15. Optional Remarketing . On or prior to the thirteenth Business Day immediately preceding the Stock Purchase Date but no earlier than the sixteenth Business Day immediately preceding the Stock Purchase Date, Holders of Separate Notes may elect to have their Separate Notes remarketed by delivering their Separate Notes, together with a notice of such election, substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the Pledge Agreement, to the Custodial Agent. A Holder of Separate Notes electing to have its Separate Notes remarketed will also have the right to withdraw such election by written notice to the Custodial Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the Pledge Agreement, on or prior to the thirteenth Business Day

 

-9-


immediately preceding the Stock Purchase Date, upon which notice the Custodial Agent will return such Separate Notes to such Holder. If the Holder of the Separate Notes delivers only such notice but not the Separate Notes subject to such notice, then none of such Holder’s Separate Notes shall be included in the Remarketing. Once the Holder of Separate Notes elects to participate in the Remarketing, such Separate Notes will be remarketed in the Remarketing, unless such notice is properly withdrawn.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Covenants

 

The Notes shall be entitled to the benefit of each of the covenants in Article Four of the Original Indenture and the following additional covenant shall be deemed to be a provision of the Indenture.

 

SECTION 3.01. Payment of Additional Amounts . All amounts payable (whether in respect of principal, interest, distributions or otherwise) in respect of the Notes will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties, levies, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed or levied by or on behalf of the U.S. or any political subdivision thereof or any authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax, unless the withholding or deduction of such taxes, duties, levies, assessments or governmental charges is required by law. In that event, the Company in respect of the Notes will pay, or cause to be paid, such additional amounts receivable by a Holder after such withholding or deduction as shall equal the respective amounts that would have been receivable by such Holder had no such withholding or deduction been required, provided that such Holder provides the Company a duly executed IRS Form W-9 or appropriate IRS Form W-8. The foregoing shall not apply to any Holder that is described in Section 881(c)(3) of the Code; provided , however , the Company will not withhold on any amounts payable in respect of the Notes to any holder that has provided appropriate documentation establishing an exemption from withholding under an applicable tax treaty.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Transfer and Exchange

 

SECTION 4.01. Exchanges of Global Note for Non Global Note . In the event that a Global Note or any portion thereof is exchanged for Notes other than Global Notes pursuant to Section 2.08 of the Original Indenture, such other Notes may in turn be exchanged (on transfer or otherwise) for Notes that are not Global Notes or for beneficial interests in a Global Note (if any is then Outstanding) only in accordance with such procedures, which shall be substantially consistent with the provisions of Sections 4.01 and 4.02 of this Second Supplemental Indenture and any Applicable Procedures, as may be from time to time adopted by the Company and the Trustee.

 

SECTION 4.02. Legends . The following legends shall, as indicated below, appear on the face of Notes issued under the Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

 

-10-


(a) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS SECURITY IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS SECURITY) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (A) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.04 OF THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE, (B) THIS SECURITY MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.15(B) OF THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE, (C) THIS SECURITY MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.13 OF THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE AND (D) EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 2.15(B) OF THE ORIGINAL INDENTURE, THIS SECURITY MAY BE TRANSFERRED, IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART, ONLY (X) BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, (Y) BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR (Z) BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR TO A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.”

 

(b) DTC Legend . Each Global Note for which DTC is acting as the Depositary shall bear a legend in the following form:

 

“UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OR TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL BECAUSE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

 

(c) Private Purchaser Legend . Each Note issued pursuant to this Second Supplemental Indenture shall bear a legend in the following form:

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE LETTER AGREEMENT DATED AS OF MARCH 15, 2005, BY AND BETWEEN IXIS CORPORATE & INVESTMENT BANK, LAZARD LLC AND LAZARD LTD (A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE SECRETARY OF LAZARD LLC OR LAZARD LTD) AND ARE SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS CONTAINED THEREIN WHICH PROHIBIT AMONG OTHER THINGS ANY DIRECT OR INDIRECT DISPOSITION, SALE, TRANSFER,

 

-11-


PLEDGE, HEDGE (INCLUDING BY WAY OF SHORT SELLING) OR OTHER ENCUMBRANCE (“TRANSFER”) OF THESE SECURITIES PRIOR TO NOVEMBER 6, 2006. A TRANSFER MADE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING IS NULL AND VOID AB INITIO. ADDITIONALLY, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) AND ARE ACCORDINGLY “RESTRICTED SECURITIES” UNDER U.S. FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE RESOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT, OR IN A TRANSACTION OTHERWISE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.”

 

SECTION 4.03. Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.08 of the Original Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Defeasance

 

SECTION 5.01. Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance . Sections 8.02 and 8.03 of the Original Indenture shall not be applicable to the Notes.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Miscellaneous

 

SECTION 6.01. Ratification of Original Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Original Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Original Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Second Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Original Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

 

SECTION 6.02. Concerning the Trustee . The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except with respect to the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the

 

-12-


statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Second Supplemental Indenture or of the Notes.

 

SECTION 6.03. Tax Treatment . The Company agrees, and by acceptance of a beneficial ownership interest in the Notes, each beneficial Holder of Notes will be deemed to have agreed, (1) to treat the acquisition of a Normal Unit as the acquisition of the Note and the Purchase Contract constituting the Normal Unit and to allocate the purchase price of the Normal Unit between the Note and the Purchase Contract as $25 and $0, respectively, and (2) to treat the Notes as indebtedness of Lazard Group for United States federal income tax purposes.

 

SECTION 6.04. Counterparts . This Second Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 6.05. GOVERNING LAW; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND EACH NOTE OF THE SERIES CREATED HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. The Company and the Trustee hereby submit to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and of any New York state court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City for the purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company and the Trustee irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

SECTION 6.06. Judgment Currency . The Company agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, that (a) if for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert the sum due (the “ Required Currency ”) into a currency in which a judgment will be rendered (the “ Judgment Currency ”), the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in The City of New York the requisite amount of the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the New York Banking Day preceding the day on which a final unappealable judgment is given and (b) its obligations under this Agreement to make payments in the Required Currency (i) shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender, or any recovery pursuant to any judgment (whether or not entered in accordance with clause (a)), in any currency other than the Required Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery shall result in

 

-13-


the actual receipt, by the payee, of the full amount of the Required Currency expressed to be payable in respect of such payments, (ii) shall be enforceable as an alternative or additional cause of action for the purpose of recovering in the Required Currency the amount, if any, by which such actual receipt shall fall short of the full amount of the Required Currency so expressed to be payable and (iii) shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sum due under this Agreement. For purpose of the foregoing, “ New York Banking Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday in The City of New York or a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to be closed.

 

-14-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Second Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

LAZARD GROUP FINANCE LLC,

By:   /s/    Scott D. Hoffman        
   

Name:

  Scott D. Hoffman
   

Title:

  Director and Vice President

THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee,

By:   /s/    Julie Salovitch-Miller        
   

Name:

  Julie Salovitch-Miller
   

Title:

  Vice President

 

-15-


 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF NOTE

 

LAZARD GROUP FINANCE LLC

 

6.120% Senior Note Initially Due 2035

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE LETTER AGREEMENT DATED AS OF MARCH 15, 2005, BY AND BETWEEN IXIS CORPORATE & INVESTMENT BANK, LAZARD LLC AND LAZARD LTD (A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE SECRETARY OF LAZARD LLC OR LAZARD LTD) AND ARE SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS CONTAINED THEREIN WHICH PROHIBIT AMONG OTHER THINGS ANY DIRECT OR INDIRECT DISPOSITION, SALE, TRANSFER, PLEDGE, HEDGE (INCLUDING BY WAY OF SHORT SELLING) OR OTHER ENCUMBRANCE (“TRANSFER”) OF THESE SECURITIES PRIOR TO NOVEMBER 6, 2006. A TRANSFER MADE IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING IS NULL AND VOID AB INITIO. ADDITIONALLY, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) AND ARE ACCORDINGLY “RESTRICTED SECURITIES” UNDER U.S. FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE RESOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT, OR IN A TRANSACTION OTHERWISE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

 

A-1


No.

    

CUSIP No.

   $                         

 

LAZARD GROUP FINANCE LLC

 

6.120 % SENIOR NOTE INITIALLY DUE 2035

 

LAZARD GROUP FINANCE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “COMPANY”, which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to IXIS Corporate & Investement Bank, the principal sum of One hundred fifty million United States dollars (U.S.$150,000,000) [If the Note is a Global Note, insert - , as such amount may be increased or decreased as set forth on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note annexed hereto,] on the Stated Maturity Date (as defined in the Indenture, which is defined on the reverse side of this Note), (such date is hereinafter referred to as the “STATED MATURITY”), and to pay interest thereon, from August 15, 2005, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date (as defined below) for which interest has been paid or duly provided for, initially at the rate of 6.120% per annum (the “INITIAL INTEREST RATE”). The interest rate applicable to this Note may change, as described in the Second Supplemental Indenture.

 

Interest on this Note initially shall be payable quarterly in arrears on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing November 15, 2005. After May 15, 2008, interest on this Note shall be payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any such date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest, which shall be the 15th calendar day (whether or not a business day) prior to the relevant interest payment date.

 

The principal of and the interest on the Notes will be payable at the Corporate Trust Office or, at the option of the Company, by check mailed to the address of the person entitled thereto at such person’s address as it appears on the register or by wire transfer to the account maintained in the United States designated by written notice given ten business days prior to the applicable payment date by such person.

 

The amount of interest payable for any period on any interest payment date shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. Except as provided in the following sentence, the amount of interest payable for any period shorter than a full quarterly or semi-annual period, as applicable, for which interest is computed will be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in such a 90-day or 180-day period, as applicable. In the event that any date on which interest is payable on the Notes is not a business day, then payment of interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day which is a business day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such business day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding business day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on such date.

 

A-2


Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if fully set forth at this place.

 

Unless the certificate of authorization hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by the manual signature of one of its respective authorized signatories, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Pages Follow]

 

A-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be executed and delivered under its corporate seal.

 

Dated:
LAZARD GROUP FINANCE LLC,

By: 

   
   

Name:

   

Title:

 

[Corporate Seal]

 

Attest:

By: 

   
   

Name:

   

Title:

 

A-4


 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Securities of the series designated herein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee,

     
   

Authorized Signatory

 

A-5


 

[FORM OF REVERSE]

 

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company designated as its “6.120% Senior Notes initially due 2035” (herein sometimes referred to as the “NOTES”), issued and to be issued under and pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005 (the “ORIGINAL INDENTURE”), duly executed and delivered between the Company and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (the “TRUSTEE”), and a Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005 (the “SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE”), between the Company and the Trustee (such Original Indenture as amended and supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture, the “INDENTURE”), to which Indenture and all subsequent indentures supplemental thereto relating to the Notes reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Note shall have the respective meanings described in the Indenture.

 

The Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof except that an interest in a Note held as part of a Normal Unit represents an ownership interest of 1/40th, or 2.5%, of a Note in aggregate principal amount of $1,000 and will therefore correspond to the stated amount of $25 per Normal Unit. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Notes of this series so issued are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

 

The Notes were initially issued as components of the Company’s 6.625 % Equity Security Units that are in the form of Normal Units, each such Normal Unit initially consisting of (a) a stock purchase contract (each, a “PURCHASE CONTRACT”) under which (i) the Holder will agree to purchase from the Company on May 15, 2008, a specified number of newly issued shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company and (ii) the Company will pay to the Holder quarterly contract adjustment payments and (b) a 1/40, or 2.5%, ownership interest in a Note of $1,000 principal amount. In accordance with the terms of the Purchase Contract Agreement, on their initial issuance, the Notes were pledged by the Purchase Contract Agent, on behalf of the Holders of the Normal Units, to The Bank of New York, as collateral agent, custodial agent and securities intermediary (the “COLLATERAL AGENT”), pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005 (the “PLEDGE AGREEMENT”), among the Company, the Purchase Contract Agent and the Collateral Agent, to secure such Holders’ obligations to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company under the Purchase Contracts.

 

The Notes that are a component of Normal Units or that so elect under Section 2.15 of the Second Supplemental Indenture will be subject to remarketing and, in the case of a Last Failed Remarketing, the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Company reserves all of its rights as a secured party of the applicable Notes.

 

If a Special Event shall have occurred and be continuing (as of the time of giving notice of redemption), the Company, at its option, may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, upon payment of the aggregate Special Event Redemption Amounts. Proceeds from such redemption

 

A-6


relating to the Notes that form a part of Normal Units will be applied as described in the Purchase Contract Agreement and the Pledge Agreement.

 

The Notes shall constitute the senior, unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of the Company and shall rank equally in right of payment with all existing and future senior, unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of the Company.

 

No sinking fund is provided for the Notes.

 

In the case of an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(8) or 6.01(9) of the Original Indenture, all unpaid principal of and accrued interest and Additional Amounts on the Notes then Outstanding shall be due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders of any Notes. In the case all other Events of Default, if such Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of all of the Notes, together with accrued interest to the date of declaration, may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

 

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each series to be affected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the written consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding and affected thereby. The Indenture also contains, with certain exceptions as therein provided, provisions permitting Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Securities of any series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note or such other Note.

 

As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Note shall not have the right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any other remedy thereunder, unless certain conditions have been satisfied. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by any Holder of this Note for the enforcement of any payment of principal hereof, or any premium of interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Note at the times, places and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable on the Security Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be designated by it for such purpose in the Borough of

 

A-7


Manhattan, The City of New York (which shall initially be an office or agency of the Trustee), or at such other offices or agencies as the Company may designate, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Security Registrar duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees by the Security Registrar. No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to recover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 

Prior to due presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered, as the owner thereof for all purposes, whether or not such Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

No recourse for the payment of the principal (and premium, if any) or interest on this Note and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in the Indenture or any indenture supplemental thereto or in any Note, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, agent, officer or director or subsidiary, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor corporation, either directly or through the Company or any successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of consideration for the issue hereof, expressly waived and released.

 

[If Note is a Global Note, insert - This Note is a Global Note and is subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to Global Notes, including the limitations in Section 2.08 of the Original Indenture on transfers and exchanges of Global Notes.]

 

THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

All capitalized terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

A-8


 

ABBREVIATIONS

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this instrument, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM – as tenants in common

 

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT – Custodian

 

 

(cust)    (minor)

Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

 

TEN ENT – as tenants by the entireties

 

JT TEN – as joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common Additional abbreviations may also be used though not on the above list.

 

A-9


 

ASSIGNMENT

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Note to:

 

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number)

 

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

(Insert address and zip code of assignee)

 

and irrevocably appoint agent to transfer this Note on the Security Register. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

 

Dated:

 

Signed:

 

Signature Guarantee:

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-10


 

Annex 1 to

Exhibit A

 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES AND DECREASES

 

The initial principal amount of this Global Note is $            . The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of Increase or

Decrease


   Amount of Decrease in
Principal Amount of
this Global Note


   Amount of Increase in
Principal Amount of
this Global Note


  

Remaining Principal
Amount of this

Global Note Following
such Decrease or
Increase


  

Signature of

Authorized Signatory

of Trustee or

Custodian


                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

 

A-11

Exhibit 10.37

 


 

LAZARD LLC

 


 

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of May 10, 2005

 


 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

 

as Trustee

 



 

Table of Contents

 

          Page

ARTICLE I
Definitions
ARTICLE II
Designation and Terms of the Securities

SECTION 2.01.

  

Title and Aggregate Principal Amount

   4

SECTION 2.02.

  

Execution

   4

SECTION 2.03.

  

Stated Maturity

   4

SECTION 2.04.

  

Other Terms and Form of the Notes

   4

SECTION 2.05.

  

Further Issues

   4

SECTION 2.06.

  

Interest and Principal

   4

SECTION 2.07.

  

Issuance of Senior Notes

   5

SECTION 2 08.

  

Place of Payment

   5

SECTION 2.09.

  

Registrar

   5

SECTION 2.10.

  

Special Event Redemption

   5

SECTION 2.11.

  

Redemption at the Option of Holder; Sinking Fund

   6
ARTICLE III
Covenants

SECTION 3.01.

  

Payment of Additional Amounts

   6
ARTICLE IV
Legends

SECTION 4.01.

  

Legends

   6
ARTICLE V
Amendments

SECTION 5.01.

  

With Consent of Holders

   7
ARTICLE VI
Defeasance

SECTION 6.01.

  

Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

   8

 

i


ARTICLE VII
Miscellaneous

SECTION 7.01.

  

Ratification of Original Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Original Indenture

   8

SECTION 7.02.

  

Concerning the Trustee

   8

SECTION 7.03.

  

Counterparts

   8

SECTION 7.04.

  

GOVERNING LAW; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

   8

SECTION 7.05.

  

Judgment Currency

   9

Exhibit A

  

Form of Note

    

 

ii


 

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of May 10, 2005 (this “ Second Supplemental Indenture ”), to the Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005 (the “ Original Indenture ”), between LAZARD LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered the Original Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of Securities (as defined in the Original Indenture) of the Company, to be issued in one or more Series;

 

WHEREAS, Sections 2.02 and 9.01 of the Original Indenture provide, among other things, that the Company and the Trustee may enter into indentures supplemental to the Original Indenture for, among other things, the purpose of establishing the designation, form, terms and conditions of Securities of any Series of Securities permitted to be issued pursuant to the Original Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Company (i) desires the issuance of a Series of Securities to be designated as hereinafter provided and (ii) has requested the Trustee to enter into this Second Supplemental Indenture for the purpose of establishing the designation, form, terms and conditions of the Securities of such Series;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the creation of an issue of its 6.120% Senior Notes initially due 2035 (the “ 6.120% Senior Notes ” or the “Senior Notes”, which expression includes any further notes issued pursuant to Section 2.05 hereof and forming a single series therewith) of substantially the tenor and amount hereinafter set forth;

 

WHEREAS, all action on the part of the Company necessary to authorize the issuance of the 6.120% Senior Notes under the Original Indenture and this Second Supplemental Indenture (the Original Indenture, as supplemented by this Second Supplemental Indenture, being hereinafter called the “ Indenture ”) has been duly taken; and

 

WHEREAS, Lazard Group Finance as holder of the Senior Notes shall irrevocably authorize the Bank of New York, as trustee under the Senior Notes Pledge Agreement, as its attorney-in-fact, to, among other things, execute and deliver the Senior Notes Pledge Agreement on behalf of Lazard Group Finance and to grant the pledge provided thereby of the Senior Notes to secure Lazard Group Finance’s obligations under the Notes comprising a part of the Units, as provided therein and subject to the terms thereof.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

 

That, in order to establish the designation, form, terms and conditions of, and to authorize the authentication and delivery of, the 6.120% Senior Notes, and in

 


consideration of the acceptance of the 6.120% Senior Notes by the Holders thereof and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Definitions

 

(a) Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Original Indenture.

 

(b) The rules of interpretation set forth in the Original Indenture shall be applied hereto as if set forth in full herein;

 

(c) the following terms shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Purchase Contract Agreement: Last Failed Remarketing; Normal Units; Purchase Contract Agent; Remarketing Agreement; Remarketing Date; Reset Date; Special Event; Stock Purchase Date; and Units; and

 

(d) For all purposes of this Second Supplemental Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings (such meanings shall apply equally to both the singular and plural forms of the respective terms):

 

“6.120% Senior Note” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

“Aggregate Special Event Redemption Amount” means the aggregate “Special Event Redemption Amounts” as defined in, and calculated in accordance with, the First Supplemental Notes Indenture and the Second Supplemental Notes Indenture.

 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

 

“Definitive Senior Note” means a 6.120% Senior Note in definitive registered form without coupons.

 

“First Supplemental Notes Indenture” means the First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005, to the Indenture between Lazard Group Finance LLC and The Bank of New York, as trustee.

 

“Interest Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06 hereof.

 

“Issue Date” means May 10, 2005.

 

“Lazard Group Finance” means Lazard Group Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

“Lazard Ltd” means Lazard Ltd, an exempted Bermuda limited company.

 

2


“Notes” means the 6.120% senior notes issued pursuant to the indenture dated as of May 10, 2005, between Lazard Group Finance and The Bank of New York, as trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Notes Indenture and the Second Supplemental Notes Indenture.

 

“Notes Pledge Agreement” means the Pledge Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, between Lazard Ltd, The Bank of New York, as purchase contract agent, and as attorney-in-fact for Holders of the Units, and The Bank of New York, as collateral agent, custodial agent and securities intermediary.

 

“Notes Trustee” means The Bank of New York, in its capacity as trustee, pursuant to the Notes Indenture.

 

“Purchase Contract Agreement” shall mean the Purchase Contract Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, between Lazard Ltd and The Bank of New York, as purchase contract agent.

 

“Relevant Date” means, in respect of any payment, the date on which such payment first becomes due and payable, but if the full amount of the moneys payable has not been received by the Trustee on or prior to such due date, it means the first date on which, the full amount of such moneys having been so received and being available for payment to Holders, notice to that effect shall have been duly given to the Holders of the Senior Notes.

 

“Reset Rate” means the interest rate applicable to the Senior Notes following a Successful Remarketing of the Notes, which shall be the rate of interest that, as determined by the Remarketing Agent, will, when applied to the outstanding Notes, enable the then current aggregate market value of the Notes to have a value equal to 100.5% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes as of the Remarketing Date or as of any Subsequent Remarketing Date, as the case may be.

 

“Second Supplemental Notes Indenture” means the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005, between Lazard Group Finance LLC and The Bank of New York, as trustee.

 

“Senior Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

 

“Senior Notes Pledge Agreement” means the Pledge Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005, between the Company, The Bank of New York, as Trustee, and as attorney-in-fact for the Company, and The Bank of New York, as collateral agent, custodial agent and securities intermediary.

 

“Stated Maturity Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03 hereof.

 

“Successful Remarketing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06 hereof.

 

3


ARTICLE II

 

Designation and Terms of the Securities

 

SECTION 2.01. Title and Aggregate Principal Amount . There is hereby authorized one series of Securities designated the 6.120% Senior Notes initially due 2035, limited in aggregate principal amount to $437,500,000, which amount to be issued shall be as set forth in any Company Order for the authentication and delivery of Senior Notes pursuant to the Original Indenture. The Senior Notes shall constitute senior, unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of the Company and shall rank pari passu with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company from time to time outstanding. The Senior Notes shall be issuable only in registered form and without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiples thereof.

 

SECTION 2.02. Execution . The Senior Notes may forthwith be executed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee for authentication and delivery by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.04 of the Original Indenture.

 

SECTION 2.03. Stated Maturity . The Senior Notes shall mature (a) in the event of a Successful Remarketing of the Notes, on any date no earlier than May 15, 2010 and no later than May 15, 2035, (b) in the event of a Last Failed Remarketing of the Notes, on the Stock Purchase Date, and (c) otherwise on May 15, 2035 (the “Stated Maturity Date”); provided , however , that the Senior Notes shall mature no later than the maturity of the Notes whether at stated maturity or otherwise. Any change in the Stated Maturity Date pursuant to clause (a) shall be effected pursuant to a Company Order.

 

SECTION 2.04. Other Terms and Form of the Notes . The Senior Notes shall have and be subject to such other terms as provided in the Original Indenture and this Second Supplemental Indenture and shall be evidenced by one or more Definitive Senior Notes in the form of Exhibit A hereof.

 

SECTION 2.05. Further Issues . Subject to Section 2.01 of the Original Indenture, the Company may from time to time, without the consent of the Holders of the Senior Notes and in accordance with the Original Indenture and this Second Supplemental Indenture, create and issue further notes having the same terms and conditions as the Senior Notes in all respects (or in all respects except for the first payment of interest) so as to form a single series with the Senior Notes.

 

SECTION 2.06. Interest and Principal . (a) Each Senior Note shall bear interest from its Issue Date or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, as the case may be, initially at the rate of 6.120% per annum (the “Initial Interest Rate”). In the event the Notes are successfully remarketed (“Successful Remarketing”) pursuant to the Purchase Contract Agreement and the Remarketing Agreement, each Senior Note shall bear interest at the Reset Rate from and including the Reset Date to the date on which the principal of the Senior Notes is paid or made available for payment. Interest on the Senior Notes initially shall be payable quarterly in arrears on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of

 

4


each year commencing August 15, 2005. After the Stock Purchase Date, interest on the Senior Notes shall be payable, semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, until the principal thereof is paid or made available for payment. Each such date of interest payment referred to above an “Interest Payment Date.” The interest so payable, on any such Interest Payment Date, will be paid to the Holder in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest, which shall be the 15th calendar day (whether or not a business day) prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date (the “Regular Record Date”).

 

(b) The amount of interest payable for any period on any Interest Payment Date shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. Except as provided in the following sentence, the amount of interest payable for any period shorter than a full quarterly or semi-annual, as applicable, period for which interest is computed shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in such a 90-day or 180-day period, as applicable. In the event that any date on which interest is payable on the Senior Notes is not a Business Day, then payment of interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on such date. Payments of the principal of and interest on the Senior Notes shall be made in Dollars, and the Senior Notes shall be denominated in Dollars.

 

SECTION 2.07. Issuance of Senior Notes . The Senior Notes, on original issuance, shall be issued in the form of one or more definitive, fully registered Notes registered initially in the name of Lazard Group Finance.

 

SECTION 2.08. Place of Payment . The place of payment where the Senior Notes issued in the form of Definitive Senior Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where the principal of and interest and any other payments due on the Senior Notes issued in the form of Definitive Senior Notes are payable, where the Senior Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to and upon the Company in respect of the Notes and the Indenture may be served shall be in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and the office or agency maintained by the Company for such purpose shall initially be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. At the option of the Company, payment of interest on the Senior Notes issued in the form of Definitive Senior Notes may be made by check mailed to registered Holders.

 

SECTION 2.09. Registrar . The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and the paying agent and designates the Trustee’s New York office as the office or agency referred to in Section 2.05 of the Original Indenture.

 

SECTION 2.10. Special Event Redemption . If a Special Event shall have occurred and be continuing (as of the time of giving notice of redemption) and pursuant to which Lazard Group Finance, at its option, redeems the Notes, in whole but not in part,

 

5


the Company shall redeem the Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to the Aggregate Special Event Redemption Amount on or before the redemption of the Notes.

 

SECTION 2.11. Redemption at the Option of Holder; Sinking Fund . The Senior Notes shall not be redeemable by the Company at the option of any Holder thereof, upon the occurrence of any particular circumstances or otherwise. The Senior Notes will not have the benefit of any sinking fund.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Covenants

 

The Senior Notes shall be entitled to the benefit of each of the covenants in Article Four of the Original Indenture and the following additional covenant shall be deemed to be a provision of the Indenture.

 

SECTION 3.01. Payment of Additional Amounts . In the event that Lazard Group Finance is required to pay additional amounts pursuant to Section 3.01 of the First Supplemental Notes Indenture or the Second Supplemental Notes Indenture, the Company will pay additional amounts on account of the Senior Notes equal to such additional amounts, with such amounts to be paid on or prior to the required time of such payments by Lazard Group Finance.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Legends

 

SECTION 4.01. Legends . (a) The following legend shall, as indicated below, appear on the face of Senior Notes issued under the Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

 

“THIS SECURITY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM.”

 

6


ARTICLE V

 

Amendments

 

SECTION 5.01. With Consent of Holders. The Company and the Trustee may amend this Second Supplemental Senior Notes Indenture or the Senior Notes without notice to any Holder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Senior Notes then outstanding affected by such amendment. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment may not:

 

(1) change the stated maturity of the principal or interest on a Senior Note,

 

(2) reduce any amounts due on a Senior Note, including any additional amounts,

 

(3) reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity of a Security following an Event of Default,

 

(4) change the place or currency of payment for a Senior Note,

 

(5) materially impair the right of a Holder to sue for payment,

 

(6) reduce the percentage in principal amount of Senior Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver,

 

(7) materially modify any other aspect of the provisions dealing with modification and waiver of this Indenture, except to increase the percentage required for any modification or to provide that other provisions of this Indenture may not be modified or waived without the consent of a Holder, and

 

(8) change in any manner adverse to the interests of the holders the obligations of the Company in respect of the due and punctual payment of principal and interest on the Securities, interest payments on overdue interest payments and principal amounts due under the Securities and any other payments due to holders of the Senior Note under this Second Supplemental Senior Notes Indenture or the applicable Senior Notes.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to all affected Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all such Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section.

 

7


ARTICLE VI

 

Defeasance

 

SECTION 6.01. Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance. Sections 8.02 and 8.03 of the Original Indenture shall not be applicable to the Senior Notes.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Miscellaneous

 

SECTION 7.01. Ratification of Original Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Original Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Original Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Second Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Original Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

 

SECTION 7.02. Concerning the Trustee. The recitals contained herein and in the Senior Notes, except with respect to the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Second Supplemental Indenture or of the Senior Notes.

 

SECTION 7.03. Counterparts . This Second Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 7.04. GOVERNING LAW; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND EACH NOTE OF THE SERIES CREATED HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. The Company and the Trustee hereby submit to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and of any New York state court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City for the purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company and the Trustee irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY

 

8


LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

SECTION 7.05. Judgment Currency. The Company agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, that (a) if for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert the sum due (the “Required Currency”) into a currency in which a judgment will be rendered (the “Judgment Currency”), the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in The City of New York the requisite amount of the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the New York Banking Day preceding the day on which a final unappealable judgment is given and (b) its obligations under this Agreement to make payments in the Required Currency (i) shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender, or any recovery pursuant to any judgment (whether or not entered in accordance with clause (a)), in any currency other than the Required Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery shall result in the actual receipt, by the payee, of the full amount of the Required Currency expressed to be payable in respect of such payments, (ii) shall be enforceable as an alternative or additional cause of action for the purpose of recovering in the Required Currency the amount, if any, by which such actual receipt shall fall short of the full amount of the Required Currency so expressed to be payable and (iii) shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sum due under this Agreement. For purpose of the foregoing, “New York Banking Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday in The City of New York or a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to be closed.

 

9


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Second Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

LAZARD LLC,

   

by 

  /s/    Scott D. Hoffman        
       

Name:

  Scott D. Hoffman
       

Title:

  Authorized Person

THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee,

   

by 

  /s/    Julie Salovitch-Miller        
       

Name:

  Julie Salovitch-Miller
       

Title:

  Vice President

 


 

Annex 1 to

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF NOTE

 

LAZARD LLC

 

6.120% SENIOR NOTE INITIALLY DUE 2035

 

THIS SECURITY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM.

 

A-1


 

No.

      

CUSIP No.

   $ ______

 

LAZARD LLC

 

6.120% SENIOR NOTE INITIALLY DUE 2035

 

LAZARD LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “COMPANY”, which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to                      , the principal sum of                      United States dollars (U.S.$                      ) on the Stated Maturity Date (as defined in the Indenture, which is defined on the reverse side of this Note), (such date is hereinafter referred to as the “STATED MATURITY”), and to pay interest thereon, from August 15, 2005, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date (as defined below) for which interest has been paid or duly provided for, initially at the rate of 6.120% per annum (the “INITIAL INTEREST RATE”). The interest rate applicable to this Note may change, as described in the Second Supplemental Indenture.

 

Interest on this Note initially shall be payable quarterly in arrears on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing August 15, 2005. After May 15, 2008, interest on this Note shall be payable semi-annually in arrears on May 15 and November 15 of each year, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any such date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest, which shall be, the 15th calendar day (whether or not a business day) prior to the relevant interest payment date.

 

The principal of and the interest on the Notes will be payable at the Corporate Trust Office or, at the option of the Company, by check mailed to the address of the person entitled thereto at such person’s address as it appears on the register or by wire transfer to the account maintained in the United States designated by written notice given ten business days prior to the applicable payment date by such person.

 

The amount of interest payable for any period on any interest payment date shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. Except as provided in the following sentence, the amount of interest payable for any period shorter than a full quarterly or semi-annual period, as applicable, for which interest is computed will be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in such a 90-day or 180-day period, as applicable. In the event that any date on which interest is payable on the Notes is not a business day, then payment of interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day which is a business day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay), except that, if such business day is in the next succeeding calendar year, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding business day, in each case with the same force and effect as if made on such date.

 

A-2


Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if fully set forth at this place.

 

Unless the certificate of authorization hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by the manual signature of one of its respective authorized signatories, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Pages Follow]

 

A-3


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be executed and delivered under its corporate seal.

 

Dated:
LAZARD LLC,

By:

 

 

   

Name:

   

Title:

   

 

[Corporate Seal]

 

Attest:
 

Name:

   

Title:

   

 

A-4


 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is one of the Securities of the series designated herein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

as Trustee,

By:    
 

Authorized Signatory

 

A-5


 

[FORM OF REVERSE]

 

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the Company designated as its “6.120% Senior Notes initially due 2035” (herein sometimes referred to as the “NOTES”), issued and to be issued under and pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005 (the “ORIGINAL INDENTURE”), duly executed and delivered between the Company and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (the “TRUSTEE”), and a Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005 (the “SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE”), between the Company and the Trustee (such Original Indenture as amended and supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture, the “INDENTURE”), to which Indenture and all subsequent indentures supplemental thereto relating to the Notes reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Note shall have the respective meanings described in the Indenture.

 

The Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Notes of this series so issued are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Pledge Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2005 (the “PLEDGE AGREEMENT”) among the Company, The Bank of New York, as collateral agent, custodial agent and securities intermediary, and The Bank of New York, as trustee, the Notes were pledged by the trustee, on behalf of the holders from time to time of the senior notes (the “LAZARD GROUP FINANCE NOTES”) issued by Lazard Group Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, pursuant to the indenture, dated as of May 10, 2005 between Lazard Group Finance LLC and The Bank of New York, as trustee, to The Bank of New York, as collateral agent, custodial agent and securities intermediary (the “COLLATERAL AGENT”), to secure Lazard Group Finance LLC’s obligations under the Lazard Group Finance Notes.

 

If a Special Event shall have occurred and be continuing (as of the time of giving notice of redemption) and pursuant to which Lazard Group Finance, at its option, redeems the Lazard Group Finance Notes, in whole but not in part, the Company shall redeem the Senior Notes at a redemption price equal to the Aggregate Special Event Redemption Amount on or before the redemption of the Notes.

 

The Notes shall constitute the senior, unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of the Company and shall rank equally in right of payment with all existing and future senior, unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of the Company.

 

No sinking fund is provided for the Notes.

 

A-6


In the case of an Event of Default described in Section 6.01(6) or 6.01(7) of the Original Indenture, all unpaid principal of and accrued interest and Additional Amounts on the Notes then Outstanding shall be due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders of any Notes. In the case all other Events of Default, if such Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the principal of all of the Notes, together with accrued interest to the date of declaration, may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

 

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each series to be affected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the written consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding and affected thereby. The Indenture also contains, with certain exceptions as therein provided, provisions permitting Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Securities of any series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note or such other Note.

 

As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Note shall not have the right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any other remedy thereunder, unless certain conditions have been satisfied. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by any Holder of this Note for the enforcement of any payment of principal hereof, or any premium of interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Note at the times, places and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable on the Security Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be designated by it for such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York (which shall initially be an office or agency of the Trustee), or at such other offices or agencies as the Company may designate, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Security Registrar duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees by the Security Registrar. No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require

 

A-7


payment of a sum sufficient to recover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 

Prior to due presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered, as the owner thereof for all purposes, whether or not such Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

No recourse for the payment of the principal (and premium, if any) or interest on this Note and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in the Indenture or any indenture supplemental thereto or in any Note, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, agent, officer or director or subsidiary, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor corporation, either directly or through the Company or any successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of consideration for the issue hereof, expressly waived and released.

 

THE INDENTURE AND THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

All capitalized terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

A-8


 

ABBREVIATIONS

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this instrument, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM – as tenants in common

 

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - Custodian

 

 

(cust) (minor)

Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

 

TEN ENT – as tenants by the entireties

 

JT TEN – as joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not on the above list.

 

A-9


 

ASSIGNMENT

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned assigns and transfers this Note to:

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax identification number)

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

(Insert address and zip code of assignee)

 

and irrevocably appoint agent to transfer this Note on the Security Register. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her.

 

Dated:

   

Signed:

   

Signature Guarantee:

   

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-10

 

Exhibit 12.1

 

Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   1

Condensed Statements of Financial Condition, as of December 31, 2003 and 2004

   2

Condensed Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

   3

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

   4

Condensed Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

   5

Notes to Condensed Financial Statements

   6

 

The Financial Statement Schedule I reflects financial data for the existing parent company, Lazard Group LLC (formerly Lazard LLC). Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 


 

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

(parent company only)

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

DECEMBER 31, 2003 AND 2004

(in thousands)

 

     December 31,

     2003

   2004

ASSETS:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,441    $ 201

Investments in subsidiaries, equity basis

     685,357      633,094

Due from subsidiaries

     327      7,229

Long-term investments

     8,227      10,144

Other assets

     2,025      951
    

  

Total assets

   $ 702,377    $ 651,619
    

  

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY:

             

Due to subsidiaries

   $ 56,035    $ 150,112

Other liabilities

     10,617      16,709

Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

     100,000      100,000
    

  

Total liabilities

     166,652      266,821

Commitments and contingencies

             

Members’ equity (Including $49,777 and $18,058 of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax)

     535,725      384,798
    

  

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $ 702,377    $ 651,619
    

  

 

See notes to condensed financial statements.

 

2


 

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

(parent company only)

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2003 AND 2004

(in thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 

REVENUE:

                        

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries

   $ 300,976     $ 258,916     $ 260,288  

Trading gains and losses—net

     (213 )     (1,847 )     (36 )

Investment gains (losses), non-trading—net

     4,657       1,365       2,502  

Interest income

     383       86       80  

Other

     179       —         290  
    


 


 


Total revenue

     305,982       258,520       263,124  

Interest expense

     8,205       8,226       8,097  
    


 


 


Net revenue

     297,777       250,294       255,027  
    


 


 


OPERATING EXPENSES:

                        

Professional fees

     291       (236 )     1,052  

Other

     39       147       7,001  
    


 


 


Total operating expenses

     330       (89 )     8,053  
    


 


 


NET INCOME ALLOCABLE TO MEMBERS

   $ 297,447     $ 250,383     $ 246,974  
    


 


 


 

See notes to condensed financial statements.

 

3


 

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

(parent company only)

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2003 AND 2004

(in thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                        

Net income allocable to Members

   $ 297,447     $ 250,383     $ 246,974  

Adjustments to reconcile net income allocable to Members to net cash provided by operating activities—

                        

Noncash transactions in net income allocable to Members:

                        

Unremitted earnings of subsidiaries

     (300,976 )     (258,916 )     (260,288 )

Dividends received from subsidiaries

     329,968       340,155       281,225  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

     70,286       44,110       92,031  
    


 


 


Net cash provided by operating activities

     396,725       375,732       359,942  
    


 


 


Cash flows from financing activities:

                        

Distributions to Members and capital withdrawals, net of issuance of interests to LAM Members in 2003 of $27,483 relating to formation of LAM

     (395,017 )     (381,141 )     (366,182 )

Issuance of mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

     —         —         —    
    


 


 


Net cash used in financing activities

     (395,017 )     (381,141 )     (366,182 )
    


 


 


Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     1,708       (5,409 )     (6,240 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year

     10,142       11,850       6,441  
    


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year

   $ 11,850     $ 6,441     $ 201  
    


 


 


 

See notes to condensed financial statements.

 

4


 

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

(parent company only)

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS’ EQUITY

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2003 AND 2004

(in thousands)

 

     Capital and
Retained
Earnings


    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss),
Net of Tax


    Total
Members’
Equity


 

BALANCE—January 1, 2002

   $ 741,759     $ (37,062 )   $ 704,697  
    


 


 


Comprehensive income (loss):

                        

Net income allocable to Members

     297,447       —         297,447  

Other comprehensive income—net of tax:

                        

Currency translation adjustments

     —         46,923       46,923  

Minimum pension liability adjustments

     —         (5,139 )     (5,139 )
    


 


 


Comprehensive income

     297,447       41,784       339,231  

Distributions and withdrawals to Members

     (395,017 )     —         (395,017 )
    


 


 


BALANCE—December 31, 2002

     644,189       4,722       648,911  
    


 


 


Comprehensive income (loss):

                        

Net income allocable to Members

     250,383       —         250,383  

Other comprehensive income—net of tax:

                        

Currency translation adjustments

     —         51,042       51,042  

Minimum pension liability adjustments

     —         (5,987 )     (5,987 )
    


 


 


Comprehensive income

     250,383       45,055       295,438  

Distributions and withdrawals to Members

     (408,624 )     —         (408,624 )
    


 


 


BALANCE—December 31, 2003

     485,948       49,777       535,725  
    


 


 


Comprehensive income (loss):

                        

Net income allocable to Members

     246,974       —         246,974  

Other comprehensive income—net of tax:

                        

Currency translation adjustments

     —         29,890       29,890  

Minimum pension liability adjustments

     —         (61,609 )     (61,609 )
    


 


 


Comprehensive income (loss)

     246,974       (31,719 )     215,255  

Distributions and withdrawals to Members

     (366,182 )     —         (366,182 )
    


 


 


BALANCE—December 31, 2004

   $ 366,740     $ 18,058     $ 384,798  
    


 


 


 

See notes to condensed financial statements.

 

5


 

LAZARD GROUP LLC (FORMERLY LAZARD LLC)

(parent company only)

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2003 AND 2004

(dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

 

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

The accompanying condensed financial statements (the “Parent Company Financial Statements”), including the notes thereto, should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of Lazard Group LLC (formerly known as Lazard LLC) and subsidiaries (“the Company”) and the notes thereto.

 

The Parent Company Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses, and the disclosures in the condensed financial statements. Management believes that the estimates utilized in the preparation of the condensed financial statements are reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

 

The Parent Company Financial Statements include investments in subsidiaries, accounted for under the equity method.

 

2. MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

 

In 2001, the Company issued mandatorily redeemable preferred stock (“Class C Preferred Interests”) for an aggregate amount of $100,000. The Class C Preferred Interests are subject to mandatory redemption by the Company in March 2011 and, prior to such date, are redeemable in whole or in part, at the Company’s option. The Class C Preferred Interests are entitled to receive distributions out of the profits of the Company at a rate of 8% per annum, which distributions must be paid prior to any distributions of profits to holders of any other existing class of interests in the Company. Unpaid distributions on the Class C Preferred Interests accrue but are not compounded. Upon liquidation of the Company, the Class C Preferred Interests rank senior to Members’ equity. Interest on mandatorily redeemable preferred stock for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 of $8,000 per year is included in interest expense on the accompanying condensed statements of income.

 

3. COMMITMENTS

 

The Company has agreements relating to future minimum distributions to certain Members of $62,801 through 2007. Such agreements are cancelable under certain circumstances.

 

6

 

Exhibit 12.2

 

LAZARD GROUP LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

        Pro Forma

     Year Ended December 31,

   Three Months
Ended March 31,


  

Year

Ended
December 31,
2004


   Three Months
Ended March 31,


     2000

   2001

   2002

   2003

   2004

   2004

   2005

      2004

   2005

    

($ in thousands)

 

Income before income taxes and minority interest

   $ 676,397    $ 358,962    $ 376,045    $ 389,354    $ 357,762    $ 27,897    $ 91,672    $134,061    $ 6,222    $ 37,528

Add: Fixed charges

     900,978      546,381      78,456      68,534      74,128      18,012      21,275    110,698      27,426      26,939
    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  
  

  

Income before income taxes, minority interest and fixed charges

   $ 1,577,375    $ 905,343    $ 454,501    $ 457,888    $ 431,890    $ 45,909    $ 112,947    $244,759    $ 33,648    $ 64,467
    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  
  

  

Fixed Charges:

                                                                   

Interest

   $ 889,534    $ 533,208    $ 63,383    $ 50,161    $ 53,875    $ 12,870    $ 16,150    $  95,322    $ 24,167    $ 23,851

Other (a)

     11,444      13,173      15,073      18,373      20,253      5,142      5,125    15,376      3,259      3,088
    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  
  

  

Total fixed charges

   $ 900,978    $ 546,381    $ 78,456    $ 68,534    $ 74,128    $ 18,012    $ 21,275    $110,698    $ 27,426    $ 26,939
    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  
  

  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     1.75      1.66      5.79      6.68      5.83      2.55      5.31    2.21      1.23      2.39
    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  
  

  

 


(a) Other fixed charges consists of the interest factor in rentals.

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

The chart below lists all current significant subsidiaries of the Registrant.

 

NAME OF SUBSIDIARY        


   COUNTRY OF ORGANIZATION

Lazard Frères & Co. LLC    U.S.

Lazard Asset Management LLC

   U.S.
Lazard & Co., Holdings Limited    United Kingdom

Lazard & Co., Limited

   United Kingdom
Lazard Frères SAS    France

Lazard Frères Gestion

   France

Lazard Frères Banque SA

   France
Maison Lazard SAS    France

Lazard & Co. Srl*

   Italy
Lazard Funding Limited LLC    U.S.
Lazard Group Finance LLC    U.S.
* Jointly-owned indirectly by Lazard Frères & Co. LLC, Lazard & Co., Holdings Limited and Maison Lazard SAS.

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of our report dated March 14, 2005, related to the consolidated financial statements of Lazard Group LLC (formerly Lazard LLC) appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and of our report dated March 14, 2005 relating to the financial statement schedule appearing elsewhere in this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the headings “Summary Consolidated Financial Data”, “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

July 15, 2005

 

Exhibit 25.1

 


 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM T-1

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE

ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO

SECTION 305(b)(2)      ¨

 


 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

New York   13-5160382

(State of incorporation

if not a U.S. national bank)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

One Wall Street, New York, N.Y.   10286
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 


 

LAZARD GROUP LLC

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   51-0278097

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification no.)

30 Rockefeller Plaza

New York, New York

  10020
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 


 

7.125% senior notes due 2015

(Title of the indenture securities)

 



1. General information. Furnish the following information as to the Trustee:

 

  (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

 

Name


 

Address


Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York   One State Street, New York, N.Y. 10004-1417, and Albany, N.Y. 12223
Federal Reserve Bank of New York   33 Liberty Street, New York, N.Y. 10045
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation   Washington, D.C. 20429
New York Clearing House Association   New York, New York 10005

 

  (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

Yes.

 

2. Affiliations with Obligor.

 

If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

 

None.

 

16. List of Exhibits.

 

Exhibits identified in parentheses below, on file with the Commission, are incorporated herein by reference as an exhibit hereto, pursuant to Rule 7a-29 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Act”) and 17 C.F.R. 229.10(d).

 

  1. A copy of the Organization Certificate of The Bank of New York (formerly Irving Trust Company) as now in effect, which contains the authority to commence business and a grant of powers to exercise corporate trust powers. (Exhibit 1 to Amendment No. 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-6215, Exhibits 1a and 1b to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-21672, Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-29637 and Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121195.)

 

  4. A copy of the existing By-laws of the Trustee. (Exhibit 4 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-121195.)

 

- 2 -


  6. The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act. (Exhibit 6 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 333-106702.)

 

  7. A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.

 

- 3 -


SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Act, the Trustee, The Bank of New York, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in The City of New York, and State of New York, on the 28th day of June, 2005.

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK
By:  

/S/ ROBERT A. MASSIMILLO

Name:

 

ROBERT A. MASSIMILLO

Title:

 

VICE PRESIDENT

 

- 4 -


 

EXHIBIT 7

 

Consolidated Report of Condition of

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

 

of One Wall Street, New York, N.Y. 10286

And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,

a member of the Federal Reserve System, at the close of business March 31, 2005, published in accordance with a call made by the Federal Reserve Bank of this District pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Reserve Act.

 

     Dollar Amounts
In Thousands


ASSETS

      

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

      

Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin

   $ 2,292,000

Interest-bearing balances

     7,233,000

Securities:

      

Held-to-maturity securities

     1,831,000

Available-for-sale securities

     21,039,000

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

      

Federal funds sold in domestic offices

     1,965,000

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     379,000

Loans and lease financing receivables:

      

Loans and leases held for sale

     35,000

Loans and leases, net of unearned income

     31,461,000

LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses

     579,000

Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance

     30,882,000

Trading Assets

     4,656,000

Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)

     832,000

Other real estate owned

     0

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies

     269,000

Customers’ liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding

     54,000

Intangible assets:

      

Goodwill

     2,042,000

Other intangible assets

     740,000

Other assets

     5,867,000
    

Total assets

   $ 80,116,000
    

LIABILITIES

      

Deposits:

      

In domestic offices

   $ 34,241,000

Noninterest-bearing

     15,330,000

Interest-bearing

     18,911,000

In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs

     25,464,000

Noninterest-bearing

     548,000

Interest-bearing

     24,916,000

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

      

Federal funds purchased in domestic offices

     735,000

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     121,000

Trading liabilities

     2,780,000

Other borrowed money:
(includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)

     1,560,000

Not applicable

      

Bank’s liability on acceptances executed and outstanding

     55,000

Subordinated notes and debentures

     1,440,000

Other liabilities

     5,803,000
    

Total liabilities

   $ 72,199,000
    

Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries

     141,000

EQUITY CAPITAL

      

Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus

     0

Common stock

     1,135,000

Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)

     2,088,000

Retained earnings

     4,643,000

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     -90,000

Other equity capital components

     0

Total equity capital

     7,776,000
    

Total liabilities, minority interest, and equity capital

   $ 80,116,000
    

 


I, Thomas J. Mastro, Senior Vice President and Comptroller of the above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief.

 

Thomas J. Mastro,

Senior Vice President and Comptroller

 

We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this statement of resources and liabilities. We declare that it has been examined by us, and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions and is true and correct.

 

Thomas A. Renyi

Gerald L. Hassell

Alan R. Griffith

     

 

Directors

 

Exhibit 99.1

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

 

LAZARD GROUP LLC

 

EXCHANGE OFFER FOR

 

$550,000,000 7.125% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2015

 

IN EXCHANGE FOR

 

$550,000,000 7.125% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2015

WHICH HAVE BEEN OFFERED IN A TRANSACTION

REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

PURSUANT TO THE PROSPECTUS DATED                     , 2005

 

THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT 12:00 A.M., MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                     , 2005, UNLESS EXTENDED.

 

To:    The Bank of New York (as “Exchange Agent”)

By Hand, Mail or Overnight Courier:

 

The Bank of New York

Corporate Trust Operations

Reorganization Unit

101 Barclay Street - 7 East

New York, New York 10286

Attn: Randolph Holder

 

By Facsimile Transmission:

(For Eligible Institutions Only)

(212) 298-1915

 

Confirm by Telephone:

 

(212) 815-5098

 

Delivery of this instrument to an address other than as set forth above or transmission via a facsimile number other than the one set forth above will not constitute a valid delivery. You should read the instructions accompanying this Letter of Transmittal carefully before completing this Letter of Transmittal.

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus dated                     , 2005 (the “Prospectus”) of Lazard Group LLC (“Lazard Group”), which was formerly named Lazard LLC, and this Letter of Transmittal, which together constitute Lazard Group’s offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange an aggregate principal amount of up to $550,000,000 of its 7.125% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Exchange Notes”) in integral multiples of $1,000, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, collectively the “Securities Act”), pursuant to a Registration Statement of which the Prospectus is a part, for an equal principal amount of its outstanding $550,000,000 7.125% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Old Notes”), in integral multiples of $1,000. The term “Expiration Date” shall mean 12:00 a.m., midnight, New York City time, on                    , 2005, unless Lazard Group, in its sole discretion, extends the Exchange Offer, in which case the term shall mean the latest date and time to which the Exchange Offer is extended.

 

For each Old Note accepted for exchange, the Holder (as defined below) of such Old Note will receive an Exchange Note having a principal amount equal to that of the Old Note accepted for exchange. The Exchange Notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Old Notes exchanged therefor or, if no interest has been paid on such Old Notes, from May 10, 2005. Accordingly, registered holders of Exchange Notes on the relevant record date for the first interest payment date following the consummation of the Exchange Offer will receive interest accruing from the most recent date on which interest has been paid or, if


no interest has been paid, from May 10, 2005. Old Notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after the date of consummation of the Exchange Offer. Holders of Old Notes whose Old Notes are accepted for exchange will not receive any payment in respect of accrued interest on such Old Notes otherwise payable on any interest payment date that occurs on or after the consummation of the Exchange Offer.

 

A Holder need not manually execute a Letter of Transmittal if the Holder tenders Old Notes in accordance with the procedures mandated by the Depository Trust Company’s (“DTC”) Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”). To tender Old Notes in this manner, the electronic instructions sent to DTC and transmitted to the Exchange Agent must contain your acknowledgment of receipt of and your agreement to be bound by and to make all of the representations in the Letter of Transmittal. In all other cases, a Letter of Transmittal must be manually executed and delivered as described in this Letter of Transmittal.

 

YOUR BANK OR BROKER CAN ASSIST YOU IN COMPLETING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. THE INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDED WITH THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MUST BE FOLLOWED. QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR FOR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT.

 

2


List below the Old Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates. If the space indicated below is inadequate, the Certificate or Registration Numbers and Principal Amounts should be listed on a separately signed schedule affixed hereto.

 

Description of 7.125% Senior Notes Due 2015 Tendered Hereby

Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered Owner(s)

(Please Fill In)

  Certificate or
Registration Numbers*
 

Aggregate Principal
Amount Represented

by Old Notes

  Principal Amount
Tendered**
             
             
             
             
    Total        

*  Need not be completed by book-entry Holders.

**  Unless otherwise indicated, the Holder will be deemed to have tendered the full aggregate principal amount represented by such Old Notes. All tenders must be in integral multiples of $1,000 for Old Notes.

 

This Letter of Transmittal is to be used (a) if certificates for Old Notes are to be forwarded herewith or (b) tender of Old Notes is to be made according to the guaranteed delivery procedures described in the Prospectus under the caption “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.” See Instruction 2. Delivery of documents to the book-entry transfer facility does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.

 

The term “Holder” with respect to the Exchange Offer means any person in the name of which Old Notes are registered on the books of Lazard Group or any other person that has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered holder. The undersigned has completed, executed and delivered this Letter of Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer. Holders that wish to tender their Old Notes must complete this letter in its entirety.

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO AN ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH DTC AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

 

Name of Tendering Institution:                                                                                                                                                        

 

DTC Account Number:                                                             Transaction Code Number:                                                    

 

Holders the Old Notes of which are not immediately available or that cannot deliver their Old Notes and this Letter of Transmittal and all other documents required hereby to the Exchange Agent or comply with the applicable procedures for book-entry transfer on or prior to the Expiration Date must tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.” See Instruction 2.

 

3


¨ CHECK HERE AND ENCLOSE A PHOTOCOPY OF THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

 

Name of Registered Holder(s):                                                                                                                                                        

 

Window Ticket Number (if any):                                                                                                                                                    

 

Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                                             

 

Name of Eligible Institution that Guaranteed Delivery:                                                                                                          

 

IF GUARANTEED DELIVERY IS TO BE MADE BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER:

 

Name of Tendering Institution:                                                                                                                                                        

 

DTC Account Number:                                                                                                                                                                       

 

Transaction Code Number:                                                                                                                                                               

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE ENCLOSED HEREWITH.

 

¨ CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

 

Name:                                                                                                                                                                                                        

 

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                   

 

4


PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

On the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to Lazard Group the aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of such Old Notes tendered hereby, the undersigned hereby exchanges, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, Lazard Group all right, title and interest in and to such Old Notes as are being tendered hereby, including all rights to accrued and unpaid interest thereon as of the Expiration Date. The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of the undersigned (with full knowledge that said Exchange Agent acts as the agent of Lazard Group in connection with the Exchange Offer) to cause the Old Notes to be assigned, transferred and exchanged. The undersigned represents and warrants that it has full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Old Notes and to acquire Exchange Notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered Old Notes, and that when the same are accepted for exchange, Lazard Group will acquire good and unencumbered title to the tendered Old Notes, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim.

 

The undersigned represents to Lazard Group that (a) any Exchange Notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (b) it has no arrangement, intent or understanding with any person to participate in the “distribution” of the Exchange Notes (within the meaning of the Securities Act), (c) it is not an “affiliate” of Lazard Group, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or if it is an affiliate, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (d) if it is a broker-dealer, it will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes that were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes (however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act), and (e) if it is a broker-dealer, it is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully and completely make the foregoing representations.

 

The undersigned acknowledges that this Exchange Offer is being made in reliance on interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), as set forth in no-action letters to third parties, that, subject to the following two sentences, the Exchange Notes issued in the exchange for Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by the Holders thereof without further compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. However, the SEC has not considered the Exchange Offer in the context of a no-action letter, and there can be no assurance that the staff of the SEC would make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange Offer as in other circumstances. Any Holder of Old Notes that is one of Lazard Group’s “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act), that does not acquire the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of business, that intends to distribute the Exchange Notes as part of the Exchange Offer, or that is a broker-dealer that purchased Old Notes from the initial purchasers in the initial offering of the Old Notes for resale pursuant to Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act, (1) will not be able to rely on the interpretations of the staff of the SEC, and (2) in the absence of any exemption, must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes.

 

5


The undersigned also warrants that, upon request, it will execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or Lazard Group to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of tendered Old Notes or transfer ownership of such Old Notes on the account books maintained by DTC.

 

The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights—Conditions.” The undersigned recognizes that as a result of these conditions (which may be waived, in whole or in part, by Lazard Group), as more particularly set forth in the Prospectus, Lazard Group may not be required to exchange any of the Old Notes tendered hereby and, in such event, the Old Notes not exchanged will be returned to the undersigned at the address shown below the signature of the undersigned.

 

All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned. Tendered Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

 

Unless otherwise indicated in the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” in this Letter of Transmittal, certificates for all Exchange Notes delivered in exchange for tendered Old Notes, and any Old Notes delivered herewith but not exchanged, will be registered in the name of the undersigned and shall be delivered to the undersigned at the address shown below the signature of the undersigned. If an Exchange Note is to be issued to a person other than the person(s) signing this Letter of Transmittal, or if an Exchange Note is to be mailed to someone other than the person(s) signing this Letter of Transmittal or to the person(s) signing this Letter of Transmittal at an address different than the address shown on this Letter of Transmittal, the appropriate boxes of this Letter of Transmittal should be completed. If Old Notes are surrendered by Holder(s) that have completed either the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” in this Letter of Transmittal, signature(s) on this Letter of Transmittal must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (defined in Instruction 2).

 

6


SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS

 

To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old Notes not exchanged and/or Exchange Notes are to be issued in the name of someone other than the undersigned.

 

Name:                                                                                               

 

Address:                                                                                           

 


 

DTC Account:                                                                              

 

Employer Identification or Social Security Number:

 


(Please Print or Type)

      

SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS

 

To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old Notes not exchanged and/or the Exchange Notes are to be sent to someone other than the undersigned, or to the undersigned at an address other than that shown under “Description of 7.125% Senior Notes due 2015 Tendered Hereby.”

 

Name:                                                                                               

 

Address:                                                                                           

 


 

Employer Identification or Social Security Number:

 


(Please Print or Type)

 

7


REGISTERED HOLDER(S) OF OLD NOTES SIGN HERE

(IN ADDITION, COMPLETE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 BELOW)

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                          

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                          

 

Must be signed by registered holder(s) exactly as name(s) appear(s) on the Old Notes or on a security position listing as the owner of the Old Notes or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by properly completed bond powers transmitted herewith. If signature is by attorney-in-fact, trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, officer of a corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary capacity, please provide the following information (please print or type):

 


Name and Capacity (full title)

 


 


 


Address (including zip code)

 


(Area Code and Telephone Number)

 


(Employer Identification or Social Security No.)

 

Dated:                       , 2005

 

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

(If Required — See Instruction 4)

 


(Signature of Representative of Signature Guarantor)

 


(Name and Title)

 


(Name of Plan)

 


(Area Code and Telephone Number)

 

Dated:                       , 2005

 

8


THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 BELOW MUST BE COMPLETED AND SIGNED. Please provide your social security number or other taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) and certify that you are not subject to backup withholding.

 

 

SUBSTITUTE

Form W-9

Department of the

Treasury

Internal Revenue Service

 

Payer’s Request

for TIN

and Certification

 

 

Name:                                                      

 

Please check the appropriate box indicating your status: ¨ Individual/Sole proprietor ¨  Corporation ¨ Partnership ¨ Other

 

Address (number, street, and apt. or suite no.):

                                                                     

                                                            

 

City, state, and ZIP code:

                                                            

 

 

 

¨ Exempt from backup withholding

 

 

PART 1     TIN

 

PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN ON THE APPROPRIATE LINE AT THE RIGHT. For most individuals, this is your social security number. If you do not have a number, see the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer OR Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9. If you are awaiting a TIN, write “Applied For” in this Part I, complete the “Certificate Of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number” below and see “IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION” below.

 

 

 


Social Security Number

OR

 


Employer Identification Number

 

   

PART 2    CERTIFICATION.     Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:

1. The number shown on this form is my correct Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and

 

2. I am not subject to backup withholding because (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the IRS that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding, and

 

3. Iam a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

 

CERTIFICATION INSTRUCTIONS— You must cross out item (2) above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because you have failed to report all interest and dividends on your tax return.

 

The IRS does not require your consent to any provision of this document other than the certifications required to avoid backup withholding.

 

   

Sign

Here                                                           

              Signature of U.S. person

 

 

 

Date                                                          

 

 

COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU WROTE “APPLIED FOR”

INSTEAD OF A TIN ON THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

 

CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

 

I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification number has not been issued to me, and either (a) I have mailed or delivered an application to receive a TIN to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security Administration Office or (b) I intend to mail or deliver an application in the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a TIN by the time of payment, 28% of all reportable payments made to me will be withheld.

 

Sign Here  

  

    Signature of U.S. person    Date

 

NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING OF 28% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU ON ACCOUNT OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS, AND PLEASE SEE “IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION” BELOW.

 

9


INSTRUCTIONS

FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER

 

1.     Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Certificates.     All physically delivered Old Notes or confirmation of any book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer, as well as a properly completed and duly executed copy of this Letter of Transmittal or facsimile thereof, and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein on or prior to expiration of the Exchange Offer (the “Expiration Date”). If Old Notes, the Letter of Transmittal or any other required documents are physically delivered to the Exchange Agent, the method of delivery is at the Holder’s election and risk. Except as otherwise provided below, the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. Rather than mail these items, it is recommended that Holders use an overnight or hand delivery service. If such delivery is by mail, it is suggested that registered mail with return receipt requested, properly insured, be used. In all cases, Holders should allow sufficient time to assure delivery to the Exchange Agent before the Expiration Date. Holders may request their respective brokers, dealers, commercial banks, trust companies or other nominees to effect the above transactions for them.

 

No conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering Holders, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) or otherwise complying with the tender procedures set forth in the Prospectus, shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of the Old Notes for exchange.

 

Delivery to an address other than as set forth herein, or transmission via a facsimile number other than the one set forth herein, will not constitute a valid delivery.

 

2.     Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.     Holders that wish to tender their Old Notes, but the Old Notes of which are not immediately available or that cannot deliver their Old Notes, the Letter of Transmittal or any other required documents to the Exchange Agent or comply with the procedures for book-entry transfer prior to the Expiration Date, may effect a tender if:

 

(a) the tender is made through a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States or an “eligible guarantor institution” within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act (an “Eligible Institution”);

 

(b) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent receives from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery) setting forth the name and address of the Holder, the registration number(s) of such Old Notes and the principal amount of Old Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date, the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), together with the Old Notes (or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of such Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC) and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and

 

(c) such properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), as well as all tendered Old Notes in proper form for transfer (or a confirmation of book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC) and all other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, are received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.

 

Upon request to the Exchange Agent, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be sent to Holders that wish to tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above. Any Holder that wishes to tender Old Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures described above must ensure that the

 

10


Exchange Agent receives the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery relating to such Old Notes prior to the Expiration Date. Failure to comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures outlined above will not, of itself, affect the validity or effect a relocation of any Letter of Transmittal form properly completed and executed by a Holder who attempted to use the guaranteed delivery procedures.

 

3.     Partial Tenders; Withdrawals.     If less than the entire principal amount of Old Notes evidenced by a submitted certificate is tendered, the tendering Holder should fill in the principal amount tendered in the column entitled “Principal Amount Tendered” in the box entitled “Description of 7.125% Senior Notes due 2015 Tendered Hereby.” A newly issued Old Note for the principal amount of Old Notes submitted but not tendered will be sent to such Holder as soon as practicable after the Expiration Date. All Old Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered in full unless otherwise indicated.

 

Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date, after which tenders of Old Notes are irrevocable. To be effective, a written, telegraphic or facsimile transmission notice of withdrawal must be timely received by the Exchange Agent or the holder must otherwise comply with the withdrawal procedures of DTC as described in the Prospectus. Any such notice of withdrawal must (a) specify the name of the person having deposited the Old Notes to be withdrawn (the “Depositor”), (b) identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the principal amount of such Old Notes, or, in the case of Old Notes transferred by book-entry transfer, the name and number of the account at DTC, to be credited), (c) be signed by the Holder in the same manner as the original signature on this Letter of Transmittal (including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to have the Trustee with respect to the Old Notes register the transfer of such Old Notes into the name of the person withdrawing the tender and (d) where certificates for Old Notes have been transmitted, specify the name in which any such Old Notes are to be registered, if different from that of the Depositor. If certificates for Old Notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the Exchange Agent, then, prior to the release of those certificates, the withdrawing Holder must also submit (1) the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn and (2) a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an Eligible Institution, unless the withdrawing Holder is an Eligible Institution. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will be determined by Lazard Group, the determination of which shall be final and binding on all parties. Any Old Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer and no Exchange Notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the Old Notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Any Old Notes that have been tendered but that are not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned to the Holder thereof without cost to such Holder. In the case of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent’s account at DTC, those Old Notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC, for Old Notes, as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offer.

 

4.     Signature on this Letter of Transmittal; Written Instruments and Endorsements; Guarantee of Signatures.     If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered Holder(s) of the Old Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond with the name(s) as written on the face of the certificates of the Old Notes without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever. If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by a participant in DTC, the signature must correspond with the name as it appears on the security position listing as the owner of the Old Notes.

 

If any of the Old Notes tendered hereby are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.

 

If a number of Old Notes registered in different names are tendered, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter of Transmittal as there are different registrations of Old Notes.

 

Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution unless the Old Notes tendered hereby are tendered (a) by a registered Holder who has not

 

11


completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the Letter of Transmittal or (b) for the account of an Eligible Institution.

 

If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by the registered Holder or Holders of Old Notes (which term, for the purposes described herein, shall include a participant in DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of the Old Notes) listed and tendered hereby, no endorsements of the tendered Old Notes or separate written instruments of transfer or exchange are required. In any other case, the registered Holder (or acting Holder) must either properly endorse the Old Notes or transmit properly completed bond powers with this Letter of Transmittal (in either case, executed exactly as the name(s) of the registered Holder(s) appear(s) on the Old Notes, and, with respect to a participant in DTC whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of Old Notes, exactly as the name of the participant appears on such security position listing), with the signature on the Old Notes or bond power guaranteed by an Eligible Institution (except where the Old Notes are tendered for the account of an Eligible Institution).

 

If this Letter of Transmittal, or any Old Notes, bond powers, certificates or separate written instruments of transfer or exchange are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by Lazard Group, proper evidence satisfactory to Lazard Group of their authority so to act must be submitted.

 

5.     Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions.     Tendering Holders should indicate, in the applicable box, the name and address (or account at DTC) in which the Exchange Notes or substitute Old Notes for principal amounts not tendered or not accepted for exchange are to be issued (or deposited), if different from the names and addresses or accounts of the person signing this Letter of Transmittal. In the case of issuance in a different name, the employer identification number or social security number of the person named must also be indicated and the tendering Holder should complete the applicable box.

 

If no instructions are given, the Exchange Notes (and any Old Notes not tendered or not accepted) will be issued in the name of and sent to the acting Holder of the Old Notes or deposited at such Holder’s account at DTC, as applicable.

 

6.     Transfer Taxes.     Lazard Group will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of Old Notes under the Exchange Offer. If, however, transfer taxes arise because the Exchange Notes or substitute Old Notes not exchanged are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered Holder of the Old Notes tendered hereby, or tendered Old Notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing this Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Old Notes under the Exchange Offer, the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered Holder or any other person) will be payable by the tendering Holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exception therefrom is not submitted herewith, the amount of such transfer taxes will be collected from the tendering Holder by the Exchange Agent.

 

Except as provided in this Instruction 6, it will not be necessary for transfer stamps to be affixed to the Old Notes listed in this Letter of Transmittal.

 

7.     Waiver of Conditions.     Lazard Group reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to waive, in whole or in part, any of the conditions to the Exchange Offer set forth in the Prospectus.

 

8.     Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Old Notes.     Any Holder the Old Notes of which have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated above for further instructions.

 

12


9.     Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies.     Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, questions and requests for assistance, as well as requests for additional copies of the Prospectus, this Letter of Transmittal, the notice of guaranteed delivery or the notice of withdrawal, may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address and telephone number set forth above. In addition, all questions relating to the Exchange Offer, as well as requests for assistance or additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal, may be directed to the following address: Lazard Group LLC, 30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, New York 10020, Attention: Investor Relations.

 

10.     Validity and Form.     All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance of tendered Old Notes and withdrawal of tendered Old Notes will be determined by Lazard Group in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding. Lazard Group reserves the absolute right to reject any and all Old Notes not properly tendered or any Old Notes Lazard Group’s acceptance of which would, in the opinion of counsel for Lazard Group, be unlawful. Lazard Group also reserves the right to waive any defects, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Old Notes. Lazard Group’s interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the instructions in this Letter of Transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes must be cured within such time as Lazard Group shall determine. Although Lazard Group intends to notify Holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of Old Notes, neither Lazard Group, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Old Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Old Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering Holder as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.

 

11.     Substitute Form W-9.     Each tendering Holder is required to provide the Exchange Agent with the Holder’s correct Taxpayer Identification Number (“TIN”), generally the Holder’s social security or federal employer identification number, on the Substitute Form W-9, which is provided under “Important Tax Information” below, or, alternatively, to establish another basis for exemption from backup withholding. A tendering Holder must cross out item (2) in the Certification box of the Substitute Form W-9 if such Holder is subject to backup withholding. In addition to potential penalties, failure to provide the correct information on the Substitute Form W-9 may subject the tendering Holder to 28% federal income tax backup withholding on any reportable payments made to such Holder. If the tendering Holder has not been issued a TIN and has applied for one or intends to apply for one in the near future, such Holder should write “Applied For” in the space provided for the TIN in Part I of the Substitute Form W-9, and sign and date the Substitute Form W-9 and the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number. If “Applied For” is written in Part I and the Exchange Agent is not provided with a TIN by the time of payment, the Exchange Agent will withhold 28% from any payments of the purchase price to such Holder. A tendering Holder that is not a United States person may qualify as an exempt recipient by submitting to the Exchange Agent a properly completed Form W-8BEN, Form W-8ECI or Form W-8IMY, as applicable (which the Exchange Agent will provide upon request) signed under penalty of perjury, attesting to that Holders’s exempt status.

 

IMPORTANT TAX INFORMATION

 

A Holder whose tendered Old Notes are accepted for payment is required to provide the Exchange Agent with such Holder’s correct TIN on the Substitute Form W-9 below or otherwise establish a basis for exemption from backup withholding. If such Holder is an individual, the TIN is such Holder’s social security number. If the Exchange Agent is not provided with the correct TIN or an adequate basis for exemption, payments made to such Holder with respect to Old Notes purchased pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be subject to backup withholding and the Holder may be subject to a penalty imposed by the IRS.

 

Certain Holders (including, among others, corporations and certain foreign persons) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting requirements. Exempt Holders should indicate their exempt status on the

 

13


Substitute Form W-9. A foreign person may qualify as an exempt recipient by submitting to the Exchange Agent a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN, Form W-8ECI or Form W-8IMY, as applicable (instead of a Substitute Form W-9), signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to such Holder’s exempt status. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine whether they are exempt from these backup withholding and reporting requirements.

 

If backup withholding applies, the Exchange Agent is required to withhold 28% of any payments made to the Holder or other payee. Backup withholding is not an additional federal income tax. If the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner, the federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding may be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained from the IRS.

 

Purpose of Substitute Form W-9.     To prevent backup withholding on any payments that are made to a Holder with respect to Old Notes purchased pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the Holder is required to provide the Exchange Agent with (i) the Holder’s correct TIN by completing the form below, certifying (x) that the TIN provided on the Substitute Form W-9 is correct (or that the Holder is awaiting a TIN), (y) that (A) the Holder is exempt from backup withholding, (B) the Holder has not been notified by the IRS that the Holder is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (C) the IRS has notified the Holder that the Holder is no longer subject to backup withholding, and (z) that such Holder is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien), or (ii) if applicable, an adequate basis for exemption.

 

What Number to Give the Exchange Agent.     The Holder is required to give the Exchange Agent the TIN (e.g., social security number or employer identification number) of the record holder of the Old Notes tendered by this Letter of Transmittal. If the Old Notes are in more than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 for additional guidance on which number to report.

 

Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number.     If the tendering Holder has not been issued a TIN and has applied for a number or intends to apply for a number in the near future, write “Applied For” in the space for the TIN on Substitute Form W-9, sign and date the form and the Certificate of Awaiting Taxpayer Identification Number and return them to the Exchange Agent. If such certificate is completed and the Exchange Agent is not provided with the TIN by the time of payment, the Exchange Agent will withhold 28% of all reportable payments.

 

Important:     This Letter of Transmittal or a facsimile thereof (together with Old Notes or confirmation of book-entry transfer and all other required documents) or a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be received by the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date.

 

14

Exihibit 99.2

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

 

FOR TENDER OF

 

$550,000,000 7.125% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2015

 

IN EXCHANGE FOR

 

$550,000,000 7.125% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2015

WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

OF

 

LAZARD GROUP LLC

 

This form or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to accept the Exchange Offer of Lazard Group LLC (“Lazard Group”), which was formerly named Lazard LLC, made pursuant to the Prospectus, dated                 , 2005 (the “Prospectus”), if (1) certificates for the outstanding $550,000,000 7.125% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Old Notes”) of Lazard Group are not immediately available, (2) the Old Notes, the Letter of Transmittal or any other required documents cannot be delivered to the Exchange Agent (as defined below) prior to 12:00 a.m., midnight, New York City time, on                 , 2005 (the “Expiration Date”) or (3) the procedures for book-entry transfer cannot be complied with prior to the Expiration Date. Such form may be delivered or transmitted by telegram, telex, facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery to The Bank of New York (the “Exchange Agent”) as set forth below. In addition, in order to utilize the guaranteed delivery procedure to tender Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the certificates representing the Old Notes being tendered hereby or confirmation of book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company, in proper form for transfer, in either case together with one or more properly completed and duly executed Letters of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) or electronic instructions sent to the Depository Trust Company, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal must also be received by the Exchange Agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days of the Expiration Date. Capitalized terms not defined herein are defined in the Prospectus.

 

To:    The Bank of New York (as “Exchange Agent”)

By Hand, Mail or Overnight Courier:      

 

The Bank of New York

Corporate Trust Operations

Reorganization Unit

101 Barclay Street - 7 East

New York, New York 10286

Attn: Randolph Holder

 

By Facsimile Transmission:

(For Eligible Institutions Only)

(212) 298-1915

 

Confirm by Telephone:

 

(212) 815-5098

 

DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, OR TRANSMISSION VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

 

THIS INSTRUMENT IS NOT TO BE USED TO GUARANTEE SIGNATURES. IF A SIGNATURE ON A LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS REQUIRED TO BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION (AS DEFINED IN THE PROSPECTUS), SUCH SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MUST APPEAR IN THE APPLICABLE SPACE PROVIDED ON THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL FOR GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES.


Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned hereby tenders to Lazard Group the principal amount of Old Notes set forth below, pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure described in “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” section of the Prospectus.

 

Principal Amount of Old Notes Tendered:*

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

Certificate Nos. (if available):

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

 

Total Principal Amount Represented by Certificate(s):

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

* Must be in denominations of principal amount of $1,000, and any integral multiple thereof.

 

All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the death or incapacity of the undersigned and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned.

 

PLEASE SIGN HERE

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                           
                                                                                                                                                                                                                

Signature(s) of Owner(s) or Authorized Signatory

 

Date

 

Area Code and Telephone Number:                                                                                                                                                         

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

 

Must be signed by the holder(s) of Old Notes as their name(s) appear(s) on certificates for Old Notes or on a security position listing, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsement and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set forth his or her full title below. If Old Notes will be delivered by book-entry transfer to The Depository Trust Company, provide account number.

 

Please print name(s) and address(es)

 

Name(s):                                                                                                                                                                                                             

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

 

Capacity:                                                                                                                                                                                                          

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

 

Address(es):                                                                                                                                                                                                      

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

 

Account:                                                                                                                                                                                                             

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

 

Number:                                                                                                                                                                                                              

 

2


GUARANTEE

(Not to be used for signature guarantee)

 

The undersigned, a firm or other entity identified in Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as an “eligible guarantor institution,” which is a financial institution that is a participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program or the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program, hereby guarantees that the undersigned will deliver to the Exchange Agent the certificates representing the Old Notes being tendered hereby or confirmation of book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company, in proper form for transfer, in either case together with one or more properly completed and duly executed Letters of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) or electronic instructions sent to the Depository Trust Company, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.

 

Name of Firm:                                                                                                                                                                                                  

 

Address:                                                                                                                                                                                                              

 

Area Code and Telephone Number:                                                                                                                                                         

 

Authorized Signature:                                                                                                                                                                                    

 

Name:                                                                                                                                                                                                                  

(Please Type or Print)

 

Title:                                                                                                                                                                                                                     

 

Date:                                                                                                                                                                                                                     

 

NOTE:

  DO NOT SEND CERTIFICATES OF OLD NOTES WITH THIS FORM. CERTIFICATES OF OLD NOTES SHOULD BE SENT ONLY WITH A COPY OF THE PREVIOUSLY EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR ELECTRONIC INSTRUCTIONS PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, AND ANY OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS.

 

3

Exhibit 99.3

LAZARD GROUP LLC

 

EXCHANGE OFFER FOR

 

$550,000,000 7.125% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2015

 

IN EXCHANGE FOR

 

$550,000,000 7.125% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2015

WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

PURSUANT TO THE PROSPECTUS DATED                     , 2005

 


 

To Securities Dealers, Commercial Banks,

Trust Companies and Other Nominees:

 

Enclosed for your consideration is a Prospectus dated                     , 2005 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”) and a form of Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”) relating to the offer (the “Exchange Offer”) by Lazard Group LLC (“Lazard Group”), which was formerly named Lazard LLC, to exchange an aggregate principal amount of up to $550,000,000 of its 7.125% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, collectively the “Securities Act”), pursuant to a Registration Statement of which the Prospectus is a part, for an equal principal amount of its outstanding $550,000,000 7.125% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Old Notes”), that were issued and sold in integral multiples of $1,000 in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act.

 

We are asking you to contact your clients for whom you hold Old Notes registered in your name or in the name of your nominee. In addition, we ask you to contact your clients who, to your knowledge, hold Old Notes registered in their own names. Lazard Group will not pay any fees or commissions to any broker, dealer or other person in connection with the solicitation of tenders pursuant to the Exchange Offer. You will, however, be reimbursed by Lazard Group for customary mailing and handling expenses incurred by you for forwarding any of the enclosed materials to your clients. Lazard Group will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of Old Notes under the Exchange Offer, except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.

 

Enclosed are copies of the following documents:

 

1.    the Prospectus;

 

2.    a Letter of Transmittal for your use in connection with the exchange of Old Notes and for the information of your clients (facsimile copies of the Letter of Transmittal may be used to exchange Old Notes);


3.    a form of letter that may be sent to your clients for whose accounts you hold Old Notes registered in your name or the name of your nominee, with space provided for obtaining the clients’ instructions with regard to the Exchange Offer;

 

4.    a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery;

 

5.    guidelines of the Internal Revenue Service for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9; and

 

6.    a return envelope addressed to The Bank of New York, the Exchange Agent.

 

YOUR PROMPT ACTION IS REQUESTED. THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 12:00 A.M., MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                     , 2005, UNLESS EXTENDED (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). OLD NOTES TENDERED PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER MAY BE WITHDRAWN, SUBJECT TO THE PROCEDURES DESCRIBED IN THE PROSPECTUS, AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE.

 

To tender Old Notes, certificates for Old Notes or a book-entry confirmation (see “Exchange Offer” in the Prospectus), a duly executed and properly completed Letter of Transmittal or a facsimile thereof or electronic instructions sent to the Depository Trust Company, and any other required documents, must be received by the Exchange Agent as provided in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.

 

Questions and requests for assistance with respect to the Exchange Offer or requests for additional copies of the enclosed material may be directed to the Exchange Agent at its address and phone number set forth in the Prospectus.

 

Very truly yours,

 

LAZARD GROUP LLC

 

NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON AS AN AGENT OF LAZARD GROUP LLC OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO MAKE ANY STATEMENTS OR USE ANY DOCUMENT ON BEHALF OF ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER, EXCEPT FOR THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS AND THE STATEMENTS EXPRESSLY MADE IN THE PROSPECTUS AND THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

 

2

Exhibit 99.4

LAZARD GROUP LLC

 

EXCHANGE OFFER FOR

 

$550,000,000 7.125% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2015

 

IN EXCHANGE FOR

 

$550,000,000 7.125% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2015

WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

PURSUANT TO THE PROSPECTUS DATED                     , 2005

 


 

To Our Clients:

 

Enclosed for your consideration is a Prospectus dated ,                      2005 (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”) and a form of Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”) relating to the offer (the “Exchange Offer”) by Lazard Group LLC (“Lazard Group”), which was formerly named Lazard LLC, to exchange an aggregate principal amount of up to $550,000,000 of its 7.125% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Exchange Notes”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, collectively the “Securities Act”), pursuant to a Registration Statement of which the Prospectus is a part, for an equal principal amount of its outstanding $550,000,000 7.125% Senior Notes due 2015 (the “Old Notes”), that were issued and sold in integral multiples of $1,000 in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act.

 

The material is being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of Old Notes carried by us for your account or benefit but not registered in your name. A tender of any Old Notes may be made only by us as the registered holder and pursuant to your instructions. Therefore, Lazard Group urges beneficial owners of Old Notes registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee to contact such registered holder promptly if they wish to tender Old Notes in the Exchange Offer.

 

Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish us to tender any or all of the Old Notes held by us for your account, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal. We urge you to read carefully the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal before instructing us to tender your Old Notes.

 

Your instructions to us should be forwarded as promptly as possible in order to permit us to tender Old Notes on your behalf in accordance with the provisions of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will expire at 12:00 a.m., midnight, New York City time, on                     , 2005, unless extended (the “Expiration Date”). Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn, subject to the procedures described in the Prospectus, at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

 

Your attention is directed to the following:

 

1.    The Exchange Offer is for the exchange of $1,000 principal amount at maturity of the Exchange Notes for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity of the Old Notes. The terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects (including principal amount, interest rate, maturity and redemption rights) to the Old Notes for which they may be exchanged, except that the Exchange Notes generally will not be subject to transfer restrictions or be entitled to registration rights, and the Exchange Notes will not have the right to earn additional interest under circumstances relating to our registration obligations.

 

2.     The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions. See “Exchange Offer; Registration Rights—Conditions” in the Prospectus.

 

3.    The Exchange Offer and withdrawal rights will expire at 12:00 a.m., midnight, New York City time, on                     , 2005, unless extended.


4.    Lazard Group has agreed to pay the expenses of the Exchange Offer except as provided in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.

 

5.    Any transfer taxes incident to the exchange of Old Notes under the Exchange Offer will be paid by Lazard Group, except as provided in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.

 

The Exchange Offer is not being made to nor will exchange be accepted from or on behalf of holders of Old Notes in any jurisdiction in which the making of the Exchange Offer or the acceptance thereof would not be in compliance with the laws of such jurisdiction.

 

If you wish to have us tender any or all of your Old Notes held by us for your account or benefit, please so instruct us by completing, executing and returning to us the instruction form that appears below. The accompanying Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for informational purposes only and may not be used by you to tender Old Notes held by us and registered in our name for your account or benefit.

 

INSTRUCTIONS

 

The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the enclosed material referred to therein in connection with the Exchange Offer of Lazard Group relating to the entire $550,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its 7.125% Senior Notes due 2015, including the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal.

 

This form will instruct you to exchange the aggregate principal amount of Old Notes indicated below (or, if no aggregate principal amount is indicated below, all Old Notes) held by you for the account or benefit of the undersigned, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal.

 

If the undersigned instructs you to tender Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized to make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representations and warranties contained in the Letter of Transmittal that are to be made with respect to the undersigned as a beneficial owner, including but not limited to the representations, that (a) any Exchange Notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (b) it has no arrangement, intent or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes (within the meaning of the Securities Act), (c) it is not an “affiliate” of Lazard Group, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or if it is an affiliate, that it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (d) if it is a broker-dealer, it will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes, and (e) if it is a broker-dealer, it is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully and completely make the foregoing representations.

 

In addition, if the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes and, if the undersigned instructs you to tender Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, it is understood that you are authorized to make, on behalf of the undersigned (and the undersigned, by its signature below, hereby makes to you), the representation that the Old Notes to be exchanged for Exchange Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledgement that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

2


Aggregate Principal Amount of Old Notes to be Exchanged

 

$                                                                                                           

  Old Notes

 

* I (we) understand that if I (we) sign these instruction forms without indicating an aggregate principal amount of Old Notes in the space above, all Old Notes held by you for my (our) account will be exchanged.

 

                                                                                                                   
   

 

                                                                                                               

    Signature(s)
   

 

                                                                                                               

Capacity (full title), if signing in a fiduciary or representative capacity

 


    Name(s) and address, including zip code
   

Date:                                                                                                     

   

 

                                                                                                               

Area Code and Telephone Number

   

 

                                                                                                               

Taxpayer Identification or Social Security Number

 

3

Exhibit 99.5

GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

 

Guidelines for Determining the Proper Identification Number for the Payee (You) to Give the Payer Social Security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e., 000-00-0000. Employer identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e., 00-0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payer. All “Section” references are to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. “IRS” is the Internal Revenue Service.

 

   
For this type of account:   

 

Give the NAME and
SOCIAL SECURITY
number of—

1.       

Individual

   The individual
2.       

Two or more individuals
(joint account)

   The actual owner of the account
or, if combined funds, the first individual on the account 1
3.       

Custodian account of a minor
(Uniform Gift to Minors Act)

   The minor 2
4.       

a. The usual revocable
savings trust (grantor is also trustee)

   The grantor-trustee 1
   

b. So-called trust account
that is not a legal or valid
trust under state law

   The actual owner 1
5.       

Sole proprietorship or
single-owner LLC

   The owner 3

 

 

 

 


   
For this type of account:    Give the NAME and
EMPLOYER
IDENTIFICATION
number of—
6.        

Sole proprietorship or
single-member LLC

   The owner 3
7.        

A valid trust, estate, or pension trust

   The legal entity 4
8.        

Corporate or LLC electing corporate status on Form 8832

   The corporation
9.        

Association, club, religious, charitable, educational, or other tax-exempt organization

   The organization
10.      

Partnership or multi-member LLC

   The partnership
11.      

A broker or registered nominee

   The broker or nominee
12.      

Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a state or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments

   The public entity

 

1 List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has a social security number, that person’s number must be furnished.
2 Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s social security number.
3 You must show your individual name, but you may also enter your business or “doing business as” name. You may use either your social security number or your employer identification number (if you have one).
4 List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not furnish the taxpayer identification number of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.)

 

Note: If no name is circled when there is more than one name listed, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.

 

1


GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION

NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9

Page 2

 

Obtaining a Number

If you do not have a taxpayer identification number, apply for one immediately. To apply for a SSN, get Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Card, from your local Social Security Administration office. Get Form W-7, Application for IRS Individual Taxpayer Identification Number, to apply for a TIN, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, to apply for an EIN. You can get Forms W-7 and SS-4 from the IRS by calling 1 (800) TAX-FORM, or from the IRS Web Site at www.irs.gov.

 

Payees Exempt From Backup Withholding

Payees specifically exempted from backup withholding include:

  1. An organization exempt from tax under Section 501(a), an individual retirement account (IRA), or a custodial account under Section 403(b)(7) if the account satisfies the requirements of Section 401(f)(2).
  2. The United States or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.
  3. A state, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or any of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities.
  4. A foreign government or any of its political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities.
  5. An international organization or any of its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Payees that may be exempt from backup withholding include:

  6. A corporation.
  7. A foreign central bank of issue.
  8. A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the United States, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States.
  9. A futures commission merchant registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
  10. A real estate investment trust.
  11. An entity registered at all times during the tax year under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
  12. A common trust fund operated by a bank under Section 584(a).
  13. A financial institution.
  14. A middleman known in the investment community as a nominee or custodian.
  15. A trust exempt from tax under Section 664 or described in Section 4947.

 

The chart below shows types of payments that may be exempt from backup withholding. The chart applies to the exempt recipients listed above, 1 through 15 .

 

If the payment is for...   THEN the payment is
exempt for...
Interest and dividend payments   All exempt recipients except for 9
Broker transactions   Exempt recipients 1 through 13 . Also, a person registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 who regularly acts as a broker

 

Exempt payees should complete a substitute Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding.     Furnish your taxpayer identification number, check the appropriate box for your status, check the “Exempt from backup withholding” box, sign and date the form and return it to the payer. Foreign payees who are not subject to backup withholding should complete an appropriate Form W-8 and return it to the payer.

 

Privacy Act Notice .    Section 6109 requires you to provide your correct taxpayer identification number to payers who must file information returns with the IRS to report interest, dividends, and certain other income paid to you to the IRS. The IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes and to help verify the accuracy of your return and may also provide this information to various government agencies for tax enforcement or litigation purposes and to cities, states, and the District of Columbia to carry out their tax laws, and may also disclose this information to other countries under a tax treaty, or to Federal and state agencies to enforce Federal nontax criminal laws and to combat terrorism. Payers must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are required to file tax returns. Payers must generally withhold 28% of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a taxpayer identification number to a payer. Certain penalties may also apply.

 

Penalties

(1)  Failure to Furnish Taxpayer Identification Number.     If you fail to furnish your correct taxpayer identification number to a payer, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect.

(2)  Civil Penalty for False Information with Respect to Withholding.     If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no backup withholding, you are subject to a $500 penalty.

(3)  Criminal Penalty for Falsifying Information.     Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.

 

FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.

 

2